Technical Data29120

L
-------->- ,
�-p�
-
r)-
om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tech nical Data
Low Voltage B reaker Division 29- 120
Beaver, Pennsylvania 1 5009
Page 1 9
.c
Apri l , 1 980
Supersedes Tech n i ca l Data 29-1 20 T WE A AB DE-ION®
/ /� t)��·"
..
·
Circuit Breakers
pages 1 9-20, dated October, 1 97 5
M a iled to: E, D, C / 1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL
A0!/' r.r �
ls
') i/ /.)!/'
<.-- • • •. /(<. ')
ua
Type EB 1 , 2, 3 Poles; 240 Volts Ac Max.; Thermal Magnetic and Saf-T-Vue® EB: 1 20, 240 Volts Ac; 1 25/250 Volts De
( I ncl udes Load Terminals O n ly; see Te rmi nals page 20) EHB: 277, 480 Volts Ac; 250 Volts De
Continuous C lo"'g"'N
at=a:o:
�=c � u= m
= b=er:.:::s�---�--�-c-c---�----
c-=--c-��--""- --- FB, HFB : 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De
Ampere 1 -Pole, 1 20 Volts Ac, 2-Pole, 240 Volts Ac, 3-Pole, 240 Volts Ac,
Rating 1 2 5 Volts Dc® 1 25/250 Volts Dc ® 1 25/250 Volts Dc®
an
@ 40°C
Standard Standard Sta ndard Saf-T-Vue<D
��------�� ---- ----� � �� --��
5<D EB100 5 E B 20 0 5 E B 300 5
10<D EB1010 EB20 1 0 EB3 0 1 0 EB3010S
15 EB1015® EB20 1 5 EB30 1 5 EB30 1 5S
20 EB1020 ® EB2020 EB3020 EB3020S
25 EB1 025 EB2025 EB3025 EB3025S
30 E B 1 030 EB2030 EB3030 EB3030S
tM
35 EB1035 EB2035 EB3035 EB3035S
40 E B 1 040 EB2040 EB3040 EB3040S
458 E B 1 045 EB2045 E B3045 EB3045S
50 EB1 050 EB2050 EB3050 EB3050S
60 EB1060 EB2060 EB3060 EB3060S
70 EB1070 EB2070 EB3070 EB3070S
808 EB1080 EB2080 EB3080 EB3080S
ar
90 E B 1 090 EB2090 E B3090 EB3090S
1 00 EB1 1 00 EB2100 EB3 1 00 EB31 00S
1 00 MCS® EB1 1 00N EB2 1 00 N EB31 00N EB31 00SN
Approx. Ship. Wt: 2 1bs. Approx. Ship. Wt: 3 1bs. Approx. Ship. Wt. : 4% lbs.
Type EHB 1, 2, 3 Poles; 480 Volts Ac Max.; Thermal Magnetic and Saf-T-Vue
lP
( I ncludes Load Termi nals Only; see Terminals page 20)

Continuous Catalog Numbers
Ampere 1 - Pole, 277 Volts Ac, 2- Pole, 480 Volts Ac, 3-Pole Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Rating 1 25 Volts Dc® 250 Volts De® 480 Volts Ac except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48)
@ 40°C
Standard Standard Standard Saf-T-Vue<D
Underwriters' Laboratories, I nc. Listed
ca
10<D EHB1010 EHB2010 EHB30 1 0 EH B3010S

15 EH B 1 0 1 5<D EHB20 1 5 EHB3015 EHB30 1 5S Interrupting Ratings®
20 EHB1 020<D EH B2020 EHB3020 EH B3020S Max Volts Amperes
25 E H B 1 025 EHB2025 EHB3025 EH B3025S
30 EHB1030 EH B2030 EH B3030 EH B3030S EB Breakers
35 EHB1 035 EH B2035 EH B3035 EH B3035S 1 20 and 240 Ac 1 0,000 Asym., Sym.
40 EHB1040 EH B2040 EHB3040 EH B3040S 1 25/250 De 5,000®
458
tri
EHB1045 EH B2045 EHB3045 EHB3045S

50 EHB1 050 EH B2050 EH B3050 EH B3050S EHB, FB Breakers
60 EHB1060 EH B2060 EH B3060 EH B3060S 240 Ac 20,000 Asy m., 1 8,000 Sym.
70 E H B 1 07 0 EH B2070 EH B3070 EH B3070S
808 EHB1080 EHB2080 EH B3080 EH B3080S 277 Ac ( E H B) 1 5,000 Asy m . , 1 4,000 Sy m.
90 EHB1090 EHB2090 EHB3090 EHB3090S 480 Ac 1 5,000 Asy m . , 1 4,000 Sym.
lec
1 00 EH B 1 1 00 EHB 2 1 00 EHB3100 EHB3100S 600 Ac (FB) 1 5,0dO Asym., 1 4,000 Sym.

1 00 M CS ® EH B 1 1 00N EHB21 PON EHB3100N EHB31 00SN
Approx. Ship. Wt: 2 1bs. Approx. Ship. Wt.: 3 1bs. Approx. Ship. Wt.: 4% lbs. 250 De 1 0,000®
Type FB, HFB 1, 2, 3, 4 Poles; 600 Volts Ac Max.; Th ermal Magnetic, MARK 75® MARK 75 Type HFB
240 Ac . 75,000 Asym . , 65,000 Sy m .
2 7 7 Ac ®- �
Saf-T-Vue ( I n cl u des Load Ter m i nal s O n ly; see Termi nals, page 20)
Conti nuous Catalog Numbers 75,000 Asym . , 65,000 Sy m .
Ampere - -- ----- - -4-=- a - 480 Ac 30,000 Asym . , 25,000 Sy m .
-,-_POle___ 2-Pole 3-Pole --- P le cD®
-----
Rating 2-i?Volt.S--;.:c- - - 600 Volts Ac 600 Ac 20,000 Asym., 1 8,000 Sym .
.E
600 Volts Ac 600 Volts Ac

@ 40oc 125 Volts Dc® 250 Volts Dc® 250 D e (2 Pole) 20,000 ® @
MARK 75® Standard MARK 75® Standard Saf-T-Vue<D MARK 75 Standard
10<D HFB1010 FB20 1 0 HFB2010 FB30 1 0 FB3010S HFB3010 See page 20 for Federal Specification
15 H F B 1 0 1 5<D FB20 1 5 HFB20 1 5 FB30 1 5 FB30 1 5S HFB30 1 5 FB40 1 5 W-C-375b) Classificat ions.
20 HFB1 020<D FB2020 HF B2020 FB3020 F B3020S HF B3020 FB4020
25 HFB1 025 FB2025 HFB2025 FB3025 FB3025S H FB3025 FB4025 List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
30 H F B 1 030 FB2030 HFB2030 FB3030 FB3030S HFB3030 FB4030
35 HFB1 035 FB2035 HFB2035 FB3035 FB3035S HF B3035 FB4035 Accessories and Modifications
40 H F B 1 040 FB2040 HFB2040 FB3040 FB3040S HFB3040 FB4040
Description : Pages 49-58
w
458 H F B 1 045 FB2045 HF B2045 FB3045 FB3045S HFB3045 FB4045

50 HFB1 050 FB2050 H FB2050 FB3050 FB3050S HFB3050 FB4050 (4) Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not UL Listed.
60 H F B 1 060 FB2060 HFB2060 FB3060 FB3060S HF B3060 FB4060 ® All 4 poles have thermal magnetic trip elements.
70 H F B 1 070 FB2070 HFB2070 FB3070 FB3070S HFB3070 FB4070 Can be supplied with 3 poles protected plus 1 pole non
808 H F B 1 080 FB2080 HF B2080 FB3080 FB3080S HFB3080 FB4080 automatic if required. Order by description. No price or
ww
(
90 HFB1090 FB2090 H FB2090 FB3090 FB3090S H FB3090 FB4090 d1mens1onal d1fferences
1 00 H FB 1 1 00 FB2 1 00 HFB21 00 FB3 1 00 FB3100S HFB3100 FB4100 • Sw1tchmg duty rated for 120 volts Ac fluorescent light ap· -
1 00 MCS® FB21 00N FB3100N FB31 00SN FB41 00N pl1cat1ons only
1 1 08
125
FB21 1 0
FB2 1 25
HFB21 1 0
HFB2125
FB3 1 1 0
FB3125
FB31 1 0S
FB31 25S
HFB3 1 1 0
HFB3125
FB4 1 1 0
FB4125
(f) Sw1tchmg duty rated for 277 volts Ac fluorescent light ap
phcat1ons only I
1
1 50 FB21 50 H F B21 50 FB3 1 50 FB31 50S HFB3150 FB4150 ®Two pole breakers are supplied in three pole frames with
1 50 MCS® FB21 50N FB31 50N FB31 50SN FB4150N current carrying parts omitted from center pole .
..--.--"' .;
@ 1 5 thru 30 amp ratings only have 75,000 amp LC.
® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded
8 Changed or added since previous issue.
CD Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 40thru 1 00 amp ratings have 30,000 amp Asym., 25,000
case switches.
- -- -
ffi nr. ratinas aoolv to substantially non-inductive circuits. Sym. LC.
om
Technical Data
29-120
Page 20
.c
Special Breakers<D S pecial Calibrations<D
Type FB, Magnetic Only, Front Adjustable ( I ncludes Li ne and Load Terminals) Special calibration price additions apply to
N b
Continuous Magnetic C
-=� '-' le u:.c: m
at::a::_l: o"' g /S,=,ty :.c: ::cer= s--- ampere ratings not listed as standard, o r for
Amperes Trip Range �� :::.::: .:,: ��---= -=-Volts
-
7c--;c-� -- -------
2 - Po l e ®®, 600 Volts Ac 3-Pole, 600 Ac ambients oth e r than 40"C or 50"C. Also price
Rating Amperes
Standard MARK 75 Sta ndard Saf-T-Vue MARK 75 additions apply to specific calibrations for
ls
frequencies other than 0-60 H e rtz Ac circuits.
3 7- 22 FB2022MRL HFB2022ML FB3022MRL FB3022SMRL HFB3022ML
5 1 5- 45 FB2045MRL HFB2045ML FB3045MRL FB3045SMRL HFB3045ML See Application Data 29-160 for i nformation
10 35- 1 1 0 FB21 10MRL HFB2 1 10ML FB3 1 1 0MRL FB3 1 10SMRL HFB3 1 1 0ML regard i n g special conditions. Max i m u m
25 32- 80 2606095G 1 2 · · · · · · · · · · · 2606D95G30 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·
calib ration for 400 Hz. is 135 amps.
ua
25 66- 1 90 FB2 1 90MRL HFB2 1 90ML FB3 190MRL FB3190SMRL HFB3190ML
30 50- 1 50 1 268C14G05(9 . . . . . . . . . . . 1 268C14G06(9 . . . . .. . .. . . ... ... .. ... Type of 1 -24 25 or More
30 90- 270 FB2270MRL HFB2270ML FB3270MRL FB3270S MRL HFB3270ML Ca l i b ration Identical Units Identical
50 66- 1 90 1 268C 1 4G 0 1 C9 · · · · · · · · · · · 1 268C1 4G02C9 · · · · · · · · · · · . . . . . . . . . . . U n its
50 1 60- 480 FB2480MRL HFB2480ML FB3480M R L FB3480S MRL HFB3480ML
70 1 00- 270 2606095G 1 3 .. . . .. . . . . . 2606095G31 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Thermal Add 10% to None
1 00 1 50- 480 1 268C14G03ct . . . . . . . . . . . 1 268C14G04(t ......
· · · · · · · · · · · . . . . . Magnetic List Price of None
Frequency Complete Breaker None
an
1 00 450-1550 FB2 1 550MRL HFB21 550ML FB31 550MRL FB31 550S MRL H FB31 550ML
1 50 575-1800 FB2 1 800MRL HFB2 1 800ML FB31800MRL FB3 1 800SMRL HFB3 1 800ML
sooc Calibration<D
Terminals Max. Wire Wire Package of 3 Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for com
Breakers i n clude load term i n als only® ® . Breaker Type Range Line Terminals
Amps @) plete breaker, listed above, when ordering
Terminals are Underwriters' Laboratories, listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used
Style Number
Inc. listed as suitable for wire type and size as i n 50°C ambients. Same price as standard
tM
listed below. When used with aluminum con Standard Pressure Type Terminals 40"C breakers.
ductors, use joint compound. When line ter 20 ( EB, EHB) AI/Cu # 1 4-# 1 0 624B 100G 1 4
m inals are required, order b y style n u mber 1 00 AI/Cu # 1 4- 1 /0 624B1 00G02
1 50 AI/Cu # 4-4/0 624B 1 00G 1 7 Ambient Compensating Breakers<D
from table at n o charge with the breaker. To " "
To order, add suffix Jetter A to standard
order optional alu m i n u m terminals, add suf Optional AI!Cu Pressure Terminals thermal magnetic breaker catalog n u mber.
50 AI/Cu # 1 4-#4 624B 1 00G 1 0
ja) �
fix "Z" to complete breaker catalog n u m ber,
ar
1 00 AI/Cu # 4-4/0 624B 1 00 G 1 7
and specify line term i n als separately from Available i n all standard ratings of EB, EHB,
table when req u i red. F B and H F B b reakers up to ratings of 125
amps. Add 10% to price of standard breaker.
r:t'�
Colla Col, ar
Q
lP
Further I nformation
,
Nut
�' ... 0 � ,.._ List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
""'"'"" �
�- / Application, Operating Characteristics: AD
Conductor @.r Washer �Washer

2 9-160
A Cond uct or ...a._ Dimensions: OS 29-170

�Screw �.......-- screw Wire Clamp
ca
CJ Changed or added since previous issue.

CD Not listed with Underwriters' laboratories, Inc.
Style 624B1 OOG02 Style 624B 1 OOG 1 0 Style 624B1 OOG 1 7 Style 624B1 OOG 1 4 ® 2-Pole magnetic only breakers supplied in 3-Pole frame
with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
I nsert collar enclosing Assemble collar on top Insert collar enclosing Assemble wire clamp to ®Magnetic only breakers for De a pplications require special
conductor as shown. of conductor as shown. conductor a nd center on bottom of conductor as calibration. Order by description .
tri
Locate n ut on top of Tighten securely with extrusion on collar. shown.1 @ Style listed is for package of 3 terminals. Order quantity
conductor a nd tighten screw a nd washer. Insta l l clip with legs on equal to% total terminals required.
securely with screw and top of conductor and ® Magnetic-only breakers include both line and load termi
washer. Caution: snap end a round bottom nals.
Collar must surround of collar. ®Suffix "l" on catalog number indicates line and load ter
minals included. If factory installation is required, specify
lec
cond uctor.
on order.
LFB Current limiter Attachment(9 Breaker Rati ng, Limiter !f! Ratingsthru 70 amps can be supplied with terminals for
Amperes Catalog N umber Cu cable only ( # 1 4-#2). Order by description.
The LFB C u rrent Limiter is an attachment that
bolts to the load e n d of a standard F B thermal For Thermal Magnetic Breakers0
magnetic o r mag n etic o n ly breaker, providing
1 5-70 LFB3070R
200,000 amps interrupting capacity at up to 90- 1 50 LFB31 50R
600 volts Ac. Limiters for thermal magnetic
.E
b reakers are listed with Underwriters' Labo ra For Magnetic Only Breakers0
tories, I nc. for the above. Cu rrent l i miters 3 LFB3003MR
m u st be applied as i n d i cated in the table. 5 LFB3005MR
10 LFB30 1 0M R
25 LFB3025MR
Standard LFB terminals are suitable for Cu/AI 30 LFB3030MR
cable. Ratings th ru 70 amps accept (1) #14- 50 LFB3050MR
#2, and 100 and 150 amp accept (1) #1-4/0. 0 70 LFB3070MR
1 00 LFB3 1 00MR
1 50 LFB3150MR
w
Federal Specification Classifications

E B, EH B, F B and HFB b reakers meet requi re
ments of Federal Specification W-C-375b as
follows:
ww
EB: 1 Pole, C l ass 11a; 2, 3 poles, Classes

10b, 11b, 12b
EHB: 1 Pole, C l ass 13a; 2 , 3 poles, Class 13b ;
FB: 2 , 3 poles, Class 18a;
H FB: 1 Pole, Class 13a; 2, 3 poles, Class 22a
O n all 3 phase Delta, Grounded 8 phase ap
plications, refer to Westing house.
om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tec h n ical Data
Low Voltage Breaker Division 29-120
Beaver, Pen nsylva n ia 1 5009
Page 2 1
.c
October, 1 9 81
Supersedes Tec h n i ca l Data 29- 1 20 T WE A,
Type JB 250 Amperes
Type KB 250 Amperes AB D E-ION®
pages 2 1 -22, dated Apri l . 1 980.
M a i l ed to: E, D, C/ 1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL
MARK 75® Type HKB 250 Am peres
Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
Type JB Breakers
70-250 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2 a n d 3 Poles, Fixed Trip Thermal Magnetic,
Saf-T-Vue Breakers
Continuous Magnetic Trip Setting, Complete

- - -
Breaker
- -
Breaker Without Terminals
an
Ampere Amperes (Set on High Includes Pressure Type Copper
Rating Side, Adjustable to Terminals@
@ 40°C Lower Limits) Catalog -Number - Catalog Number
Low High_ Standard Saf-T-VueCD Standard Saf-T-VueCD
2-Poles, 600 Volts A c , 250 Volts De®
70 350 700 J B2070 J B2070S J B2070W J B2070SW
90 450 900 J B2090 J 82090S J B2090W J B2090SW
tM
1 00 500 1 000 JB2100 JB2100S J B21 00W J B21 00SW
125 625 1 250 JB2125 J B2 1 25S J B21 25W J B2 1 25SW
1 50 750 1 500 J B2 1 50 J B21 50S JB21 50W J B21 50SW
1 75 875 1 750 JB2175 J B21 75S J B21 75W J B2 1 75SW
200 1 000 2000 J B2200 J B2200S J B2200W J B2200SW
225 1 1 25 2250 J B2225 J B2225S J B2225W J B2225SW
ar
250 1 250 2500 J B2250 J B2250S J B2250W J B2250SW
250 MCS® J B2250N J B2250SN J B2250NW J B2250SNW Listed with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Approx. Ship. Wt. 12 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 12 Lbs. except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
3-Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only
70 350 700 J B3070 J B3070S J B3070W J B3070SW Type JB breakers meet req u i rements of Class
lP
90 450 900 J B3090 J B3090S J B3090W J B3090SW 1 9a circuit breakers as defined by Federal
1 00 500 1 000 JB3100 J B31 00S J B31 00W J B31 00SW Specification W-C-37 5b.
125 625 1250 J B3 1 25 J B31 25S J B31 25W J B31 25SW
1 50 750 1 500 J B31 50 J B31 50S J B31 50W J B31 50SW
U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed Inter
175 875' 1 750 J B3175 J B3175S J B31 75W J B3175SW rupting Ratings®
ca
200 1 000 2000 J B3200 J B3200S J B3200W J B3200SW

225 1 1 25 2250 J B3225 J B3225S J B3225W J B3225SW
250 1 250 2500 J B3250 J B3250S J B3250W.. J B3250SW Max. Volts Amperes
250 MCS® J B3250N J B3250SN J B3250NW J B3250SNW
Approx. Ship. Wt. 14 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 12 Lbs. 240 Ac 30,000 Asym ., 25,000 Sym.
For Panel board and Switchboard a ppl icati ons wh ere only l i n e side or load side term inals are 480 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
req u i red, add suffix "X" to comp lete breaker catalog n u m be r. 600 Ac 1 5,000 Asy m . , 1 4,000 Sy m . (i
tri
250 De 1 0,000
Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable CD
Continuous Mag netic Trip Setting, Breaker Only, No Terminals@ On a l l 3 p h ase Delta, G round B ph ase applica
Ampere Amperes (Set on High 2-Poles® 3-Poles tions, refer to Westingh ouse.
lec
Rating Side, Adjustable to Catalog Number Catalog Number

@ 4ooc Lower Limits) Term inals®
Low High Standard Saf-T-Vue Standard Saf-T-Vue Two term inals are req u i red per pole.
250 350 700 J B2700MW J B2700SMW JB3700MW J B3700SMW Term inals a re Underwriters' Laboratories,
250 625 1 250 J B2 1 250MW JB21250SMW J B31 250MW J B31 250SMW I n c . listed for wire type and range l isted be
250 750 1 500 J B2 1 500MW J B21 500SMW J B31 500MW J B31 500SMW l ow. When used with a l u m in u m con ductors,
250 875 1 7 50 JB21750MW J B2 1 750SMW J B31 750MW J B31750SMW
250 1 1 25 2250 J B22250MW J B22250SMW J B32250MW J B32250SMW use joint compound. To order optional alu
.E
250 1 250 2500 J B22500MW J B22500SMW J B32500MW J B32500SMW minum copper termin als, add suffix " Z" to
complete breaker catalog n u m ber.
Special Calibrations CD Type of 1 -24 25 or More Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type
Special cali bration price additions a pply to Calibration Identical Units Identical Units Breaker, Catalog No. of Cables
a m pere ratings not listed as sta nda rd, o r for Amps Number
Thermal Add 1 0% to None
a m bients other than 40°C o r 50°. For freq uen Magnetic List Price of None Standard Pressure Terminals
cies other than 0-60 H e rtz Ac, refer to West Complete Breaker None 250 T250KB 1 #4-350 MCM Cu, or
i ng h o use.
1 #2-350 MCM AI
w
sooc Cali bration CD Optional AI/Cu Pressure Terminals

250 , TA250KB 1 #4-350 MCM AIICu
Cl Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m be r for com
plete breaker when ordering l isted a m pere
d; .3 p iWB 1+-BL It' H Bt:: -r-rt::R
.J.c. Tj-1 I :3.
@ 2-pole breakers are supplied in 3-pole frames with current -, MagnetiC nly Breakers l.. v �
carrying parts omitted from center pole. rati ngs to be used in 50°C a m b i e nts. Same For descripti on, refer to DB 29-1 50 a n d AD
ww
@Term inals are shipped separately from breaker frame. price a s standard 40°C breakers. 29- 1 60. To order these breakers, sel ect
(4) Select desired terminal from table and order as separate
cata log n u m b e r from table at left, p lus ter m i
item.
(5) Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case nals a bove.
switches.
List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
Accessories and Modifications
Descripti o n : Pages 49-58
om
Tech n ical Data
29- 120
Page 22
.c
�
Type KB and MARK 75 ® Type HKB
70-250 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2 a n d 3 Poles, I ntercha ngeable Trip Thermal
-- , -
M a g netic, Saf-T-Vu e ® Breakers
Con- Magnetic <:_omplete Break er_ __
_ Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals®
-- - -
TriPLJnit onlv
.
tin- Trip Includes Pressure Type Frame Only-- -- - -- -
ls
uou Setting Copper Term inals®_
Am- Amperes® _ -- - -- --
pere · -·
CataloQNumber-_ - -
- log -
Cata.- Number__ ___ __ Cat.----
No. __ _
_
Rat- Low High StandardSaf-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard
- -- - -
ing CD CD Saf-T-Vue,
ua
@ MARK 75
40"C
2-Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De® -- - --- - --- -- -'-----
70 350 700 KB2070 KB2070S H K82070 KB2250F KB2250FS HK82250F HKB2070T
90 450 900 KB2090 KB2090S H KB2090 KB2250F KB2250FS H KB2250F HKB2090T
1 00 500 1 000 K82 1 00 K821 00S HK82 1 00 KB2250F KB2250FS HK82250F HKB21 00T
125 625 1 250 KB2125 KB21 25S H KB2 1 25 KB2250F KB2250FS HKB2250F HKB21 25T
KB2250FS H KB2250F
an
1 50 750 1 500 KB21 50 KB21 50S H KB2 1 50 KB2250F H KB21 50T
175 875 1 750 KB2175 KB21 75S HKB2175 KB2250F KB2250FS HKB2250F H KB2175T
200 1 000 2000 KB2200 KB2200S HK82200 KB2250F KB2250FS HK82250F H KB2200T
225 1 1 25 2250 KB2225 KB2225S HK82225 K82250F KB2250FS H K82250F HKB2225T
250 1 250 2500 KB2250 KB2250S H K82250 KB2250F KB2250FS HK82250F H KB2250T
250 MCS® KB2250N KB2250SN KB2250NW KB2250SNW Incl. in Frame Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
except as noted. (For C.S.A . , see page 48.)
Approx. Ship. Wt. 12 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 9 Lbs. Approx. Ship.
Wt. 2 Lbs.
tM
Type KB b reakers m eet req u i re m ents fo r
70 350 700 KB3070 K83070S H K83070 KB3250F KB3250FS HK83250F H KB3070T class 1 9a , as defined by Federal Specification
90 450 900 KB3090 KB3090S H K83090 KB3250F KE3250FS HK83250F H K83090T W-C-375b. Type HKB breakers not defined i n
1 00 500 1 000 KB3100 KB3100S HKB3 1 00 KB3250F KB3250FS H KB3250F H KB3100T W-C-375b.
1 25 625 1 250 KB31 25 KB31 25S HKB3 1 25 KB3250F KB3250FS HK83250F H KB3125T
1 50 750 1 500 KB3 1 50 KB31 50S HK83 1 50 KB3250F KB3250FS HKB3250F HKB31 50T
1 75 875 1 750 K83 1 75 KB31 75S H KB31 75 K83250F KB3250FS HKB3250F HKB31 75T Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed Inter
ar
200 1 000 2000 K83200 KB3200S HKB3200 KB3250F K83250FS HKB3250F H KB3200T rupting Ratings®
225 1 1 25 2250 KB3225 K83225S H K83225 K83250F KB3250FS H K83250F HKB3225T
250 1 250 2500 KB3250 KB3250S HK83250 K83250F KB3250FS HK83250F HKB3250T
250 MCS ® K83250N K83250SN KB3250NW KB3250SNW Incl. in Frame
Approx. Ship. Wt. 14 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 1 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Standard Breakers
lP
Wt. 2 Lbs. 240 Ac 30,000 Asy m . , 25,000 Sym.

480 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
For Panel board and Switc h board a ppl ications where o n ly l i ne sid e o r load side terminals a re 600 Ac 1 5,000 Asy m . , 1 4,000 Sym . <B
req u i red, a d d suffix "X" to comp lete brea ker catalog n u mber. 250 De 1 0,000
ca
Magnetic Only, F ront Adjustable Breakers CD Special Calibrations CD Mark 75 Breakers

Cantin- Magnetic Trip Units Only Special ca li bration price additions apply to 240 Ac 75,000 Asy m . , 65,000 Sym.
uous Trip Setti ng Catalog N umbers - -- - ampere ratings n ot l i sted as sta n d a rd , or fo r 480 Ac 30,000 Asym . , 25,000 Sym.
Ampere Amperes® 2 Poles® 3 Poles a m b ients other than 40°C or 50°C. For fre 600 Ac 20,000 Asym . , 1 8,000 Sym.
Rating Low High q u encies other than 0-60 H e rtz Ac, refer to 250 De 20,000® j'
::l
'"
Westi n g h ouse. "-
tri
250 350 700 HKB2700TM H K83700TM

250 625 On a l l 3 ph ase Delta, G ro u n d B phase appl ica "
1 250 H KB21 250TM HKB31 250TM Type 1 -24 25 or More c
250 750 1 500 HKB21 500TM HKB31 500TM Calibration Identical Units Identical U nits tio ns, refer to Westi n g h ouse. (/)
250 875 1 750 HKB21 750TM HK83 1 750TM )>
250 1 1 25 2250 H KB22250TM H KB32250TM Thermal Add 30% to None
250 1 250 2500 HKB22500TM HKB32500TM Magnetic Terminals@
List Price of None
lec
Trip Unit None Two req u i red p e r pole. Sel ect from table o n
8 Changed or added since previous issue. page 2 1 .
CDNot listed with UndeiWriters' Laboratories, Inc. sooc Calibratio n CD
® 2-pole breakers are supplied in 3-pol e frames with current
carrying parts omitted from center pole. Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m be r for com Magnetic Only Breakers
@Terminals shi pped separately from breaker frame. pl ete b reaker, listed a bove, when ordering Fo r description, refer to DB 29- 1 50 a n d AD
@ Set on high side, adjustable to lower limit. listed ampere rati ngs to be used in 50oC am 29-1 60. To order these breakers, select frame,
® Ratings above 10,000 amps not UL Listed. trip u n it and term i n a l s .
bients. Same price as sta n d a rd 40°C breakers.
.E
® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case

switches.
List Prices: S e e P r i c e List 29-020, D i s . CB-2

w
ww
om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tech n i cal Data
Beaver, Pennsylva n i a 1 5009
Page 23
.c
April, 1 980 Type LBB 400 Ampe res
S u persedes Tech nical Data 29- 1 20 T WE A Type LB400 Amperes AB DE-ION®
Circuit Breakers
pages 23-24, dated October, 1 97 5 MARK 7 5 Type HLB 400 Amperes
M a iled to: E, D, C/1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL
ls
ua
Type LBB Breakers
1 25-400 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2 , 3 Poles, Fixed Trip Th ermal Magnetic,
Saf-T-Vu e ® Breakers
Continuous Magnetic Trip Setting Complete Breaker Breaker Without Terminals
an
Ampere Amperes® Includes Pressure Type Copper
Rating Terminals@
@ Catalog N u m ber Catalog Number
40°C Low High
Standard Saf-T-Vue Standard Saf-T-Vue
2-Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De®
125 625 1 250 LBB2 1 25 LBB21 25S LBB21 2 5W LBB21 25SW
tM
1 50 750 1 500 LBB21 50 LBB21 50S LBB21 50W LBB21 50SW
1 75 875 1 750 LBB21 75 LBB21 75S LBB21 75W LBB21 75SW
200 1 000 2000 LBB2200 LBB2200S LBB2200W LBB2200SW
225 1 1 25 2250 LBB2225 LBB2225S LBB2225W LBB2225SW
350 1750 3500 LBB2350 LBB2350S LBB2350W LBB2350SW
ar
400 MCS® LBB2400N LBB2400SN LBB2400NW LBB2400SNW
Approx. Ship. Wt. 13 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 13 Lbs.
Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories ; Inc.
3-Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
125 625 1250 LBB3125 LBB3 1 2 5S LBB31 25W LBB31 25SW
1 50 750 1 500 LBB31 50 LBB31 50S LBB31 50W LBB31 50SW Type L B B breakers m eet req u i rements for
lP
1 75 875 1 750 LBB3175 LBB3175S LBB31 75W LBB31 75SW class 2 1 a circuit breakers, as defined by Fed
225 1 125 2250 LBB3225 LBB3225S LBB3225W LBB3225SW eral Specificati on W-C-375b.
300 1 500 3000 LBB3300 LBB3300S LBB3300W LBB3300SW Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
350 1 750 3500 LBB3350 LBB3350S LBB3350W LBB3350SW Interrupting Ratings®
ca

400 MCS® LBB3400N LBB3400SN LBB3400NW LBB3400SNW Max. Volts Amperes
240 Ac 50,000 Asym ., 42,000 Sym.
For panel board o r switch board a pplications where only line side or load side term i n a ls are 480 Ac 35,000 Asym . , 30,000 Sym.
required, add suffix "X" to comp lete breaker catalog n u m ber. 600 Ac 25,000 Asym ., 22,000 Sym.
tri
250 De 20,0000
Magnetic Only, Ambient Compensating Breakers® O n a l l 3 phase Delta, Ground B p h ase
Continuous Magnetic Trip 2-Pole Breakers® 3-Pole Breakers a pplications, refer to Westin g h ouse.
�C- ,a -- -; - r-- -----� C- ,,-l-� - --;NC7"u-m _____ _
b--;-e_r
Ampere Settin g,Amperes®
High o-g- ;-N7"Cu -m be
t-,-�la at a og
Rating Low Standard Saf-T-Vue Standard Saf-T-Vue Special Calibrations®
lec
Special calibration price additions a pply to

Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable- Without Terminals®
400 350 700 LBB2700MW LBB2700SMW LBB3700MW LBB3700SMW ampere ratings not l i sted as standard, or for
400 625 1 250 LBB21250MW LBB21 250SMW LBB31 250MW LBB31250SMW am bients other than 40°C or 50°C. Also price
400 750 1 500 LBB21 500MW LBB21 500SMW LBB31 500MW LBB31500SMW additions apply to specific calibrations for
400 875 1 750 LBB21 750MW LBB21750SMW LBB31 750MW LBB3 1 7 50SMW frequencies other than 0-60 H ertz Ac circuits.
400 1 1 25 2250 LBB22250MW LBB22250SMW LBB32250MW LBB32250SMW
400 1 500 3000 LBB23000MW LBB23000SMW LBB33000MW LBB33000SMW See AD 29- 1 60 for information regarding
400 2000 4000 LBB24000MW LBB24000SMW LBB34000MW LBB34000SMW special conditions. Maxi m u m cali bration for
.E
400 Hz is 300 a m ps.

Ambient Compensating Breakers -Includes Terminals
1 25 625 1 250 LBB21 25A LBB21 25SA LBB31 25A LBB31 25SA Type of 1 -24 2 5 o r More
1 50 750 1 500 LBB21 50A LBB21 50SA LBB31 50A LBB3150SA o n _.:_ld::..:e:..:n:..:ti:.:
Ca libra...::ti..: ca I U nits �ld::..:e:_:_n:..:.ti.:
ca::..:I_:U::..:n:..:it: _s
175 875 1 750 LBB2 175A LBB2175SA LBB3175A LBB3175SA .:..:
. _ . ..::..: _:::..: :..:. := __ .. ::::
200 1 000 2000 LBB2200A LBB2200SA LBB3200A LBB3200SA Thermal Add 1 0% to None
225 1 1 25 2250 LBB2225A LBB2225SA LBB3225A LBB3225SA Magnetic List Price of None
250 1 2 50 2500 LBB2250A LBB2250SA LBB3250A LBB3250SA Frequency Complete Breaker None
300 1 500 3000 LBB2300A LBB2300SA LBB3300A LBB3300SA
350 1 750 3500 LBB2350A LBB2350SA LBB3350A LBB3350SA soo Calibration ® :
w
400 2000 4000 LBB2400A LBB2400SA LBB3400A LBB3400SA Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for com
plete breaker when ordering listed a m pere
Terminals@ ® Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
@ 2-pole breakers or trips are supplied i n 3-pole frames with
rati ngs for breakers to be used in 50°C am
Two req u i red per pole. Sel ect from page 24. bients. Same price as standard 40°C breakers.
current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
ww
@ Terminals shipped separately from breaker.

Magnetic Only and Ambient Compensating ® Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits. Accessories and Modifications
Breakers ® Optional terminal. Description: Pages 49-58
<V Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not U.L. Listed.
For description, refer to DB 29-1 50 a n d AD List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
® Select desired terminals from page 22, and order as sepa
2 9- 1 60. To order, select cata log n u m ber from rate item.
table above. ® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case
switches ( M CS).
. I,·<
/· '- ·-
/� .
--'-./c , .-(' .£'�
.f
i. ,)
om
,/ � /· •')
"' :. ?:, ,(�,"e

· 7. / �, f>. i '.·' .�. ,
Tech nical Data '· I
29-120 i
1 /
' / . ./ ' . '
1/
.rJ �·-?�''--L
Page 24 -;- - ···.
I / . -'
.c
Type LB and MARK 75® Type HLB
70-400 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Poles, Intercha ngeable Trip
Thermal M a g n etic, Saf-T-Vue and MARK 7 5 Breakers
Con- Magnetic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals®
ls
tin- Trip Includes Pressure Type Frame Only Trip Unit
uous Setting Copper Terminals® Only
Am- Amperes® Catalog Nu mber Catalog Number Catalog
pere Low High
Rat- Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK75 Standard Saf-T-Vue MAR K 75 Number
ua
ing Standard,
@ Saf-T-Vue,
40"C MARK 75
70 350 700 LB2070 LB2070S LB2400F LB2400FS H LB2070T
1 00 500 1 000 LB2 1 00 LB21 00S LB2400F LB2400FS HLB21 00T
an
1 25 625 1 250 LB2 1 25 LB2 1 25S HLB2125 LB2400F LB2400FS HLB2400F HLB21 25T
1 50 750 1 500 LB2 1 50 LB21 50S HLB2 1 50 LB2400F LB2400FS HLB2400F H LB21 50T
1 75 875 1 750 LB2 1 7 5 LB2 1 75S HLB2175 LB2400F LB2400FS H LB2400F HLB21 75T
200 1 000 2000 LB2200 LB2200S HLB2200 LB2400F LB2400FS H LB2400F H LB2200T
225 1 1 25 2250 LB2225 LB2225S HLB2225 LB2400F LB2400FS HLB2400F HLB2225T
250 1 250 2500 LB2250 LB2250S HLB2250 LB2400F LB2400FS HLB2400F HLB2250T
300 1 500 3000 LB2300 LB2300S H LB2300 LB2400F LB2400FS HLB2400F HLB2300T Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
tM
350 1 750 3500 LB2350 LB2350S HLB2350 LB2400F LB2400FS H LB2400F HLB2350T
400 2000 4000 LB2400 LB2400S HLB2400 LB2400F LB2400FS HLB2400F HLB2400T except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
400 MCS® LB2400N LB2400SN LB2400NW LB2400SNW Incl. in Frame
Approx. Ship. Wt. 13 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 10 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Type LB breakers meet req u i rements for class
Wt. 2 Lbs. 2 1 a circuit breakers, and Type HLB meet
req u i rements for class 23a, as defined by
450 900 LB3090 LB3090S LB3400F LB3400FS H LB3090T Federal Specification W-C-375b.
ar
90
100 500 1 000 LB3 1 00 LB3100S LB3400F LB3400FS HLB31 00T
1 25 625 1 250 LB31 25 LB3 1 25S HLB3 1 25 LB3400F LB3400FS HLB3400F HLB31 25T Und erwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
1 50 750 1 500 LB31 50 LB3150S HLB31 50 LB3400F LB3400FS HLB3400F HLB31 50T I nterrupting Ratings®
175 875 1 750 LB3175 LB3175S H LB31 7 5 LB3400F LB3400FS H LB3400F HLB31 75T
200 1 000 2000 LB3200 LB3200S HLB3200 LB3400F LB3400FS H LB3400F HLB3200T
225 1 1 25 2250 LB3225 LB3225S H LB3225 LB3400F LB3400FS HLB3400F H LB3225T Volt Max. Amperes
lP
250 1 250 2500 LB3250 LB3250S HLB3250 LB3400F LB3400FS HLB3400F HLB3250T
300 1 500 3000 LB3300 LB3300S HLB3300 LB3400F LB3400FS H LB3400F HLB3300T Standard Breakers
350 1 7 50 3500 LB3350 LB3350S HLB3350 LB3400F LB3400FS HLB3400F H LB3350T
400 2000 4000 LB3400 LB3400S HLB3400 LB3400F LB3400FS HLB3400F HLB3400T 240 Ac 50,000 Asym., 42,000 Sym.
400 MCS® LB3400N LB3400SN LB3400NW LB3400SNW Incl. in Frame 480 Ac 35,000 Asym., 30,000 Sym.
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 5 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 12 Lbs. Approx. Ship.
ca
600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.

Wt. 2'h Lbs.
250 De 20,0000
For Panelboard a n d switchboard a ppl ications where only l i ne side or load side terminals are
MARK 75 Breakers
requ i red, add suffix "X" to complete breaker cata log n u m ber.
240 Ac 75,000 Asym., 65,000 Sym.
® Not listed with underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Terminals® 480 Ac 40,000 Asym . , 35,000 Sym.
tri
@ 2-pole breakers or trips are supplied in 3-pole frames with Two terminals a re required per pole. 30,000 Asym . , 25,000 Sym.
600 Ac
current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
0 Set o n high side, adjustable to lower limits.
Term i n als are U n derwriters' Labo ratories, 250 De 20,0000
® Terminals shipped separately from breaker. I nc. listed for wire type and range listed
® Optional terminal. below. When used with a l u m i n u m ca ble, use O n a l l 3 phase Delta, G ro u nded B phase
(j) Rati ngs above 10,000 amps not UL Listed.
lec
joint compou nd. To order optional a pplications, refer to Westing house.

switches (MCS). a l u m i n um-copper terminals, add suffix "Z" to
complete breaker catalog n u m ber. List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type, Accessories and Modifications

Amps. Cat. No. No. of Cabl es
Standard Copper Pressure Terminals
.E
225 T225LA 1 #6-350 MCM Cu

225® T225LBF 1 #6-250 MCM Cu
350 T350DA 1 250-500 MCM Cu
400 T400DA2 2 3/0-250 MCM Cu
Optional AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
225 TA225LA1 1 #6-350 MCM Cu, or
1 #4-350 MCM AI
350 TA350DA 1 250-500 MCM AI/Cu
400 TA400DA 1 2 3/0-250 MCM AI/Cu
w
ww
om
8
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Technical Data
Beaver, Pennsylvania 15009
Page 25
.c
AB DE-ION®
April, 1980 Type LB 400 Amperes
Supersedes Technical Data 29-120 T WE A Mark 75@ Type HLB 400 Amperes
Circuit Breakers
pages 24.1-24.2, dated August, 1977 Type LA 600 Amperes
Mailed to: E, D, C/1901, 1903, 1928/PL Mark 75@ TypeHLA 600 Amperes
ls
ua
Type LB and Mark 75® Type HLB Breakers, Continued Magnetic Only and Ambient Compensating
70-400 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Poles, Interchangeable Trip Breakers@
Special Breakers@ Trip Units Only For description, refer to DB 29-150 and AD
Continuous Magnetic Trip Trip Unit Only 29-160. To order, select trip unit from table at
an
Ampere Setting, Amperes@ 2-Poles® 3-Poles left, frame and terminals from page 24.
Rating Low High
Catalog N u m ber Catalog Num ber
Special Calibrations®
Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable Special calibration price additions apply to
400 350 700 HLB2700TM HLB3700TM ampere ratings not listed as standard, or for
400 625 1 250 HLB21 250TM HLB3 1250TM
400 750 1 500 HLB21 500TM HLB31 500TM ambients other than 40°C or 50°C. Also price
tM
400 875 1 750 H LB2 1 750TM HLB31 750TM additions apply to specific calibrations for
400 1 1 25 2250 HLB22250TM HLB32250TM frequencies other than 0-60Hertz ac circuits.
400 1 500 3000 HLB23000TM H LB33000TM
400 See application data 29-160 for information
2000 4000 HLB24000TM HLB34000TM
regarding special conditions. Maximum
Ambient Compensating Breakers calibration for 400HZ is 300 amps.
70 350 700 HLB2070TA HLB3070TA 25 or More
Type of 1-24
{
90 450 900 HLB2090TA HLB3090TA
ar
1 00 Calibration Identical Units Identical Units
500 1 000 HLB21 00TA HLB31 00TA
1 25 625 1 250 HLB21 25TA HLB31 25TA
1 50 750 Thermal Add 30"1oto None
1 500 HLB21 50TA HLB31 50TA Ambient List Price of None
175 875 1 750 H LB21 75TA HLB31 75TA Frequency Trip Unit None
200 1 000 2000 HLB2200TA HLB3200TA
225 1 1 25 2250 H LB2225TA HLB3225TA
lP
250 1 250 2500 HLB2250TA HLB3250TA sooc Calibration®

300 1 500 3000 HLB2300TA HLB3300TA Add suffix "V" to catalog number for com
350 1 750 3500 H LB2350TA HLB3350TA
400 4000 HLB2400TA HLB3400TA plete breaker or trip unit only, when ordering
2000
listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used
List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 in 50oC ambients. Same price as standard
ca
400C breakers.
® Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in 3-pole frames

® Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
@ Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
om
Technical Data
29-120
Page 26
.c
Type LA and Mark 7 5 ® Type HLA 600 Amp Frame Breakers
250-600 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Poles, Interchangeable Trip
Thermal Magnetic, Saf-T-Vue and Mark 75 Breakers
Con- Mag netic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals®
ls
tin- Trip Includes Pressure Type Copper Frame Only Trip Unit
uous Setting Terminals® Only
Am- Amperes
pere ® Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog
Rat- low High Number
ua
ing Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK75 Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK75 Standard,
@ Saf-T-Vue,
40'C MARK75
600 Ampere Frame Breakers®

2 Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De@
250 1 250 2500 2603D50G01 2 603D50G 13 1 256C10G02 lA2600F lA2600FS HlA2600F 2603046G07
300 1 500 3000 2603050G02 2603050G 14 1256C1 0G03 lA2600F lA2600FS HLA2600F 2603D46G08
an
350 1750 3500 2603D50G03 2603050G 1 5 1 256C1 0G04 lA2600F lA2600FS HlA2600F 2603046G09
400 2000 4000 2603050G04 2603050G 1 6 1 2 56C10G05 lA2600F lA2600FS HLA2600F 2603046G 1 0
500 2500 5000 lA2500 lA2500S HlA2500 lA2600F lA2600FS HLA2600F HlA2500T
600 3000 6000 lA2600 lA2600S HlA2600 lA2600F lA2600FS HlA2600F HLA2600T
600 MCS® lA2600N lA2600SN lA2600NW LA2600SNW Incl. in Frame
3 Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only listed with Underwriters' laboratories, Inc.
250 1250 2500 2603D50G07 2603050G 19 1 256C 1 0G 1 2 lA3600F lA3600FS HlA3600F 2603046G26 except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
tM
300 1 500 3000 2603050G 08 2603D50G20 1256C 1 0G 1 3 LA3600F lA3600FS HlA3600F 2603D46G27
350 1 7 50 3500 2603050G09 2603D50G21 1 256C 1 0G 1 4 LA3600F lA3600FS HlA3600F 2603D46G28 Type LA breakers meet requirements for class
400 2000 4000 2603D50G 1 0 2603050G22 1 256C 1 0 G 1 5 lA3600F lA3600FS HlA3600F 2603D46G29
21a circuit breakers, and Type HLA meet re
500 2500 5000 lA3500 lA3500S HlA3500 lA3600F lA3600FS HLA3600F HlA3500T
600 3000 6000 lA3600 lA3600S HlA3600 lA3600F lA3600FS HLA3600F HlA3600T quirements for class 23a as defined by Fed
600 MCS® lA3600N lA3600SN lA3600NW lA3600SNW Incl. in Frame eral Specification W-C-375b.
ar
For Panelboard and Switchboards applications where only line side or load side terminals are Underwriters' laboratories, Inc. listed Inter
required, add suffix "X" to complete breaker catalog number. rupting Ratings®
Special Breakers ® Trip Units Only Special Calibrations® Volts Max. Amperes
Contin- Magnetic Cat/Style Number Special calibration price additions apply to
Standard Breakers
lP
uous Trip Setting, 2-Poles@ 3-Poles ampere ratings not listed as standard, or for
Ampere Amperes® 240 Ac 50,000 Asym., 42,000 Sym.
ambients other than 40"C or 50" C. Also price 480 Ac
Rati n g low High 35,000 Asym., 30,000 Sym.
additions apply to specific calibrations for
Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable 600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
frequencies other than 0-60 Hz Ac circuits.
600 Ampere Frame Breakers® 250 De 20,000®
See application data 29-160 for information
ca
600 1 125 2250 2603D47G07 2603047G26

regarding special conditions. Maximum 400 Mark 75 Breakers
600 1 500 3000 2603047G08 2603D47G27
600 2000 4000 2603D47G 1 0 2603D47G29 Hz calibration: 600 amp frame, 450 amps. 240 Ac 75,000 Asym., 65,000 Sym.
600 2500 5000 H lA25000TM HlA35000TM 480 Ac 40,000 Asym., 35,000 Sym.
600 3000 6000 H lA26000TM H lA36000TM Type of 1 -24 Identical 2 5 or More 600 Ac 30,000 Asym., 25,000 Sym.
Calibration U nits Identical Units 250 De
Ambient Compensating Break•• 20,000®
600 Ampere Frame Breakers® Thermal Add 20% to None
tri
250 1 250 2500 5683088G26 Ambient List Price of None

5683D88G07
None
On all 3 phase Delta, Grounded B phase ap
300 1500 3000 5683D88G08 5683088G27 Frequency Trip Unit
plications, refer to Westinghouse.
350 1 750 3500 5683D88G09 5683088G28
400 2000 4000 5683D88G 1 0 5683088G29 sooc Calibrati o n ®
500 2500 5000 H LA2500TA HlA3500TA Terminals @ @
Add suffix "V" t o catalog number for com
lec
600 3000 6000 H LA2600TA HlA3600TA Two terminals are required per pole. Termi
plete breaker or trip unit only, when ordering
nals are Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Cl Changed or added since previous issue. listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used
listed for wire type and range listed below.
® Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in 3-pole frames in 50"C ambients. Same price as standard
with current carrying parts omitted from center pole. When used aluminum cable, use joint com
40°C breakers.
® Terminals, trip units and accessories are not interchange- pound. To order optional aluminum-copper
able between 400 and 600 a m pere frames.
terminals, add suffix "Z" to complete breaker
@ Terminals shipped separately from breakers.
® Not listed with Underwriters' laboratories, Inc. catalog number.
.E
® Set o n high side, adjustable to lower limits.

<l! For 600 a m p frame breakers only. Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type
® Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not U l listed. Amps Cat. N u mber No. of Cables
® I nterrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case Standard Copper Pressure Terminals
switches. 600® T600lA 2 250-500 M C M Cu
600® TA600lA 2 250-500 M C M AI/Cu
Magnetic Only and Ambient

w
Compensating Breakers ®
For description, refer to DB 29-150 and AD
29-160. To order, select frame, trip unit and
ww
terminals from tables this page.

Description: Pages 49-58
list Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2

om
Westi nghouse Electric Corporation Tech n ical Data
Commercial Division - Compon ents 29- 1 20
Pag e 27
.c
AB DE- ION®
September, 1 984 Type LC, LCA; MARK 75 Type H LC, H LCA;
Su persedes Tech n ical Data 29- 1 20, Type LCG, LCGA; and MARK 75 Type H LCG,
Circuit Breakers
pages 27-28, dated J u ne, 1 980 H LCGA 75-600 Amperes SELTRONIC®
M a i led t o : E, D, C/29-100A, 3 1 -400A Breakers
ls
ua
Type LC, LCA, MARK 75® Type HLC, HLCA SELTRONIC™ Circuit Breakers With
Solid State Trip Units ct
Standard Breakers, 600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz Complete Breaker Requires Frame, Rating Plug
an
and Terminals
Frame Only
Poles Catalog Numbers

® Standard (Long Delay Mag netic Long Delay, Magnetic Trip and Adjustable
and Magnetic Trip) Only@ Short Delay Time (.06-.22 seconds)
Types LC 150 and LCA 150 (75- 150 Amps.)
2
3
HLC2150F
H LC3150F
I
I
LC2150F
LC3150F
MARK 75 Types HLC 150 and HLCA 150 (75-150 Amps.)
HLC2 1 50FM
HLC3150FM
LC21 50FM
LC3150FM I
I
tM
LCA2 1 50F
LCA31 50F
HLCA2 1 50F
HLCA31 50F
ar
Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Types LC 300 and LCA 300 ( 150-300 Amps.)
I I
except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
LC2300F LC2300FM LCA2300F
LC3300F LC3300FM LCA3300F Type LC breakers meet req u i re m ents for
c lass 2 1 a circu it breake rs, and Type H LC
MARK 75 Types HLC 300 and HLCA 300 ( 150-300 Amps.)
lP
I I
meet req u i rements for class 23a as defined
HLC2300F HLC2300FM HLCA23DOF by Fed era l Specification W-C-375b.
HLC3300F HLC3300FM H LCA3300F
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
Types LC 400 and LCA 400 (200-400 Amps.) I nterrupting Rati ngs®
I I
ca
2 LC2400F LC2400FM LCA2400F

3 LC3400F LC3400FM LCA3400F Volts Max. Amperes
Standard Breakers
MARK 75 Types HLC 400 and H LCA 400 (200-400 Amps.)
I I
240 Ac 50,000 Asy m . , 42,000 Sym.
HLC2400F HLC2400FM HLCA2400F 480 Ac 35,000 Asym., 30,000 Sym.
H LC3400F HLC3400FM HLCA3400F
600 Ac 25,000 Asy m . , 22,000 Sym.
tri
Types LC 600 and LCA 600 (300-600 Amps.)
I I
MARK 75 Breakers
LC2600F LC2600FM LCA2600F 240 Ac 75,000 Asy m . , 65,000 Sym.
LC3600F -- LC3600FM LCA3600F
480 Ac 40,000 Asym., 35,000 Sym.
MARK 75 Types HLC 600 and HLCA 600 (300-600 Amps.) 600 Ac 30,000 Asy m . , 25,000 Sym.
I I
lec
2 HLC2600F HLC2600FM H LCA2600F

3 HLC3600F HLC36DOFM HLCA3600F On a l l 3 phase Delta, G rou nded B phase
appl ications, refe r to Westing h ouse.
Type LC 600 Molded Case Switch: Refer to Pages 46.1, 46.2
Further Information
Field Mountable Attachments ® @ @)® List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
Description Style Number Factory Mounted and Other Accessories
.E
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source: and Modifications: Pages 49-58
32 to 1 20 volts (DC to 60 Hz)0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 1 D1 1 G22 Field Mountable Attachments: This Pag e
240 to 600 volts Ac, 50/60 Hz® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1371 D 1 1 G32 Rating Plugs : Page 32. 1
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source, plus a 1 A-1 B auxiliary switch: Portable Test Kit: Page 32.2
32 to 1 20 volts (De to 60 Hz)0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1371 D 1 1 G 1 5 Terminals: Page 28
240 t o 600 volts A c 50/60 H z ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 371 D1 1 G25
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from 24 volt De source . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . 1371 D93G01
1A- 1 B Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 371 D 1 1 G03
w
(t Changed or added since previous issue. ® Non-automatic breakers do not use standard ® Two pole breakers are suppl ied in three pole
ww
CD Not UL Inc. listed. SELTRONIC attachments, and should be frames with current carrying parts omitted from
® Only one attachment may be mounted per ordered by description for factory mounting. center pole.
breaker. ® Does not void listing of UL listed breakers. ® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to
0 For other possible combinations, refer to ® Not for use on ground fault applications. molded case switches (MCS).
Westinghouse. 0 Rated 48 volts minimum for ground fault appli @J UL Inc. recognized component.
cations requiring tripping at 55% of voltage.
Discount CB-2
om
Tech n ical Data
29- 1 20
Page 28
.c
AB DE-ION Circuit Brea kers
Type LCG, LCGA, MARK 75® HLCG, HLCGA SELTRONIC Breakers With Built-in
Ground Fault Protection (9
Complete Breaker Req u i res Fra me, Rating Plug, and Term i na l s, Extra Cu rrent Transformer
I ncluded for N e ut raiCDC?l See Accessories Page 32.2 for I n dicator Kit
ls
-'--'----'-,----,.,----------- ----- -----
Frame Only Ground Fault
--j Characteristics
@
ua
Standard (Long Delay, Long Delay, Magnetic Trip, Pick-up Time
Magnetic Trip) and Adjustable Short Delay Time and Selflng Setting
Ground Fault Trip Ground Fault Trip Amps
Types LCG 1 50 and LCGA 1 50 (75- 1 50 Amps. ) @

I LCG3150F I LCGA31 50F 50-150 3.5-30 Cy
MARK 75 Types HLCG 1 50 and H LCGA 1 50 (75-150 Amps.) @)
an
3 I HLCG3150F I HLCGA31 50F 50-150 3.5-30 Cy
Types LCG 300 and LCGA 300 ( 1 50-300 Amps.)@
I LCG3300F I LCGA3300F 60-300 3.5-30 Cy
MARK 75 Types HLCG 300 and HLCGA 300 ( 1 50-300 Amps. ) @
tM
3 I HLCG3300F I HLCGA3300F 60-300 3.5-30 Cy
Types LCG 400 and LCGA 400 (200-400 Amps ) @
I
LCG3400F LCGA3400F I 80-400 3.5-30 Cy
MARK 75 Types HLCG 400 and H LCGA 400 (200-400 Amps.)@

I HLCG3400F I HLCGA3400F
ar
3 80-400 3.5-30 Cy
Types LCG 600 and LCGA 600 (300-600 Amps . ) @

I LCG3600F I LCGA3600F 1 1 20-600 3.5-30 Cy
lP
MARK 75 Types HLCG 600 and HLCGA 600 (300-600 Amps. ) @)

3 I HLCG3600F I HLCGA3600F 1 1 20-600 3.5-30 Cy
Terminals ( O rder Separately)

Two term i n a l s a re req u i red per pole. Te rmi
ca
nals a re U L Inc. l isted for w i re type and

range listed below. When used with alumi
n u m cable, use j o i nt compou n d .
Max. Terminal Wire Range, type Further Information

tri
Amps. Cat. No . No. of Cables List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
1 50,300, and 400 Amp Frames Only Factory Mounted and Other Accessories
Standard Copper Pressure Terminals and Modifications: Pages 49-58
225 T225LA (1) #6-350 MCM Cu Field Mountable Attachments: Page 27
lec
225 T225LBF ( 1 ) #6-250 MCM Cu Rating Plugs: Page 32 . 1

400 T401 LA ( 1 ) #4-250 MCM Cu, plus
(1) 3/0-600 MCM Cu Portable Test Kit: Page 32.2
Optional AI/Cu Pressure Terminals Remote Ground Fault Trip Indicator:
225 TA225LA1 (11 #6-350 MCM Cu, or Page 32.2
( 1 ) #4-350 MCM AI
400 TA400LA1 ( 1 ) #4-250 MCM AI'Cu, plus
I 1) 3/0-600 MCM AliCu
400 TA401 LA ( 1 ) 600-750 MCM AI
.E
600 Amp Frame Only

600 T600LA (2) 250-500 MCM Cu
600 TA600LA (2) 250-500 MCM AliCu
(j Changed or added since previous issue. ® These breakers use LC terminals. The fourth
CD Available without extra C.T. for neutral. Order C.T. uses MC breaker terminals, page 29.
by description as similar to above except with @ Two pole breakers suppl ied in three pole
w
out neutral C.T. or external C.T. terminal con frames with current carrying parts omitted from
nections. (Same price). Note the standard center pole.
ground fault unit above can also be used with @) For applications other than standard residual
out the neutral C.T. scheme, see AD 29-160.
ww
Westingho use E l ectric Corporation

Commercial Division - Components
Beaver, Pen nsylva n i a 1 5009 Printed in U.S.A.
Discount CB-2 September, 1 984

om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Techn ical Data
29- 1 20
Cl
Comm ercial Division - Components
Beaver, Pennsylva n ia 1 5009
Page 29
.c
September, 1 984
Su persedes Techn ical Data 29- 1 20,
Type MC, MCA. MCG, MCGA, and MARK 7 5
Type H M C, H M CA, H M C G , H M CGA AB DE- I O N®
pages 29-30, dated April, 1 980
Mailed to: E, D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A
800 Ampere S E LTRON ICTM Breakers
C ircuit Breakers
Type N C, NCA, NCG, NCGA and MARK 75
ls
Type HNC, H N CA, H N CG, H N CGA
1 200 Ampere SELTRONIC Breakers
ua
Type MC, MCA, MARK 75® Type HMC, HMCA SELTRONIC™ Circuit Breakers
with Solid State Trip U n its@
Standard Breakers, 600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz Complete Breaker Requires Frame, Rating Plug,
an
and Terminals
Frame Only

Standard (Long Delay Magnetic Long Delay, Mag netic Trip and Adjustable
Types MC and MCA 400 to 800 Amps,
I I
2
3
MC2800F
MC3800F
MARK 75 Types HMC and HMCA 400 to 800 Amps,
3
I
HMC2800F
H MC3800F
HMC2800FM
H MC3800FM
MC2800FM
MC3800FM
tM
MCA2800F
MCA3800F
I HMCA3800F
HMCA2800F
ar
Type MC800 Molded Case Switch : Refer to Pages 46.1, 46.2
Type MCG, MCGA and MARK 75 Type HMCG, HMCGA SELTRONIC Circuit Breakers With Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Built-in Ground Fault Protection except as noted (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
Complete Breaker Requires Frame, Rati ng Plug a n d Terminals - Extra Cu rrent Transformer
Type M C SELTR O N I C breakers meet
lP
I n cluded for Neutra l ® @I See Page 32.2 For Optional I n d i cator Kit
req u i rements for class 21 a, and MARK 75.
Type HMC meet cl ass 23a as defi ned by
Frame Only Ground Fault Federal Spec W-C-375b.
Characteristics
Poles Catalog Numbers UL Listed Interrupting Capacity, RMS
I
ca
Standard (Long Delay, Long Delay, Magnetic Trip, Pick-up Time Symmetrical Amperes@
Magnetic and Ground Adjustable Short Delay Setting x Setting
Fault Trip) Time and Ground Fault Trip Frame Rtg. Breaker Ac Volts
��------------
Types MCG and MCGA 400 to 800 Amps.© 240 480 600
I MCG3800F I MCGA3800F . 1 - 1 .0 3.5-30 Cy MC, MCG 42000 30000 22000
HMC, HMCG 65000 50000 25000
tri
MARK 75 Types HMCG and HMCGA 400 to 800 Amps.@

3 I HMCG3800F I HMCGA3800F .1-1.0 3.5-30 Cy Further Information
Field Mountable Attachments CD @ ® CD Factory Mou nted and Other Accessories
lec
Description Style Number

and Modifications: Pages 49-58
Field Mountable Attachments: This Page
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source: Rating Plugs: Page 32 . 1
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)® . 1 37 1 D72G22
240 to 600 Volts Ac (50/60 Hz)@ . 1 37 1 D72G32
Portable Test Kit: Page 32.2
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source, plus 1 A- 1 8 Auxiliary switch: Remote Ground Fault Trip Indicator:
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)® . 1 37 1 D72G 1 5 Page 32.2
240 to 600 Volts Ac (50/60 Hz)@ . 1 37 1 D72G25
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external 24 volt De source . 1 370D85G01
.E
1 A- 1 B Auxiliary Switch . 1 37 1 D72G03
Terminals (Two Req u i red per Pole)® (i Changed or added since previous issue. ® Also used on breakers with ground fault and
CD Does not void listing of UL listed breakers. on separately mounted neutral current trans
Max. Terminal No., Size of Cable formers.
® Not U/L l isted.
Amps Cat. No. ® Ava ilable without extra C.T. fo� neutral. Order
@ Only one of the attachments may be mounted
Copper Only Pressure Terminals per breaker. by description as similar to above except
600 T600MA1 (2) 2/0-500MCM @l Rated 48 volts m i n i m u m for ground fa u lt without neutral C.T. or external C.T. Term inal
800 T800MA1 applications requiring tripping (i• 55% of connections. (Same Price)
w
(3) 3/0-300MCM
voltage. Note: the standard ground fault u n it above can
AI/Cu Pressure Terminals ® Two pole breakers are supplied i n three pole also be used without the neutral C.T.
600 TA700MA1 (2) #1-500MCM frames with current-carrying parts om itted from @I Order two of the desired term inals for each
800 TA800MA2 (3) 3/0-400MCM center pole. pole of the breaker and two for the neutral C.T.
800 TA801MA (2) 500-750 MCM ® For other possible combi nations, refer to @ Not for Ground Fault Applications.
ww
factory. @ For appl ications other than standard residual

0 Non-automatic breakers do not use standard scheme, see AD 29-160.
seltronic attachments and should be ordered by @ Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to
description. mol ded case switches (MCS).
@ U L Inc. recognized component.
Discount CB-2
om
Tech nical Data
29- 1 20
Page 30
.c
Type NC, NCA, MARK 75® Type HNC, HNCA SELTRONICTM Circuit Breakers with
Solid State Trip U n its 8
Standard Breakers, 600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz Complete Breaker Requires Frame, Rating Plug,
and Terminals
ls
Frame Only
Poles Catalog Num bers

@'
ua
Standard (Long Delay Mag netic Long Delay, Magnetic Trip and
and Magnetic Trip) Only@ Adjustable Short Delay Time
(.08-.28 Seconds)
Types NC and NCA 800 to 1200 Amps
I
NC21200F NC21 200FM
NC31200FM
NCA21200F
NCA31200F
3 NC31 200F
Mark 75 Types HNC and HNCA 800 to 1200 Amps
I
an
HNC21 200F HNC21 200FM HNCA21200F
3 HNC31200F HNC31 200FM HNCA31200F
Type NC 1200 Molded Case Switch: Refer to Pages 46.1, 46.2
Type NCG, NCGA, and MARK 75 Type HNCG, HNCGA SEL TRONIC Circuit Breakers With
Built-in Ground Fault Protectio n @
tM
Listed with Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.
Complete Breaker Requires Frame, Rating Plug a n d Terminals - Extra Current Transformer except as noted. (For C.S.A. see page 48.)
I ncluded for Neutral® @l See Page 32.2 for Optional Indicator Kit Type N C SEL TR O N I C breakers meet req u i re
ments for class 21 a , and M A R K 75. Type
Characteristics
H N C meet class 23a as defi ned by Fed eral
Poles Catalog Numbers S pec W-C-37 5b.
ar
I
Standard (Long Delay,
Long Delay, Mag netic Trip, Pick-up Time
Magnetic and GroundAdjustable Short Delay Time, Setting x Setting UL Listed Interrupting Capacity, RMS
Fault Trip) and Ground Fault Trip Frame Rtg. Symmetrical Amperes@
Types NCG and NCGA 800 to 1200 Amperes@
I NCG31 200F
Breaker Ac Volts
3 I NCGA31200F .1 X 1 .0 3.5-30 Cy 240 480 600
lP
Mark 75 Types HNCG and HNCGA 800 to 1200 Amperes@ NC, NCG 42000 30000 22000
I HNCG31 200F I HNCGA31200F .1 X 1 .0 3.5-30 Cy H NC, HNCG 65000 50000 25000
Field Mountable Attachments(]) 0 ® 0 Further Information

Description Style Number List Prices: See Price List 29-020, D i s . CB-2
ca
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source: Factory Mou nted and Other Accessories
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)@ . 1 372D39G13 and Modifications: Pages 49-58
240 to 600 Volts Ac (50:60 Hz)@ 1 372D39G23 Field Mountable Attachments: This Page
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source, plus a 1 A� 1 B auxiliary switch:
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)@ . 1 372D39G 1 6 Rating Plugs: Page 32.1
240 to 600 Volts Ac (50/60 Hz)C[D 1 372D39G26 Portable Test Kit: Page 32.2
tri
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external 24 volt De source . 1 37 1 D94G05 Remote Ground Fault Trip Indicator:
1A-1B Auxiliary Switch . 1 372D39G03 Page 32.2
Terminals (Two Req u i red per Po l e ) ®

Max. Te rminal No., Size of Cable
lec
Amps Cat. No.

Copper Only Pressure Terminals
1 000 T 1 000N B 1 ( 3 ) 3/0-500MCM
1 200 T 1 200N B 1 (4) 3/0-400MCM
AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
1 000 TA 1 000N B 1 ( 3 ) 3/0-400MCM
1 200 TA 1 200N B1 (4) 4/0-500MCM
.E
1 200 TA1 201 N B 1 (3) 500-750MCM
Q) Does not void listing of UL listed breakers. ® Available without extra C.T. for neutral. Order by
Ql Not U L listed. description as similar to above except without neutral
@ Only one of the attachments may be mounted per C.T. or external C.T. Terminal connections. (Same Price)
breaker. Note: the standard ground fault unit above can also be
@ Rated 48 volts minimum for g round fault applications used without the neutral C.T.
requiring tripping (u 55% of voltage. @l Order two of the desired terminals for each pole of the
® Two pole breakers are supplied in three pole frames breaker and two for the neutral C.T.
with current-carrying parts o mitted from center pole. @ Not for Ground Fault Applications.
@ For applications other than standard residual scheme,
w
® For other possible combinations, refer to factory.

Q) Non-automatic breakers do not use standard seltronic see AD 29-160.
attachments and should be ordered by description. @ Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded
:E Also used on breakers with ground fault and on sepa case switches (MCS).
rately mounted neutral current transformers. @ UL Inc. recognized component.
ww
Westing house Electric Corporation

Commercial Division - Compo n e nts
Beaver, Pennsylva n ia 1 5009 Printed i n U.S.A.
Discount CB-2 September, 1984

om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
Cl
Tec h n ical Data
Distribution a n d Control Busi ness U n i t 29- 1 20
E lectrical Com ponents Division
Pittsbu rg h , Pen n sylvania 1 5220 Page 3 1
.c
Au gust, 1 989
Supersedes Tec h nical Data 2 9- 1 20
Type PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA 2000, 2500 and
3000 Amperes S E LTRONIC C i rcuit Breakers AB D E-ION®
pages 3 1 -32, dated September, 1 984
Mai led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A Type PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA 2000, 2500, Circu it B reakers
and 3000 Ampere S E LTRONIC Circu it Break
ls
ers with Bui lt-in G round Fault Protection
ua
Type PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA 2000, 2500 and 3000 Ampere SELTRONIC™ Circuit Breakers With Solid State Trip U nits, 600
Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz
Complete Breaker R e q u i res Frame, Rati ng Plug and Rear Con nectors (except front connected and 3000 amp; connectors a re i nclude d . )
an
Breakers for Standard Applications Breakers for Applications at 100% Rating
Frame Only Frame Only
Poles Catalog Num bers Catalog N umbers Poles Catalog Numbers Catalog N u m bers
@ @
Standard Magnetic Long Delay, Magnetic Trip, Standard Magnetic Long Delay, Magnetic Trip,
(Long Delay Only® and Adjustable Short Delay (Long Delay Only® and Adjustable Short Delay
and Magnetic Trip) Time (.08-.28 seconds) and Magnetic Trip) Time (.08-.28 seconds)
tM
Type PC 2000, 1 000 to 2000 Amps® Type PCA 2000® Type PCC 2000, 1 000 to 2000 Amps@
Rear Connected Breakers Rear Connected Breakers Rear Connected Breakers Rear Connected Breakers
I I
2 PC22000F PC22000FM PCA22000F 2 PCC22000F PCC22000FM PCCA22000F
Front Connected Breakers Front Connected Breakers Front Connected Breakers Front Connected Breakers
I I
PCF22000F PCF22000FM PCFA22000F 2 PCCF22000F PCCF22000FM PCCFA22000F
ar
3 PCF32000F PCF32000FM PCFA32000F 3 PCCF32000F PCCF32000FM PCCFA32000F
2 I
Rear Connected Breakers
PC22500F PC22500FM
PC32500FM
PCA22500F
PCA32500F
2 I
PCC22500F PCC22500FM
PCCA22500F
lP
3 PC32500F 3 PCC32500F PCC32500FM PCCA32500F
I I
PCF22500F PCF22500FM PCFA22500F 2 PCCF22500F PCCF22500FM PCCFA22500F
3 PCF32500F PCF32500FM PCFA32500F 3 PCCF32500F PCCF32500FM PCCFA32500F
I
Type PC 3000, 1 600 to 3000 Amps® Type PCA 3000 ® Type PCC 3000, 1 600 to 3000 Amps@
I
ca

Type PC, PCC Molded Case Switches: Refer to Pages 46. 1 , 46.2
Drawout Mounting Breakers, 3 Pole Only Special Type PCC Breakers for SCR Power Type PC and PCC
tri
List Price i ncludes: Breaker fra m e and com Supplies meet req u i re ments of
plete drawout frame with safety tripping These d rawout mounting breakers are Class 25a as defined
i nterlock. Order by descripti o n . Seco ndary designed with a 2 to 4 times mag netic trip in Federal Spec.
contacts supplie d as req u i red at no extra adjustment a n d special time delay trip char W-C-375b.
charg e. Order requi red rating plug acteristics to provide maxi m u m protection
lec
listed with
separately. 0 and coordination with SCR power supplies
Underwriters'
o n offs hore d r i l l i ng rigs. S u itable for appli
Standard Breakers Molded Case Switch Laboratories, Inc.
cation at 1 00% of rati ng.
See Page 46.1 except as noted (For
PCC2000® PCC2000 List Price incl udes breaker frame and draw C.S.A. see page 48)
PCC2500@l PCC2500 out frame complete with safety tripping
PCC3000® PCC3000 i nterlock. Order by description. Secondary
.E
contacts su pplied as req u i red. Order stan

Stationary Portion of Drawout Frame Only dard rating plugs separately. Order other UL listed Interrupting Capacity RMS
for Future Breaker Installations, modifications from pages 49-58. Symmetrical Amperes (Std. and G rd . Fit.
3 Pole Only. ( O rder by Description.) Breakers)®
Avai lability: PCC2000, PCC2500 Drawout Breaker Ac Volts
Ava i l a bi l ity : PCC 2000, PCC 2500, ------
M o u nting breakers
PCC 3000 0 ® ® 240 480 600
PC, PCC 1 25,000 1 00,000 1 00,000
CD Not UL listed. ® When ordering breaker with movable portion only for
w
® U L listed for standard applications. use with previously installed stationary portion, deduct
@ Two pole breakers are supplied i n three pole frames the list price of stationary portion from list price of Further Informat ion
with current carrying parts omitted from center pole. complete breaker with drawout frame. List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
@) These breakers are UL Listed for application at 100% of CD Includes breakers without adjustable short delay time.
rating per NEC exceptions when used i n a properly ven ® Factory Mounted and Other Accessories
ww
I nterrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded

tilated and listed enclosure. case switches IMCS). and Modificat ions: Pages 49-58
® Secondary contacts, when required for motor operator ® UL Inc. recognized component. Field Mountable Attach ments: Page 32
or other attachment, must be specified and factory
Rating Plugs: Page 32 . 1
mounted on stationary frame when it is ordered
separately. Portable Test Kit : Page 32.2
Approx. Ship. Wt : Pag e 32
Discount CB-2
om
8
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 32
.c
AB DE-ION Circuit B rea kers
Type PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA SELTRONIC™ Breakers With Built-in Ground Modifications and Accessories
Fault Protection
Includes Extra Current Transformer for Neutra l @ (Optional I n d icator Kit Page 32.2) Rear Bus Connectors
Two requi red per pole. Fixed m o u nting
Breakers for Standard Application breakers.
ls
Breaker Con nector
Complete Breaker R eq u i res Frame, Rating Plug and Rear Connectors (except Front Con Frame@ Style Cat. No.
nected Frames and 3000 Amp F ra m es I nclude Connectors) PC2000® , PCC2000® BA2000PB
PC2500®, PCC2500® 315C91 0G03
ua
PC3000, PCC3000 Included i n Frame
Frames Only Ground Fault Characteristics
Poles Standard (Long Delay Long Delay, Magnetic, Ground Pick-up Time
Racking Crank for Drawout Frames
Magnetic and Ground Fault Fault Trip, and Adjustable Short Setting Setting
Trip) Delay Time (.08-.28 Seconds) To engage or withd raw the moving portion
Catalog Number Catalog Number
of the d rawout. A sta n d a rd 1/2 i nch hex
socket with extension can be used for this
Type PCG 2000 Gl @ Type PCGA 2000Gl @ 1000 to 2000 Amps@
an
pu rpose.
!
3 PCG32000F PCGA32000F
Front Connected Breakers 200-1200 3.5-30 Cy Style No. 765A767G 0 1 .
3 PCFG32000F PCFGA32000F
Type PCG 2500Gl @ Type PCGA 2500 Gl @ 1400 to 2500 Amps@ Cell Switches Mounted o n Drawout Frames,
!
Rear Connected Breakers All Ratings
tM
3 PCG32500F PCGA32500F A maximum of fou r switches can be pro
Front Connected Breakers 240-1200 3.5-30 Cy
3 PCFGA32500F
vided. Order by description. Each switch
PCFG32500F
provides a N O and NC contact that tra nsfers
Type PCG 3000 Gl @ Type PCGA 3000Gl @ 1600 to 3000 Amps@
I
before reaching the test position when
3 PCG33000F PCGA33000F 300-1200 3.5-30 Cy
being withd rawn, a n d after t h e test position
Breakers for Application at 100% Rating when being racked i n .
ar
.
Poles Standard (Long Delay Long Delay, Magnetic, Ground Pick-up Time Approximate Shipping Wts., P C a n d PCC
Magnetic and Ground Fault Fault Trip, and Adjustable Short Setting Setting Breakers (3 Poles)
Trip) Delay Time (.08-.28 Seconds) -..
Catalog Number Catalog Number Rating Breaker
lP
Type PCCG 2000® Type PCCGA 2000® 1 000 to 2000 Amps@ PC, PCF, PCG. PCFG,
1
Rear Connected Breakers PCC PCCF PCCG PCCFG
3 PCCG32000F PCCGA32000F
Front Connected Breakers 200-1200 3.5-30 Cy 2000 136 Lbs. 1 63 Lbs. 1 60 Lbs. 1 85 Lbs.
3 PCCFG32000F PCCFGA32000F 2500 145 Lbs. 1 75 Lbs. 1 70 Lbs. 200 Lbs.
ca
Type PCCG 2500® Type PCCGA 2500® 1400 to 2500 Amps@ 3000 220 Lbs. 245 Lbs.
!
3 PCCG32500F PCCGA32500F Further Information
Front Connected Breakers 240- 1 200 3.5-30 Cy List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
3 PCCFG32500F PCCFGA32500F Factory Mounted and Other Accessories
Type PCCG 3000 ® Type PCCGA 3000® 1600 to 3000 Amps@ and Modifications: Pages 49-58
I
tri
3 PCCG33000F PCCGA33000F 300-1200 3.5-30 Cy Field Mountable Attachments: This Page

Field Mountable Attachments ® ® ®I
Description Style Number Portable Test Kit: Page 32.2
Remote Ground Fault Trip Indicator:
.
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source:
Page 32.2
lec
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)0 1 372D35G22

240 to 600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz® . . . . . . . . . 1372D35G32
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external sou rce plus 1 A- 1 B Auxiliary Switc h :
32 to 1 2 0 Volts (De t o 60 Hz) CD . 1 372D35G15
240 to 600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz® . 1372D35G25
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external 2 4 volt De source . . 1 37 1 D95G01
1 A- 1 B Auxiliary Switch . . . . . 1 372D35G03
CD UL listed for standard applications. ® For other possible combinations, refer to

.E
0 These breakers are UL listed for appl ication at Westi nghouse.

100% of rating per NEC exceptions when used ® Does not void listing of UL Listed Breakers.
i n a properly ventilated and listed enclosure. 0 Rated 48 volts m i n i m u m for Ground Fault
@ Ava ilable without external C.T. for neutral. applications.
Order by descri ption and specify s i m i la r to ® Not required for front connected frames.
above except no neutral C.T. or term inal con ® Not for ground fault appl ications.
nections for neutral C.T. Same price. Note: the @l Qn(y one of these attachments may be
standard ground fault u n it listed above can also mounted per breaker.
be used without the neutral C.T. ® Also apply to equivalent ratings of PCG and
@) For application other than standard residual PCCG ground fault breakers.
w
schemes, refer to AD 29- 1 60.

ww
Westinghouse E l ectric Corporation

Distri bution a n d Control Busi n ess Unit
E l ectrical Com ponents Division
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a 1 5220
Printed i n U . S .A.
Discount CB-2 August, 1989

om
Tec h n ical Data
Cl
Westinghou:;e Electric Corporation
Commercial Division - Components 29-120
Beaver, Pen nsylva nia 1 5009
Page 3 1
/ / ?J
.c
September, 1 984
Supersedes Tech n ica l Data 29- 1 20
Type PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA 2000, 2500 a n d
3000 Amperes SELTRONIC C i rcuit Breakers AB D E-ION®
pages 3 1 -32, dated Apri l , 1 980
Mai led to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A Type PCG, PCGA, PCCG , PCCGA 2000, 2500, Circuit B reakers
and 3000 Ampere SEL TRONIC Circuit Break
ls
ers with Bui lt-in G round Fault Protection
ua
Type PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA 2000, 2500 a n d 3000 Ampere S E LTRONIC™ Circuit Breakers With Solid State Trip U nits, 600
Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz
Complete Breaker Requ i res Frame, Rating Plug a n d Rear Connectors (except front con n ected a n d 3000 a m p ; conn ectors a re i n c l u ded. )
an
Breakers for Standard Applications Breakers for Applications at 1 00% Rating
Poles Catalog Numbers Catalog Numbers Poles Catalog Numbers Catalog Numbers
(j) (j)
Standard Mag netic Long Delay, Magnetic Trip, Standard Magnetic Long Delay, Mag netic Trip,
and Mag netic Trip) Time (.08-.28 seconds) and Magnetic Trip) Time (.08·.28 seconds)
-
tM
Type PC 2000, 1 000 to 2000 Amps® l ype PCA 2000 ® Type PCC 2000, 1 000 to 2000 Amps@)
I I
2 PC22000F PC22000FM PCA22000F PCC22000F PCC22000FM PCCA22000F
Front Connected Breakers Front Con nected Breakers Front Connected Breakers Front Connected Breakers
I I
2 PCF22000F PCF22000FM PCFA22000F PCCF22000F PCCF22000FM PCCFA22000F
ar
I I
lP
2
3
I
Front Connected Breakers
PCF22500F
PCF32500F
PCF22500FM
PCF32500FM
PCFA22500F
PCFA32500F 3
I
PCCF22500F
PCCF32500F
PCCF22500FM
PCCF32500FM
PCCFA22500F
PCCFA32500F
I
Type PC 3000, 1 600 to 3000 Amps ® Type PCA 3000® Type PCC 3000, 1 600 to 3000 Amps@
I I
ca
PC23000F PC23000FM PCA23000F 2 PCC23000F PCC23000FM PCCA23000F

Type PC, PCC Molded Case Switches: Refer to Pages 46. 1 , 46.2
List Price i n cludes : Breaker fra me and com Supplies
tri
meet req u i rements of

plete drawout fra m e with safety tripping These d rawout mounting breakers a re Class 25a as defined
i nterlock. Order by description. Secondary designed with a 2 to 4 times magnetic trip i n Federa l Spec.
contacts suppl ied as req u i red at no extra adjustment and speci a l time delay trip char W-C-375b.
charge. Order req u ired rating p l u g acteristics to p rovide maxi mum protection
Listed with
lec
separately.0 and coord i n ation with SCR power su ppl ies

Underwriters'
on offshore d r i l l i n g rigs. Su ita ble for appli
cation at 1 00% of rating.
PCC2000@ PCC2000 List Price i ncludes breaker frame and d raw C.S.A. see page 48)
PCC2500@ PCC2500 out frame complete with safety tripping
PCC3000@ PCC3000 i nterlock. Order by descripti on. Secondary
.E
contacts suppl ied as req u i red. Order stan

Stationary Portion of Drawout Frame Only d a rd rating plugs separately. Order other UL Listed Interrupting Capacity RMS
for Future Breaker Installations, modifications from pages 49-58. Symmetrical Amperes (Std. and G r d . Fit.
3 Pole Only. ( O rder by Descripti o n . ) Breakers) ®
Ava i l a bi l it y : PCC2000, PCC2500 Drawout Breaker Ac Volts
Ava i l ability: PCC 2000, PCC 2500, ��----------------
M o u nting breakers
PCC 3000@) ® ® 240 480 800
PC, PCC 1 25,000 1 00,000 1 00,000
G)Not UL listed. ® When ordering breaker with movable portion only for
w
® UL listed for sta ndard applications. use with previously installed stationary portion, deduct
@ Two pole breakers are supplied i n three pole frames the list price of stationary portion from list price of Further I nformation
with current carrying parts o mitted from center pole. complete breaker with drawout frame. List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
® These breakers are UL Listed for application at 100% of (!) Includes breakers without adjustable short delay time.
Factory Mounted and Other Accessories
rating per NEC exceptions when used i n a properly ven ® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded
ww
tilated and listed enclosure. case switches (MCS). and Modifications: Pages 49-58
® Secondary contacts, when required for motor operator ® U L Inc. recognized component. Field Mountable Attachments: Page 32
or other attachment, must be specified and factory
Rating Plugs: Page 3 2 . 1
separately. Portable Test Kit: P a g e 32.2
Approx. Ship. Wt: Page 32
Discount CB-2
8
om
Technical Data
29-1 20
Page 32
.c
AB DE-ION C i rcuit Brea kers
Fault Protection
Includes Extra Current Transformer for Neutral@ ( O ptional I n d icator Kit Page 32.2) Rear Bus Connectors
Two requi red per pole. Fixed mou nti ng
Breakers for Stand a rd Application breakers.
ls
Breaker Con nector
Complete Breaker Requ i res Frame, Rating Plug a n d Rear Conn ectors (except Front Con Frame@ Style Cat. No.
nected Frames and 3000 Amp Frames I n c l u d e Con nectors) PC2000®, PCC2000® BA2000PB
PC2500® , PCC2500® 3 1 5C910G03
ua
PC3000, PCC3000 Incl uded i n Frame
Trip) Delay Time ( . 08-.28 Seconds) To engage o r withdraw the moving portion
Catalog Number Catalog Number
of the drawout. A sta n da rd V2 inch hex
socket with extension can be u sed for this
Type PCG 2000 CD 0 Type PCGA 2000CD 0 1000 to 2000 Amps@
an
pu rpose.
\
Rear C o nnected B reakers
Front Connected Breakers 200-1200 3 5-30 Cy Style No. 765A767G01 .
Type PCG 2500CD @l Type PCGA 2500CD 0 1400 to 2500 Amps@ Cell Switches Mounted on Drawout Frames,
\
tM
3 PCG32500F PCGA32500F A maximum of fo u r switches can be pro
Front Con nected Breakers 240-1 200 3.5-30 Cy
3
vided. O rd e r b y descripti o n . Each switch
PCFG32500F PCFGA32500F
provides a NO and N C contact t h at transfers
Type ?CG 3000CD 0 Type PCGA 3000CD 0 1600 to 3000 Amps@
I
before reach i n g the test position when
PCG33000F PCGA33000F 300-1200 3.5-30 Cy
being with d rawn, a n d after t h e test position
Breakers for Application at 1 00% Rating when being racked i n .
ar
Poles Standard (Long Delay Long Delay, Magnetic, Ground Pick-up Time Approximate Shipping Wts., P C a n d PCC
Trip) Delay Time (.08-.28 Seconds)
lP
Type PCCG 2000® Type PCCGA 2000® 1000 to 2000 Amps@ PC, PCF, PCG, PCFG,
\
Front Connected Breakers 200-1200 3.5-30 Cy 2000 136 Lbs. 163 Lbs. 1 60 Lbs. 185 Lbs.
3 PCCFG32000F PCCFGA32000F 2500 1 45 Lbs. 1 75 Lbs. 1 70 Lbs. 200 Lbs.
ca
Type PCCG 2500® Type PCCGA 2500® 1400 to 2500 Amps@ 3000 220 Lbs. 245 Lbs.
\
Further Information
Front Connected Breakers 240- 1200 3.5-30 Cy List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
Type PCCG 3000® Type PCCGA 3000® 1 600 to 3000 Amps@ and Modifications: Pages 49-58
I
tri
3 PCCG33000F PCCGA33000F 300-1200 3.5-30 Cy Field Mountable Attachments: This Page

Field Mountable Attachments ® ® @l
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz) CD . 1 372D35G22 Page 32.2
lec
240 to 600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz® . 1 372D35G32

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source plus lA- 1 8 Auxiliary Switch:
32 to 120 Volts (De to 60 Hz) CD . 1 372D35 G 1 5
240 to 600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz® . . 1 372D35G25
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external 24 volt De source . 1371 D95G01
1 A-1 B Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . 1 372D35G03
CD UL listed for standard applications. ® For other possible combinations, refer to

Westinghouse.
.E
® These breakers are UL listed for appl ication at

100% of rating per NEC exceptions when used ® Does not void listing of UL Listed Breakers.
i n a properly ventilated and listed enclosu re. CD Rated 48 volts minimum for Ground Fault
® Available without external C.T. for neutral. applications.
Order by description and specify similar to ® Not required for front connected frames.
above except no neutral C.T. or terminal con ® Not for ground fault appl ications.
nections for neutral C.T. Same price. Note: the @I Only one of these attachments may be
standard ground fault unit listed above can also mounted per breaker.
be used without the neutral C.T. @ Also apply to equivalent ratings of PCG and
® For application other than standard residual PCCG ground fault b reakers.
schemes, refer to AD 29-160.
w

ww

Printed i n U.S.A.
Discount CB-2 September, 1984

om
Distri bution a n d Control B u s i n ess U n it 29- 1 20
E lectrical Compo n e nts Division
Pittsburgh, Pen nsylva n i a U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 32.1
.c
October 1 99 1 Rating Plugs for SEL TRO N \ CTM a n d
Supersedes Tech n i cal Data 29-1 20, Type L C L C u r rent Li m it-R C i rcuit Breakers AB D E-ION®
pages 32. 1 -32.2, dated Septe m ber 1 986
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Portable Test Kit and Remote G round Fault Circuit Breakers
31 -500A Trip I n d icator
ls
ua
Rating Plug Selection Data
Rating Plugs Listed Below Are For Both Standard Breakers and Breakers with Built-in Ground Fault Protection
Rating Plugs Only (For 2 or 3 Pole Frames) Rating Plugs Only (For 2 or 3 Pole Frames)
an
Conti n u o u s M a g netic Trip Setting, Fixed Rating Adjustable Rat1ng Continuous Magnetic T n p Sett i n g , F i x e d Rating Adjustable Rating
Ampere Amperes Plugs Plugs 2 3 Ampere Amperes Plugs Plug s ,2 J
Rating ,1 Rat1ng �
Low High Catalog N u mber Catalog N u mber Low High Catalog N u mber Catalog N u mber
For 150 Amp, Frames· LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA For 2000 Amp, Frames: PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA, PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA
75 225 750 1 LC75 1 000 2000 8000 20PC1 000
tM
90 270 900 1 LC90 1 200 2400 9600 20PC1200
1 00 300 1 000 1 LC 1 00 A1 LC 1 00 cJ 1 400 2800 1 1 200 20PC1 400
1 25 375 1 250 1 LC 1 2 5 A1 LC 1 2 5 1 600 3200 1 2800 20PC1 600 A20PC1600
1 50 450 1 500 1 LC 1 50 A 1 LC 1 50 , , 1 800 3600 1 4400 20PC1 800 A20PC1800
2000 4000 1 6000 20PC2000 A20PC2000 '
For 300 Amp. Frames: LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCG, H LCGA
For 2500 Amp Frames· PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA. PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA
1 50 450 1 500 3LC 1 50
1 75 525 1 750 3LC175 1 400 2800 1 1 200 25PC1 400
ar
200 600 2000 3LC200 1 600 3200 1 2800 25PC 1 600
225 675 2250 3LC225 A3LC225 1 800 3600 1 4400 25PC 1 800 A25PC1 300
250 750 2500 3LC250 A3LC250 2000 4000 1 6000 25PC2000 A25PC2000
275 825 2750 3LC275 A3LC275 2500 5000 20000 25PC2500 A25PC2500 '
300 900 3000 3LC300 A3LC300 '
For 3000 Amp Frames· PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA, PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA
lP
For 400 Amp Frames· LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA. HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA
1 600 3200 1 2800 30PC1600
200 600 2000 4LC200 1 800 3600 1 4400 30PC1800
225 675 2250 4LC225 2000 4000 1 6000 30PC2000
250 750 2500 4LC250 2500 5000 20000 30PC2500 A30PC2500
300 900 3000 4LC300 A4LC300 3000 6000 24000 30PC3000 A30PC3000 '
350 1 050 3500 4LC350 A4LC350
ca
For 250 Amp Frames· LCL, LCLA Current limit-R

400 1 200 4000 4LC400 A4LC400 '
For 600 Amp. Frames: LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA, LCC, LCCA, 125 375 1 1 25 2LCL 1 25
HLCC, HLCCA, LCCG, LCCGA, HLCCG, HLCCGA@ 1 50 450 1 350 2LCL 1 50
175 525 1 575 2LCL175 A2LCL 1 7 5 ;
300 900 3000 6LC300 200 600 1 800 2LCL200 A2LCL200
350 1 050 3500 6LC350 225 675 2025 2LCL225 A2LCL225
400 1 200 4000 6LC400 A6LC400· 5 250 A2LCL250 '
tri
750 2250 2LCL250

450 1 350 4500 6LC450 A6LC450
For 400 Amp Frames· LCL, LCLA Current Limit-R
500 1 500 5000 6LC500 A6LC500
600 1 800 6000 6LC600 A6LC600 ' 200 400 1 600 4LCL200
225 450
A_�@'-------,--
For 800 Amp. Frames. MC, MCA, MCG, MCGA, HMC, HMCA, HMCG, HMCGA, MCC, 1 800 4LCL225
L
MCCA, HMCC, HMCCA, MCCG, MCCGA, HMCCG, -'H-"M'----C-=-C.=.G_ 250 500 2000 4LCL250
lec
275 550 2200 4 LC 275

400 1 200 4000 8MC400 300 600 2400 4LCL300 A4LCL300 '
500 1 500 5000 8MC500 A8MC500 C6. 350 700 2800 4LCL350 A4LCL350
600 1 800 6000 8MC600 A8MC600 400 800 3200 4LCL400 A4LCL4QQ,,
700 2 1 00 7000 8MC700 A8MC700
BOO 2400 8000 8MC800 A8MC800 ''
Note: Refe r to Westing house fo r o l d style (th ree p r o n g ) G ro u n d
For 1200 Amp. Frames: NC, NCA. NCG, NCGA, HNC, HNCA. HNCG, HNCGA
F a u l t Rating P l u g s
600@ 1 200 4800 1 2NC600
.E
800 1 600 6400 1 2 NC800 A 1 2 NC800})

900 1 800 7200 1 2NC900 A 1 2NC900 Further Information
1 000 2000 8000 1 2N C 1 000 A 1 2 N C 1 000 List Prices: See Price List 29 - 020, Dis. CB-2
1 200 2400 9600 1 2 N C 1 200 A1 2 N C 1 200 ''
(i Changed or added since previous issue.

(i) Ampere rating w h e n used in m a g netic only frames:
LC- 1 50 : 1 50 Amps MC-800: 800 Amps PC-3000: 3000 Amps
LC-300 : 300 Amps N C - 1 200: 1 200 Amps LCL-250: 250 Amps
w
LC-400 : 400 Amps PC-2000: 2000 Amps LCL-400: 400 Amps

LC-600: 600 Amps PC-2500: 2500 Amps
(2) Magnetic Trip range of adjustable ratmg p l u g s :
L C , HLC, MC, H M C : 3 to 1 0 t i m e s a m p e r e setti n g
N C , H N C , PC, PCC, LCL-400: 2 to 8 t i m e s ampere setting
ww
LCL-250: 3 to 9 times ampere setti n g

G) Adjustable 70 t o 1 00°'o except a s noted.
@) Adjustable 50 to 1 00'o
(5) Adjustable 75 to 1 00°o.
(6J Adjustable 80 to 1 00'o.
Discount CB-2
Techn ical Data
29- 1 20
om
Page 32.2
.c
Accessories for SEL TRONIC and Current Limit-A Circuit Breakers
Portable Test Kit Remote Ground Fault Trip lndicatorCD

Provides verification of performance of all For use o n l y with S E LTRO N I C Circuit Break
frame sizes of SELTR O N I C breakers while ers ( LCG, H LCG, MCG, H M CG, NCG, H N CG,
ls
devices are sti l l i n service u n d e r varying PCG and PCCG ) with bui lt-i n g round fa u lt
load and/or ph ase u n ba l a n ce. Th e tester protection.
operates on 1 20 volt 50/60 Hz and i n cludes
complete i n structions and test times for
ua
testing the long time, i n stanta neous opera
tion and optional g ro u n d fa u lt operation of
the breaker.
an
tM
The Seltro nic G round Fault i n d icator is a
remotely mou nted device with a combina
tion i n dicating lig ht/reset/test button that
ar
will l i ght when the b reaker trips on a
G round Fau lt. Tripping from overloads or
short circuits wi l l not activate the device. A
sepa rate 1 20-50/60 power sou rce is req u i red
to power the light and i nternal relay which
lP
has 1 N.O. and 1 N . C . contacts for customer

con nected a l arm etc. Designed for panel
mounting, it can be face-mounted by order
ing the opti o n a l mounting brac ket below.
Style N u m be r : STK2
ca
Indicator Styl e N u m be r : 1 259C 1 4G01

Further Information
List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 Face Mou nti ng Bracket for G round Fault
I n d icator
Style N u m be r : 1 264C67 G01

tri
lec
.E
CD UL Inc. listed as a recognized component.

w
Westing house E l ectric Corporation

Distri bution and Control B u s i n ess Unit
Electrical Compon ents Division
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n ia , U . S .A. 1 5220
ww
Printed in U.S.A.
Discount CB-2 October 1 991

om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tech n i ca l Data
Distribution and Control Busi ness U n it 29- 1 20
E l ectrical Components Division
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 3 2 . 1
.c
Octo ber 1 99 1 Rating Plugs for S E LTRONICTM and
Supersedes Technical Data 29- 1 20, Type LCL Cu rrent Limit-R Circuit Breakers AB D E-ION ®
Circuit Breakers
pages 32. 1 -32 .2, dated September 1 986
M a i l e d to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Porta ble Test Kit and Remote G round Fault
3 1 -500A Trip I n dicator
ls
ua
an
Continuous Magnetic Trip Setting, Fixed Rating Adjustable Rating Continuous Magnetic Trip Sett i n g , Fixed R a t i n g Adjustable Rating
Ampere Amperes Plugs P l u g s ?, � Ampere Amperes Plugs P l u g s :1 ) (�)
Rating(]) Rati n g 1l>
Low High Catalog N u m ber Catalog Number Low High Catalog N u m be r Catalog N u m be r
For 150 Amp, Frames· LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA F o r 2000 Amp, Frames· PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA, PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA
75 225 750 1 LC75 1 000 2000 8000 20PC1 000
tM
90 270 900 1 LC90 1 200 2400 9600 20PC1 200
1 00 300 1 000 1 LC 1 00 A1 LC100® 1400 2800 1 1 200 20PC1 400
125 375 1 250 1 LC 1 2 5 A 1 LC 1 2 5 1 600 3200 1 2800 20PC1 600 A20PC1600
1 50 450 1 500 1 LC 1 50 A 1 LC 1 50C� 1 800 3600 1 4400 20PC 1 800 A20PC1800
2000 4000 1 6000 20PC2000 A20PC2000'-
For 300 Amp Frames· LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA
1 50 450 1 500 3LC 1 50
ar
1 75 525 1 7 50 3LC175 1 400 2800 1 1 200 25PC1 400
200 600 2000 3LC200 1 600 3200 1 2800 25PC1 600
225 675 2250 3LC225 A3LC225 1800 3600 1 4400 25PC1 800 A25PC1800
250 750 2500 3LC250 A3LC250 2000 4000 1 6000 25PC2000 A25PC2000
275 825 2750 3LC275 A3LC275 2500 5000 20000 25PC2500 A25PC2500c<J
300 900 3000 3LC300 A3LC3001<•
lP
For 400 Amp. Frames· LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA
1 600 3200 1 2800 30PC1600
200 600 2000 4LC200 1 800 3600 1 4400 30PC1800
225 675 2250 4LC225 2000 4000 1 6000 30PC2000
250 750 2500 4LC250 2500 5000 20000 30PC2500 A30PC2500
300 900 3000 4LC300 A4LC300 3000 6000 24000 30PC3000 A30PC3000"'
ca
350 1 050 3500 4LC350 A4LC350

For 250 Amp Frames· LCL, LCLA Current L1mit-R
400 1 200 4000 4LC400 A4LC400·''
For 600 Amp. Frames: LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA, LCC, LCCA, 1 25 375 1 1 25 2LCL 1 2 5
HLCC, HLCCA, LCCG, LCCGA, HLCCG, HLCCGACi 1 50 450 1 350 2 L C L 1 50
1 75 525 1 575 2LCL1 75 A2LCL1750,
300 900 3000 6LC300 200 600 1 800 2LCL200 A2LCL200
350 1 050 3500 6LC350 225 675 2025 2LCL225 A2LCL225
tri
400 1 200 4000 6LC400 A6LC4000l 250 750 2250 2LCL250 A2LCL250C�
450 1 350 4500 6LC450 A6LC450
For 400 Amp Frames· LCL, LCLA Current limit-R
500 1 500 5000 6LC500 A6LC500
600 1 800 6000 6LC600 A6LC600@ 200 400 1 600 4LCL200
For 800 Amp. Frames: MC, MCA, MCG, MCGA, HMC, HMCA, HMCG, HMCGA, MCC, 225 450 1 800 4LCL225
lec
MCCA, HMCC, HMCCA, MCCG, MCCGA, HMCCG, HMCCGA(j 250 500 2000 4LCL250
275 550 2200 4LCL275
400 1 200 4000 8MC400 300 600 2400 4LCL300 A4LCL300C>J
500 1 500 5000 8MC500 A8MC500® 350 700 2800 4LCL350 A4LCL350
600 1 800 6000 8MC600 A8MC600 400 800 3200 4LCL400 A4LCL400C'l
700 2 1 00 7000 8MC700 A8MC700
800 2400 8000 8MC800 A8MC800®
Note: Refer to Westing house for old style (th ree pro n g ) G ro u n d
For 1200 Amp. Frames: NC, NCA, NCG, NCGA, HNC, HNCA, HNCG, HNCGA
Fau lt Rating Plugs
.E
600(j 1 200 4800 1 2NC600

800 1 600 6400 1 2NC800 A 1 2NC800®
900 1 800 7200 1 2NC900 A1 2 N C900 Further Information
1 000 2000 8000 1 2 N C 1 000 A 1 2 N C 1 000 List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
1 200 2400 9600 1 2 NC 1 200 A 1 2 N C 1 200®
� Changed or added since previous issue.

CD Ampere rating when used in m a g netic only frames:
LC-150: 1 50 Amps MC-800: 800 Amps PC-3000: 3000 Amps
w
LC-300: 300 Amps NC-1 200: 1 200 Amps LCL-250: 250 Amps
LC-400: 400 Amps PC-2000: 2000 Amps LCL-400: 400 Amps
LC-600: 600 Amps PC-2500: 2500 Amps
0 Mag netic Trip range of adjustable rating plugs:
LC, HLC, MC, H M C : 3 to 10 times ampere setting
ww
NC, HNC, PC, PCC, LCL-400 : 2 to 8 times ampere setting

LCL-250: 3 to 9 times a m pere sett i n g
GJ Adjustable 70 to 1 00% except a s noted.
® Adjustable 50 to 1 00%
® Adjustable 75 to 1 00%.
Discount CB-2
om
8
Technical Data
29-1 20
Page 32.2
.c
Accessories for SEL TRONIC and Current Limit-R Circuit Breakers
Portable Test Kit Remote Ground Fault Trip Indicator(])

Provides verification of performance of a l l For use o n l y with SEL TRONIC Circuit Break
fra m e sizes o f S E LTRO N I C breakers while ers ( LCG, H LCG, MCG, H M C G , NCG, HNCG,
ls
devices a re sti l l i n service u n der varyi ng PCG a n d PCCG ) with bu ilt-in g round fa u lt
load and/or ph ase u n balance. The tester protection.
operates on 1 20 volt 50/60 Hz a n d i n cl udes
ua
complete i n structions and test times for
testi ng the long time, i nsta nta neous opera
tion and optional g rou n d fa u lt operation of
the breaker.
an
tM
The Seltronic G ro u n d Fault ind icator is a
remotely mou nted device with a combina
tion in dicating lig ht/reset/test button that
ar
will l i ght when the breaker trips on a
G round Fault. Tripping from overloads or
short circu its wi l l not activate the device. A
sepa rate 1 20-50/60 power sou rce is req ui red
to power the l i g ht and internal relay which
lP
has 1 N.O. and 1 N . C. contacts for customer

con nected a l a rm etc. Designed for panel
mounting, it can be face-mounted by order
ing the optional mounting bracket below.
Style N u m be r : STK2
ca
I n d icator Style N u m b e r : 1 2 59C 1 4G01

Further Information
List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 Face Mounting Bracket for G round Fault
I n d icator
tri
Style N u m be r : 1 264C67G01
lec
.E
CD UL Inc. l i sted a s a recognized component.

w

Distribution and Control Busi ness Unit
E l ectrical Compon ents Division
ww
Pittsburgh, Pen nsylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220
Printed in U . S.A.
Discount CB-2 October 1991

om
8
Distribution and Control Busi ness U n it 29-1 20
Electrical Components Division
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 45
.c
Februa ry 1 99 1
S u persedes Tech nical Data 29-1 20,
Replacement B reakers
Type N B 1 200 Amperes AB D E-ION®
pages 45-46, dated April 1 980
M a iled to: E, 0, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Circuit Breakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Type NB Breakers @
700-1 200 Amperes, 600 Volts, 60 H e rtz Ac @ , 250 Volts Dc @l , 2, 3 Poles, I nterch angeable Trip
Con- Magnetic --- --
Complete Breaker --
-- - - -
tin- Trip Includes Pressure Type
___
an
uous Setting, Copp e r Terr12i_��
Am- Amperes --
0
Cata log Number
pere
Rat- Low High
ing Standard Sal-T-Vue MARK 7 5 Sal-T-Vue MARK 75
@
40oc
tM
2 Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250Volts D c 0 @
700 3000 6000 NB2700 N B2700S HN B2700 NB21 200F NB21 200FS HNB21 200F HN B2700T
800 3000 6000 NB2800 NB2800S HNB2800 N B21 200F N B21200FS HN821 200F HNB2800T
900 4000 8000 N B2900 N B2900S HN B2900 NB21 200F N B21 200FS HNB21 200F HNB2900T
1 00 0 4000 8000 N B2 1 000 NB21 000S HNB21 000 NB21 200F NB21 200FS HNB21 200F HNB21 OOOT
1 200 4000 8000 NB21 200 NB21 200S HNB21 200 NB21 200F NB21 200FS HNB21 200F HNB21 200T
Wt. 3Y, Lbs.
ar
700 3000 6000 NB3700 NB3700S HNB3700 NB31 200F NB31 200FS HNB31 200F H NB3700T
800 3000 6000 NB3800 NB3800S H NB3800 NB31 200F NB31 200FS HNB31 200F HN B3800T
900 4000 8000 N 83900 NB3900S HN B3900 NB31 200F NB31 200FS HNB31200F HN B3900T
1000 4000 8000 NB31 000 NB31 000S HNB31 000 NB31200F NB31 200FS HNB31200F HNB31 OOOT
Type N B breakers meet req u i re m ents for
lP
1 200 4000 8000 NB31200 N831200S HNB31 200 NB31 200F NB31200FS HNB31 200F HNB31200T class 2 1 a c i rcu it breakers, and Type H N B
Approx. Ship. Wt. 5 1 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 32 Lbs. Approx. Ship. meet requirements for class 23a, as defi ned
Wt. 4 Lbs.
by Federal Specification W-C-375b.
Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Special Calibrations® Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed
ca
Adjustable ® ® Special cali bration price additions apply to I nterrupting Ratings:

Con- Magnetic Trip l)_nit_<lnly__ __ ___ _ a m pere rati ngs not l isted as stan dard,
Max. Volts Amperes
tin- Trip Range® - ------
2-Poles0 -- --
3-Poles ambi ents other than 4oac or 50°C. or
uous Low High - - -
Catalog Catalog freq u encies other than 60 Hertz Ac ( 50 Hertz Standard Breakers
Am-
pere
Number Number Ac m i n i m u m - 60 Hertz Ac max i m u m for 240 Ac 50,000 Asym., 42,000 Sym.
Rating rat i n gs of 700 amps a n d above ) . See AD 480 Ac 35,000 Asym., 30,000 Sym.
tri
1 200 3000 6000 HN B26000TM H N B36000TM 29- 1 60 for a d ditional i nformation reg arding 600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
1 200 4000 8000 HN B28000TM HN B38000TM 250 Dc@l 20,000®
speci a l conditi ons. Maxi m u m 400 Hz
1 200 5000 1 0000 HNB21 OOOOTM HN831 0000TM
1 200 6000 1 2000 HNB21 2000TM HNB31 2000TM c a l i b ration for type MA is 475 a m ps. Mark 75 Breakers
240 Ac 7 5,000 Asym., 65,000 Sym.
lec
Type of 1 -24 25 or
Magnetic Only Breakers ® More 480 Ac 40,000 Asym., 35,000 Sym.
Cali bration Identical Units
For description, refer to OS 29- 1 50 or AD ldent. 600 Ac 30,000 Asym., 25,000 Sym.
Type Type
29-1 60. To order a co mplete breaker, sel ect MA, HMA NB, H N B U nits 250 De@) 20,000®
trip u n it , plus frame a n d term i n a l s .
Thermal Add 20% of Add 15% of None On a l l 3 phase Delta, G ro u nded B phase
Ambient Trip Unit Trip Unit None
Frequency list Price list Price None a p p l i cations, refer to Westingho use.
.E
Ci Changed or added since previous issue. soac Calibration® Terminals ® <&

® Higher frequency calibration not available. Minimum of 50
Add suffix "V" to catalog num ber for Two term i n a l s a re requ i red p e r pole. Te r m i
cycle calibration available on special order. nals a re U n derwriters' Laboratories, I nc.
® 2-pole breakers supplied in 3-pole frames with current
complete breaker or trip u nit only, when
carrying parts omitted from center pole. ordering l i sted a m pere rati ngs for brea kers to l isted for wire type a n d range listed below.
@ 250 volt De rating applied only to magnetic o nly type be used in 50oC a m bients. S a m e price as When used with a l u m i n u m cond uctors, use
breakers. joint co mpound. To order optional copper
sta ndard 40°C breakers.
® Frames, terminals, studs, mounting hardware, dimensions
term i nals, add suffix "C" to complete
and shipping weights are same as standard thermal
magnetic breakers. Accessories and Modifications breaker catalog n u m ber.
w
® Terminals shipped separately from breaker. Description : Pages 49-58

0 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits. Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type,
® Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Ampere Catalog No. of Cables
® Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not UL Listed. List Prices: See Price List 29-020 Dis. CB-2 Ratings Number
ww
Standard AI!Cu Pressure Terminals

1 000 TA1 000NB1 3 3/0-400 MCM AI/Cu
1 200 TA1200NB1 4 4/0-500 MCM AI/Cu
Optional Copper or AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
1 000 T1 000N B 1 3 3/0-500 MCM C u
1 200 T1 200 N B 1 4 3/0-400 MCM C u
1 200 TA1 201 N B 1 3 500-750 M C M AI/Cu
om
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 46
.c
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E

w
Distribution and Control Business U n it

Pittsbu rgh, Pennsylva nia, U . S.A. 1 5220
ww
February 1991
om
Pittsburgh, Pen nsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 47
.c
February 1 99 1
Supersedes Technical Data 29- 1 20,
Repl acement Breakers
Ty pe P B 2500 Amperes AB DE-ION®
pages 47-48, dated October 1 98 1
Mai led to: E , D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Ci rcuit Breakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Type PB Breakers(9
600-2500 Amperes, 600 Volts, 60 Cycle Ac ® , 250 Volts Dc 0 , 2, 3 Poles, Intercha ngea ble Trip
Continuous Magnetic Trip Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals
Ampere Setting, Amperes ln-cludesBUSB_a_r -- Framedniy - - --TrlpLfnit Only -
Rating ®® Connectors@! _
an
(<1 40"C
Low___ High - CatatogN u m-ber_ _ CatalogNum bffi--catalog Number
2-Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only ®
600 1 500 5000 PB2600 PB22500F PB2600T
700 1 500 5000 PB2700 PB22500F PB2700T
BOO 1 500 5000 PB2800 PB22500F PB2800T
900 1 500 5000 PB2900 PB22500F PB2900T
tM
1 000 1 500 5000 PB21 000 PB22500F PB2 1 000T
1 200 2000 6000 PB21 200 PB22500F PB21 200T
1400 2500 7000 PB21 400 PB22500F PB21400T
1 600 3000 8000 PB21 600 PB22500F PB21 600T
1 800 3000 8000 PB21 800 PB22500F PB2 1 800T
2000 3000 8000 PB22000 PB22500F PB22000T
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 32 Lbs. 98 Lbs. 1 8 Lbs. Rear Connected
2500 3000 8000 PB22500 PB22500F PB22500T
ar
PB Breaker
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 44 Lbs. 98 Lbs. 1 8 Lbs.
600 1 500 5000 PB3600 PB32500F PB3600T Listed with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
700 1 500 5000 PB3700 PB32500F PB3700T except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
800 1 500 5000 PB3800 PB32500F PB3000T
Type PB b reakers meet the req u i rem ents fo r
lP
900 1 500 5000 PB3900 PB32500F PB3900T

1 000 1 500 5000 PB31000 PB32500F PB31 000T class 25a circuit breakers as defi ned by Fed
1 200 2000 6000 PB31 200 PB32500F PB31 200T eral Specification W-C-375b.
1400 2500 7000 PB3 1 400 PB32500F PB31400T
1 600 3000 8000 PB31 600 PB32500F PB31 600T Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
1 800 3000 8000 PB31 800 PB32500F PB31 800T
2000 Interrupting Ratings
ca
3000 8000 PB32000 PB32500F PB32000T

Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 55 Lbs. 108 Lbs. 23 Lbs. Max. Volts Amperes
2500 3000 8000 PB32500 PB32500F PB32500T
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 73 Lbs. 1 08 Lbs. 23 Lbs. 1 50,000 Asym., 1 25,000 Sym.
240 Ac
480 Ac 1 1 5,000 Asym ., 1 00,000 Sym .
Special Brea kers ® (See page 48 a l so) Magnetic Only Breakers® 600 Ac 1 1 5,000 Asym . , 1 00,000 Sym.
tri
Magnetic Only, Front Adjustable0 For description, refer to D B 29- 1 50 and AD 250 Dc0 7 5,000 Amperes®
Trip Unit Only 29-1 60. To order a complete breaker, se lect
Contin- Mag netic 2-Poles® 3-Poles On a l l 3 p h ase Delta, G rou nded B p h ase a p
trip u n it, p l us frame and conn ectors.
uous Trip Range, c-atalog- - -Catalog - pl ications, refer to Westing house.
Ampere Ampere s® Nu mber Numbe r Accessories and Modifications
lec
Rating Low-- Hig h - Bus Bar Connections@!

Description : Pages 49-58 "T" Conn ector
For Rear Connected Type PB Breakers
(For Cu/AI Bus)
2000 1 500 5000 PB25000TM PB35000TM List Prices: See Price List 29-020, D i s . CB-2
2000 2000 6000 PB26000TM PB36000TM Two req u i red per pole. For
2000 2500 7000 PB27000TM PB37000TM (j Changed since previous issue. rear bus connection of
2000 3000 8000 PB28000TM PB38000TM ® Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. breakers th ru 2000 a mps.
2000 3500 1 0000 PB21 0000TM PB31 0000TM ® Frames, con nectors, dimensions and shipping weights are
2000 4000 1 2000 PB21 2000TM PB31 2000TM Accepts u p to fou r bus bolts.
.E
same as thermal magnetic breakers.

2500 4000 1 2000 373D488G08 373D488G09 @ 2-pole breakers are supplied in 3-pole frames with current May be rotated 90°.
For Front Connected Type PBF Breakers carrying pa rts o mitted from center pole.
® Higher freq uency calibration not available. M i n i m um of 50 Catalog N u m ber BA2000PB
2000 1 500 5000 PBF25000TM PBF35000TM
2000 2000 6000 PBF26000TM PBF36000TM Hertz cali bration available on special order.
® Higher magnetic trip settings are available as special cali
"C" Con nector
2000 2500 7000 PBF27000TM PBF37000TM
2000 3000 8000 PBF28000TM P BF38000TM brati on. Refer to magnetic only breakers for specific trip (For Cu/AI Bus)
2000 3500 1 0000 PBF21 0000TM PBF31 0000TM ranges.
Two req u i red per pole. For
(f) Available only on magnetic only breakers.
2000 4000 1 2000 PBF21 2000TM PBF31 2000TM re a r bus con nection of 2500
® Based on NEMA test procedure.
® Set on h i g h side, a djustable to lower l i m its. amp breakers.
w
@l Shipped separately from breaker.

Breaker Amps. Cat. No.
2500 BA2500PB
Special Calibration ®
Cable Connector
ww
See Page 48.

Fits "T" Con nector and 2000
amp front co n n ected break
ers. Accepts four 600 M C M
copper ca bles.
Sty le N u mber 505C706G04

Discount Symbol CB-2
8
om
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 48
.c
Type PB Breakers, Continued
Type PBF Front Connected Breakers(B
Continuous Magnetic Trip Complete Breaker Shipped As:
Ampere Setting, Amperes Includes Bus Bar Frame Only Trip Unit Only
Rating (Set on High Con n ectors® Includes Bus Bar
ls
(a 40"C Side, Adjustable Conn ectors ®
to Lower Limits)
Low High Catalog Number Catalog Nu mber Catalog N u mber
2-Pole, 600 Volts Ac®
ua
600 1 500 5000 PBF2600 PBF22000F PBF2600T
700 1 500 5000 PBF2700 PBF22000F PBF2700T
800 1 500 5000 PBF2800 PBF22000F PBF2800T
900 1 500 5000 PBF2900 PBF22000F PBF2900T
1 000 1 500 5000 PBF2 1 000 PBF22000F PBF2 1 000T
1 200 2000 6000 PBF2 1 200 PBF22000F PBF2 1 200T
1 400 2500 7 000 PBF21400 PBF22000F PBF2 1 400T
1 600 3000 8000 PBF2 1 600 PBF22000F PBF2 1 600T
an
1 800 3000 8000 PBF21 800 PBF22000F PBF2 1 800T
2000 3000 8000 PBF22000 PBF22000F PBF2 2000T
3-Pole, 600 Volts Ac
600 1 500 5000 PBF3600 PBF32000F PBF3600T PBF Front Connected
700 1 500 5000 PBF3700 PBF32000F PBF3700T
BOO 1 500 5000 PBF3800 PBF32000F PBF3800T
900 1 500 5000 PBF3900 PBF32000F PBF3900T Canadian Standards Association (CSAI
tM
1 000 1 500 5000 PBF31 000 PBF32000F PBF31 000T Listing(B
1 200 2000 6000 PBF31 200 PBF32000F PBF31 200T
Most sta n d a rd therma l mag netic m o l ded
1 400 2500 7000 PBF3 1400 PBF32000F PBF31 400T
1 600 3000 8000 PBF31 600 PBF32000F PBF31 600T case ci rcuit breakers listed with U n d e rwriters'
1 800 3000 8000 PBF31 800 PBF32000F PBF31 800T Laboratories, Inc., and having a UL label a r e
2000 3000 8000 PBF32000 PBF32000F PBF32000T a lso l isted with C S A a n d m a y b e m a rked with
the CSA monogram, except FCL and lCL C u r
ar
Special Calibrations ® List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 rent L i m it-R breakers.
S peci a l cali bration p rice a dditions apply to
a m pere ratings not l isted as sta n d a rd , o r fo r
a m bients other t h a n 40"C o r 50"C. See AD
lP
29- 1 60 for i nformation regardi n g speci a l con-

ditions.
Type of 1 -24 25 or More

Cali bration Identical U n its Identical Units
{
ca
Therm a l ® Add 15% to List None

Magnetic Price of Trip Unit None
SO"C Calibration ® @
Add suffix "V" to cat a l og nu mber for com ::,0
:;·
plete breaker when ordering l isted a m pere ,;
tri
a.
ratings for breakers to be used in 50"C a m :;·
bients . Same price as standard 40"C b reakers. c
(f)
)>
(!) Changed or added since previous issue.
lec

® 2-pole breakers supplied i n 3-pole frames with current car
rying parts omitted from center pole.
® 50"'C o r higher calibration not available for 2500 a m pere
trip units.
® Included with frame.
.E

w
Distribution and Control B u si ness Unit

Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220
ww
February 1 991
om
Cutler-Hammer Selection Data
West i n g h o u se & 29- 1 20F
Cutler- H a m m e r Prod ucts
Five Pa rkway Center Page 7
Pitts b u rg h , Pen nsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220
.c
Westing ho use
Series C®
M a y 1 995
S u p e rsedes Sel ecti o n Data 29-1 20F, pages 7-8,
F- Frame
dated June 1 994
M a i led to: E , D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
ls
Terminatio n
3 1 -500A
Accessories
ua
LINE AND LOAD TERMINALS
Line and l oa d terminals provide w i re Ordering Information n a l s a re req u i red, order by style n u m be r
co n n n ecting c a pa b i l ities for specific ranges F-fra m e c i rc u i t brea kers and m o l ded case ( n o c h a rg e when o rd e re d w i t h c i rcuit
an
of cont i n u o u s cu rrent rati ngs a n d w i re switches h a ve load term i n a l s o n l y as sta n breaker). S pecify if factory i nsta l lation
types. Except as noted, t e r m i n a l s c o m p l y d a rd e q u i p m e nt . When sta n d a rd l i n e-end req u i re d .
w i t h U n d e rwriters Laboratories, I nc., Stan term i n a l s (same as sta ndard load-end ter
d a rd U L486A o r U L4868. U n less otherwise m i n a ls) a re req u i red, a d d suffix L to the
specified, F-frame c i rcuit brea kers a re fac c i rc u i t breake r cata log n u m ber. When non
tory e q u i pped with load t e r m i n a l s o n l y . sta ndard o r optional l i n e a n d/or load termi-
L i n e and Load Terminals

Maxi m u m
Breaker
Amps
Terminal
Body
Material
Wire
Type tM AWG
Wire
Range
Metric
Wire
Ra nge mm2
CATALOG N U MBERS
Package of 3
Term i n a l s
ar
Standard Pressure Type Terminals
20(EHD) Steel Cu/AI # 1 4-#1 0 2.5-4 3T20FBGJ
1 00 Steel Cu/AI # 1 4- 1 /0 2 . 5-50 3T100FB
1 50 Aluminum C u/AI #4-4/0 25-95 3TA1 50FB
225 Al u m i n u m Cu/AI #4-4/0 25-95 3TA225FD
lP
Optional Pressure Terminals

50 Aluminum Cu/AI # 1 4-#4 2.5- 1 6 3TA50FBGJ
1 00 Aluminum Cu/AI # 1 4-1/0 2.5-50 3TA 1 00FD
�
1 50 Sta i n l ess Steel Cu #4-4/0 25-95 3T 1 50FB
r:f
ca
Sornw Colla
-.... Co"d" ��
�
�
Nut
tri
. . . . . ·· .. 0 Collar
::::.
Conductor
Condu ctor @.- Washer Washer - @
� - �
� Screw Screw
lec
Wire Clamp
3T20FB 3T100FB 3TA150FB 3TA50FB 3TA100FD
3T150FB 3TA225FD
Assem ble w i re c l a m p to I n sert co l l a r enclosing I n sert c o l l a r enclosing Asse m b l e c o l l a r on top C o l l a r s l i d es onto con
bottom of cond uctor as cond ucto r a s shown. cond uctor a n d center o n of conductor as s h own. d uctor and i s held in
s h own. Locate n ut o n top of extrusion o n co l l a r . Tig hten secu rely with position by a screw a n d
c o n d u ct o r a n d tig hten I nsta l l c l i p w i t h l e g s o n screw and washer. lockwasher.
.E
securely with screw a n d t o p of con d u ct o r a n d

washer. Caution: C o l l a r s n a p e n d a r o u n d bottom
m ust su rround cond uctor. of co l l a r.
w
ww
GJ Not for use with ED, EDH, EDC breakers.

om
Selection Data
29- 1 20F
Page 8
.c
Westingh ouse Series C F-Fra me Term i n ation Accessories
KEEPER N UT CONTROL WIRE TERMINAL KIT BASE MOUNTING HARDWARE
H a rdware for s u rface m o u n t i n g of c i rc u i t

brea kers is s u p p l i e d o n ly o n req u est. H a rd
ware cons ists of m o u n t i n g screws a n d
ls
lockwas h e rs. Order h a rdware f o r c i rcuit
breaker pole confi g u rations as req u i re d .
The keeper n ut slides onto t h e l i n e or load Ordering Information
ua
cond uctor of t h e c i rc u i t breaker and acts as Base- m o u n t i n g h a rdware is s u p p l i e d a t no
a th readed a d a pter fer t h e cond ucto r to c h a rg e w h e n ordered with a circuit b reaker
accept a ring term i n a l o r oth e r bolt-on o r molded case switch. W h e n orderi n g
co n nector. The keeper nut is a v a i l a b l e with sepa rately, refer t o price l i st.
E n g l ish and metric th read sizes. Screws a n d
washers a re s u p p l i e d b y custo m e r. ( Field Imperial Thread
an
For use with steel o r sta i n l ess steeiG:I termi
i n sta l l ation o n l y . ) Listed per UL F i l e E78 1 9 .
nals only. No. of Description Type of STYLE
Poles Mounting N U M BERS
Ordering Information 1 . 1 64-32 X 3.188 Individual 624B375G01
Ordering Information
Thread Type Thread Size CATALOG NUMBERS inch Pan-Head
Package of 1 2 . Priced i n d iv i d u a l ly. Steel Screws, Group (one set of 624B375G02
Package of 1 2 Lockwashers, h a rdware for two
tM
CATALOG N U M BE R and Clamps
(Priced Individually) circuit breakers)
FCWTK 2 . 1 64-32 X 1 .5 Individual 421 8B80G01
I m perial 1 0-32 KPR 1 A
inch Pan-Head
Metric M-5 KPR1AM Steel Screws
and
Lockwashers
3,4 .1 64-32 x 1 .5 Individual 4 2 1 8 B80G02
ar
MULTl WIRE CONNECTORS inch Pan-Head
Steel Screws
M u lti Wire Lug Kits i n c l u d e mounting h a rd and
Lockwashers
wa re, i n s u l ators and ti n-plated a l u m i n u m
c o n n ectors to replace t h ree m ec h a n ical
lP
load l u g s . UL l isted for copper o n l y as used Metric Thread

o n the load side ( O F F ) e n d . No. of Description Type of STYLE
Poles Mounting N U M BERS
Ordering Information 1 M 4 - 0.7 x Individual 421 8B80G09

80 mm Pan-
Package of 3.
ca
Head Steel Group (one set of 4 2 1 8B80 G 1 0

Maximum KIT Wires Wire Pressure Screws, Lock- hardware for two
Amperes CATALOG Per Size Screw washers, circuit breakers)
N U M BERS Terminal Range Torque and Clamps
--
F i e ld-i nsta l l e d m u lti w i re co n nectors for the
AWG Cu lib/in) 2
"15Q•
M4 - 0.7 X Individual 4 2 1 8 B80G 1 1
load side (OFF) e n d term i n a l s . They a re 3 8 m m Pan-
3TA150F3K 3 #1 4-2 70
used to d istribute t h e load from t h e c i rcuit Head Steel
tri
1 50 3TA150F6K 6 #1 4-6 25 Screws and

breaker to m u lt i p l e devices without t h e use
Lockwashers
of sepa rate d istri bution term i n a l bl ocks.
3,4 M 4 - 0.7 x Individual 421 8B80G 1 2
38 m m Pan-
Head Steel
lec
Screws and
Lockwashers
.E
Q) Not for use with 3T20FB term inal.

w
Cutler-Hammer
West i n g house &
Cutler- H a m m e r Products
Five Parkway Center
ww
Pitts b u rg h , Pe n n sylva n i a , U .S .A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
May 1995
l tc'O I Cutler-Hammer
om
S e l ect i o n Data
29- 1 20F
Page 1
.c
Series C®
Aug ust 1 996
S u persedes Selection Data 29- 1 20F, Mo lded Case
pages 1 -2, dated J u n e 1 994
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Circuit Breakers
3 1 -500A
F- Frame
ls
1 0-225 Am peres
ua
Dimensions, Inches (mm) STANDARDS
No. o f Poles Width Height Depth
Se ries C molded case circuit breakers a re
1 1 .375 (35) 6 ( 1 52) 3.375 (86) designed to confo rm with the fo l l owi ng
sta n d a rds:
an
2 2.75 (70) 6 ( 1 52) 3.375 (86)
3 4. 1 25 ( 1 05) 6 ( 1 52) 3.375 (86)
• Austra l i a n Sta n d a rd AS 2 1 84, Molded
4 5.5 ( 1 40) 6 ( 1 52) 3.375 (86)
Case Circuit Brea kers
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs. (kg) • B ritish Sta n d a rds I n stitution Sta n d a rd BS
N u m ber of Poles
4752: Part 1, Switch g e a r and Control
Breaker
tM
Type Gear Part 1 : Circuit Breakers
1 2 3 4
- - • C a n a d i a n Sta n d a rds Association
ED, EDH, 3 I 4.5
EDC ( 1 .36 1 ) (2.04 1 ) Sta n d a rd C22.2 N o . 5, S e rvice E ntrance
EHD, FDB, 2 3 4.5 6 and B ra n c h C i rc u i t B reakers
FD, HFD (.907) ( 1 .36 1 ) (2.04 1 ) (2.72 1 ) • I nternational E l ectrote c h n i cal C o m m is
ar
FDC -
3.25 4.75 6.35 i sion Reco m m e n d ations IEC 1 57- 1 , C i rcuit
( 1 .474) ( 2 . 1 55) (2.880) i
I B reakers
- - -
HFDDC 4.5
INTERRUPTING CAPACITY RATINGS • J a pa n ese T-Mark Sta n d a rd M o lded Case
(2.04 1 )
Circuit B rea kers
U L489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
lP
• National E l ectrical M a n ufacturers

Circuit N u m ber I nterrupting Capacity (Sym metrical Amperes) Association Sta n d a rds Publ ication N o .
Breaker of Volts Ac (50/60 Hz) Volts De ® AB 1 - 1 975, M o l ded C a s e C i rcuit B re a ke rs
Type Poles
240 277 480 600 1 25 250 (j) C?: • South African B u reau of Sta n d a rds,
ca
Sta n d a rd SABS 1 56, Sta n d a rd S pecifica

ED 2, 3 65,000 . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . 1 0,000 ......
EDH 1 00,000 . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . 1 0,000 ...... tion for Molded Case Circuit B rea kers
2, 3
EDC 2, 3 200,000 . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . 1 0,000 . . . . . .
• Swiss E l ectro-Tec h n ical Assoc iation
EHD 1 . . .. .. 1 4,000 ...... . . . . . . 1 0,000 .. . . . . Sta n d a rd SEV 1 57 - 1 , Safety Regu lations
2, 3 1 8,000 . ..... 1 4,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0,000 for C i rcuit Brea kers
tri
FDB 2, 3, 4 1 8,000 . ..... 1 4,000 1 4,000 . . . . . . 1 0,000

• U n d e rwriters Laboratories, I n c . , Sta n
FD 1 . . . . . . 25,000 ...... . . . . . . 1 0,000 . . . . . . d a rd UL 489, Molded Case C i rc u it
2, 3, 4 65,000 ...... 25,000 1 8,000 . . . . . . 1 0,000 B re a ke rs a n d C i rc u it B reaker E nclosu res,
HFD 1 . . . . . . 65,000 ...... . . . . . . 1 0,000 . . . . . . i n c l u d i n g M a ri n e Circuit B rea kers F i l e
2, 3, 4 1 00,000 ...... 65,000 25,000 . . . . . . 22,000
lec
E78 1 9
FDC 2, 3, 4 200,000 ...... 1 00,000 35,000 . ... . . 22,000
• U n ion Tec h n i q u e d e I ' E i ectricite Sta n
HFDDC @ 3 . . . . . . . ..... . . . .. . ...... .... . . 42,000 @
d a rd N F C 63- 1 20, Low Voltage
IEC 1 57-1 Interrupting Capacity Ratings (P1 ) Switc h g e a r and Control Gea r C i rc u it
Breaker R eq u i rem ents
Circ u it N u m ber I nterrupting Capacity (Symmetrica l Amperes)
• Verband Deutsc her E l ektrote c h n i ke
Breaker of Volts Ac (50/60 Hz) Volts De ®
.E
Type Poles (Association of G e r m a n E l ectrical E n g i

220, 240 380, 4 1 5 440 500 1 25 250 (j) neers) Sta n d a rd VDE 0660, Low Voltage
Switc hgear and Control G e a r, C i rcuit
ED 2, 3 65,000 ...... . . .... . . . . . . 1 0,000 . . . . . .
EDH 2, 3 1 00,000 ...... . ..... . . . . . . 1 0,000 . ... . . B re a ke rs
EDC 2, 3 200,000 ...... . . ... . . . .. . . 1 0,000 ..... .
1 8,000 1 4,000 1 4,000 1 4,000 ...... 1 0,000 Conforma nce with t h ese sta n d a rds satisfies
FDB 2, 3, 4
most local and i nternational codes, assu m
FD 1 25,000 . ..... . . . . . . ...... 1 0,000 ......
i n g u s e r accepta bil ity a n d s i m p l ified a p p l i
2, 3, 4 65,000 35,000 35,000 1 8,000 ... ... 1 0,000
w
cation.
HFD 1 65,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 1 0,000 .. ....
2, 3, 4 1 00,000 65,000 65,000 25,000 . . . . . . 22,000
S e ries C m o l ded case c i rc u i t breakers equal
FDC 2, 3, 4 200,000 1 00,000 1 00,000 35,000 . . . . . . 22,000
o r exceed Federal Specification C l a ssifica
ww
CD 2-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of 3-pole circuit breaker. tion W-C-375b req u i re m e nts for the p a rticu
@ Time constant is 3 m i l l iseconds m i n i m u m at 1 0 kA and 8 m i l l iseconds m i n i m u m at 22 kA. l a r class associated with t h e c i rcuit breaker
@ HFDDC is UL only and is not tested to other standards. fra m e being considered.
@ I nterrupting rating i s 35,000 a m ps at 600-volt De with 3 poles in series, for ungrounded system s only.
@ De ratings apply to substantially non-ind uctive circuits.
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20F
Page 2
.c
Series C M o lded Case Circuit Brea kers, F-Frame, 1 0-225 Am peres
CATALOG N UM BERING SYSTEM
T h i s i nfo rmation i s presented o n l y as an aid to u n d e rst a n d i n g catalog n u m bers. It is not to be used to b u i l d cata log n u m be rs fo r c i rc u i t
breakers.
ls
Circuit Breaker Catalog Nu mbers
FDC 3 1 00 L EDC 200 L
T I T I T T I
ua
Circuit Breaker N u m be r of Trip Suffix C i rcuit Breaker N u m ber of Trip Suffix
Type Poles Amps Type Poles Amps
EHD 1 : 1 -Pole 10 E: 1 00% Protected (4 P only) ED 2: 2-Pole 1 00 L: L i n e a n d Load Ter m i n a l s
FDB 2 : 2-Pole 15 Neutra l Pole EDH 3: 3-Pole 1 25 W: Without Ter m i n a l s
FD 3: 3-Pole 20 E H : 50% Protected (4 P o n ly) EDC 1 50 Y: L i n e Te r m i n a l s Only
an
HFD 4: 4-Pole 25 K: High Mag Mol ded Case Sw. 175 Z : A l u m . Te rminals
FDC 30 L: Line and Load Term inals 200
HFDDC 35 S: Sta i n less Steel Te rminals 225
40 V: 50°C Calibration
45 W: Without Ter m i n a l s
tM
50 Y : Line Ter m i n a l s O n l y
60 Z: Alum. Term inals
70
80
90
ar
1 00
110
125
1 50
lP
1 75
200
225
ca
tri
lec
Further Information
Tec h n ica l Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD 29- 1 60
.E
D i m e n s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DS 29- 1 70 F
T i m e/C u rrent C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD 29- 1 67 F
I n sta ntaneous O n ly C i rc u i t B reakers
( M oto r C i rc u i t Protector) . . . . . . . . SD 29-1 20H
Cutler-Hammer
w
Westi n g h ouse & Cutler- H a m m e r Produ cts

Five Parkway Center
ww
Pitts b u rg h , P e nnsylva n i a , U .S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
August 1996
ltcGI Cutler-Hammer
om
29- 1 20F
Page 3
.c
Series C®
A u g u st 1 996
S u persedes Sel ection Data 29- 1 20F, M o l ded Case
pages 3-4, dated J u n e 1 994
M a i led to: E, D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 - 400A, Circuit Breakers
3 1 -500A
F- Frame
ls
1 0-225 Am peres
ua
THERMAL-MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Sealed Breakers with Non-interchangeable Trip Units
S u itable for reverse feed use.
an
I -_j
Maxi m u m 2 4 0 V a c M a x i m u m , 1 2 5 Vdc
Conti nuous r-------------------------------------.-------------------------------------.----------------- ----- -----
65 kAIC @ 240 Vac 1 00 kAIC @ 240 Vac 200 kAIC @ 240 Vac
�
Ampere
Rati ng 1-----'-'-----------,----------------+--'-"------------,---------------f--_._._
Type ED Type EDH Typ e EDC Current Limiting
.
____ _
@ 40°C 2-Pole 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole =r ____
CATALOG N U M B E R S ( I n cludes Ter m i n a l s o n Load End O n ly)
'
1 00
1 25
1 50
175
200
225
ED2 1 00
ED21 25
E D2 1 50
ED2 1 7 5
ED2200
ED2225
ED3 1 00
E D3 1 25
E D3 1 50
ED3175
ED3200
ED3225
EDH2 1 00
EDH2 1 2 5
E D H 2 1 50
EDH2175
EDH2200
EDH2225
--------�--L- ----_L----�- ----
E D H 3 1 00
EDH3125
EDH3 1 50
EDH3175
EDH3200
E DH3225
EDC2 1 00
EDC2 1 2 5
EDC2 1 50
EDC2 1 7 5
EDC2200
EDC2225
tM ·
I
I
___j
EDC3 1 00
EDC3 1 2 5
EDC3 1 50
EDC3 1 7 5
EDC3200
EDC3225
---- -----·
ar
Maximum 277 Vac Maximum, 1 25 Vdc 480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
Continuous 14 kAIC @ 277 Vac 14 kAIC @ 480 Vac
lP
Ampere
Rating Type EHD
@ 40°C 1 -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole
CATALOG N U M B E R S ( I n c l u des Te rminals on Load End Only)
10 (j) EHD1010 E H D20 1 0 E H D30 1 0
ca
15 EHD101 5 @ E H D20 1 5 E H D30 1 5

20 E H D 1 020 :2! E H D2020 EH D3020
25 E H D 1 025 EH D2025 EH D3025
30 E H D 1 030 EH D2030 E H D3030
35 E H D 1 035 E H D2035 E H D3035
40 E H D 1 040 EH D2040 EH D3040
tri
45 E H D 1 045 EH D2045 E H D3045

50 E H D 1 050 E H D2050 E H D3050
60 E H D 1 060 E H D2060 EH D3060
70 E H D 1 070 EH D2070 EH D3070
80 E H D 1 080 EH D2080 E H D3080
lec
90 E H D 1 090 E H D2090 E H D3090

�-
1 00 E H D 1 1 00 E H D2 1 00 E H D3 1 00 ·--
HACR RATED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
All S e ries C F-fra m e circuit breake rs (except H F DDC) a re HACR rated.

.E
w
ww
CD Not UL Listed. 5 KAIC interrupting rating.

@ UL Listed for SWD applications, see NEC
Article 240-83 (d).
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20F
Page 4
.c
Series C M olded Case Circuit Brea kers, F-Fra me, 1 0-225 Amperes
THERMAL-MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Sealed Breakers with Non-interchangeable Trip Units
S u itable for reverse feed use.
ls
Maxi m u m 600 Vac Maximum, 2 5 0 Vdc 277 Vac Maximum, 1 2 5 Vdc 600 Vac Maxi m u m , 250 Vdc
Conti nuous 14 kAIC @ 600 Vac 25 kAIC @ 277 Vac 25 kAI C @ 480 Vac
Ampere
Rati ng Type FOB Type FD
ua
@ 40°C 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1 -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole
CATALOG N U M B E R S ( I n c l u des Termi n a l s on Load End Only)
10 (j) FDB20 1 0 FDB30 1 0 FDB40 1 0 FD1010
15 FDB20 1 5 FDB30 1 5 FDB40 1 5 F D 1 0 1 5 C2l FD20 1 5 FD30 1 5 FD40 1 5
20 FDB2020 FDB3020 FDB4020 F D 1 020 ·:?> FD2020 FD3020 FD4020
25 FDB2025 FDB3025 FDB4025 F D 1 025 FD2025 FD3025 FD4025
an
60 FDB2060 FD B3060 FD B4060 FD1 060 FD2060 FD3060 FD4060
tM
1 00 FDB2 1 00 FDB3 1 00 F D B 4 1 00 FD1 1 00 FD2 1 00 F D3 1 00 F D 4 1 00
1 10 FDB2 1 1 0 FDB3 1 1 0 FDB4 1 1 0 FD1 1 1 0 FD2 1 1 0 FD3 1 1 0 F D4 1 1 0
1 25 FDB2 1 25 FDB3 1 2 5 FDB4125 F D 1 1 25 FD2 1 25 FD3 1 25 FD4125
lJ
FDB2 1 50 FDB3 1 50 FDB 4 1 50 FD1 1 50 FD2 1 50 FD3 1 50 FD4 1 50
- - - -
ar
FD2 1 7 5 F D3 1 75 FD4175
- - - -
200 FD2200 FD3200 FD4200
- - - -
225 FD2225 FD3225 FD4225
Maximum 600 V a c Maximum, 2 5 0 Vdc 277 Vac Maximum, 1 25 Vdc 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
lP
Continuous 65 kAIC @ 277 Vac 65 kAIC @ 480 Vac 1 00 kAIC @ 480 Vac
Ampere
Rati ng Type HFD Type FDC Current Limiting
@ 40°C 1 -Pole 2-Pole 3-Po le 4-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole
CATALOG N U M B E R S ( I n cl u des Term i n a l s on Load End Only)
ca
15 HF D 1 0 1 5 H F D20 1 5 HFD30 1 5 HFD40 1 5 FDC20 1 5 FDC30 1 5 FDC40 1 5

20 H F D 1 020 H F D2020 HFD3020 HFD4020 FDC2020 FDC3020 FDC4020
25 H F D 1 025 HFD2025 H F D3025 HFD4025 FDC2025 FDC3025 FDC4025
30 H F D 1 030 HFD2030 HFD3030 HFD4030 FDC2030 FDC3030 FDC4030
40 H F D 1 040 H F D2040 HFD3040 HFD4040 FDC2040 FDC3040 FDC4040
tri
45 H F D 1 045 HFD2045 H F D3045 HFD4045 FDC2045 FDC3045 FDC4045

70 HFD 1 070 H F D3070 HFD3070 HFD4070 FDC2070 FDC3070 FDC4070
80 H F D 1 080 HFD2080 H FD3080 HF D4080 FDC2080 FDC3080 FDC4080
lec
90 H F D 1 090 HFD2090 HFD3090 H FD4090 FDC2090 FDC3090 FDC4090

1 00 H F D 1 1 00 HFD2 1 00 HFD3 1 00 HFD4 1 00 FDC2 1 00 FDC3 1 00 FDC4100
1 10 HFD1 1 10 H F D2 1 1 0 HFD3 1 1 0 HFD41 1 0 FDC2 1 1 0 FDC3 1 1 0 FDC4 1 1 0
1 25 H FD 1 1 2 5 HFD2 1 2 5 H F D3 1 25 HFD4125 FDC2 1 25 FDC3 1 25 FDC4 1 25
1 50 H F D 1 1 50 HFD2 1 50 HFD3 1 50 H F D4 1 50 FDC2 1 50 FDC3 1 50 FDC4 1 50
-
175 HFD2 1 75 HFD3 1 7 5 HFD4175 FDC2 1 75 FDC3 1 7 5 FDC4 1 7 5
-
200 H F D2200 HFD3200 HFD4200 FDC2200 FDC3200 FDC4200
-
225 HFD2225 HFD3225 HFD4225 FDC2225 F.DC3225 FDC4225
.E
CD Not U L Listed. 5 KAIC interrupting rating.

:?> U L Listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240-83 (d).
Cutler-Hammer
w
Westi n g h o u se & Cutler- H a m m e r Produ cts

Five Parkway Center
ww
Pitts b u rgh, Pennsylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
August 1 996
181 Cutler-Hammer
om
29- 1 20 F
Page 5
.c
Series C®
A u g u st 1 996
S u pe rsedes Selection Data 29- 1 20F, Mol ded Case
pages 5-6, dated J u ne 1 994
M a i led to: E , D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Circuit Breakers
3 1 -500A
F- Frame
ls
1 0-225 Am peres
ua
MOLDED CASE SWITCHES CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR DC
APPLICATIONS
Molded case switches a re used as com pact Molded Case Switch High Magnetic
switches in appl ications req u i ring h i g h Trip Setting These U L l i sted De Molded Case Circuit
cu rrent switching capabil ities. M o lded case Breakers a re for use in the u n g rou nded bat
an
Frame Rating Trip Tolerance
switches are constructed of c i rcuit breaker Setting (Amps) ( Percent) tery sup ply circuits of U PS systems providing
compone nts and a re of the high instanta continuous, reliable Ac power to computer
E H D, FD 1 00 2400 ±20
neous automatic type. Molded case switches E H D, FD 1 50 2400 ±20 controlled appl ications such as financial
�
a re l isted i n accordance with U n derwriters FD 225 2400 ±20 transactions and telecommun ications.
Laboratories, Inc., Sta ndard UL 1 087.
xi mum High Interrupting Capacity -
I
tM
nti n u ous 35 kAIC @ 600 Vdc -
1
Maximum 480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
Conti n uous pere
Complete Circuit Breaker Complete C i rc u it Breaker
Ampere Rating I Complete Circuit Breaker
Rati ng with Load Side Term i n a l s Only with Load S ide Term i n a l s Only
@ 40oC with Line and Load Side Term i n a l s
@ 40°C CATALOG N U MBERS
2-Pole CATALOG N U M B E R S
ar
1 00 E H D 2 1 00K FD2 1 00 K 15 HFDDC30 1 5 L
1 50 -
F D2 1 50K 20 HFDDC3020L
225 -
FD2225K 25 HFDDC3025L
30 HFDDC3030L
3-Pole
1 00 I E H D3 1 00K FD31 00K 35 HFDDC3035L
lP
1 50 FD3 1 50 K 40 HFDDC3040L
225 I = FD3225K 45
50
HFDDC3045L
HFDDC3050L
4-Pole
-
1 00 FD41 00K
-
60 HFDDC3060L
ca
1 50 FD41 50K
-
70 HFDDC3070L
225 FD4225K
80 HF DDC3080L
I
90 HFDDC3090L
l 1 00
110
HFDDC3 1 00L
HFDDC3 1 1 0 L
_j
tri
125 HFDDC3 1 25L

1 50 H FDDC3 1 50L
�--
Series Con nection Diagrams for DC
Application
l
lec
· ·- ·-- -··-·
3 Poles i n S e ries for De A p p l ication

I
LOAD
.E
w
ww
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20F
Page 6
.c
Series C Mo lded Case Circuit Brea kers, F-Fra me, 1 0-225 Amperes
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
Cutler-Hammer
w
Westi n g h o us e & Cutler- H a m m e r Produ cts

Five Parkway Center
ww
Pittsb u r g h , Pennsylv a n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
August 1 996
ltcCI Cutler- Ha mmer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20F
Page 7
.c
Westi n g h ouse
Aug ust 1 996
S u persedes Selecti o n Data 29-1 20F, Series C®
pages 7-8, dated M ay 1 995
M a i led to: E , D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 - 400A, F- Frame
3 1 -500A
Term i n at i o n
ls
Accessories
ua
LINE AND LOAD TERMINALS
Line a n d l oad term i na l s p rovide wi re Ordering Information n a l s a re req u i red, o r d e r b y sty le n u m b e r

co n n nect i n g c a p a b i l it i es for specific ran ges F-frame c i rcuit brea kers and m o l ded case ( n o c h a rg e w h e n ordered with c i rc u it
of cont i n u o u s c u rrent rat i n g s and w i re switches h ave load term i n a l s o n l y as sta n breaker). Specify if factory i n sta l l at i o n
an
types. Except as noted, term i n a ls comply d a rd e q u i p m e nt. W h e n sta n d a rd l i ne-e n d req u i red.
with U n d e rwriters Laboratori es, I n c . , Stan term i n a l s ( s a m e as sta n da rd load-end ter
d a rd U L486A o r U L486B. U n less otherwise m i n a l s ) a re req u i red, add suffix L to the
specifi ed, F-fra m e c i rcuit brea kers a re fac c i rcuit b reaker catalog n u m ber. When non
tory equ ipped with load term i n a l s o n ly. standard or optional l i n e a n d/o r l oa d termi-
Line and Load Terminals

Maxi m u m
Breaker
Amps
Term i n a l
Body
Material
Wire
Type
tM AWG
Wire
Range
Metric
Wire
Range mm2
[
I
CATALOG NUMBERS
Package of 3
Term i n a l s
I
I
ar
Standard Pressure Type Terminals
I
20(EHD) Steel C u/Al #1 4-# 1 0 2.5-4 ' 3T20FBCD
1 00 Steel C u/Al # 1 4-1/0 2.5-50 3T1 00FB
1 50 Aluminum Cu/Al #4-4/0 25-95 3TA 1 50FB
225 Aluminum Cu/Al #4-4/0 25-95 3TA225FD
lP
Optional Pressure Terminals -
50 Aluminum Cu/Al # 1 4-#4 2 . 5- 1 6 3TA50FBCIJ

1 00 Aluminum Cu/Al #1 4- 1 /0 2.5-50 3TA 1 00FD
I
�
1 50 Sta i n less Steel Cu #4-4/0 25-95 3T 1 50FB
225 Al u m i n u m Cu/Al #6-300 MCM 1 6- 1 50 3TA225FDK�
ca
�'
� """
Colla
--..._
Nut
-·· · · . . 0
..
Conductor Conduc tor @-4- Washer

�
tri
Wire Clamp
� Screw
3T20FB 3T100FB 3TA150FB
3T150FB 3TA225FD
lec
Asse m b l e w i re c l a m p to bottom of con duc Insert co l l a r enclosi ng c o n d u ctor as s h own. I n sert co l l a r enclosing c o n d u ctor a n d center
tor a s shown . Locate nut o n top of cond uctor and tig hten o n extrusion o n c o l l a r. I nsta l l c l i p with legs
securely with screw a n d was h e r. Caution: o n top of c o n d u ctor and snap end a r o u n d
Co l l a r must su rround cond uctor. bottom o f c o l l a r .
'" ;tlz::?
.E
Washer Wash e r - @
Conductor
....- screw Screw - ®
3TA50FB 3TA100FD 3TA225FDK
w
Asse m b l e c o l l a r on top of c o n d u ctor as Co l l a r s l i des o nto cond uctor a n d is h e l d i n Assemble co l l a r on top of co n d u ctor as
shown. Tig hten securely with screw a n d positi o n b y a screw a n d lockwasher. shown. Tig hten securely with screw a n d
washer. washer. Term i n a l s h i e l d m u st be used with
ww
t h is c o l l a r .
(j) Not for use with ED, EDH, EDC breakers.
@ I ncl udes term inal sh ield kit. Adds approximately
3 inches to breaker height. Available for use on
3-pole breaker only.
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20F
Page 8
.c
Westin g h ouse Series C F-Fra me Term i n ation Accessories
KEEPER NUT CONTROL WIRE TERMINAL KIT BASE MOUNTING HARDWARE
H a rdware for s u rface m o u n t i n g of c i rcuit

brea kers is s u p p l i e d o n l y o n request. H a rd
wa re consists of m o u nt i n g screws a n d
ls
lockwa s h e rs. O rd e r h a rdware fo r c i rc u it
breaker pole confi g u rations as req u i red.
T h e keeper n ut sl ides o nto the line o r load Ordering Information
ua
c o n d u ctor of the c i rc u it breaker and acts a s Base-m o u nt i n g h a rdware is s u p p l i ed at no
a t h readed a d a pter for t h e co n d u ctor t o c h a rg e w h e n o rd e re d with a c i rc u it b reaker
accept a ri n g term i n a l o r oth e r bolt-on o r m o lded case switch. When o rd e r i n g
c o n n ector. T h e keeper n ut is ava i l a ble with sepa rately, refer to price l i st.
E n g l i s h and metric th read sizes. Sc rews a n d
washers a re s u p p l i e d b y customer. ( F i e l d Imperial Thread
an
For use with steel or sta i n less steeleD termi
i n sta l l ation o n ly . ) Listed per U L F i l e E78 1 9 .
nals only. No. of Description Type of STYLE
Poles Mounting NUMBERS
Ordering Information 1 . 1 64-32 X 3.188 Individual 624B375G01
Thread Type Thread Size CATALOG N UMBERS inch Pan-Head
Package of 1 2 . Priced i n d iv i d u a l ly. Steel Screws, Group (one set of 624B375G02
Package of 1 2 Lockwashers, hardware for two
CATALOG N U M B E R
tM
(Priced Individual ly) and Clamps circuit breakers)
I m perial 1 0-32 KPR 1 A
FCWTK 2 .1 64-32 X 1 .5 Individual 4218B80G01
inch Pan-Head
Metric M-5 KPR1AM Steel Screws
and
Lockwashers
.1 64-32 X 1 .5
I"
Individual BMH1
ar
M U LTl WIRE CONNECTORS inch Pan-Head
Steel Screws
M u lti W i re Lug Kits i nc l u d e m o u nting h a rd and
wa re, i n s u lators a n d ti n-pl ated a l u m i n u m Lockwashers
conn ectors t o replace th ree m ec h a nical
Metric Thread
lP
load l ugs. U L l i sted for copper o n ly as used

o n the l oa d side (OFF) e n d . No. of Description Type of STYLE
Poles Mounting N UMBERS
Ordering Information 1 M4 - 0.7 x Individual 421 8B80G09
80 m m Pan-
Package of 3.
Head Steel Group (one set of 4218B80G 1 0
ca
Maximum KIT Wires Wire Pressure Screws, Lock- hardware for two
Amperes CATALOG Per Size Screw washers, circuit breakers)
NU MBERS Terminal Range Torque and Clamps
Fiel d-i nsta l l e d m u lti w i re c o n n ectors fo r the
AWG Cu ( l b/inl 2 M4 - 0.7 X Individual 421 8B80G 1 1
load side (OFF) e n d term i n a ls. They a re
70 38 m m Pan-
225 3TA1 50F3K 3 #14-2
used to d i strib ute t h e load from the c i rc u i t Head Steel
225 3TA150F6K 6 #1 4-6 25 Screws and
tri
b r e a k e r to m u lt i p l e devices w i t h o u t t h e use
Lockwashers
of sepa rate distri bution te r m i n a l bl ocks.
3,4 M 4 - 0.7 X Individual BMH1M
3 8 m m Pan-
Head Steel
Screws and
lec
Lockwashers
.E
Cil Not for use with 3T20FB term inal.
Cutl er-Hammer
w
Westin g h ouse & Cutler- H a m m e r Produ cts

Five Pa rkway Center
ww
Pitts b u rg h , Pennsylvania, U .S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
August 1996
I to\01 C utler-Ham mer
om
Sel ecti o n Data
29- 1 20G
Page 1
Westin g h ouse
.c
J u n e 1 995 Series C®
N ew I nform ati o n
M a i l ed to: E , D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Mol ded Case
3 1 -500A
Circuit Breakers
ls
G-Frame
1 5-1 00 Amperes
ua
----,
No. of Poles · Width Heig ht Depth
S e ries C molded case c i rc u i t brea kers a re
-
1 .0 (25.33) 4.88 (1 23.95) 2.81 (71.41) designed to conform with t h e fo l l owing
an
2.0 (50.78) 4.88 (123.95) 2.81 (71
. .41)
-
sta n d a rds:
3.0 (76) 4.88 (123.95) 2.81 (71.41 )
• Austra l i a n Sta n d a rd AS 2 1 84, M o l ded
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs. (kg) Case C i rcuit Brea kers
• British Sta n d a rds I n stitution Sta n d a rd BS
Breaker
Type 4752: P a rt 1 , Switc h g e a r and Control
tM
Gear Part 1: C i rc u it B rea kers
GD 1 .0 (.454)
• Ca n a d i a n Sta n d a rds Associati o n
Sta n d a rd C22.2 N o . 5, Service E ntrance
a n d Bra nch C i rcuit B reakers
• I nternati o n a l E l ectrotec h nical C o m m is
ar
sion Recom mendations IEC 1 57 - 1 , C i rcuit
Brea kers
INTERRUPTING CAPACITY RATINGS • J a p a nese T- M a rk Sta n d a rd M o l ded Case
C i rcuit Breakers
lP
UL489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings

• N ati o n a l E l ectrical M a n ufacturers
I
Circuit N u m ber I nterrupting Capacity (Symmetrical. Amperes) -
Association Sta n d a rds P u b l icati o n N o .
Breaker of f---
I
Volts Ac (50/60 Hz) Volts De AB 1 - 1 975, M o lded Case C i rc u it B rea kers
Type Poles
1 20 1 240 277 480 1 25 1 250 (j) �- • South African B u reau of Sta n d a rds,
ca
GD I 1 65,000 I ...... 22,000 ...... 1 0,000� I ·..... Sta n d a rd SABS 1 56, Sta n d a rd Specifica
I
- tion for M o lded Case C i rc u i t Breakers
GD
L._ I 2, 3 ......
I
65,000 ...... 22,000 ...... 1 1 0,000 J • Swiss E l ectro-Te c h n i c a l Association
Sta n d a rd SEV 1 57 - 1 , Safety R e g u lations
for C i rc u i t B reakers
tri
• U n derwriters Laboratori es, I n c . , Sta n d a rd

U L 489, M o l ded Case C i rcuit Brea kers
and C i rc u it B reaker E n c l o s u res.
• U n i o n Tec h n i q u e d e I ' E i ectricite Sta n d a rd
lec
N F C 63- 1 20, Low Voltage Switc h g e a r

a n d C o n t r o l G e a r C i rc u i t Breaker
Req u i rements
• Verba nd Deutsch e r E l e ktrotec h n i ke r
(Association o f G e r m a n E l ect rical E n g i
neers) Sta n d a rd VDE 0660, Low Voltage
.E
Switc h g e a r and Control Gear, C i rcuit

B reakers
Conformance with these standards satisfies

most loca l a n d i nte rnational codes, ass u m i n g
u s e r accepta bil ity and sim p l ified appl ication.
Series C molded case c i rc u it brea kers e q u a l

w
o r exceed Federal S pecifi cati o n C l assifica

tion W-C-375b req u i re m e nts for t h e
p a rt i c u l a r class associated w i t h the ci rc u it
breaker fra m e b e i n g considered.
ww
CD Two poles of 3-pole circuit breaker.

� Time constant is 8 milliseconds minimum.
om
Selection Data
29- 1 20G
Page 2
.c
Westin g h o use Series C Molded Case Circuit Brea kers, G - Fra me, 1 5- 1 00 Am peres
CATALOG N UMBERING SYSTEM THERMAL-MAGNETIC
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
This i nformation is presented o n l y a s an a i d
to u n d e rsta n d i n g cata log n u m bers. It is not Maxi m u m 480 V a c Maximum, 2 5 0 VdcCD
to be used to b u i l d cata log n u m be rs fo r Conti n uous 22 kAIC @ 480 Vac
ls
ci rcu it brea kers.
Ampere
Rati ng CATALOG N U M BERS
@ 40°C ( Includes Line and Load Terminals)
Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers 1 -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole
ua
15 GD1015 G D20 1 5 G D301 5
GD 3 1 00
T I T
20 G D 1 020 G D2020 G D3020
25 G D 1 025 G D2025 G D3025
30 G D 1 030 G D2030 G D3030
Circuit Breaker N u m ber of Trip 35 G D 1 035 G D2035 G D3035
Type Poles Amps 40 G D 1 040 G D2040 GD3040
1 : 1 -Pole 15 45 G D 1 045 G D2045 G D3045
an
2 : 2-Pole 20 50 G D 1 050 G D2050 G D3050
60 G D 1 060 G D2060 G D3060
3: 3-Pole 25 70 G D 1 070 G D2070 G D3070
30 80 G D 1 080 G D2080 G D3080
35 90 G D 1 090 G D2090 G D3090
40 1 00 G D 1 1 00 G D2 1 00 G D3 1 00
tM
45 Note: All GD breakers are HACR rated. All G D
50 breakers are suitable for reverse feed application.
60
70
80
ar
90
1 00
lP
TERMINAL TYPES
For line and load-side. Terminals are U L listed as suitable for wire type and
size given below.
Circuit Terminal Screw Wire AWG Wire Metric
ca
Breaker Type Head Type Range Wire @

Amperes Material Type Range ( mm2)
1 5-20 Clamp Slotted Cu/AI # 1 4- 1 0 2.5-4
( Plated Steel)
25-100 Pressure Slotted Cu/AI #10-1/0 4-50
(Aluminum Body)
tri
lec
Terminal Torque Values
AWG Wire Torq ue Torque

Range Value lb-in Value N . m .
# 1 4-#1 0 20 2.26 Further Information

#8 40 4.52 Tech n ical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD 29- 1 60
.E
#6-#4 45 5.09 D i m ensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DS 29- 1 70G

#3-1 /0 45 5.09 T i m e/Cu rrent C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD 29- 1 67 G
I nsta ntaneous O n l y C i rc u it B reakers
( M otor C i rc u it Protector) . . . . . . . . SD 29- 1 20 H
CD 1 -pole rating is 277 Vac maximum, 1 25 Vdc.
@ Not UL listed sizes.
w
Cutler- H a m m e r
Westi n g house & Cutler- H a m m e r Products
ww
P ittsb u rg h, Pennsylv ania, U . S .A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
June 1 995
l tc!Q I C utler-Ham m er
om
Sel ecti o n Data
29- 1 20G
Page 3
Westing house
.c
J u n e 1 995
Series C®
S u pe rsedes Tec h n ical Data 29- 1 20,
pages 1 6. 1 - 1 6. 2 dated M a rc h 1 988 Mol ded Case
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 - 400A,
3 1 -500A
Circuit Breakers
ls
G-Frame
1 5-1 00 Am peres
ua
TYPE GB AND TYPE G H B BOLT-ON PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKERS
an
tM
ar
1 -Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole
lP
These breakers meet the req u i reme nts of TERMINALS APPLICATION NOTES
Federal Specificat i o n W-C-375b a s fo l lows:
For load side o n ly. L i n e side co n n ecti o n is • On a l l 3-phase Delta (240V) G ro u nded B
Types GB, G H B, 1 20 a n d 240 Volts: extended ta n g w h i c h bolts d i rectly to bus. p h ase a p p l ications, refer to Cutler
ca
1 Pole: Cl ass 1 1 a Load te r m i n a l s a re UL l i sted as s u itable fo r H a m m e r.

2, 3 Poles: Cl asses 1 Ob, 1 1 b, 1 2 b, 1 4b , 1 5 b w i re type a n d size l i sted below. W h e n used • 480Y/277V, c i rc u it brea kers (Type G H B )
with a l u m i n u m cond uctors, use j o i nt n o t s u itable for 3-ph ase Delta (480V)
Type G H B , 277 a n d 480Y/277 Volts: co m p o u n d . G ro u n d ed B p h ase appl ications.
1 Pole: Cl asses 1 2c, 1 3a • A l l two- and t h ree-pole c i rc u it brea kers
2, 3 Poles: Cl ass 1 3 b a re of the c o m m o n trip type.
tri
Breaker Type Wire Wire • S i n g le-pole c i rc u i t breakers, 15 and 20A.

Amperes Terminal Type Range
Switc h i n g d uty rated (SWD) for fl uores
INTERRU PTING CAPACITY RATINGS 1 5-20 Clamp Cu/AI # 1 4-# 1 0 cent l i g ht i n g a p p l i cati ons.
25- 1 00 Pressure Cu/AI # 1 0 - 1/0 • S u itable for reverse feed a p p l i cati ons.
Circuit Number Interrupting Capa city •
lec
Breaker of Poles (Symmetrical Amperes)

HACR rated.
Type
Volts Ac 150/60 Hz) Volts De
12 0 240 277 480Y/ 125 1 25/

277 250
GB 1 65,000 14,oooo; .
GB 2, 3 65,000 14,000
.E
GHB 1 65,000 1 4,000 1 4,0000)
GHB 2, 3 65,000 14,000 14,000
On a l l 3-phase Delta, G r o u nded B p hase

appl ications, refer to Cutler- H a m m e r.
Note: A l l two- a n d t h ree-pole brea kers a re

w
of the c o m m o n t r i p type. Further Information

Tec h nical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD 29- 1 60
D i m e n s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DS 29-1 70G
T i m e/C u r rent C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD 29- 1 67 G
ww
I nsta ntaneous O n l y C i rc u it Brea kers

( M oto r Ci rc u it Protector) . . . . . . . . S D 29- 1 20H
Gl 1 5 through 70A breakers o n ly.

om
29- 1 20G
Page 4
.c
Westinghouse Series C Molded Case Ci rcuit Brea kers, G -Frame, 1 5- 1 00 Amperes
TYPE GB AND TYPE G H B BOLT-ON PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Type GB Breakers
Continuous CATALOG N U M BERS
ls
Ampere 1 -PoleGl 2-Polee?l 3-Pole@
Rating 120 Volts Ac Max. 240 Volts Ac Max. 240 Volts Ac Max.
@ 40"C 1 25 Volts De Max.® 1 2 5/250 Volts De Max. 1 2 5/250 Volts De Max.®
15 G B 1 0 1 5® GB20 1 5 G 8301 5
ua
20 G B 1 020® G B2020 G B3020
25 G B 1 025 G B2025 G B3025
30 G B 1 030 GB2030 GB3030
35 G B 1 035 G B2035 G B3035
40 G B 1 040 G B2040 G B3040
45 G B 1 045 G B2045 G B3045
an
50 G B 1 050 GB2050 G B3050
60 G B 1 060 G B2060 G B3060
70 G B 1 070 G B2070 G B3070
80 G B 1 080 GB2080 GB3080
90 G B 1 090 G B2090 G B3090
tM
1 00 G B 1 1 00 G B 2 1 00 G B3 1 00
Type GHB Breakers

Contin uous CATALOG N U M BERS
Ampere
ar
1 -PoleGl 2-Pole@ 3-Pole®
Ratin g 277/480 Volts A c Max. 277/480 Volts Ac Max. 277/480 Volts Ac Max.
@ 40'C 1 25 Volts De Max.® 125/250 Volts De Max. 125/250 Volts De Max.®
15 G H B 1 0 1 5® G H B2015 G H B301 5
20 G H B 1 020® G H B2020 GH B3020
lP
25 G H B 1 025 G H B2025 G H B3025

30 G H B 1 030 G HB2030 G HB3030
35 G H B 1 035 G H B2035 G H B3035
40 G H B 1 040 G H B2040 G H B3040
45 G H B 1 045 G H B2045 G HB3045
ca
50 G H B 1 050 G HB2050 G H B3050

60 G H B 1 060 GH B2060 GH B3060
70 G H B 1 070 G H B2070 G H B3070
80 G H B 1 080 G HB2080 G HB3080
90 G H B 1 090 GH B2090 GH B3090
tri
100 G H B 1 1 00 G H B2 1 00 G H B3100
lec
Gl 24 breakers in single carton; Approx. ship wt.:

16 l bs.
CV 12 breakers in single carton; Approx. ship wt.:
16 lbs.
® 8 breakers i n single carton; Approx. ship wt.:
.E
16 l bs.
® 1 5-70 Amp only.
® Use (2) outer poles.
® Switching duty rated for fluorescent light
applications only: GB, 1 20-volt Ac; G H B,
277-volt Ac.
Cutler- H a m m e r
w
Westi n g h o use & Cutler- H a m m e r Prod u cts

ww
Pitts b u rg h , Pennsylva nia, U.S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
June 1 995
ICCGI C utler-Ham m er
om
Se lecti o n Data
29- 1 20G
Page 5
Westing h ouse
.c
Series C®
J u n e 1 995
M o lded Case
pages 1 6.3-1 6. 4, dated Septe m be r 1 987
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A.
3 1 -500A
Circuit Breakers
ls
G- Frame
1 5-1 00 Am peres
ua
TYPE GC AND TYPE GHC CIRCU IT BREAKERS
1 5- 1 00 Amperes, 1 20, 240, 277, 480Y/277V, 50/60 Hz, 1 2 5, 1 2 5/250V, De 1 , 2 , and 3 Poles
an
tM
ar
1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole
lP
These circuit brea kers meet t h e req u i re TERMINALS APPLICATION NOTES
ments of Federal S pecification W-C-375b as
follows: Line a n d load side term i n a l s a re UL l isted as • On a l l 3-ph ase Delta ( 2 40V) G ro u nded B
s u it a b l e for w i re type and size l i sted below. p h ase a p p l icati o ns, refer to Cutler
ca
Type GC, 1 20 a n d 240 Volts: When used with a l u m i n u m cond uctors, use H a m m e r.
1 Pole: Cl ass 1 1 a joint co m p o u n d . • 480Y/277V, circuit brea kers (Type G H C )
2, 3 Poles: Cl asses 1 Ob, 1 1 b, 1 2 b, 1 4b, 1 5 b n ot s u itable fo r 3-phase De lta ( 480V)
• All two- a n d t h ree-po l e circuit breakers
Breaker Type 1 Wire Wire
Type G H C, 2.}7 a n d 480Y/277 Volts: a re of t h e co m m o n trip type.
Am peres Terminal Type Range • S i n g le-pole circuit brea kers, 1 5 and 20A.
1 Pole: Cl asses 1 2c, 1 3 a
tri
2, 3 Poles: Cl ass 1 3 b
1 5-20 Clamp Cu/AI # 1 4-#1 0 AWG Switc h i n g d uty rated (SWD) for fl u o res
25-100 Pressure Cu/AI #1 0-1/0 AWG cent l i g ht i n g appl icati o n s .
• S u itable for reverse feed a p p l icatio ns.
I NTERRUPTING CAPACITY RATINGS • HACR rated.
r"c�rcun
lec
I Number Interrupting Capa cfty

Breaker of Poles (Symmetric a l Amperes)
Type
Volts Ac (50/60 Hz) Volts De
120 240 2 480/ 125 1 25/

77
1 2 250
77
GC 1 65,000 14,000.D
GC 2, 3 65,000 14,000
.E
j G HC I 65,000 14,000 14,000CD .
GHC 2, 3 65,000 14,000 1 4,000
Special Purpose Breakers (see page 6)

w
Further Information
Tech n ical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD 29- 1 60
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DS 29- 1 70G
Ti me/Cu rrent C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD 29- 1 67 G
ww
I n sta ntaneous O n ly C i rc u i t Brea kers

( M otor C i rc u it Protector) . . . . . . . . S D 29- 1 20H
CD 15 through 70A breakers only.

Selecti o n Data
om
29- 1 20G
Page 6
Westinghouse Series C M olded Case Circu it Brea kers, G-Fra me, 1 5 - 1 00 Amperes
.c
TYPE GC AND TYPE G H C CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Type GC Circuit Breakers

Continuous CATALOG N U M BERS Special Purpose Breakers
Ampere These a re Types GC and G H C c i rc u it brea kers with b i n d i n g head
ls
1 -Pole@ 2-Pole@ 3-Pole®
Rating 1 20V Ac Max. 240V Ac Max. 240V Ac Max. screw-type te r m i n a l s o n line and load s i d e . These c i rc u it b reakers
@ 40'C 1 25V De Max.® 1 2 5/250V De Max. 125/250V De Max.:?) with screw-type term i n a l s ( . 1 90-32) w i l l be m a rked " S pec i a l
p u rpose breaker n ot f o r general use " . T o o rd e r t h i s special brea ker,
15 G C 1 0 1 5®® GC201 5® GC30 1 5®
ua
20 GC1 020®® GC2020® GC3020® use the cata log n u m b e r below.
25 G C 1 025 GC2025 GC3025
30 GC1030 GC2030 GC3030
35 GC1 035 GC2035 GC3035
40 GC1 040 GC2040 GC3040
45 GC1 045 GC2045 GC3045 Continuous CATALOG N U M BERS
an
50 G C 1 050 GC2050 GC3050 Ampere
60 G C 1 060 GC2060 GC3060 1-Pole!Z 2-Pole@ 3-Pole®
Rating 1 20V Ac Max. 240V Ac Max. 240V Ac Max.
70 GC1070 GC2070 GC3070 @ 40'C 1 25V De Max.® 1 25/250V De Max. 125/250V De Max.0
80 GC1080 GC2080 GC3080 25 G C 1 025D GC2025D GC3025D
90 G C 1 090 GC2090 GC3090 30 GC1030D GC2030D GC3030D
GC1 1 00 GC2 1 00 GC3100 35 GC1035D GC2035D GC3035D
tM
1 00
40 GC1 040D GC2040D GC3040D
45 GC1 045D GC2045D GC3045D
Type G HC Circuit Breakers 50 GC1 050D GC2050D GC3050D
Continuous CATALOG N U M BERS 55 G C 1 055D GC2055D GC3055D
Ampere 60 GC1 060D GC2060D GC3060D
ar
1 -Pole@ 2-Pole@ 3-Pole®
Rating 277V Ac Max. 480Y/277V Ac Max. 480Y/277V Ac Max.
@ 40T 1 25V De Max.® 1 25/250V De Max. 1 25/250V De Max.cv
Type GHC Circuit Breakers
15 G H C 1 0 1 5®® G HC20 1 5® GHC30 1 5®
20 G H C 1 020®® G HC2020® G HC3020® Continuous CATALOG N U M BERS
lP
25 G H C 1 02 5 G HC2025 G HC3025 Ampere

30 G H C 1 030 G HC2030 G HC3030 1 -Pol e@ 2-PoleGl) 3-Pole®
Rati ng 277V Ac Max. 480Y/277V Ac Max. 480Y/277V Ac Max.
35 G H C 1 035 G HC2035 G HC3035 @ 40'C 1 25V De Max.® 125/250V De Max. 1 25/250V De Max.CZJ
40 GHC1 040 GHC2040 G HC3040 25 G H C 1 025D GHC2025D G H C3025D
45 G H C 1 045 G HC2045 GHC3045 30 G H C 1 030D G HC2030D G HC3030D
ca
50 GHC1 050 G HC2050 GHC3050 35 G H C 1 035D G HC2035D G H C3035D

60 G H C 1 060 GHC2060 G HC3060 40 GHC1 040D G HC2040D G HC3040D
70 G H C 1 070 G HC2070 GHC3070
_lt I
45 G H C 1 045D GHC2045D GHC3045D
80 G H C 1 080 G HC2080 G HC3080 50 G H C 1 050D G HC2050D G HC3050D
I
90 G H C 1 090 G HC2090 HC3090 55 GHC1 055D GHC2055D GHC3055D
� __1_(3_H C3060D
tri
100 GHC1 1 00 GHC2100 ·---

HC3100
---------
G H C 1 060D
·--- ---
GHC2060D
--
lec
CD For IEC-1 57-1 ( P 1 ) Ratings, refer to Cutler

Hammer.
@ 2 4 circuit breakers i n single carton; approx.
ship wt.: 18 lbs.
@ 12 circuit breakers i n single carton; approx.
ship wt.: 1 8 lbs.
.E
® 8 circuit breakers in single carton; approx. ship

wt.: 1 8 l bs.
® SWD rated.
® 1 5-70A only.
0 Use (2) outside poles.
® Use . 1 90-32 screw type clamp terminals.
Cutler-H a m m e r
w
Westin g h o us e & Cutler- H a m m e r Pro d u cts

Five Parkway Center
ww
P itts b u rg h , Pe nnsylva nia, U . S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
June 1 995
Ito'O I C utler-Hamm er
om
Selecti o n Data
29- 1 20G
Page 7
.c
J u n e 1 995 Westin g house
page 1 6.6, dated September 1 987 Series C®
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 - 400A,
3 1 -500A G-Frame
ls
I nternal
Accessories
ua
ALARM/LOCKOUT SWITCH AUXILIARY SWITCH SHUNT TRIP
an
tM
ar
For remote i n d ication of a utomatic t r i p For a u x i l i a ry control circu its. M i n i at u re
operat i o n . Does n ot function w i t h m a n u a l switches m o u nt wit h i n circuit breaker cover.
switch i n g ; however, i t w i l l operate w h e n C o m m o n ly used for remote i n d ication of For t r i p p i n g the c i rc u i t breaker from remote
either a s h u nt t r i p o r u n d e rvoltage release open/closed c i rc u it breaker status as well as po i nt. S o l e n o i d device m o u nts wit h i n c i rc u it
lP
is ope rated. A " m a ke " contact cl oses a n d a el ectrica lly i nterl ocki n g circuitry. " a " breaker cover. C i rcu it breaker t r i ps when
" brea k " contact opens w h e n the a la rm/ contacts a re o p e n with t h e c i rc u it breaker c o i l is e n ergized.
lockout switch ope rates. The switch o pe n . "b" contacts a re cl osed with the
a utomatically resets w h e n the circuit c i rc u it breaker o p e n . S i nce coil i s i ntermittent rated o n ly, a cut-off
switch is i n cluded to i nterrupt the coi l c i rc u i t
ca
breaker is reset.
Ordering Information w h e n t h e c i r c u i t breaker opens.
E ither and a u x i l ia ry switch or an a l a rm/ Electrical Ratings Contact STYLE
lockout switch may be m o u nted in a two Arrange- N UMBERS Ordering Information
pole c i rc u it breaker. The two-pole c i rc u it Volts Freq uency Amps ment CDQ!® Electrical Ratings STYLE
. breaker w i l l n ot accept either t h e s h u nt t r i p 240 50/60 Hz 6 1 a/1 b 1 288C74G03 N U M BERS
tri
Volts Frequency Amps CD�®

o r UVR. 240 50/60 Hz 6 2a/2b 1 288C73G03
·I
1 20 50/60 H z 6 1 373D62G01
Ordering Information 240 50/60 Hz 2.1 1 373D62G02
Electrical Rati ngs f Contact STYLE
12
24
De
De
2.8
5.7
1 373D62G 1 5
1 373D62G 1 6
lec
I
Volts Frequency AmpsI Arrange-
I ment
N U M BERS
CDQ!®
1 50/60 Hz 1 11 mbreak
ake/ 1 1 288C75G03
Alarm Switch
I
240 6
1 l �
Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches Combination
J
240 50/60 Hz 6 1 make/ 1 288C76G09
.E
1 break
and 1 a/1 b
Note
G B/G H B/GC/G H C ci rcuit breake rs a re factory
sealed. U n derwriters La bo ratories, Inc.,
req u i res that i nte rnal accessories be
i n sta l led at the factory.
w
I nternal accessories a re UL l i sted for factory

CD Incl udes 24-inch external pigtail leads, i nsta l l ation u n de r E7819.
#18 AWG ( 1 6-.01 0) .
C2J A maxim u m o f two internal accessories may be
ww
W h e re local codes and sta n d a rds perm it

mou nted i n a three-pole circuit breaker. a n d U L l i sti n g is n ot req u i red, i nternal
® Suitable for mounting in left pole only of 3-pole accessories can be field i n st a l l e d . Accessory
breaker. i n sta l lation s ho u l d be d o n e before the
® Suitable for mounting in right pole only of 2- or
ci rcuit breaker i s m o u nted a n d co n nected.
3-pole breaker.
om
Selecti o n Data
29- 1 20G
Page 8
.c
Westinghouse Series C G-Fra me, I nternal Accessories
UNDERVOL TAGE RELEASE
Ordering Information Note

Electrical Ratings STYLE G-fra me c i rc u it b reakers a re factory sealed.
N U M BERS
ls
Volts Frequency Amps U n d e rwriters Labo ratories, I n c., req u i res
G)@@ that i nternal accessories be i n sta lled at the
1 20 50/60 Hz 0.05 1 373D62G03 factory.
24 50/60 Hz 0.22 1 373D62G04
48 50/60 Hz 0. 1 1 1 373D62G05
ua
I nternal accessories a re UL l isted fo r factory
60 50/60 Hz 0.10 1 373D62G06
i nsta l lation u n d e r E78 1 9 .
110 50 Hz 0.049 1 373D62G07
208 60 Hz 0.026 1 373D62G08 Where local codes a n d sta n d a rd s permit
220 50 Hz 0.025 1 373D62G09 a n d U L l i sti n g is not req u i red, i nternal
240 50/60 Hz 0.024 1 373D62G 1 0 accessories can be fie l d i n sta l l ed. Accessory
an
i n sta l l ation s h o u l d be d o n e before t h e
For u n d e rvoltage p rotect i o n . S o l e n o i d 380 50 Hz 0.0 1 5 1 373D62G 1 1 c i rc u it breaker is m o u nted a n d c o n n ected.
device m o u nts wit h i n c i rc u i t b reaker cover.
415 5 0 Hz 0.0 1 3 1 373D62G 1 2
440 50 Hz 0.012 1 373D62G 1 3
Trips ci rcu it breaker wit h i n range of 35 to
[ 480 60 Hz 0.01 1 373D62 G 1 4
70% of rated coil voltage. T h e UVR i s reset
by the ci rcu it breaker cross bar d u ri n g a n
tM
o p e n i n g operati o n . T h e UVR i s not designed
for and should not be used as a ci rcu it
i nterlock.
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
CD Incl udes 2 4 inch external pigta il leads,

.E
#18 AWG ( 1 6-.010).

CV A maximum of two i nternal accessories may be
mou nted in a th ree-pole circ u it breaker.
@ Suitable for mounti ng in left pole only of 3-pole
breaker.
Cutler-Ha m m e r
w
Westin g ho us e & C u tl e r- H a m m e r Produ cts

Five Parkway Center
ww
Pitts b u r g h , Pe nnsylva nia, U .S.A. 1 5220
Printed i n U .S.A.
June 1 995
I t� I C utler-Ham mer
om
Selecti o n Data
29- 1 20G
Page 9
.c
J u n e 1 995 West i n g h ouse
S u persedes Tec h n ical Data 29- 1 20,
page 1 6.5, dated Septe m b e r 1 987 Series C®
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A G-Frame
ls
External
Accessories
ua
LOCK DOG (NON-PADLOCKABLE} PADLOCKABLE HANDLE MOUNTING HARDWARE
G D/GC/GHC/GB/G H B G D/GC/GHC/GB/GHB G D/GC/GHC
STYLE N U MBER No. Units in Package
an
624B375G23 1 (3)
KEY OPERATED ATTACHMENT

GD/GC/GHC
i tM
ar
STYLE N UMBER No. U n its in Package
G KOA 10
lP
Ordering Information Ordering Information

STYLE N UMBER No. Units i n Package STYLE N U MBER No. Un its in Package
1 294C0 1 H0 1 1 1 223C77G03 10
(Acce pts .285 Lock S h a n k)
ca
DIN RAIL ADAPTORCD<V BASE MOUNTING PLATE®

GD/GC/GHC G D/GC/GHC
tri
lec
1 225C79G01 1 225C79G02
--
.E
STYLE N U M BERS No. Units in Package

1 225C79G01 10
1 225C79G02 ® 10
STYLE N U M BE R No. U n its in Package
Gl For u s e with standard 3 5 m m D i n R a i l such as, 207 B 5 1 3G01
35 x 7.5 o r 35 x 1 5m m per Din E N50022.
w
cv Adaptor mounting screws included are for use

with (2) and (3) pole circuit breakers. Adaptors
for ( 1 ) pole circuit breakers c l i p i nto the base
molding.
ww
C1J Suitable for mounting ( 1 ) two or three pole

circuit breaker.
@ Suitable for mounting (6) single pole circuit
breakers.
® For use on 3-pole breakers only.
om
Selection Data
29-1 20G
Page 1 0
.c
Westinghouse Series C G-Frame, External Accessories
HANDLE MECHANISM
ls
ua
an
Th ese com pact West i n g h o use rotary h a nd l e Ordering Information
tM
m ec h a n isms are espec i a l ly desi g n e d for use G-Frame Vari-Depth Design
with the GD/GC/G H C circu it protect i o n (Catalog N u m ber includes complete assem bly consisti ng of handle, shaft, and operating mechanism.)
devices. T h e C l ose-C o u pled vers i o n i s CATALOG Breaker Enclosure Handle Shaft Shroud
designed f o r m o u nt i n g i n a s h a l low N U MBERS Frame Type Color Length Included
enclosure , w h i l e the Vari-Depth is s u itable H RGCV1 1 L G D/GC/GH C NEMA 1 Black 14" .. . . . .
for deep e n c losures.

ar
H RGCV3 1 L G D/GC/G HC NEMA 1 Yellow 14" .. . . . .
H RGCV1 4L G D/GC/G HC NEMA 3R/12/4 Black 1 4" . .. . . .
Both G-fra m e h a n d l e m ec h a n isms a re HRGCV34L G D/GC/G HC NEMA 3R/1 2/4 Yell ow 1 4" . . . . . .
s u itable fo r use on N E MA 1 e n c l o s u res. I n G-Frame Close-Coupled Design

addition, t h e Vari-Depth h a n d l e m e c h a n i s m (Catalog N u m ber includes complete assem bly consisting of operating handle and door interlock.)
lP
i s offe red for use w i t h N E MA 3 R , 1 2, a n d HRGCC10 G D/GC/GHC N EMA 1 Black . . . . . No

.
4 enclosures. HRGCC 1 S G D/GC/GHC NEMA 1 Black . . . . . . Yes

HRGCC30 G D/GC/GHC NEMA 1 Yellow . . . No
. . .
The new h a nd les a re a com pact, p l astic, HRGCC3S G D/GC/GH C NEMA 1 Yellow . . Yes
. . . .
general pu rpose design w h i c h i s easy to

ca
i nsta l l . These m ec h a n is m a re c o m m o n l y
u s e d w h e re h i g h vo l u me, sta n d a rd i zed
encl osu res a re being fa bricated.
The Close-Co u p l e d design i s ava i l a b l e with

o r without a s h ro u d . The h a n d l e i s offe red
tri
in two c o l o rs; black o r yellow. An escutc h

eon ring and i nterlock c l i p a re provided a s
sta n d a r d . This sta n d a rd design i n c l u d es a
lock-off feature.
lec
The Vari-Depth design i n c l udes a n ope rat

i n g mechanism, s h aft, a n d external h a n d le.
The h a n d l e i s ava i l a b l e i n two colors; black
o r yel low. An exter n a l l ock-off i s i n cl uded in
t h e h a n d l e desi g n . The s h aft may be cut to
size to fit the e n c l os u re .
.E
U L a n d C S A l i sted.
Cutler- H a m m e r
w
Westi n g house & Cutler- H a m m e r Products

Five Parkway Center
ww
Pitts b u r g h , Pennsylv a n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
June 1 995
l tcfll Cutler-Ha mmer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20J
Page 1
.c
A u g u st 1 996
Series C®
S u pe rsedes Selection Data 29-1 20J,
pages 1 -2, dated J u n e 1 994
Mol ded Case
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
Circuit Breakers
ls
J-Frame
70-250 Am peres
ua
STANDARDS
Dimensions, Inches {mm) Series C m o lded case circuit breakers a re

desig ned to conform with t h e fo l l owi ng
No. of Poles Width Height Depth
an
sta n d a rds:
2, 3 4.125 ( 1 05) 1 0 (255) 4.063 ( 1 03)
4 5.5 ( 1 40) 1 0 (254) 4.063 ( 1 03) • Austra l i a n Sta n d a rd AS 2 1 84, M o l ded
Case C i rcuit Brea kers
• B ritish Sta n d a rds I nstitution Sta n d a rd BS
4752: Part 1, Switchgear and Control
tM
Gear Part 1: C i rcuit B re a ke rs
• Ca n a d i a n Sta n d a rds Association Sta n
d a rd C22.2 N o . 5, S e rvice E ntrance and
B ra n c h C i rc u it B reakers
• I nternati o n a l E l ectrotec h n ical Com m i s
ar
sion Reco m me n dations IEC 1 57- 1 , C i rc u it
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs. (kg) B reakers
-
Breaker Complete Frame Only Trip Unit • J a pa nese T- Mark Sta n d a rd , M o l ded Case
Type Breaker Circuit B rea kers
lP
Number of Poles
f..--- - • N at i o n a l E l ectrical M a n ufacturers
2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
Assoc iation Sta n d a rds P u b l ication N o .
JDB 1 1 .25 12.5 - - - - - - -
AB 1 - 1 975, M o lded C a s e C i rc u it B re a kers
(5. 1 03) (5.670)
• South African B u reau of Sta n d a rds,
JD 1 1 .25 12.5 1 3.25 9 10 1 0.5 2 2 2
ca
(5.1 03) (5.670) (6.01 0) (4.082) (4.536) (4.763) (.907) (.907 ) (.907) Sta n d a rd SABS 1 56, Sta n d a rd S pecifica
HJD 1 1 .25 1 2.5 1 3.25 9 10 10.5 2 2 2 tion for M o lded Case C i rc u it B rea kers
(5.1 03) (5.670) (6.010) (4.082) (4.536) (4.763) (.907) (.907 ) (.907) • Swiss E l ectro-Te c h n i c a l Associati o n
J DC 1 2.25 1 3.5 1 4.25 10 11 1 1 .5 2 2 2 Sta n d a rd SEV 1 57 - 1 , S afety Reg u l ations
(5.557) (6.1 24) (6.470) (4.536) (4.990) (5.2 17) ( .907) ( .907) (.907)
--- fo r C i rc u it B rea kers
tri
• U n d e rwriters Laboratories, I nc . , Sta n d a rd

INTERRUPTING CAPACITY RATINGS UL 489, M o l d e d Case C i rcuit B rea kers a n d
C i rc u i t B reaker E n c l o s u res, I n c l u d i ng
U L489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings ·-- - M a ri n e C i rc u it B reakers F i l e E78 1 9
lec
Circuit N u m ber I nterrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) • U n i o n Tec h n i q u e d e I ' E i ectricite Sta n d a rd
Breaker of Volts Ac (50/60Hz) Volts De N F C 63- 1 20, Low Voltage Switchgea r a n d
Type Poles
240 480 600 125 250CDC?l 500(3) Control G e a r C i rcuit B reaker Req u i rements
f..--
-
JDB 2,3 65,000 35,000 1 8,000 ..... . 1 0,000 ...... • Verba nd Deutsc h e r E l e ktrotec h n i ke r
JD 2,3,4 65,000 35,000 1 8,000 ..... . 1 0,000 ......
(Assoc iation of G e r m a n E l ectrical E n g i
HJD 2,3,4 1 00,000 65,000 25,000 ..... . 22,000 ......
JDC 2,3,4 200,000 1 00,000 35,000 ..... . 22,000 ...... n e e r s ) Sta n d a rd V D E 0660, L o w Voltage
.E
HJDDC 3® ...... ...... ...... ..... . 42,000@ 35,000® Switch g e a r and Control Gear, C i rc u it
Brea kers
IEC 1 57 - 1 (P1 ) Interrupting Capacity Ratings Confo r m a nce with th ese sta n d a rds satisfies
Interrupti n g Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) most local and i nternat i o n a l codes, assum
Circuit N u m ber i n g user accepta b i l ity a n d s i m p l ified a p p l i
Breaker of Volts Ac (50/60Hz) Volts De
cat i o n .
Type Poles 240 380 415 440 500 600 1 25 250G)C?J
w
JD 2,3,4 65,000 35,000 35,000 25,000 20,000 ...... ...... 1 0,000 S e ries C m o lded c a s e circuit breake rs e q u a l
HJD 2,3,4 1 00,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 42,000 . . . . . . ...... 22,000 o r exceed Fed eral S pecifi cation C l a ssifica
J DC 2,3,4 200,000 1 00,000 1 00,000 1 00,000 65,000 ...... . . . . . . 22,000
L___.___ tion W-C-375b req u i rem e nts for the p a rticu
lar class associated with the c i rc u it breaker
ww
CD 2-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker. frame being considered.
� Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 1 0kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22kA.
@ 8 m i lliseconds time constant.
0!J 3 poles in series.
Cl>l 2 poles in series.
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29-1 20J
Page 2
.c
Series C M olded Case Circuit Brea kers, J-Frame, 7 0-250 Amperes
CATALOG N UM BERING SYSTEMS
This i nfo rmation is presented o n l y a s an aid to u n dersta n d i n g cata log n u m be rs . It is not to be used to b u i l d cata l og n u m bers for c i rc u it
breakers or trip u n its.
ls
Circuit Breaker/Frame Catalog Numbers Trip Unit Catalog N umbers
ua
JD 3 250 F JT 3 250 T
r-=r (
Circuit N u m ber
T
Circuit
r
Suffix
�
Trip
� s �
N u m be r Trip U nit/ Suffix
B reaker/ of B reaker/ U nit of Rating
Frame Poles Frame Type Poles Plug
Type Ampere Ampere
an
Rating Rating
JDB 2: 2 Poles 70 C : N on-Aiuminim Terminals JT: Thermal- 2 70 T: Trip U nit
JD 3: 3 Poles 90 F: Frame Only Magnetic 3 90 Thermal-Magnetic
HJD 4: 4 Poles 100 K: High Magnetic M olded Case Switch 1 00 Fixed Thermal
J DC 125 V: 50°C Calibration 125 Adj. Magnetic
HJDDC 1 50 W: Without Term i nals 1 50 V: 50°C Calibration
tM
1 75 X: Load Side Terminals Only 175
200 Y: Line Side Terminals Only 200
225 225
250 250
ar
lP
ca
J-frame circuit breakers are available as individual

tri
components ( Frame, Trip U n it, Terminals), or factory

assembled complete breakers.
lec
Further Information
Tec h n i c a l Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO 2 9- 1 60
.E
D i m e n s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OS 29-1 70J
Time/Current C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD 29-1 67J
I nstanta neous O n l y C i rc u it Breakers
( M otor C i rc u it Protector) . . . . . . . . . SO 29-1 20H
w
Cutler-Hammer
Westi n g house & Cutler- H amme r Prod ucts
ww
Pitts b u r g h , Pennsylva nia, U . S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
August 1996
om
Cutler-Ha m mer Selection Data
Westi n g h o u s e & 29-1 20J
Five Pa rkway Center Page 7
.c
West i n g h ouse
M a y 1 995
S u p e rsedes Sel ection Data 29-1 20J, pages 7-8,
Series C®
dated J u n e 1 994
M a i led to: E , D, C/29 - 1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
J-Frame
3 1 -500A Terminatio n
ls
Accessories
ua
LINE AND LOAD TERMINALS PLUG NUT
Li n e and load te r m i n a l s provide w i re con The bottom of the sta n da r d TA2 50KB termi
necting ca p a b i l ities for specific ranges of n a l conta i n s a recess w h i c h is positi oned
an
cont i n uous c u r rent cu rrent ranges a n d w i re over the J-fra me c i rc u it breaker te r m i n a l
types. All term i n a l s comply with U n derwrit cond uctor.
ers Laboratories I n c. Sta n d a rd U L486A a n d
U L486B a n d C S A Sta n d a rd C 2 2 . 2 No. 6 5 , or Ordering Information
E l ect rical B u l letin 1 1 65. U n less oth e rwise J -fra me circuit brea kers use Cu/AI te r m i n a l s
specified, J-frame c i rcuit breaker l i n e a n d a s sta n d a rd . W h e n o pt i o n a l copper-o n ly
tM
l o a d term i n a l s a re s h ipped separately for te r m i n a l s a re req u i red, order by catalog
field i nsta l lati o n . n u m ber. S pecify if factory i n sta l l ation is
req u i red. T h e p l u g n ut is used i n a p p l i cations w h e re
screw-co n n ected ring-type term i n a l s a re
-
�
preferred to connect cables to c i rcuit
L i n e a n d Load Terminal
I Termmal l W1re - AWG W1re IMetnc I CATALOG NUMBE�l
breaker cond uctors. T h e plug n ut is press-fit
ar
j
Body Type Range/No. 1 '-(V' re I
i nto the o p e n i n g i n the c i r c u it breaker termi
_l_Matenal I _ Conductors _l_Range mm2 L n a l cond uctor. Screws a n d washers a re
��
__ _ _
_ _ s u p p l i e d by c u stomer.
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals
----,- Alumin� fTu !A I _ �350 MC
_
250 TA250KB
__ I I
�-1 � Ordering Information
lP
250 le u- -350 Me:_:_ -- 25�5 -- T250KB

l �:=�� ss _I _ c 1
_ #4
-
P l u g n uts a re available for l i n e/load conduc
tors of J-fra m e S e ries C c i rc u i t breakers.
+ThrSize- ead ]
Plug n uts a re supplied i n packages of 6.
I Thr;;;.d CA-TALOG NUMBER-S
---r
LIype + Package of 6
ca
lmper ial
_ _ .250
l ric_ 1 �6- -20 PLN2 _
_
. L__f'L:N 2M l _
tri
CONTROL WIRE TERMINAL KIT
! )
! �
I
Slotted -- - Nut & - Slotted

lec
Screw Screw I
T250KB Terminal TA250KB Terminal I I
MUL Tl WIRE CONNECTORS

.E
M u lti W i re Lug Kits i n c l u d e m o u nt i n g h a rd

w a re , insu lators and t i n - p l ated a l u m i n u m
con nectors t o repl ace t h ree m ec h a n ical
load l ugs. UL l i sted for copper o n ly as used
I
I
o n the load side ( O F F ) e n d . For use with TA250KB te r m i n a l s o n ly.
I Ordering Information
Package of 3.
Package of 1 2 . Priced i n d i v i d u a l l y .
I' ----r:w;,:;;--
=BI --
l
w
� Maximum
� KIT Wir�s Pressure
bCATALOG NUMBER
--
- -
=---:- l
�mperes CATALOG Per Size Screw
�= -- I
N U M BERS Terminal Range Torque
--
AWG u ' (l b/in)
ww
3TA250J3 K 3 #1 4-2 70
Fiel d-i nsta l l ed m u lti w i re c o n n ectors for t h e
l o a d s i d e ( O F F ) e n d te r m i n a l s . T h ey a re I
E2_ ___l3TA250J6K 6 -- [ # 1 4-6 � --
used to distrib ute t h e load from t h e c i rc u it

breaker to m u lt i p l e devices wit h o ut t h e use
of sepa rate distribution te r m i n a l blocks.
om
Selection Data
29- 1 20J
Page 8
.c
Westin g h o use Series C J-Frame Term i n ation Accessories
BASE MOUNTING HARDWARE TERMINAL SHIELDS INTERPHASE BARRIERS
H a rdware for s u rface mou nting of c i rcuit

breakers is s u p p l ied only on req uest.
ls
H a rdware consists of m o u nting screws a n d
lockwashers. Order h a rdware for circ u it
breaker pole confi g u rations as req u i red.
ua
Base m o u nting h a rdware is s u pplied at no
c h a rg e when ordered with a c i rcuit breaker.
When ordering separately, refer to price l ist.
� --
Imperial Thread
an
Number of DescnptJOn Type of
Poles __ Mounting
2. 3. 4 0.250·20 x 2 75 lnd1v1dual
I
I
tnch Pan-
Head Steel
Term i n a l s h i e l d s provide protection a g a i nst T h e i nterphase ba rriers provide a d d it i o n a l
c__
I _ __ I
Screws and
Lockwashers __
L__ __
accidental contact with l ive l i n e side termi
nations. Term i n a l s h i elds a re fabricated
e l ectrical clearance between c i rc u it breaker
poles for speci a l te r m i n ation a p p l i cations.
tM
from h i g h d i e l ectric i n s u lati n g material a n d The barriers a re h i g h d i e l ectric i n s u l at i n g
!
M etric Thread
�� fasten over t h e fro nt te r m i n a l access open p l ates t h a t a re i n sta l l e d i n t h e m o l d e d s l ots
�
l_j
mber of Description Type of STYLE i n gs. Small openings i n t h e shields p rovide between t h e te r m i n a ls. ( F i e l d i n sta l l ation
s Mounting N U M BER
l i m ited access to the te r m i n a l s for tig hten only.)
I
2. 3, 4 M6 - 0 7 x lndtvtdual 421 8B80G 1 3
i n g co n nectors. (Field i nsta l l ation o n l y . )
70mm Pan
Head Steel Ordering Information
ar
'L � ,
Screws a n d Ordering Information --- --
H
�ashers __ _L_____ The te r m i n a l s h i e l d is ava i l a b l e for l i n e a n d ALOG N UM BER
l o a d te r m i n a l a reas i n 2 - , 3 - , a n d 4-pole �c kage of_3_) __
ci rcu it breakers. Term i n a l s h i e l d s m u st be

HANDLE EXTENSION ordered in m u lt i p l e s of 10 (for each style
lP
number).
Not i n c l uded with breaker. M ust be p u r
Lo��-��s I -�
t -- -I
chased sepa rately. STYLE N U M BE
ATALOG N U MBER Line End 2, 3 1 266C07G01
-- --l
ca
4 663 1 C0 1 G 0 1
HEX3
2, 3 664 1 C 16G01
4 6641 C 1 6G02
tri
lec
.E
w
Cutler-Ha m mer
West i n g h o use &
Five Pa rkway Ce nter
ww
Pitts b u r g h , Pen nsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220
Printed i n U.S.A.
May 1 995
om
Cutler-Hammer Selection Data
Westi n g h o u se & 29- 1 20K
Five Pa rkway Ce nter Page 1 1
Pitts b u r g h , P e n n sylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220
.c
West i ng h ouse
April 1 995
S u persedes Selection Data 29- 1 20 K,
Series C®
pages 1 1 - 1 2 , dated J u n e 1 994
M a i led to: E , D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
K- Frame
3 1 -500A
Term i natio n
ls
Accessories
ua
TERMINAL SH IELDS INTERPHASE BARRIERS
an
tM
ar
T h e interphase ba rriers provide a d ditio n a l
Term i n a l s h i e l d s provide protection a g a i nst e l ect rical clearance between circuit breaker
accidental contact with l ive l i n e side termi poles for speci a l termi nation a p p l i cati o n s .
nations. Term i n a l s h i e l d s a re fa bricated The ba rriers a re h ig h dielectric i n s u lati n g
from h i g h diel ectric i n s u lati n g material a n d pl ates t h a t a re i n sta l l ed i n the m o l d e d slots
lP
fasten over t h e front te r m i n a l access open between the te r m i n a l s . ( F i e l d i nsta l l ation

i n gs. Small openings i n t h e shields provide only.) Package of 2.
l i m ited access to t h e te r m i n a l s for tig hten
�
i n g c o n n ectors. ( F i e l d i nsta l l ation o n l y . )
Package o f 1 0 .
ca
ATALOG N U M BER
IPB3
-
CATALOG NU MBERS
- ---
TS33LN for use on 2- and 3-pole line side

TS34LN for use on 4-pole line side
tri
TS33LD for use on 3-pole load side

lec
.E
w
ww
om
Selection Data
29- 1 20K
Page 1 2
.c
Westinghouse Series C K-Fra me Term ination Accessories
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
Cutler-Hammer
w
West i n g h o u s e &
Five Parkway Center
ww
Pittsb u r g h , Pen nsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
April 1995
IBI Cutler-Hammer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20L
Page 1
West i n g house
.c
M a rc h 1 996
Series C®
S u persedes S e l ection Data 29- 1 20L,
pages 1 -2, dated M a rc h 1 995
M o lded Case
M a i led to: E, D, C/29- 1 00A. 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
C i rc u it B reakers
ls
L- Frame
70-600 Am peres
ua
I No. of Poles I Width Height Depth
Se ries C molded case c i rc u it brea kers a re
I 2, 3 I 8.25 (210) 1 0.75 (274) 4.062 ( 1 03) desig ned to conform with the fo l l owi ng
14 1 1 1 (279) 1 0.75 (274) 4.062 ( 1 03) sta n d a rds:
an
• Austra l i a n Sta n d a rd AS 2 1 84, Molded
Case C i rcu it Brea kers
• British Sta n d a rds I n stitution Sta n d a rd BS
4752: P a rt 1, Switc h g e a r and Control
tM
Gear P a rt 1: Circuit Brea kers
• C a n a d i a n Sta n d a rds Association
Sta n d a rd C22.2 No. 5, S e rvice E ntra nce
and B ra n c h C i rcuit B rea kers
• I nternat i o n a l E l ectrotec h n ical Comm is
ar
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs. ( kg) sion Reco m m e ndations IEC 947-2, C i rc u it
Breakers
Breaker Complete Frame Only Trip Unit l
Type Breaker I • J a pa n ese T- M a rk Sta n d a rd, Molded Case
Circuit B rea kers
N u m ber of Poles
lP
2 3 4 1 2 3 3 14 • N ational E l ectrical M a n ufacturers

4 2
Association Sta n d a rds P u b l i cation N o .
LD, HLD, 15 16 25 12 12 20 3 4 5
AB 1 - 1 975, M o l d e d C a s e C i r c u i t Brea kers
LDC (6.804) (7.258) ( 1 1 .340) (5.443) (5.443) (9.072) ( 1 .36 1 ) ( 1 .8 1 4) (2.268)
LDB 15 16 25 • South Afri can B u reau of Standa rds,
1-..
ca
(6.804) (7.258) ( 1 1 .340) ... ... ' ... ... ... Sta n d a rd SASS 1 56, Sta n d a rd S pecifica
I
tion fo r Molded Case C i rc u it B rea kers
• Swiss Electro-Tech n ical Association
INTERRUPTING CAPACITY RATINGS
Sta n d a rd S EV 947-2, Safety Reg u l ations
U L489 Interrupting Capacity RatingscD for Circuit Brea kers
tri
Circuit N u m ber I nterrupting Capacity - RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA) • U n d e rwriters Laboratories, I n c . , Sta n d a rd
Breaker of ! Volts Ac (50/60Hz) Volts De U L489, Molded Case Circuit Breakers a n d
Type Poles C i rcuit B reaker E nclosu res, i n c l u d i n g
240 277 480 600 1 25 250C20G: 500
I
M a ri n e C i rc u i t B re a k e rs F i l e E78 1 9
LO B 2, 3 65 ... 35 25 ... 22 ...
lec
LD, CLD 2, 3, 4 65 ... 35 25 ... 22 ... • U n ion Tec h n i q u e d e I ' E iectricite

HLD, CH LDC! 2, 3, 4 1 00 ... 65 35 ... 25 ... Sta ndard NF C 63- 1 20, Low Voltage
LDC, CLDC<· 2, 3, 4 200 I . . . 1 00 50 ... 30 i ... Switc h g e a r and Control Gear C i rc u it
HLDDCW 3 . .. ... ... ... 1 -.. ... 35 Breaker Req u i re m ents
• Verband Deutscher E l e ktrotec h n i ke r
IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity RatingsCD (Association o f G e r m a n E l ectrical
.E
Circuit N u mber of I nterrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) E n g i neers) Sta n d a rd VDE 0660, Low
Breaker Poles Volts Ac (50/60 Hz) Volts De Voltage Switc h g e a r a n d Contro l Gea r,
Type C i rc u it B reakers
240 415 690 250C2:@
LDB 2, 3 l c, 85 40 20 20 Confor m a nce with these sta n d a rds satisfies
l c, 85 20 10 10 most local and i nternati o n a l codes,
LD, CLDc<: 2, 3, 4 '
l c, 85 40 20 20 ass u m i n g user accepta bi lity and s i m p l ified
l c, 85 20 10 10 a p p l i cati o n .
w
HLD, 2, 3, 4 lw 1 00 65 25 20
CHLDA: l c, 1 00 33 13 10 S e ries C molded c a s e c i r c u i t brea kers e q u a l
LDC, 2, 3, 4 l c, 200 1 00 35 20 o r exceed Federal S pecification Class ifica
CLDC:4: l cs 1 1 00 50 18 10 tion W-C-375b req u i re m ents for the p a rticu
ww
l a r c l a ss associated with t h e circuit breaker

CD Utilization category A circuit breakers. fra m e bei ng considered.
@ L/R=8 milliseconds minimum.
·:2• 2-pole circuit breaker or two poles o f 3- pole circuit breaker. I ncorporating Thermal-Magnetic trip unit
only.
@ 1 00% rated breakers.
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20L
Page 2
Westinghouse Series C M olded Case Ci rcu it Brea kers, L-Fra me, 70-600 Am peres
.c
CATALOG N UM BERING SYSTEMS
T h i s i nfo rmation is presented only as an aid to u n d e rsta n d i n g

cata l og n u m bers. It is n o t t o be used to b u i l d cata log n u m bers for
c i rcuit brea kers o r trip u n its.
ls
Circuit Breaker/Frame Catalog Numbers OPTIM Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers
LD 3 600 F LD 3 1 25 T77 LS w
ua
� �
Circuit N u m ber
T
Circuit Suffix
I � �
Circuit N u m ber
T
Circuit
T T
Trip Suffix
1
Suffix
Breaker/ of Breaker/ Breaker of Breaker Type
Frame Poles Frame Type Poles Ampere
Type Am pere Rating
an
Rating
LD 3: 3 Poles 1 25 T77 LSIA W: Without Term inals
LDB 2: 2 Poles 300 C: Copper Term inals HLD 250 T76 LSIG
LD 3: 3 Poles 350 F: F rame Only LDC 400 T 1 07 LSI A
HLD 4: 4 Poles 400 K: High Magnetic Molded Case Switch CLD 600 T106 LSIG
LDC 450 V: 50'C (Therma l-Magnetic CHLD
CLD 500 Trip U n its Only) CLDC
tM
CHLD 600 W: Without Terminals
CLDC X : Load Side Terminals Only
HLDDC Y: Line Side Terminals Only
Thermal-Magnetic Trip U nit Catalog Numbers

ar
��
LT
r-=r
Trip N u m ber Trip U n it/ Suffix
lP
Unit of Rating
Type Poles Plug
Ampere
Rating
LT: Thermal- 2: 2 Poles 300 T: Trip U nit
ca
Magnetic 3: 3 Poles 350 Thermal-Magnetic

4: 4 Poles 400 Fixed Thermal
450 Adjustable Magnetic
500 V: 50'C Ca libration
600 (Thermal-Magnetic
Trip U n its Only)
tri
Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Catalog Numbers

L-frame circuit breakers are available as individual
lec
��
LES p components (Frame, Trip Unit, Terminals), or factory
r-=r
Trip N u m ber Tri p U n it Suffix
�S uffix
assembled complete breakers. OPTIM circuit breakers
are available as factory assembled only.
U nit of Ampere
Type Poles Rating Further Information
I n sta nta neous O n ly Circuit Breakers
LES: Electronic 3: 3 Poles 600 LS P: 1 00% Protected
.E
( M otor C i rc u i t Protector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD 29-1 20H

4: 4 Poles LSI Neutral on Appl ication Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD 29- 1 60
LSG 4-Pole Trip U n it
T i m e/Cu rrent C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD 29- 1 67 L
LSIG
D i m ensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DS 29- 1 70L
Cutler-Hammer
w
Westi n g house & Cutler- H a m m e r Produ cts

Five P a rkway Center
ww
Pitts b u rg h , Pennsylva n i a , U .S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
lt¥'1 Cutler-Hammer
om
S e l e ct i o n Data
29- 1 20L
Page 2 . 1
West i n g house
.c
M a rc h 1 996
Series C®
S u pe rsedes Selection Data 29-1 20L,
pages 1 -2, dated M a rc h 1 995
Molded Case
M a i led to: E , D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
ls
L- Frame
70-600 Am peres
ua
T r ip U ni_
___ __
t Type
__ ____
L-FRAME DIGITRIP SELECTION G U I D E
-
---· --- - -t-
p R MS 3 1 0
___ ____ _ ___
- - D i g i i_ _ tr ____ ____
Digitri p OPTIM 1 050
� �
RMS Sensing Yes
an
Breaker Type
Frame
- - - --
L ---
-
---
- - - - -
L -
L -
--- ---
-
--- ---
___ --- ---
1
--- ---
Ampere Range 300A-600A
---
70A 600A 70A-600A
-- .----
---
3 5, 65, 100 � 00ikA)
___
Interrupting Rating @ 4 8 0V 65, 1 00 (kA)

35, --- 35, 65, 1---
. 1 �:�
--- - --- ----
--- - --- --- - -- ---
1 �:� �::AI ----

Protection ---- ---- ---- ---- .
---· ---·
G . "IG
'i-IG
··
"
: :�:· ,,1
.
�,::•;:,�: .
. !--- tM
·
--- .
. . .
Over Temperature
---Trip ..
--- --- --- --- i Yes --- Yes--- ---
- ·· · · .· ·· · · · -
Long Delay Protection (L)
. .
Adjust� � n l --=-- . Yes � Yes ��
Long Delay Pickup --- --- .--- 0.5- 1 .011n)GJ 0.5·1 .011n )CD
ar
Long Delay Tim-;I2T. . 12 See-s.--- 12 Sees. 2·24 Sees.
I �;,
·
. . ·
�::: �:::::�:::: Mo�'OO .
. �:, .
---- I �::�
. ·--- .
i I No ·---
-
High Load Alarm . · No--- 0.5· 1 .0 x I ,
lP
·
--- --- ·---
.
Short--- ·---IS)
Delay Protection ·--- ·· · ·---
---- ·
Short Delay Pi� -==r::i """""% ' U,IH I "O·eOO%� 50·800% - ' "0�00% ' U,l
��:�-==- -=---== � _ ---t � ::::: ::.:___ ��::�:� : -=-
·--- ·--- . x-
11-
,)-- ·
·_
. O O s _
� o� --- - . Oms
··---
.
·- --=
t �-----=- --=--- / .
.
--
ca
·
Short Delay Time Zone Selective lnterlo�� No Yes Yes ----=---
=:£:"""', =::J'Oo ---
- · _
" �- 3
Instantaneous Protection (I)
== ---2-00·&>0% , �
I
�,.,,,.,"'"' "" '
" 11,1 &>0% , 1 1 ,1
Discnminator No No Yes 1
Yes
== � � Yes -�.=:ye
----
�
Instantaneous Overnde == Yes Yes s
�
tri
---
Ground Fault Protection (G) --- ---
o___ ___ �------ 20 100% x (15)
--- --- � --- ---- r.;-- --- -----,
___
___
- -
___
Ground
--
Fault Alarm---- -- 20----
1 00% x (15)
----
---- --- ---

____ ___ 1
---
---- .
Ground Fault Pickup Varies by Frame
--- Vanes by Frame 20 1 00% x (15) 20·100% x (15)
Ground Fault Delay i2T --- ---- No No - -- 100·500 � 100·500ms
lec
--- --- ---

Ground Fault Delay Flat
--- ---
__-l_nst·500ms
---
�()()rrl:_._ 100·500ms
�
Ground Fault Thermal MerTlClr\1__ .
Ground Fault Zone Selective lnterlocl<ir1g__ ___ �
� ---
___.
I
· ---
--- · -- - __ _
�Yes
es__ .___
--+Y_ Yes
Yes
___
-
---
___
---
___ - �
· __ · ---
___
·
System Diagnostics
��
Caus� of Trip LEDs - � -- I Yes - . Yes ==
.
· No
Jill --- I . ___ �

.E
Magnitude of Trip Information .

. ---
__ ___ �
_ ___
_
�
. __ ______L _ Yes
Remote Signal Contacts ·· N oo
=.lli ___
·
CJ_ ___
--- · · ··---
· ---
�
-
··---·
--- ·---
.
w
ww
___ -- ---
Test S-et -· ·--- ---Toptimizer, BIM, IMPACCI Optimizer, BIM, IMPA.CC
CD Adjust by Rating Plug. BIM = Breaker Interface Module 15 = Sensor Rating
C2J By Optimizer/BIM. (A) GF Alarm
= In = Rating Plug
1, = Long Delay Pickup Setting
om
29- 1 20L
P a g e 2.2
.c
Westingh o use Series C Molded Case Circuit Brea kers, L-Fra me, 70-600 Amperes
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
Cutler-Hammer
Westi n g house & Cutler- H a m m e r Produ cts
Five Parkway Center
ww
Pitts b u rgh, Pennsylva nia, U .S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
I t�I Cutler-Ha mmer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20L
Page 3
.c
M a rc h 1 996
Series C®
S u p e rsedes Selecti o n Data 29- 1 20L,
pages 3-4, 7 , dated J u n e 1 994
Mol ded Case
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
ls
L- Frame
70-600 Am peres
ua
THERMAL-MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE TRIP U NITS
Maximum Standard Interrupting High Interrupting U ltra High Interrupting Thermal-Magnetic Standard
Continuous Capacity Capacity Capacity Trip Unit Only Terminals
Ampere Only
Rating 600 Vac Rated 600 Vac Rated 600 Vac Rated For Use With:
an
@ 40'C 35 kAIC @ 480 Vac 65 kAIC @ 480 Vac 1 00 kAIC @ 480 Vac Standard or See Page 9
Factory Frame Factory Frame Factory Frame High or for Optional
Assembled Only Assembled Only Asssembled Only Ultra High Terminals
Circuit Circuit Circuit I nterrupting
Breaker Breaker Breaker Frames
Consisting Consisting Consisting
tM
of Frame, of Frame, of Frame, i
Magnetic Trip Range
I
Trip Unit, Trip Unit, Trip Unit, is 5-10 x Continuous
and Terminals
CATALOG N U M BER
and Terminals and Terminals
l Ampere Rating
2-Pole
ar
300 LD2300 LD2600F HLD2300 HLD2600F LDC2300 LDC2600F LT2300T TA602LDCD
350 LD2350 HLD2350 LDC2350 LT2350T TA602LDCD
450 LD2450 HLD2450 LDC2450 I
LT2450T TA602LDCD
500 LD2500 H LD2500 LDC2500 LT2500T TA602LDCD
600 LD2600 H LD2600 LDC2600 ! LT2600T 2TA603LDKC?l
lP
3-Pole
300 LD3300 LD3600F HLD3300 HLD3600F LDC3300 LDC3600F LT3300T TA602LDCD
ca

600 LD3600 HLD3600 LDC3600 LT3600T 3TA603LDKC?l
4-Pole@
300 LD4300 LD4600F H LD4300 HLD4600F LDC4300 LDC4600F LT4300T TA602LDCD
350 LD4350 H LD4350 LDC4350 LT4350T TA602LDCD
tri

:
600 LD4600 HLD4600 LDC4600 LT4600T 4TA603LDKC?:
lec
.E
w
ww
<D Individually packed.

QJ 2TA603LDK, 3TA603LDK, and 4TA603LDK terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
Ql Neutral is in right pole.
om
29- 1 20L
Page 4
.c
Series C M olded Case Circuit Brea kers, L-Frame, 70-600 Am peres
ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE TYPE LES DIGITRIP UNITS
Order as i ndividual com ponents: Breaker Frame, Trip U n it, Rating Plug, Ter m i n a l s
Max. Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only@ Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Standard
Cantin- Standard High Ultra High L - Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Amp- Fixed Adjustable Terminals Only
ls
uous Interrupt-Interrupt- Interrupting Rating Plug) ere Rating Rating Plugs
Ampere ing ing Capacity S - Adjustable Short Delay Pickup With Fixed Short Rat- Plugs See Page 9
Ampere Rating
Rating Capacity Capacity Delay Time ( 1 2t Response) or Adjustable Short ing Catalog Number
for Optional
@ 40°C CD Delay Time (Flat Response) Terminals
ua
600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 1 - Adjustable I nstantaneous Pickup by Setting Short
Rated Rated Rated Delay Time to I nstantaneous
35 kAIC @ 65 kAIC @ 1 00 kAIC @ G - Adjustable G round Fault Pickup With Adjustable
480 Vac 480 Vac 480 Vac G round Fault Delay (Flat Response)
CATALOG N U M BER
3-Pole@
an
600 LD3600F HLD3600F LDC3600F LES3600LS LES3600LSI LES3600LSG LES3600LSIG 300 6LES300T 300/400/500/600 TA602LD®
350 6LES350T A6LES600T1 TA602LD®
400 6LES400T TA602LD®
500 6LES500T TA602LD®
600 6LES600T 3TA603LDK®
4-Pole®
tM
600 LD4600F HLD4600F LDC4600F LES4600LS LES4600LSI . . . . . . . . .. 300 6LES300T 300/400/500/600 TA602LD®
400 6LES400T TA602LD®
500 6LES500T TA602LD®
600 6LES600T 4TA603LDK®
ar
1 00% RATED 600 VOLT AC E LECTRONIC CIRCUIT BREAKERS
The N E C a l l ows the breaker to be rated at 1 00% of its fra me size in an assem bly, provided that 90°C wire is appl ied at the 75°C a m pacity.
All 1 00% rated c i rc u it breakers have electro nic trip u n its. O rd e r as i n dividual components· breaker frame, trip unit rati ng p l u g and t e r m i n a l s
Max.
lP
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Standard
Cantin- Standard High U ltra High Standard Options Ampere Fixed Adjustable
Terminals Only
uous
Ampere Interrupting I nterrupting Interrupting Adjustable lndepend- Adjustable Independently Rating Rating Rating Plugs See Page 9
Rating Capacity Capacity Capacity Short Time ently Short Time Adjustable Plugs Ampere Rating for Optional
@ 40°C Delay with Adjustable Pickup with Short Time Catalog Number Terminals
ca
35 kAIC @ 65 kAIC @ 1 00 kAIC @ 12t Short Short Time 12t Short Pickup and
480 Vac 480 Vac 480 Vac Delay Ramp Pickup and Delay and Delay and
Delay Ground Fault Ground Fault
Ground Fault Protection Protection
Protection
CATALOG N U M BER
tri
3-Pole
600 CLD3600F CHLD3600F CLDC3600F LES3600LS LES3600LSI LES3600LSG LES3600LSIG 300 6LES300T 300/400/500/600 TA602LD®
400 6LES400T TA602LD®
lec
500 6LES500T TA602LD®

600 6LES600T 3TA603LDK®
.E
CD Ampere rating is established by rating plug.

@ For ac use only.
@ 3-pole LES Trip Units are for use in 3-pole frames only.
® Individually packed.
® 3TA603LDK and 4TA603LDK terminal kits conta i n one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
® Trip unit i ncludes unprotected right neutral pole. For 1 00% protected right pole neutral add "P" to catalog number, i.e., LES4600LSP.
Cutl e r-Hammer
w
Westi n g h o use & C utl e r- H a mme r Prod u cts

ww
Pitts b u r g h , Pennsylv a n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
ltc§ l Cutler-Hammer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20L
Page 5
.c
M a rc h 1 996
Series C®
S u persedes Sel ection Data 29-1 20L,
pages 5-7 , dated J u n e 1 994
M o l ded Case
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 - 400A,
3 1 -500A
C i rc u it Breakers
ls
L- Frame
70-600 Am peres
ua
FACTORY SEALED CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH NON-INTERCHANGEABLE
THERMAL-MAGNETIC TRIP UNITS SU ITABLE FOR REVERSE FEED USE
�- -
Maximum 600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc __
-- ---_: _ _
Continuous Complete Circuit =-
sre ake r
an
Ampere
I
Rating Without With Standard -
Line and Load Terminals Line and Load Terminals
------ ------ �----- -------
'
- CATALOG N U ----
MBER - -----
f-::-c-=:--
2-Pole
f------
- -
tM
300 LDB2300W LDB2300
350 LDB2350W LDB2350 -
400 LDB2400W LDB2400
450 LDB2450W LDB2450
500 LDB2500W LDB2500
600 LDB2600W LDB2600
ar
3-Pole
300 LDB3300W LDB3300
350 LDB3350W LDB3350
400 LDB3400W LDB3400
I
450 LDB3450W LDB3450
500 LDB3500W LDB3500
lP
600
-
LDB3600W -
LDB3600
ca
tri
lec
SOLID-STATE (E LECTRONIC)
PORTABLE TEST KIT
.E
The soli d-state ( e lectronic) portable test kit

provides verificati on of perfo r m a nce of a l l
rati ngs of Digitrip 3 1 0 e l ectronic t r i p u n its
i nsta l l ed in S e ries C circuit b reakers w h i l e i n
service u n d e r va ryi n g l o a d a n d/or p h ase
i m bala nce. The test kit operates o n 1 2 0-volt,
50/60 H z power; it i n c l u des com plete
i n structions and test times fo r testing l o n g
w
time, short ti me/i nsta nta neous operation

and o ptio n a l g ro u n d fa u lt o pe ration of the
circuit breaker.
ww
CATA L0 G N U M BEB_______j
STK2 I
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20L
Page 6
.c
Series C M olded Case Circuit Brea kers, L-Fra me, 70-600 Amperes
MOLDED CASE SWITCHES
Molded case switches a re used as com pact switches i n appl ications req u i r i n g high cu rrent
switc h i n g capabilities. Molded case switches a re constructed of c i rc u it breaker compone nts
and a re of the h i g h i n stanta neous automatic type.CD Molded case switches a re listed i n
ls
acco rdance with U n d e rwriters Laboratories, I nc., Sta ndard U L 1 087.
Maximum 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Standard Terminals Only
Continuous Circuit Breaker Only
ua
Ampere Without Line and Load See Page 9 for
Rating Terminals Optional Terminals
@ 40"C CATALOG NUMBER
2-Pole
600 LD2600WK 2TA603LDKQI
3-Pole
an
4-Pole
tM
CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR DC APPLICATIONS
These UL listed De M o lded Case C i rcuit Brea kers a re for use in the u n g rou nded battery
s u pply c i rcu its of U PS syste m s providing cont i n uous, reliable ac power to com puter
control led appl ications such a s fi n a ncial transactions and teleco m m u n ications.
ar
Order as i n dividual com ponents· B reaker Fra me ' Trip U n it Rating Plug Term i n a l s Series Connection DiagraiTl!; __
Maximum Circuit Breaker Frame Only@ Thermal-Magnetic Standard 3 Poles in Series for De
Conti nuous High Interrupting
Trip Unit Only Terminals Only
Ampere
Capacity
Rating See Page 9
lP
@ 40"C 35 kAIC @ 500 Vdc for Optional

Terminals
CATALOG N U M BER
3-Pole
300 HLDDC3600F LT3300T TA602LD®
ca
350 LT3350T TA602LD®

400 LT3400T TA602LD®
450 LT3450T TA602LD®
500 LT3500T TA602LD®
600 LT3600T 3TA603LDKQI
tri
lec
.E
CD Set and sealed at 6000 Amperes.

� 2TA603LDK, 3TA603LDK, and 4TA603LDK terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
@ For use with thermal-magnetic trip units only.
® Individually packed.
Cutler-Hammer
w
Westi n g h ou s e & Cutl e r- H a mme r Prod u cts

ww
Pitts b u rg h , Pennsylv a n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
ltcJll Cutler-Ha mmer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20L
Page 7
.c
M a rc h 1 996
Series C®
N ew I nfo rmation and S u persedes Selecti o n
Data 29- 1 20L, p a g e s 7 - 8 , dated J u n e 1 994
M o lded Case
M a i led to: E , D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
ls
L- Frame
70-600 Am peres
ua
600 VOLT AC DIGITRIP OPTIMCD ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH INTERCHANGEABLE RATING PLUG
Order as i n divi dua l compone nts: Brea ker F ra m e (which incl udes Trip U n it), Rating Plug and Te rmina ls.
Maximum Circuit Breaker Frame Only
�-
Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
an
Continuous Standard Interrupting Capacity Ampere Fixed
Ampere 600-Volt Ac Rated 35 kAIC @ 480 Vac Rating Rating
�-
Rating Plugs
@ 40°C L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (I,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (1 2t or 1 4t Response)@
S-Adjustable Short Delay Pickup With Adjustable Short Delay Time (12t or Flat Response) I
!-Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup I

G-Adjustable G round Fault Pickup With Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (12t or Flat Response)
tM
A-Adj ustable Ground Fault Alarm With Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (12t or Flat Response)
i
LSIA 750 LSIG 750 LSIA 1 050 LSI G 1 050 I
CATALOG NU MBER CATALOG N U M BER CATALOG NUMBER CATALOG NU MBER I CATALOG� NU MBER
3-Pole
I LD3125T1 06W
-
I
1 25A LD31 25T77W LD3125T76W LD3125T1 07W 70 ORPL1 25A070 -
ar
I I
i I 90
1 00 I
ORPL 125A090
ORPL 1 25A 1 00
1 10 i ORPL1 25A 1 1 0
125 I ORPL 1 25A125
I LD3250T1 07W
I
250A LD3250T77W LD3250T76W LD3250T106W 125 ORPL025A125
lP
1 50 ORPL025A 1 50
175 ORPL025A 175
200 , ORPL025A200
225 ' ORPL025A225
I
250 ORPL025A250
ca
400A LD3400T77W LD3400T76W LD3400T1 07W LD3400T106W 200 ORPL40A200

225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
i 300 ORPL40A300
350 ' ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
tri
600A LD3600T77W LD3600T76W LD3600T107W LD3600T1 06W 300 ORPL60A300

350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
! 500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
lec
CD 1A/1 B auxiliary switch and 1 Make/1 Break alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
@ Long delay 1 4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
.E
w
ww
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20L
Page 8
.c
Series C Molded Case Circu it Brea kers, L-Fra me, 70-600 Amperes
Order as i n dividual com ponents: B reaker F ra m e (which incl udes Trip U n it), Rating Plug and Term inals
Maximum Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
ls
Contin uous High Interrupting Capacity Ampere Fixed
Rating
@ 40cC L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (I,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (12t or 1 4t Response)C2> Plugs
$-Adjustable Short Delay Pickup With Adjustable Short Delay Time (12t or Flat Response)
ua
!-Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G-Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup With Adjustable G round Fault Time Delay ( �t or Flat Response)
A-Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm With Adjustable G round Fault Time Delay (12t or Flat Response)
LSI A 750 LSIG 750 LSIA 1 050 LSIG 1 050
CATALOG N UMBER CATALOG NUMBER CATALOG NU MBER CATALOG N UMBER CATALOG N U M BER
an
3-Pole
1 25A HLD3125T77W I HLD31 25T76W HLD3 1 25T1 07W HLD31 25T1 06W 70 ORPL 1 25A070
90 ORPL 1 25A090
1 00 ORPL 1 25A1 00
1 10 ORPL1 25A1 1 0
1 25 ORPL1 25A125
tM
250A HLD3250T77W HLD3250T76W H LD3250T1 07W HLD3250T1 06W 1 25 ORPL025A125
1 50 ORPL025A 1 50
175 ORPL025A 1 75
200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
ar
400A HLD3400T77W HLD3400T76W HLD3400T1 07W HLD3400T106W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
'
I 250 ORPL40A250
I
i
I 300
350
i ORPL40A300
! ORPL40A350
lP
' 400 ORPL40A400

600A HLD3600T77W HLD3600T76W I HLD3600T107W HLD3600T1 06W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
I
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
ca
600 ORPL60A600
CD 1 A/ 1 B auxiliary switch and 1 Make/1 Break alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
C2l Long delay 1 4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
tri
lec
.E
Cutler-Hammer
w
Westi n g h o u se & Cutl e r - H a m m e r Produ cts

ww
Pitts b u rg h , P e n nsylva nia, U .S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
ltcQI Cutler-Hammer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20L
Pag e 8. 1
.c
M a rc h 1 996
Series C®
New I nfo rmation
M a i led to: E, D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
Mo lded Case
3 1 - 500A
ls
L- Frame
70-600 Am peres
ua
Order as in dividual components: Breaker F ra m e (which inclu des Trip U n it), Rating Plug and Te r m i n a l s
an
Continuous Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Ampere Fixed
Rating Plugs
@ 40°C L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (1,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (12t or 1 4t Response)CV
S-Adjustable Short Delay Pickup With Adjustable Short Delay Time (12t or Flat Response)
G-Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup With Adjustable G round Fault Time Delay (12t or Flat Response)
tM
A-Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm With Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (12t or Flat Response)
LSIA 750 LSIG 750 LSIA 1 050 LSIG 1 050
CATALOG NU MBER CATALOG N U M BER CATALOG N U M BER i CATALOG NUMBER CATALOG N U M BER
3-Pole
1 25A LDC31 25T77W LDC31 25T76W I LDC3125T107W LDC3125T1 06W 70 � 1 25A070
--
ar
90 L 1 25A090
1 00 L 1 25A1 00
1 10 ' 0RPL1 25A1 1 0
1 25 ORPL1 25A125
250A LDC3250T77W LDC3250T76W LDC3250T1 07W LDC3250T1 06W 1 25 ORPL025A 125
lP
1 50 0RPL025A 1 50
1 75 ORPL025A 175
!
200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
ca
I
400A LDC3400T77W LDC3400T76W LDC3400T1 07W LDC3400T>06W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
lr
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ·. ORPL40A350
400 l40A«m
tri
.
600A LDC3600T77W LDC3600T76W LDC3600T1 07W LDC3600T1 06W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
I
400 ORPL60A400
500 1 ORPL60A500
600 1 ORPL60A600
lec
!]) 1A/ 1 B auxiliary switch and 1 Make/1 Break alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
CV Long delay 1 4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
.E
w
ww
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20L
Page 8.2
.c
Series C M o lded Case Circuit Brea kers, L- Fra me, 70-600 Am peres
1 00% RATED 600 VOLT AC DIGITRIP OPTIMCD CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE RATING PLUG
Order as i nd ivid u a l components: Breaker Frame (which incl udes Trip U n it), Rating Plug and Term inals
Continuous
ls
Standard Interrupting Capacity Ampere i Fixed
Ampere GOO-Volt Ac Rated 35 kAIC @ 480 Vac Rating Rating
Rating
@ 40°C L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (I,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (12t or 1 4t Response)@ Plugs
ua
G-Adjustable G round Fau lt Pickup With Adjustable G round Fault Time Delay ( 12t or Flat Response)
LSI A 750 i LSIG 750 LSIA 1 050 LSIG 1 050 '
CATALOG NU MBER CATALOG NUMBER CATALOG N UMBER CATALOG N UMBER !cATALOG N U M BER
an
3-Pole
1 25A CLD31 25T77W CLD3 1 25T76W CLD31 25T107W CLD31 25T1 06W 70 ORPL 1 2 5A070
90 ORPL 1 2 5A090
1 00 ORPL 1 25A100
1 10 ORPL 1 25A1 1 0
125 ORPL 1 2 5A 1 2 5
tM
250A CLD3250T77W CLD3250T76W , CLD3250T107W CLD3250T106W 1 25 ORPL025A 1 25
1 50 ORPL025A 1 50
175 ORPL025A 1 7 5
I' 200
225
ORPL025A200
' ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
ar
400A CLD3400T77W CLD3400T76W CLD3400T1 07W CLD3400T106W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
lP
600A CLD3600T77W CLD3600T76W CLD3600T1 07W CLD3600T1 06W 300 ORPL60A300

I
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
ca
cD 1 A/1 B a uxiliary switch and 1 Make/1 Break alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
C?l Long delay 1 4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response,
tri
lec
.E
Cutl er-Hammer
w
Westi n g h o u s e & Cutler- H a m m e r Produ cts

Five Parkway Center
ww
Pittsb u r g h , Pennsylvania, U , S,A, 1 5220
Printed in U,S.A.
March 1 996
1=1 Cutler-Ha mmer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20l
Pag e 8 . 3
.c
M a rc h 1 996
Series C®
New I nfo rmation
M a i led to: E, D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
Mol ded Case
3 1 - 500A
ls
L- Frame
70-600 Am peres
ua
__
Order as individual compon ents: Breaker Frame (which i n c l u des Trip U n it), Rating Plug and Te rminals
Maxim u m
-
Circuit Breaker Frame Only D i gitri p O PTI M Rati ng PI ug On ly
--- --- Capacity ---
an
Continuous --+-__ _____ ____ _ �
r-High Interrupting Ampere Fixed
Rating _
L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (1,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time 0 2t or 1 4t Response):?) Plugs
@ 40°C
G-Adj ustable Ground Fault Pickup With Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (12t or Flat Response)
tM
LsiA � -------r Lsi(;75o --- l�1 o 5o
�
CATALOG N U M B�CATALOG NUMBER

�
�
�
I CATALO G NUMBER ' CATALOG NUMB �
1050 -
___j CATALOG NUMBER
- ---- -� � --- --- ---- �--- ---
� �
� r
r-- --- - --- --- --- -�--
3-Pole
1 2� -'CH LD31 25T77W
--- -
CHLD3 1 25T76W 1 D31 25T107W HLD31 25T106W --�� i ORPL 1 25A070
ar
ORPL 1 25A090
! 1 00 ORPL1 25A100
1 10 ORPL1 25A 1 1 0
125 ORPL1 25A125 -
250A 1 CHLD3250T107W�
---p CHLD3250T1 06W 125 ORPL025A125
lP
�
- - - 1 50 0RPL025A150
I 175
200
I
O RPL025A175
ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
�
I
250 L025A250 -
�--- --- CHLD3400T76W I
ca
-- ---+-
400A CHLD3400T77W CHLD3400T1 07W- CHI
CHLD3400T1 06W 200 ��L40A200 �
225 0RPL40A225
I
250 ORPL40A250
300 0RPL40A300
350 ORPL40A350
I � CHLD3600T1 07W ------h- CH LD3600T1 06W

400
;�� ORPL40A400
ORPL60 A�
-
tri
CHLD3600T77W
--- CHLD3600T76W
- ---+
I
�
600A �
I I ORPL60A350
ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
I 600 ORPL60A600
lec
cc 1A/1 B a uxiliary switch and 1 Make/1 Break alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
c2; Long delay 1 4t response selection li mits short delay time to flat response.
.E
w
ww
om
S e lect i o n Data
29- 1 20l
Page 8.4
.c
Series C Molded Case Ci rcu it Brea kers, L-Fra me, 70-600 Am peres
Order as i n dividual com ponents: Breaker F ra m e (which i n c l u d es Trip U n it), Rating Plug and Term inals
ls
Contin uous Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Ampere Fixed
Rating
@ 40°C L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (I,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (12t or 1 4t Response)� Plugs
ua
G-Adjustable G round Fault Pickup With Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (12t or Flat Response)
LSIA 750 LSIG 750 LSI A 1 050 LSIG 1 050
CATALOG N U M BE R CATALOG NUMBER I CATALOG N U M BER CATALOG NU MBER CATALOG N U M BER
t--- � �
an
3-Pole
j CLDC3 1 25T76W
I
1 25A CLDC31 25T77W CLDC31 25T107W CLDC31 25T1 06W 70 ORPL 1 25A070
90 ORPL 125A090
1 00 ORPL1 25A100
1 10 ORPL 1 25A 1 1 0
125 ORPL1 25A125
tM
250A CLDC3250T77W CLDC3250T76W CLDC3250T1 07W CLDC3250T1 06W 125 ORPL025A 125
150 ORPL025A 1 50
175 i ORPL025A 1 7 5
I
200 ' ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250
ar
400A CLDC3400T77W , CLDC3400T76W CLDC3400T1 07W CLDC3400T1 06W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225
250 ORPL40A250
I '
300
350
ORPL40A300
ORPL40A350
lP
400 ORPL40A400
CLDC36ooT nw
�
600A CLDC3600l76W CLDC3600T1 07W CLDC3600T1 06W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
I
ca
600 ORPL60A600
CD 1A/1 B a uxiliary switch and 1 Make/1 Break alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
� Long delay 1 4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
tri
lec
.E
w
Cutler-Hammer
Five Parkway Center
ww
Pittsb u rg h , Pennsylva nia, U .S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
ltcQj Cutle r-Hammer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20L
Page 9
.c
M a rc h 1 996
S u persedes Se l ection Data 29- 1 20L, Series C®
pages 9- 1 0, dated June 1 994
M a i led to: E , D, C/29- 1 OOA, 3 1 -400A, L- Frame
3 1 -500A
Te rm i nation
ls
Accessories
ua
LINE AND LOAD TERMI NALS KEEPER NUT
Line a n d load te r m i n a l s provide w i re con t h e cond uctors. (App lies t o a l l styles.) T h e Not req u i red on L-F rame. Term i n a l is
necti n g capabi lities for specific ranges of c i rc u it breaker li ne/load term i n a l conductors t h readed.
conti n u o u s c u rrent rat i n g s a n d w i re types. a re positioned i n the conductor holes i n the
an
All term i n a l s c o m p l y with U n d e rwriters wire con necting term i n a l a n d a re secured CONTROL WIRE TERMINAL KIT
Laborato ries, I n c . Sta n d a rd s U L486A a n d with recessed socket screws which a re tig ht
U L486B a n d C S A C 2 2 . 2 N o . 65 M . U n less ened to the correct torque l o a d i n g from the CATALOG
otherwise specified, L-fra m e circuit breaker front of the circuit breaker. NUMBER
line and load te r m i n a l s a re s h i p p e d sepa
I
rately for fie l d i n sta llati o n . Ordering Information
�A602LDCW_c:>;---+-
tM
L-fra m e c i rcuit breakers h ave Cu/AI termi
The wire connecting term i n a l is secured with n a l s as sta ndard e q u i p m e nt . W h e n o pt i o n a l T602LDCWC2l
-. --- --+--
two pan-head, slotted screws and lock wash copper term i n a l s a re req u i red, order by 2TA603LDCW:D
ers which can be checked for the correct cata log n u m be r . Spec ify if factory i n sta l l a 2 Pole Kit
torq ue loading or retig htened from the front t i o n is req u i re d . 3TA603LDCWX
of the circ u it breaker before insta l l ation of
ar
3 Pole Kit
£:
4TA603LDCWCJJ
________
Line and Load Terminal
4 Pole Kit
Term inal AWG Wire Metric CATALOG N U MBERS
I
1
I Body e Range/No. Wire
Range m rTl'_L__
lP
, Amp � I Material o n ductors

___C_
�.ard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals _
1 �=� 0 P I M A: l u m i n u m Cu/AI 4-4/0 (2)
--- -,---·-- -
25-95 TA450LD@
--- ---- j
400 Alumi n u m Cu/AI 4/0-600 ( 1 ) 1 20-300 2TA40 1 LD K-2 Pole KitG;

I
ca
3TA401 LDK-3 Pole Kit(];

4TA401 LDK-4 Pole KitG;
450 Aluminum Cu/AI 4-4/0 (2) 25-95 TA450LDCX
_
500 Aluminum Cu/AI 250-350 (2) 120- 1 50 TA602LDc2)
600 Aluminum Cu/AI 400-500 (2) 1 85-240 2TA603LDK-2 Pole KitJ:
L
3TA603LDK-3 Pole KitcB
___
tri
_
_L_ ---- -�-4TA603LDK-4 Pole Kitei: ---1
f----- -----'-- -------' -c:---c--
Optional Copper Press Type Terminals
I
-=---,- c-::-c-=-- ---- ------;
1 - Cu 1
�
600 Copper 250-350 121 120- 1 50 T602LD_
co;: __j
f' , �
�
lec
�
TA40 1 LD or Pan-Head TA450LD or Pan-Head Screws
TA603LD - Screws and TA602LD or and Lockwashers
Term mal (Step- 0 Lockwashers T602LD T e r m i n a l ( I nsta l l ed before
�� ;;�
,
m1nal
· O /1/ " � ��:;i amping
Term mal Cover

a n d W a r n 1 ng
I
i
' !
1
"'-
�
'8'�
j 1
i
... �.
! 0
'--/
(fl.,""'@ 1,
,
!I
.E
LabeL See
Inset.) �
' �� ,------,
�� it Terminal
I
G.f?_A,_"i:- I
" ...,J�
I
w
� Circuit Breaker I I
� Line Te r m i n a l
ww
Cover
(L• Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
(2) Individually packed.
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20L
Page 1 0
.c
Series C L-Frame Term ination Accessories
BASE MOUNTING HARDWARE TERMINAL SHIELDS INTERPHASE BARRIERS
H a rdware for s u rface m o u nting of c i rcuit

breakers is suppl ied o n l y o n req uest.
H a rdware consists of m ou nting screws a n d
ls
lockwashers. O rd e r h a rdware f o r c i rcuit
breaker pole confi g u rations as req u ired.
ua
Base m o u nting h a rdware is s u p p lied at no
c h a rg e when ordered with a c i rcuit breaker.
When ordering separately, refer to price l ist.
Imperial Thread
I
N u m ber of Description Type of CATALOG
an
Poles Mounting N U MBER
I 2, 3, 4 ! 0.250·20 X 1.5 Individual BMH4
I1
i n c h F i l i ster·
Head Steel Term i n a l s h i e l d s provide protection a g a i nst T h e i nterphase barriers p rovide additi o n a l
Screws and accidental contact with l ive l i n e side termi e l ectri ca l c l e a ra nce between c i rc u i t b reaker
Lockwashers nations. Term i n a l s h i e l ds a re fa bricated poles for speci a l t e r m i nation a p p l icati o n s .
and Flat Washers
tM
. from h i g h d i e l ectric i nsu lating material a n d The ba rriers a re h i g h d i e lectric i n s u l at i n g
fasten o v e r the fro nt te r m i n a l access open p l ates t h a t a re i nsta l l ed i n the m o lded s l ots
Metric Thread
i n g s . Small openings i n the s h i e l d s provide between the te r m i n a ls. ( Fi e l d i nsta l l ation
l i m ited access to the te r m i n a l s for tig hten only.) Two p e r package.
ing c o n n ectors. ( F ield i n sta l l ation o n l y . )
ar
Ordering Information CATALOG N U M BER
HANDLE EXTENSION STYLE N U M BER I PB4
31 4C420G01
lP
ca
N ot i n c l uded with breaker. M u st be

p u rc h ased separately.
tri
CATALOG NUMBER
HEX4
lec
.E
Cutler-Hammer
w

ww
Pitts b u rg h , Pennsylvania, U . S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
WII Cutler-Hammer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20L
P a g e 26. 1
.c
M a rc h 1 996
New I nfo rmation Series C®
M a i led to: E , D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 - 400A,
3 1 -500A L-Fra m e
O PTIM System
ls
Compon ents
ua
BREAKER INTERFACE MODU LE (BIMl DIGITRIP OPTIMIZER AUXILIARY POWER MODULE
an
The Breaker I nterface Module ( B I M ) is a
tM
The Digitrip OPTI M i zer is a h a n d held pro The Auxi l i a ry Power Module is a power
ar
panel mou nted user i nterface device that is g r a m m e r that is used to access, config u re, supply req u i ring 1 20 Vac i n put at 50 or 60 Hz
mou nted on the front of an electrical assem test and display i nfo rmation fro m OPTIM trip that provides a 32 Vdc output. The Auxi l i a ry
bly or at a remote location. The BIM is used u n its. The OPTI M i zer plugs i nto the front of Power M o d u l e provides control power for
to access, confi g u re, test and display i nfor a n OPT I M trip u n it via a n eig ht-pin telephone testi ng a n OPTI M tri p u n it when other means
mation for OPTIM trip u n its and oth e r jack a n d is powered by a n i n e-volt battery. In of control power is n ot ava i l a b l e . The Auxil
lP
devices. The B I M consists o f fo u r display addition, a 3-pin l ncom network con nection i a ry Power M o d u l e con nects i nto the top of
win dows, eight functi on buttons, eig hteen is a l so provided to program oth e r OPTI M the Digitrip OPTI M i zer via a keyed recep
LED's and a g ra p h ical time/current cu rve to devices on the syste m . An Auxi l i a ry Power tacle. The m a i n appl ication for the Auxi l i a ry
provide breaker status, operati onal i nforma M o d u l e connecti o n is provided to provide Power Module would be for the testi n g of a
tion, protect ion status and energy m o n itor control power to perform a trip test when stand alone non-co m m u n icating OPT I M
ca
i n g . A 30 Vdc power supp ly is req u i red to control power is not present at the breaker. breaker that o rd i n a ri l y w o u l d n o t have
provide power to the B I M . This is suppl ied by The OPTI M i zer is su ppl ied as a sta ndard control power.
the switchboard build er to Cutler-Hammer package to include the progra m m er, the
specifications. The B I M is a member of the eig ht-pin connection cord, battery and carry Ordering Information
_
I CATALOG N U M B E R__
_ =j
I M PACC fa m i ly of commu n i cating devices ing case. The network con nection cord and
tri
that con nects OPTIM trip u n its, Digitrip R M S Auxi l i a ry Power M o d u l e a re opt i o n a l .
. PRTAAPM
8 1 0/9 1 0 t r i p u n its and energy senti nels as a
subnetwork syste m . The B I M can also be Ordering Information
con nected to a main network via a PONI CATALOG N U M B E R
module to I M PACC Series Ill softwa re. For
lec
OPTI M I ZE R - Standard Package

deta iled i nformation on the B I M refer to
ICC - l n com Connecti o n Cord
----
SA- 1 2 1 37 .
�
CATA L O G __
N U M B E R_____ ______
�______ ____
BIM
- __
=l
.E
w
ww
S e l ecti o n Data
om
29- 1 20l
Page 26.2
.c
Series C L-Frame OPTIM System Compo nents
GROUND FAULT ALARM U NIT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER MODULE IMPACC SOFTWARE
ls
ua
an
The G ro u n d Fault Alarm U n it is a remotely The Potential Tra nsfo rmer M o d u l e is S e ries C D i g itri p OPTIM tri p u n its can
mou nted device with a com b i n ation i n d icat req u i red for Series C, Digitrip OPTI M 1 050, co m m u n icate back to a central Perso n a l
tM
ing l i g h t/test button that w i l l l i g ht when the to provide a voltage input to a l l ow the trip C o m p uter b y i n sta l l i n g C utler- H a m m e r
breaker trips or a l a rms o n g r o u n d fa u lt . The unit to monitor power and energy as well as Se ries I l l software. I n a d d ition o t h e r soft
Ground F a u lt Alarm U n it req u i res a sepa rate power factor. The Potential Transformer ware packa g es a re ava i l a b l e to a l low the
1 2 0 Vac powe r so u rce to power the l i g h t a n d M o d u l e is a 6 VA transformer with a p ri m a ry user to confi g u re t h e tri p u n its as well a s
the internal r e l a y w h i c h has 1 N . O . a n d voltage i n p ut of up to 600V l i ne to li ne. perform o n l i n e coord i n at i o n . F o r m o re
1 N . C. contacts f o r remote in d icat i o n . T h e Th ree 0. 1 a m pere fuses a re provided o n the i nfo rmation o n this p l ease refer to I M PACC
ar
G round F a u lt Alarm U n it can be panel p ri m a ry of the transfo rmer and can be used sa les aid SA- 1 1 998.
m o u nted fo r o rdering with a n optional face for isolation p u poses d u ri n g dielectric test
m o u nting b racket. i n g . The device is n o r m a l ly panel mou nted
and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip u n its.
Ordering lnforma _t_i_
on _
L
lP
__
cATALOG N U M_B E R __ ____... _J Ordering Information
I __
_<G_F_AU - G ro u n d F a u l t Alarm _U n it I , CATALOG N U M B E R
� LN
--=-
_____
STYLE N U M B E R
ca
Face M o u nti n g B racket

1 264C67 G 0 1
tri
lec
Note: 3 0 Vdc Power Supply

A 30 Vdc power supply is requ·� red for all Digitr"1 p
OPTIM trip units that are required to communicate
either on the main IMPACC network or as a subnet
work to a BIM. Typically one 30 Vdc power supply
is required per switchboard and can provide
.E
control power to a BIM and up to 16 OPTIM trip

units. The 30 Vdc power supply can be an "off the
shelf" power supply and is normally provided by
the switchboard manufacturer to Cutler-Hammer
recommendations.
Cutler-Hammer
w
Westi n g h o u s e & Cutler- H a m m e r Products

Pitts b u rgh, Pen nsylvania, U . S .A. 1 5220
ww
Printed i n U.S.A.
March 1 996
It�I Cutler-Hammer S e l ecti o n Data
om
29- 1 20N
Page 1
West i n g h o u se
.c
M a rc h 1 996
Series C®
S u persedes Selection Data 29- 1 20 N ,
p a g e s 1 -2, dated M a rc h 1 995
Mo lded Case
Mailed to: E , D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
C i rcu it B reakers
ls
N-Frame
400-1 200 Am peres
ua
Dimensions, Inches ( m m ) STANDARDS
No. of Poles Width Height Depth
Series C m o lded case circuit brea kers a re
2, 3 8.25 (210) 1 6 (407) 5.5 ( 1 40)
desig ned to conform with t h e following
4 1 1 . 125 (283) 16 (407) 5.5 ( 1 40) sta n d a rds:
an
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs. (kg ) • Austra l i a n Sta n d a rd AS 2 1 84, M o l d e d
Breaker Type Complete Breaker C a s e Circuit B rea kers
Number of Poles • B ritish Sta n d a rds I nstitution Sta n d a rd BS
2 I 3 I 4 4752: Part 1 , Swit c h g e a r and C o ntrol
I
tM I
ND, H ND, NDC 37 45 58 Gear Pa rt 1: Circuit B reakers
( 1 6.783) (20.412) (26.308) • C a n a d i a n Sta n d a rds Assoc iation
Sta n d a rd C22.2 No. 5, Service E ntrance
a n d B r a n c h Circuit B re a kers
• I nternati o n a l E l ectrotech n ical C o m m is
ar
sion Reco m m e n dations IEC 947-2, Circuit
B re a kers
• J a pa n ese T- M a rk Sta n d a rd , Molded Case
C i rc u it Brea kers
INTERRUPTING CAPACITY RATINGS
lP
• N ational E l ectrical M a n ufacturers

UL489 Interrupting Capacity RatingsCD Association Sta n d a rds P u b l ication N o .
AB 1 - 1 975, M o l d ed C a s e Circuit B reakers
I
Circuit Number I nterrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA)
Breaker of Volts Ac (50/60Hz) • South African B u reau of Sta n d a rds,
Type Poles
I 480
ca
240 277 600 1 25 Sta n d a rd SABS 1 56, Sta n d a rd S pecifica

tion fo r Molded Case Circuit Brea kers
I
N D, CNDC?J 2, 3, 4 65 .... . . 50 25 ....
. .
HND, CHNDC?J 2, 3, 4 1 00 . ... . 65

. 35 . .. . . . • Swiss E l ectro-Te c h n i c a l Association
N DC, CNDCC?J 2, 3, 4 200 . ....
. 1 00 50 ...... Sta n d a rd SEV 947-2, Safety Regulations
fo r C i rc u it B reakers
tri
• U n d e rwriters Laboratories, I n c . , Sta n d a rd

IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity RatingsCD
U L 489, M o l d e d Case Circuit B reakers a n d
Circuit Number I nterrupting Capacity (Sym metrical Amperes)
Breaker of Circuit B reaker E n c l o s u res, I n c l u d i n g
Volts Ac (50/60Hz) M a ri n e C i r c u it B re a kers F i l e E78 1 9
Type Poles
240 415 690
lec
•
i
U n i o n Tec h n iq u e d e I ' E i ectricite
ND, CNDcv 2, 3, 4
85 Sta n d a rd NF C 63- 1 20, Low Voltage
l eu 50 20
l es 85 50 10 Switc h g e a r a n d C o ntrol Gear Circuit
B reaker Req u i re m ents
H N D, C H N D:2! 2, 3, 4
l eu 1 00 70 25 • Verba nd Deutsc h e r E l e ktrote c h n i ke r
i
l es 1 00 50 i
13 (Assoc iation of G e r m a n E l ectrical
E n g i neers) Sta n d a rd VDE 0660, Low
.E
N DC, CN DC:2! 2, 3, 4
100 35 Voltage Switc h g e a r and Control G e a r,
l eu 200
l es 1 00 50 18 Circuit Brea kers
Confo rmance with these sta n d a rd s satisfies

m ost local a n d i nternational codes,
ass u m i ng user accepta bil ity and s i m p l ified
a p p l icati o n .
w
Series C m o l ded c a s e c i rc u it breakers e q u a l

o r exceed Federal S pecification C l assifica
tion W-C-37 5 b req u i re ments for the p a rticu
ww
l a r class associated with t h e circuit breaker

fra m e being c o n sidered.
G) Utilization Category A circuit breakers.

C1J 1 00% rated breakers.
S e l ect i o n D at a
om
29- 1 20N
Page 2
Westingh o use Series C M olded Case Circuit Brea kers, N - Frame, 400- 1 200 Amperes
.c
CATALOG N UMBERING SYSTEMS
This i nfo rmation is presented o n l y as an aid to u n d e rsta n d i n g cata log n u m bers. It is not to be used to b u i l d cata log n u m be rs for c i rc u i t
breake rs o r trip u n its.
ls
Circuit Breaker/Frame Catalog Nu mbers
ND 3 12 T33 w
r-=r � 1 1 1
ua
Circuit N u m ber Circuit Trip Type Suffix
Breaker/ of Breaker/
Frame Poles Frame
Type Rati ng
ND 2: 2 Poles 8: 800 Amp T32: LSI E: 1 00% R.P. protected (4-Pole)
an
HND 3 : 3 Poles 1 2: 1 200 Amp T33: LS EH: 50% R.P. protected ( 4-Pole)
NDC 4: 4 Poles T35: LSG K: High Magnetic Molded Case Switch
CND T36: LSIG W: Without Terminals
CHND T76: LSIG X: Load Only Terminals
CNDC T77: LSIA Y: Line O n ly Term inals
T1 06: LSIG
T107: LSIA
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
Note: All Series C N frame circuit breakers are

suitable for reverse feed. Further Information
A p p l ication Data . . . . . . . . . . AD 29- 1 60
Time/Cu rrent C u rves . . . . . . AD 29- 1 67 N
.E
Di mensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D S 29- 1 7 0 N
Cutl er-Hammer
w

Five Parkway Center
Pitts b u rg h , P e nnsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220
ww
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
I tell Cutle r-Hammer
om
29- 1 20N
Page 2.1
West i n g h o u se
.c
M a rc h 1 996
Series C®
S u persedes Selecti o n Data 29- 1 20 N ,
p a g e 2, dated M a rc h 1 995
M o l ded Case
M a i led to: E , D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
ls
N-Frame
400-1 200 Am peres
ua
N-FRAME DIGITRIP SELECTION G U I D E
---
� Unit Type___ ___ ___ ___ --'-D_i-=g_it_ri'-p_R_M__ 0
S 3_1____ _____ _____ �rip OPTIM 750 _ I Digitrip OPTI M 1050 __
RMS Sensing _ ___j �_ Yes ----� ----- -
�
I
Breaker Type
7ra�- --- -- - - � - -- �- ----
an
N
------
- - -
--- ----
Ampere Range 1 400A-1200A 400A-1200A - �OOA-1200A --
Interrupting Rating @ 480V �65, 1 oolkAl --- ------ 50. 65, 100 l kA_l____ 1 50, 65, 1 00 lki\)___ __-_-_
f--Protection
---- ---
- - -----rLS:LsG --------c-L- � __
S-1,--LS I G======-__--,-
- j_� -_)_--==== ---,--:--I-)-L-�c-cGc---------
--- ---
Ordering Options S 1 (A , LS I G == LS (A , I
I Yes
tM
Fi xed Rated Pl ug l lnl Yes Yes Yes
t --
--- Y� -
- _es______--===--_- -1
�v_e__r_T_e_m_:_p_e_ra_t_u_re_T_r_ip1 ___ --_---- -
Yes I Yes ----� Y_
�- _ __--
_
Long Delay Protection (l)

�A�_dj�u_st_a_b_le__R_at_in�g�_ P I_u-=g_l�ln_l____________�Y_e_s______ �--- --- + N_o_________�N_o ____
- --- ------------ --,---------,----- ------,-------- ---
______�
�-�-�-----
0 . 5-LOI I n ) Gl I 05-1.01 1 n )- ---T---O A_-1_. x (_:_ln'-)

Long Delay Pick Up ___ !J) - __ _o__ -------+-O_A__-_1_.0_x_-('1"-n l_______
i 2 -24 Sees _
ar
�_Lo_n�g�_ D_e l_ac_y_T_im_e lc2c-T____ ___________-+ _ 1 2__S_ec_s_ _ _____ : 12 Sees. 2-24 Sees. _____ _
-I T
� -=___ �_____4______________�______________ _______ � ____-______-r_1-_5_S_e_c_s.
n g D e la
� y T i m e N o N o _ 5 S e c s __________
Long Delay T hermal Memory es Ye s I Yes , Yes ______

--- �N0
�
High Load Alarm - _____1!-J --- ----'--- N 0 -- -- � · O_x-'-I,_________Li_o ._5_-1__o_x- l ,________
-- - - '
lP
Short Delay Protection IS)_ --- --- - _°Yo__1 ____--r___-__"A____-----, ----__o/o ___--- ------�r----- � ---- -
�0-r-t-D-e-la_:_y_P-ic_k_U_ _ __
p - - - -- , --
- - --
8
2 00- 0 x n0 - 1 ) 20 8 0
0- 0 o x ( ln l 0 8
1 5 - 00 x ( l, ) 5
1 0- 00 8
Short Delay - -'-T_ime___1-2T______________ ____1_(l<l
r-___ rrls _ No , 1 00-500ms
�Om s _ ______
' 1 00-500ms
�1-0-0--5-0_0_m_s_____--�
S=h=
-= o=rt=D=e�-y Ti m e F I at No � OOms __
e l_ec_t_iv_e_l_nt_e_r_lo_c_ki_n-=-g ---� ------ �
ca
rt_D_e_la-'y_T_i_m_e_Z_o_n_e_S_ 1_ Yes
�_h__o_ �
ln m- n oo � �k Up ---- -
Discriminator
--------
_ -�
: No
�
:::::=========�-=2=00=0_--8=0=0_0Yo=
N
-=x=l_:_1-
n_� l ��-=:=2=00-
Yes-
=
_
-8=0_00- o=x==
H_ ( �"-)==========�[:2-:-= 00=--8_-::_
Yes
o:_ -x=(-1'-=
0o-:"A-=
-
ln ==� ---- -
�� - - -----�-------�Y_e_s_______
_
-
- __-:- _Y_ce_s____________LY_e_s____ ____
--
- -- -- _
tri
Ground Fault Protection IGJ -

��nd Fault Aiarm ___ ____ _ ___ ==I£1o
Ground Fault Pick Up - , Varies by FrameCZJ
No
Varies by Frame:>J
20-100% ilsl
20-100% (lsi
20-100% 1 1s l
20-100% (lsi
f G_-ro_u_n_d_F_ a u_lt_D_e_l_ay'-12_T____________-r_N_o_____ ____ � ____
==n 1 W0-500rT1s 1 00-500ms
lec
---
-Ground Fault Delay Flat _ _
_ _ ___ _ __ _ _______�!-_________+--_______ lnst-500ms lnst-500ms 1?0-500ms_ _ 1 00-500ms
- ___
Grou � d--F-a-u-lt Z_o_ n_:_e Se le-c-tive-lnte-rloc k-in g
--- --------
No No Yes I Yes
�
�---------------=------�---------+----------+----------�------ -
Ground Fault Thermal Memory 1 Yes Yes Yes _________ _j't'es___________
System-Diagnostics
--
___ -- -
- -----:---TN o__________}£ --_-_ _--- ----
�--r;:;;;LEOs
-------
_Magnitude
___----- of_Trip
__a'-Information
_ ____ _ __ _ ___ ' _ +- _
- ---�--- -
No_____ ____ N 0
-----
+-N_o________t._Yy_e_s__________+-Yy_e_s__ _
--- ---
� es es
-:_-::_ ____----1-
.E
__ -
R e m ote Si g na l c-nt- -acts
I No No - � Yes �
Yes--
--- &
-----'-- --
------- ------- --- I

f----��- --- ---�--- ---
�tem Mo�itoring
�
---------------,---------,-----
---------
- ----,----�
Digital Display 1
No No Yes@ Yes@
-- -- - - f'
r- - ---- -----r-- ---+---------+------ --1-------------
Current No No Yes Yes
Power and--
�------------- -
Energy ----------------t-
---�----- ---- -�-- --------��---------r--------- -
No--------+1 - No-- No- Yes --------1
r-
, No --- ---
Power Quality-Harmonics No No ___ _ __ _Y_es__________
_
- -
w e r F a c to r _ � o
_____lrN ___ _____L N o
j __________L_ _ Y_es__________-1
w
� _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _________ ____ ___ ____ __ _ _
Communications
1-I_M_P_ A_cc____________ ____ �--------L_ I N_o________L/_Ye_s________L/ __Y_e_s__________ _
Testing
ww
'Testing Method Test Set Optimizer, BIM, IMPACC Optimizer, BIM, IMPACC
CB Adjust by Rating Plug BJM Breaker Interface Module
= Is = Sensor Rating
12:- By Optimizer/BJM (A) = GF Alarm In = Rating Pl ug
I, = LDPU Setting x In
S e l ecti o n Data
om
29- 1 20N
Page 2.2
Westinghouse Series C Molded Case Circu it Brea kers, N -Frame, 400 - 1 200 Amperes
.c
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
Cutl er-Hammer
w
Westi n g h ou se & Cutl e r- H a m m e r Products

ww
Pitts b u rg h , P e n nsylva nia, U . S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U . S .A.
March 1 996
Will Cutler-Hammer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20N
Page 8 . 1
.c
Series C®
M a rc h 1 996
N ew I nfo rmation
Mo lded Case
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
N- Frame
ls
400-1 200 Am peres
ua
600-VOLT AC DIGITRIP OPTIMG:l ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH INTERCHANGEABLE RATING PLUG
O r d e r as i n divi d u a l components: B re a ke r F r a m e (which i nc l udes Trip U n it) a n d R a t i n g Plug

Maximum -·
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
--�- --------
an
Continuous
-
Standard Interrupting Capacity Ampere Fixed

Ampere 600-Vo lt Ac Rated 50 kAIC @ 480 Vac Rating Rating
Rating - ·---·
Plugs
L-Adj ustable Long Delay Picku p (1,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (12t or 1 4t Response)@
--
@ 40'C
S-Adjustable Short Delay Pickup With Adjustable Short Delay Time (1 2t or Flat Response)
G-Adjustable G round Fault Pickup With Adjustable G round Fault Time Delay (1 2t or Flat Response)
l
3-Pole
--
800A
LSIA 750
ND3800T77W
I LSIG 750
CATALOG N U M BER �LOG NU MBER ---- -
I N D3800T76W
---
-
tM
LSI A
�
1 050
OG N U M BER
----·---
----
N D3800T1 07W
LSIG
l
I
1 050
CATALOG N U MBER
N D3800T106W 400
_
c�NUMBER
ORPN80A400
---
ar
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
_/
550 ORPN80A550
I
600 ORPN80A600
700
I ORPN80A700
lP
800 ORPN80A800
I ORPN1 2A600
---- _ _
1 200A ND312T77W ND31 2T76W N D3"T>07W N D312T1 06W 600
I
700 ORPN 1 2A700
800 ORPN1 2A800
I 1 000 ORPN 12A 1 00

ca
1200 I ORPN 12A120
600-VOLT AC DIGITRIP OPTIMG:l ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH INTERCHANGEABLE RATING PLUG
Order as individual compone nts: Breaker Frame (which incl u d es Trip U n it) and Rating Plug
tri
Maximum Circuit Breaker Frame Only - ------- -

""'"
Continuous
---- ---- -
High Interrupting Capacity Ampere Fixed

Ampere Rating Rating
Rating f-600-Volt Ac Rated 65 kAIC @ 480
·---- --- --
Vac
· ·---- ·--- --- ---- -------- · - -- - -
L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (1,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (12t or 1 4t Response)C1J
---
I
@ 40°C
lec

G-Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup With Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (12t or Flat Response)
I LSIG 750 �
_____k
----
LSIA 750 1 050 LSIG 1 050
� -
CATALOG NUMBER I CATALOG N U M BER

-------
.. ---
----- -� ·---· ·---

. CATALOG N U MBER CATALOG N U M BER ----
A LOG NU MBER
---.
3-Pole
.E
I
-
-- ----,-------------
, -- ---- - -
800A HND3800T77W HN D3800T76W HND3800T1 07W H ND3800T106W 400 ORPN80A400 -
I I
450 ORPN80A450
' 500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
I
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800 --
1 200A HND31 2T77W H N D3' 2T76W H N D31 2T107W H N D3 1 2T 1 06W 600 ORPN 1 2A600
I
w
'
700 ORPN 1 2A700
I
800 ORPN 1 2A800
I 1 000
1 200
ORPN 1 2A 1 00
ORPN 1 2A120
ww
CD 1 A/1 B auxiliary switch and 1 Make/1 Break a larm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
C1J Long delay 1 4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20N
Page 8.2
Series C Molded Case Circuit Brea kers, N - Frame, 400- 1 200 Am peres
.c
600-VOLT AC DIGITRIP OPTIMCD ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH INTERCHANGEABLE RATING PLUG
O rder as i n dividual components: B re a ke r Frame (which incl udes Trip U n it) a n d Rati n g Plug
--
Continuous
ls
Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Ampere Fixed
Rating Plugs
@ 40°C L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (1,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (1 2t or 1 4t Response)@
ua
G-Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup With Adjustable G round Fault Time Delay ( 12t or Flat Response)
LSI A 750 LSIG 750 LSI A 1 050 LSIG 1 050
CATALOG N U M BER CATALOG N U M BER CATALOG N U M BER CATALOG N U MBER CATALOG N U M BER
an
3-Pole
-
�------
800A N DC3800T77W N DC3800T76W
I
N DC3800T107W
I NDC3800T106W 400
450
500
ORPN80A400
ORPN80A450
ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
l
tM
800 ORPN80A800
1 200A N DC31 2T77W I NDC31 2T76W N DC31 2T 1 07W N DC31 2T106W 600 ORPN1 2A600
l
700 ORPN1 2A700
800 ORPN1 2A800
1 000 ORPN 1 2A 1 00
1 200 ORPN 1 2A120
ar
CO1 A/1 B auxiliary switch and 1 Make/1 Break alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
@ Long delay 1 4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
Cutl er-Hammer
w
Westi n g h o use & Cutler- H a m m e r Produ cts

ww
Pitts b u r g h , Pennsylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220
Printed i n U.S.A.
March 1 996
I till Cutler-Hammer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20N
Page 8.3
.c
Series C®
M a rch 1 996
New I nfo rmation
Mo lded Case
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
N- Frame
ls
400-1 200 Am peres
ua
1 00% RATED 600-VOLT AC DIGITRIP OPTIMD CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE RATING PLUG
Order as i n dividual components: B re a ke r Frame (which i nc l udes Trip U n it) and Rati n g Plug
�--- --
-
I Fixed
---
an
Continuous Standard Interrupting Capacity Ampere
Rating -
- Plugs
@ 40°C L-Adj ustable Long Delay Pickup (1,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (12t or 1 4t Response)@
G-Adjustable G round Fault Pickup With Adjustable G round Fault Time Delay (12t or Flat Response)
�A750 I LSIG 750 .
tM
·---
LSIA 1 050 LSIG 1 050
c---� ----�� CATALOG N U M BER
L____ �-------
j CATALOG NUMBER I
CATALOG NUMB ER CATALOG N U M � CATALOG NU MBER
--- --- -
rD3800T76W---�
3-Pole
- 1 CND3800T107W
I
800A CND3800T77W CND3800T1 06W 400 ORPN80A400
ar
450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
I
550 ORPN80A550
I
600 ORPNBOA600
700 ORPNBOA700
800 ORPN80A800
lP
I
f---�
1 200A CND312T77W CND31 2T76W CNomnoow CND312T1 06W 600 ORPN 1 2A600
700 ORPN1 2A700
800 ORPN1 2A800
I I 1 000
I ORPN 1 2A100
ca
I
1 200 ORPN 1 2A120
1 00% RATED 600-VOLT AC DIGITRIP OPTIMIJ CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE RATING PLUG
Order as i n d ivid u a l compone nts: Breaker Frame (which incl udes Trip U n it ) a n d Rating P l u g
tri
Maximum Circuit Breaker Frame Only �-

--��
Continuous High Interrupting Capacity Ampere Fixed
I
Ampere 600-Volt Ac Rated 65 kAIC @ 480 Vac �
--- Rating Rating
---
Rating --c-·
. ---- ---�
- �
L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (I,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (1 2t or 1 4t Response)@ Plugs
@ 40°C 2
S-Adjustable Short Delay Pickup With Adjustable Short Delay Time (1 t or Flat Response)
lec
I
G-Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup With Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (1 2t or Flat Response)
A-Adjustable G round Fault Alarm With Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (12t or Flat Response)
LSI A 750 LSIG 750 LSI A 1 050 1 LSIG 1 050
---�--
CATALOG NU MBER CATALOG N U M BE R CATALOG N U M BER CATALOG N U M BE R [CATALOG N U M BER
3-Pole
I CHND3800T1 06W- ' 4� --TORPN80A400
.E
��-
I---
I I
800A CHN D3800T77W CHNWB00176W CHND3800T1 07W
450 . ORPN80A450
500 ORPNBOA500
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
r-------:- ----·
1 200A CHND31 2T77W CHND31 2T76W CHND312T1 07W CHND3 1 2T1 06W 600 ORPN1 2A600
w
700 ORPN1 2A700

800 ; ORPN 1 2A800
1 000 ORPN 1 2A 1 00
I I 1 200 I ORPN 1 2A120
ww
GJ 1 A/1 B auxil iary switch and 1 Make/1 Break alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
cv Long delay 1 4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20N
Page 8.4
.c
Series C M olded Case Circu it Brea kers, N - Fra me, 400- 1 200 Amperes
1 00% RATED 600-VOLT AC DIGITRIP OPTIM::D CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE RATING PLUG
Order as i n dividual com ponents: B reaker F ra m e (which i n c l udes Trip U n it) and Rati n g Plug
Maxim um Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Continuous
ls
Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Ampere Fixed
Ampere
Rating
600-Volt Ac Rated 100 kAIC @ 480 Vac
-- Rating Rating
L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (1,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (12t or 1 4t Response)(?) Plugs
@ 40°C
ua
G-Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup With Adjustable G round Fault Time Delay (12t or Flat Response)
LSI A 750 LSIG 750 LSI A 1 050 LSIG 1 050
CATALOG N UMBER CATALOG N U M BER I CATALOG N UMBER CATALOG N U M BE R CATALOG N UMBER
�
·-
3-Pole
-
an
·-
I
800A CNDC3800T77W CNDC3800T76W CNDC3800T1 07W C N DC3800T1 06W 400 rN80A400
450 PN80A450
500 PN80A500
I
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
tM
800 ORPN80A800
1 200A CNDC31 2T77W CN DC31 2T76W CNDC3 1 2T1 07W CNDC3,,T, 06\'I 600 ORPN 1 2A600
'
700 ORPN 1 2A700
800 ORPN 1 2A800
I I I
1 000
1200 I
ORPN12A 1 00
ORPN12A120
ar
CD 1 A/1 B auxiliary switch and 1 Make/1 Break alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
c?l Long delay 1 4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
Cutler-Hammer
w
Westi nghouse & Cutle r - H a m m e r Produ cts

ww
P ittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
1'-J I Cutler-Hammer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20N
P a g e 26. 1
.c
M a rch 1 996
New I nformation Series C®
M a i led to: E , D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A N - Fra m e
OPTIM System
ls
Com ponents
ua
BREAKER INTERFACE MOD U LE (BIM) DIGITRIP OPTIMIZER AUXI LIARY POWER MODULE
an
The Breaker I nterface M o d u l e ( B I M ) is a
tM
The Digitrip O PT I M izer is a hand held pro The Auxi l i a ry Power M o d u l e is a power
ar
panel mou nted user i nterface device that is g r a m m e r t h at is used to access, confi g u re, sup ply req uiring 1 20 Vac in put at 50 o r 60 Hz
mou nted on the front of an electrical assem test and display i nfo rmation fro m OPTIM trip that p rovides a 32 Vdc output . The Auxi l i a ry
bly or at a remote location. The BIM is used u n its. The O PTIMize r plugs i nto the front of Power M o d u l e provides control power for
to access, confi g u re, test and display i nfor a n OPTIM trip u n it via a n eig ht-pin telephone testing an OPTIM trip unit when oth e r means
mation for OPTI M trip u n its and other jack a n d is powered by a n i n e-volt battery. In of control power is not ava ilable. The Auxil
lP
devices. The BIM cons ists of fo u r display addition, a 3-pin l ncom network con nection i a ry Power Module con nects i nto the top of
win dows, eight function buttons, eig hteen is also p rovided to program other OPTIM the Digitrip OPTI M i zer via a keyed recep
LED's and a g raph ical time/current c u rve to devices o n the system. An Auxi l i a ry Power tacle. The m a i n appl ication fo r the Auxi l i a ry
provide breaker status, operati onal i nforma M o d u l e con nection is provided to provide Power Module would be for the testing of a
tion, protection status and energy mon itor
ca
control power to perform a trip test when sta nd alone non-co m m u n icating OPT I M
i n g . A 30 Vdc power supply is req u i red to control power is not present at the breaker. breaker t h a t ord i n a rily wou ld not h ave
provide power to the B I M . This is suppl ied by The OPTI M izer is suppl ied as a sta n d a rd control power.
the switch board builder to Cutler- H a m m e r package to include the progra m mer, the
specifications. The B I M is a member o f t h e e i g ht-pin connecti o n cord, battery a n d carry Ordering Information
I I
I M PACC fa m i ly o f com m u n icating devices i n g case . The network con nection cord a n d CATALOG N U M BE R
tri
�APM
that conn ects OPTIM trip u n its, Digitrip RMS Auxi l i a ry Power M o d u l e a re opti o n a l .
8 1 0/9 1 0 trip u n its and energy sentinels as a ____ ____. _ _
sub network system. The B I M can also be n

Ordering lnformatio __ _____
_ ___
con nected to a main network via a PO N I CATALOG N U M BE R I
module t o I M PACC Series I l l softwa re. For
I
lec
OPTI M I Z E R - Sta ndard Packag e

detailed information on the BIM refer to
ICC - l ncom Con nection Cord
SA- 1 2 1 37 .
--- ---- --- ___ _j
icATALOG N U M B E R ----�
jsl� ---- --
.E
w
ww
om
S e lect i o n Data
29- 1 20N
Page 26.2
.c
Series C N - Fra m e Extern a l Accessories
GROUND FAULT ALARM U NIT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER MODULE I M PACC SOFTWARE
ls
ua
an
The G r o u n d Fault Alarm U n it is a remotely The Pote nti a l Transformer M o d u l e is S e ries C Dig itrip OPTI M t r i p u n its c a n
m o u nted device with a combi nation i n d icat req ui red fo r Series C, Digitrip OPTI M 1 050, co m m u n icate b a c k t o a centra l Perso n a l
i n g l i g h t/test button that w i l l l i g h t when the to provide a voltage input to a l l ow the trip C o m p uter b y i n stal l i n g Cutler- H a m m e r
breaker trips or a l a rm s o n g r o u n d fa u lt. The unit to m o n itor power a n d energy as well as Se ries I l l softwa re. I n a d d ition other soft
tM
G r o u n d Fault Alarm U n it req u i res a sepa rate power factor. The Pote nti a l Transformer ware packa g es a re ava i l a b l e to a l low t h e
1 20 Vac power s o u rce to power the l i g h t a n d M o d u l e is a 6VA transformer with a primary user t o config u re t h e trip u n its as w e l l as
the i nternal relay wh ich h a s 1 N . O . a n d voltage i n put of up to 600V l i ne to li ne. perform o n l i n e coord i n a t i o n . For m o re
1 N . C . contacts f o r remote i n d ication. T h e Th ree 0.1 a m pere fuses a re provided o n the i nfo rmation o n this p l ease refer to I M PACC
G r o u n d F a u l t A l a r m U n it c a n b e panel p r i m a ry of the tra nsfo rmer a n d can be used s a l es aid SA- 1 1 998.
m o u nted for o rd e r i n g with a n opti o n a l face for isolation p u poses d u ri n g d i e l ectric test
ar
m o u nting bracket. i n g . The device is normally panel mou nted
and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip u n its.
CATALOG N U M BE R
�O
j
lP
G FAU - G r o u n d F a u lt A l a rm U n it G NUMBER
. Face M o u nt i n g Bracket
I 1 264C67 G 0 1
ca
tri
3 0 Vdc Power Supply

lec
Note: A 30 Vdc power supply is required for all

Digitrip OPTIM trip units that are required to
communicate either on the main IMPACC network
or as a subnetwork to a BIM. Typically one 30 Vdc
power supply is required per switchboard and can
provide control power to a BIM and up to 1 6
OPTIM trip units. The 3 0 Vdc power supply can be
.E
an "off the shelf" power supply and is normally

provided by the switchboard manufacturer to
Cutler-Hammer recommendations.
Cutl er-Hammer
w
Westi n g h ouse & Cutler- H a mm e r Produ cts

ww
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
lSI Cutler-Hammer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20R
Page 1
West i n g h o u se
.c
March 1 996
Series C®
S u persedes Selecti o n Data 29- 1 2 0 R ,
p a g e s 1 -2, d a t e d M a rc h 1 995
Mol ded Case
M a i l e d to: E , D, C/29- 1 OOA, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
C i rcu it Breakers
ls
A- Frame
800-2500 Am peres
ua
Dimensions, Inches ( m m ) STANDARDS
No. of Poles
1----+-
-- -- +-----
-+- '-___, Series C m o lded case c i rc u i t brea kers a re
3 d e s i g n e d to conform with the followi n g
an
4 sta n d a rds:
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs. (kg) • Austra l i a n Sta n d a rd AS 2 1 84, M o l d e d
I Type
Breaker I Number of Poles C a s e C i rcuit B re a ke rs
· 3 1 4 • B ritish Sta n d a r d s I n stitution Sta n d a r d B S

4 7 5 2 : Part 1 , Switc h g e a r a n d Control
1
tM 1
1600A
Gear Part 1 : C i rc u i t Brea kers
RD, CRD 1 02 135
ROC, CRDC (46.266) (61 .235) • C a n a d i a n Sta n d a rd s Association
2000A
RD, RDC 1 1 02
(46.266) 1' (61
1 35
.235) •
Sta n d a rd C22.2 N o . 5, S e rvice E ntrance
a n d Branch C i rcuit Brea kers
I nternati o n a l E l ectrotec h n i c a l C o m m is
1 1
ar
I 2000A sion Reco m m e n dations IEC 947-2, C i rc u i t
CRD, CRDC 1 30 175 B re a ke rs
(58.967) (79.378)
• J a pa nese T-Mark Sta n d a rd, M o l d ed Case
1 1
2500A
RCJ: RDC
. C i rc u it B reakers
lP
INTERRUPTING CAPACITY RATINGS 135 1 82

(61 .235) (82.553) • N at i o n a l E l ect rical M a n ufactu rers
UL489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings CD Associ ati o n Sta n d a rd s P u b l ication N o .
rv �errupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kAI

AB 1 - 1 975, M o l d e d Case Circuit B rea kers
u m ber
• South African B u re a u of Sta n da rds,
ca
olts Ac (50/60 Hz)

les Sta n d a rd SABS 1 56, Sta ndard Specifica
---- I 240 277 I 480 600 tion for M o l d e d Case C i rcuit Breakers
3, 4 1 25 ...... 65 50 •
1----· ----- Swiss E l ectro-Te c h n i c a l Association
3, 4 1 25 ...... 65 50---- Sta ndard SEV 947-2, Safety R eg u l ations
3, 4 200 ...... 1 00 65 for Circuit B re a ke rs
tri
3, 4 200 __ . 1
_,____
65 _ • U n d erwriters Laboratories, I n c . , Sta n d a rd
U L 489, M o l d e d Case C i rcuit B rea kers a n d
IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings(]) C i rc u i t Breaker E n c l o s u res, I n c l u d i n g
-----·
I N u m ber
·--- M a r i n e C i rcuit B reakers F i l e E78 1 9
- -=----1
lec
Circuit ----
I nterrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Am peres) (kA) ---·
• U n i o n Tec h n i q u e de I ' E iectricite
I 3, 4
Breaker of Volts Ac (50/60Hz)
�-
Type .I
---- =rc
Sta ndard NF C 63-1 20, Low Volta g e
r;;-
240 --- · Switc h g e a r a n d Control Gear C i rcuit
RD B reaker Req u i reme nts
l eu 1 35 0 ' 25
•
I
l cs 1 00 50 13 Verband Deutsch e r E l e ktrotech n i ker
i
_t_
RDC (Association of German E l ectric a l
__ill_
.E
leu 200 1 00 E n g i neers) Sta n da rd VDE 0660, Low

l cs _ - � --' -
50 8 Volta g e Switc h g e a r a n d Control Gear,
C i rc u it B rea kers
Confo rm a nce with these sta n d a rd s satisfies

m ost l oca l and internatio n a l codes,
a s s u m i n g user accepta bil ity a n d s i m plified
a p p l ication.
w
Series C molded case c i rcuit breakers e q u a l

o r exceed Federa l Specification Classifica
tion W-C-375b req u i re m e nts for the p a rticu
ww
lar class associated with t h e circuit breaker

fra m e being considered.
Utilization Category A circuit breakers.

:;,·. 1 00% Rated breakers.
om
Se lect i o n Data
29- 1 20 R
Page 2
.c
Westingh ouse Series C Molded Case Circuit Brea kers, R-Frame, 800-2500 Am peres
CATALOG N U M BERING SYSTEM
This i nfo rmation is presented o n l y as an a i d to u n d e rsta n d i n g cata log n u m be rs . It is not to be used to b u i l d cata log n u m bers for c i rc u i t
breakers o r trip u n its.
ls
Frame Type Catalog N u mbers
RD 3 16 T32 w
T T T T T
ua
Frame Number Circuit Breakers/ Trip Suffix
Type of Poles Frame Amperage Type(])
RD 3: 3 Poles 1 6: 1 600A T32: Digitrip RMS 310 LSI W: Without terminals
RDC 4: 4 Poles 20: 2000A T53: Digitrip RMS 510 LS P: 1 00% Protected Neutral Pole
CRD 25: 2500A T65: Digitrip RMS 610 LSG R: Gound Fault Remote
CRDC T86: Dig itrip RMS 810 LSIG K: Molded Case Switch
an
T96: Dig itrip RMS 9 1 0 LSIG
T77: Dig itrip OPTIM 750 LSIA
T106: Digitrip OPTIM 1 050 LSIG
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
R-frame circuit breakers are available as

frame (which includes trip u n it), rating
plug and terminals.
Note: All Se ries C R-Frame circuit brea kers

Further Information
a re s u itable for reverse feed.
Appl ication Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD 29- 1 60
.E
CD For complete list of available trip types refer to

I Ti m e/Current C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD 29- 1 67 R
D i m e n s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D S 29- 1 70 R
pages 3 through 6. 1 0.
w
Cutler- H a m m e r
Westi n g h ou s e & C u tl er - H a m m e r Produ cts
ww
Pitts b u rg h , Pennsylva n i a , U .S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
l 'iii l Cutle r-Hammer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20R
Page 2 . 1
West i n g h o u se
.c
M a rc h 1 996
Series C®
S u persedes Selecti o n Data 29- 1 20R,
page 2, dated M a rc h 1 995
M o l ded Case
M a iled to: E , D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 - 400A,
3 1 -500A
ls
A-Frame
800-2500 Am pe res
ua
R-FRAME DIGITRIP SELECTION G UIDE
I
-
-
Trip Unit Type Digitrip Digitrip ! Digitrip Oigitrip Digitrip : Digitrip Digitrip
RMS 3 1 0 RMS 510 RMS 610 OPTIM 750 : RMS 810 RMS 9 1 0 OPTIM 1050
RMS Sensing
�ker Type
Yes Yes Yes J ves Yes
I Yes Yes
-
an
--
-
I R
rH I
--
Frame R R R R
-
R -
Ampere Range 800A-2500A 800A-2500A 800A-2500A 800A-2500A 800A-2500A 800A-2500A 800A-2500A
··-
r----'-- -
Interrupting Rating @ 480V 65, 100 lkAI 65, 100 (kA) 65, 100 lkAI 65, 100 lkAI 65, 100 lkAI 65, 100 lkAI 6 5 , 1 0 0 lkAI
Protection
tM
Ordering Options LS, LSG LSI, LSIG Ll, LS, LSI, LIG, ' Ll, LS, LSI, LSG, LSI(A), LSIG Ll, LS, LSI, LIG, Ll, LS, LSI, LIG, LSIIAI, LISG
LSG, LSIG i LSIG LSG, LSIG LSG, LSIG
- -
Fixed Rated Plug (In} Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes i Yes Yes
Over Temperature Trip Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
·- -
long Delay Protection (l)
A?justable Rating Plug {In) Yes Yes No No ! No No I No I No

_
ar
Long Delay Pick U p 0.5-1.0(1n)j' 0.5-1.011,1 ,. I 0.5-1.0 X II,) 0.5-1.0 X ( 10 ) 0.4-1.0 X (10) 0.5-1.0 X (10) i 0.5-1.0 X (10) 0.4-1.0 X (10)
Long Delay Time 12T 1 2 Sees. 1 2 Sees. 2-24 Sees. 2 - 2 4 Sees. 2-24 Sees. 2-24 Sees. 2-24 Sees. 2-24 Sees.
·---- -----
-
----
Long Delay Time 14T No No No : No 1-5 Sees. No No 1-5 Sees.

r-- --
Long Delay Thermal Memory Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
�igh Load Alarm No No No I 0.85 �- lr X lr X lr

I X lr X lr
r
0.5-1.0 0.85 0.85 0.5- 1 . 0
lP
1 1
Short Delay Protection {S)
Short Delay Pick Up 200-800% X (10) 200-800% X II,} I 2oo-6oo% s 1 &s2 200-600% 5 1 &52 1 50-800% X (1,) 2 I 2oo-6oo% s 1 &s2 2oo-6oo% s 1 &s2 1 50-800% X
-
X (lr) X Or) , X (lr) X (lr) (lr) '.2"
- -··
-
--
1
I
Short Delay Time t2T lOOms No 1 00-500ms 1 00-500ms 1 00-500ms 1 00-500ms 100-500ms ' 100-500ms
--
Short Delay Time Flat No ,' lnst-300ms 1 00-500ms 100-500ms

ca
1 00-500ms ' 100-500ms 1 00-500ms 1 00-500ms

- ..
·
-
-
Short Delay Time Zone Sel ective Interlocking No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
�
Instantaneous Pick Up • No 200-800% X (In) 200-600% 200-600% 200-800% X (In )(<'; 1 200-600% 200-600% 200-800% X
M 1 &M 2 X I I , ) M 1 & M 2 X (10) ' M 1 &M 2 X 11,1 M 1 &M 2 X 11,1 (ln)'2J
-
I
-
Discriminator '.3) Yes

I
No No Yes " Yes ,, Yes I Yes Yes ,,
-
tri
Instantaneous Override Yes Yes , Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
--
]
Ground Fault Protection (G)
- - ------ .
I �:
- ---- ------
Ground Fault Alarm:4 No ' No 1 No No : 25-100% x (lnl No 25-100% X (10)
1
Ground Fault Pick Up(4 Varies by Frame i Varies by Frame x (18) X X On ) X X X (In)
SO
25-1 00% 25-100% Osl 25-100% 25-100% (18) 100% 11,1 25-1 00%
I 100-500ms
-
Ground Fa � lt Delay 12T No No 1 00-500ms 1 00- O m s
j
lec
1 00-500ms 1 00-500ms 100-500ms

1-=-- - +
Ground Fault Delay Flat lnst-500ms lnst-500ms 1 00-SOOms 1 00-500ms 1 00-500 ms 100-500ms
T Yes
100:500ms 100-500ms
[---- · - --
Ground Fault Zone Selective Interlocking ' No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
t-:-··
Ground-Fault- Thermal
-. · ·---
Memory - Yes Yes Yes I Yes Yes Yes
-
Yes Yes
-
·=t:--
� Diagnostics
! Yes
Syste
I�: I
f---'---
Cause of Trip LEDs Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
r-- ---
Magnitude of Trip Information Yes Yes Yes , Yes : Yes

�e Signal Contacts I �: I Yes
.E
-
--
: No Yes Yes , Yes ' Yes

·--
System Monitoring
r-
Digital Display
Current I No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes---5,
Yes
Yes
' Yes
Yes
Yes
Yesr!JJ
Yes
Voltage No No No No No No Yes No
�
. -
Power and Energy No No No Yes Yes Yes

[----- ·
Power Quality-Harmonics
r-- - ·
'No" No No No No Yes Yes
-
-
I
Power Factor No No No No Yes( Ove r Yes Yes
�
w
-
I
IMPACC Only)
- .
[ No I No
Communications
I M PACC
_
I No
-
No Yes Yes Yes Yes
-
Testing
I Optimizer, B I M ,
ww
Testing Method
I
Test Set I Integral Integral
, IMPACC
Integral Integral Optimizer, BIM,
IMPACC
:D Adjust by Rating Plug BIM = Breaker Interface Module Is = Sensor Rating

@ Varies by Frame (A) = GF Alarm I n = Rating Plug
Ql LS/LSG Only I, = LDPU Setting x ln
® Not to exceed 1 200 Amps
lei; By Optimizer/BIM
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20R
Page 2.2
.c
Westin g h o use Series C M olded Case Circuit Brea kers, R-Fra me, 800-2500 Am peres
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
Cutler- H a m m e r
Westi n g h ouse & Cutle r - H a m m e r Produ cts
Five Parkway Center
ww
Pitts b u rg h , Pennsylva nia, U .S.A. 1 5220
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
ltc@l Cutler-Ha mmer
om
29- 1 20R
Page 6 . 9
West i n g h o u se
.c
M a rc h 1 996
Se ries C®
N ew I nformation
M a i led to: E , D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A.
M o l ded Case
3 1 -500A
C i rcu it Breakers
ls
A- Frame
800-2500 Am peres
ua
600-VOLT AC DIGITRIP OPTIM ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH INTERCHANGEABLE RATING PLUG
- - -
Order as i n divi d u a l com ponents: Breaker Frame (which i n c l u des Trip U n it) and Rating Plug
Maximum -
an
Continuous ------ _ ____
Standard lnte rr u pti n g Cap ac__
---
- --- - ----
Ampere [ Fixed ----
Ampere ity
Rating Rating
Rating 600-Volt Ac Rated 65 kAIC @ 480 Vac
@ 40'C L-Adjustable- Long Delay Pickup (I,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (12t or 14t Response)O) - Plugs
G-Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup With Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay- - (1(122ttoror Flat
Flat Response)
--A��
3-Pole
, 00,
---
A-Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm With
LSIA 750
- _
D T7 7W :
fls� 7 5o
____ _
CATALOG N� l�G �- CATALOG NUMBER �G NUMBER
RD""''w --rD'""' "'w

tM
Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay
1 LSIA 1050 1 LSIG - 1050
Response)
RD316T106W 800 ORPR16A080

-
I
-_. , ,, - -
ar
I
1000 ORPR16A100
2000A RD320T77W
_____
RD320T76W RD320T107W r2 0T>OCW
1 200
1 600
1000
1 200
----�-
0RPR16A120
ORPR16A160
ORPR20A100
ORPR20A120
-
--
lP
1 600 ORPR20A160
2000 ORPR20A200
RD325T107W- ---- RD325T106W
---- -
2500A
---- - -
RD325T77W
r-- -
RD325T76W 1600 ORPR25A160
-+ -
- ---

2000 ORPR25A200
--c--
I 2500 0RPR25A250
ca
600-VOLT AC DIGITRIP OPTIM ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH INTERCHANGEABLE RATING PLUG
O rder as i ndivi d u a l components: Breaker Frame (which i n c l u des Trip U n it) and Rating P l u g
Maximum
tri

Continuous 1-----
High Interrupting Capacity -
---
- --- - Ampere I Fixed ----
Ampere 600-Volt Ac Rated 1 00 kAIC @ 480 Vac Rating , Rating
Rating Plugs
I
@ 40'C L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (1,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (12t or 14t Response)(D
$-Adjustable Short Delay Pickup With Adjustable Short Delay Time (12t or Flat Response)
lec

t��di "�� e Gm,cd ''":��" m,r;'" Adi"'"ble :',;;;:m d �;:;' l'me DeT::t Fl i::__oeccspo n_se) _ I
_,C__A_TALOG NUMBE�TALOG NUMB�,I\TALOG NUMBER CATALOG NUMB

_ =--
---::c_E::-:_R_--'-- - - -
�TALOG NUMBER
-
_
---- -
3-Pole
.E
1 RDC31 6T107W ----RDC316T106W
___ ·I
ORPR16A080 --
---
1 600A RDC31 6T77W IC316T76W � 800---

1000
1 200
I, ORPR16A100
ORPR16A120
. _ 1 600 0RPR16A160 --
J _
2000A RDC320T77W RDC320T7 eW RDC3'""'"'w RDC32 "'neew -- 1 000 ORPR20A100
I _ ___
1200
1600
2000
ORPR20A120
ORPR20A160
ORPR20A200 -
w
2500A
----- - RDC325T77W
-+-- - ----
- *"325T76W , RDC325T1 07W RDC325T106W 1600 ORPR25A160 -
'
2000 ORPR25A200
I 2500 I ORPR25A250
CD Long delay 14t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
ww
om
S e lect i o n Data
29- 1 20R
P a g e 6. 1 0
.c
Westin g h o use Series C Molded Case Circuit Brea kers, R-Frame, 800-2500 Am peres
1 00% RATED 600 VOLT AC DIGITRIP OPTIM CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE RATING PLUG
Order as in divid u a l com ponents: B reaker F ra m e (which incl udes Trip U n it) and Rating P l u g
Continuous
ls
Ampere Fixed
Ampere
I
Standard Interrupting Capacity
Rating 600-Volt Ac Rated 65 kAIC @ 480 Vac Rating Rating
@ 40°C L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (1,) With Adjustable Lon g Delay Time (12t- or 14t Respons�) :o Plugs
S-Adjustable Short Delay Pickup With Adjustable Short Delay Time (�t or Flat Response)
ua
A-Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm With Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (t2t or Flat Response)
LSIA 750 LSIG 750 I LSIA 1050 LSIG 1050
CATALOG NUMBER - CATALOG NUMBER I CATALOG NUMB ER CATALOG NUMBER � . CAfALoG NUMBE R:_
an
3-Pole
-
1600A CRD316T77W CRD31 6T76W . CRD316T107W CRD316T1 06W 800 ORPR16A080
1 000 ORPR16A100
-- -
2000A CRD320T77W CRO,OT76W ·- I CR0320n O>W

··-
CRD320T106W
1 200
1 600
1000
ORPR16A120
ORPR1 6A160
ORPR20MO<J
tM
1200 ORPR20A120
I I
1600
2000 I ORPR20A160
ORPR20A200
1 00% RATED 600 VOLT AC DIGITRIP OPTIM CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE RATING PLUG
ar
Order as i nd ividual compon ents: Breaker Frame (which incl udes Trip U n it) and Rating Plug
Continuous Ampere Fixed
Ampere
I
High Interrupting Capacity
Rating 600-Volt Ac Rated 1 00 kAIC @ 480 Vac Rating Rating
Plugs
lP
@ 40'C L-Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (1,) With Adjustable Long Delay Time (12t or 14t Response)Gl
ca
- -
LSIA 750 LSIG 750 LSIA 1050 LSIG 1050 -
CATALOG NUMBER ! CATALOG NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER·-�
3-Pole ·
-
ORPR16A080
- -
l
1 600A CRDC31 6T77W CRDC316T76W ! CRDC31 6T1 07W CRDC31 6T106W 800 -
1000 ORPR16A100
tri
i 1 200 ORPR16A120
1 600 ORPR1 6A160
2000A CRDC320T77W CRDC320T76W CRDC320T107W CRDC320T106W 1000 ORPR20A100
1 200 ORPR20A120
1 600 ORPR20A160
lec
l ' 2000 I ORPR20A200

CD Long delay 14t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
.E
w
Cutl er- H a m m e r
Westi n g h ouse & C utler- H a m m e r P rod u cts
ww
Pitt s b u rgh, Pennsylva nia, U .S.A. 1 5220
i
Printed n U.S.A.
March 1 996
l t.::i l Cutler-Hammer
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20R
Page 2 4 . 1
.c
M a rc h 1 996
N ew I nfo rmation Series C®
M a i l e d to: E , D, C/29 - 1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A R- Fra m e
ls
Externa l
Accessories
ua
BREAKER INTERFACE MODULE (BIM) DIGITRIP OPTIMIZER AUXILIARY POWER MODULE
an
tM
ar
The B reaker I nterface Module (BIM) is a The Digitrip OPTI M izer is a hand held pro The Aux i l i a ry Power Module is a power
panel mounted user i nterface device that is g r a m m e r that is used to access, confi g u re, s u pply req u i ri n g 1 20 Vac i n put at 50 or 60 Hz
mou nted on the front of an electrical assem test and disp lay i nfo rmation from OPTIM trip that provides a 32 Vdc output. The Auxi l i a ry
bly o r at a remote location. The BIM is used u n its. The OPTI M i zer p l ugs i nto the front of Power Module provides control power for
to access, configure, test and display infor a n OPTIM trip u n it via a n eig ht-pin telephone testi ng a n OPTI M trip u n it when oth e r means
lP
mation for OPTIM trip u n its and oth e r jack and is powered by a n i n e-volt battery. I n of control power is not ava i l a b l e . The Auxil
devices. The B I M consists o f f o u r display addition, a 3 - p i n l ncom network con nection i a ry Power Module con nects i nto the top of
win dows, eight function buttons, eig hteen is a l so provided to prog ram oth e r OPTIM the Digitrip OPTI M izer via a keyed recep
LED's and a g ra p h ical time/current cu rve to devices on the syste m . An Auxi l i a ry Power tacle. The m a i n a p p l i cation for the Aux i l i a ry
provide breaker status, operational i nforma Module con nection is provided to provide Power Module wou ld be for the testing of a
ca
tion, protection status and energy mon itor control power to perform a trip test when sta nd a l one non-co m m u nicating OPTIM
i n g . A 30 Vdc power su pply is req u i red to control power is not present at the breaker. breaker that ordinarily would not have
provide power to the B I M . This is suppl ied by The OPTI M izer is suppl ied as a sta n d a rd control power.
the switchboard builder to Cutler-Hammer package to include the progra m mer, the
specificati ons. The B I M is a member of the eight-pin con necti on cord, battery a n d carry Ordering Information
tri
__I
I M PACC fa mily of com m u n icating devices ing case. The network con nection cord a n d CATALOG N U M B E R
that connects OPTIM trip u n its, Digitrip RMS Auxi l i a ry Power M o d u l e a re option a l .
PRTAAPM
8 1 0/9 1 0 trip u n its and energy senti nels as a
subnetwork system . The BIM can a l so be Ordering Information
con nected to a m a i n network via a PO N I
lec
CATALOG N U M B E R
mod u l e t o I M PACC Series I l l software. For
OPTI M I ZE R - Sta n d a rd Package
deta i l ed i nformation on the BIM refer to
ICC - l n com Con necti on Cord--------
SA- 1 2 1 37 .
]
CATALOG N U M B E R
.E
BIM
w
ww
om
S e l ecti o n Data
29- 1 20R
Page 2 4 . 2
.c
Series C R-Frame External Accessories
IMPACC SOFTWARE
ls
ua
an
S e ries C D i g itri p OPTIM tri p u n its c a n
tM
c o m m u n icate back to a central Perso n a l
Com puter b y i n sta l l i n g C u t l e r- H a m m e r
S e ries I l l software. I n a d d ition other soft
wa re packages a re ava i l a b l e to a l low t h e
user to confi g u re t h e tri p u n its as well a s
p e rfo rm o n l i n e coord i n ation. For m o re
ar
i nform ati o n o n t h i s p l ease refer to I M PACC
sales aid SA-1 1 998.
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
Cutler- H a m m e r
Westi n g h o use & Cutle r - H a m m e r P r o d u cts
ww
Printed in U.S.A.
March 1 996
om
Distribution and Control Business U n it 29-1 20
E l ectrical Compone nts Division
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva nia, U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 59
.c
M a rch 1 993
New I nfo rmation G M C P Motor
Mai led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A C i rc u it P rotecto r
ls
ua
Motor Circuit Protectors - For Prices, see Price List 29-020 Dis. Sym. CB- 1 2
Cam Motor N E MA Continuous GMCP GMCP

Setting Full Load Starter Amps Cata log Trip
Cu rrent Size N u mber Setting
j\m p e re_
an
__
s__ ___ ___ ___ ___
_
A 1 . 1 - 1 .2 15
B 1 .3 - 1 . 5 18
c 1 .6 - 1 .7 0 3 G M CP003AOC 21
D 1 . 8 - 1 .9 24
E 2.0 - 2.2 27
tM
F 2.3 - 2.5
--- -- ----- ---- -- ----
- 30
A 2.6 - 3.1 35
B 3.2 - 3.6 42
c 3.7 - 3.9 0 7 G M CP007COC 49
D 4.3 - 4.7 56
ar
E 4.8 - 5.2 63
F 5.3 - 5.7 70
A 5.7 - 6.8 75
B 6.9 - 7.9 90
c 8.0 - 9.1 0 15 G M C P01 5EOC 1 05
lP
D 9.2 - 1 0 .3 1 20
E 1 0 .4 - 1 1 .4 1 35
F 1 1 .5 - 1 2 .6 1 50
A 1 1 .5 - 1 3. 7 1 50
ca
B 1 3 .8 - 1 6.0 1 80
c 1 6. 1 - 1 8.3 30 G M CP030H 1 C 210
Type GMCP Motor Circuit Protector
3-63 Amperes, 480Y/277V. 3 Poles D 1 8.4 - 20.6 240
E 20.7 - 22.9 270
F 23.0 - 25.2 -- -- --- -----
300
Motor Circuit Protector
tri
A 1 9 .3 - 22.9 250
The G M C P is designed specifica l ly for the B 23.0 - 26.8 300
protection of motor c i rcu its. It ope rates o n c 26.9 - 30.6 2 50 G M C0050K2C 350
the mag netic principle w i t h a cu rrent D 30.7 - 34. 5 400
sensing coil in each of the th ree poles, with E 34. 6 - 38.3 450
lec
the tri p-poi nt adjusta ble from the front. F 38.4 - 42 . 1 500
G M CP's are the fastest devices ava i l a b l e for
A 23. 1 - 27.5 300
clearing low level fa u lts and offer circuit
B 27.7 - 32.2 360
breaker features a n d conve nience,
c 32.3 - 36.7 3 60 G M CP060J2C 420
resettable, q u ick m a ke-q u ic k break, dead
D 36.9 - 41 .4 480
front, and protecti o n a g a i n st single phasi n g .
E 41 . 5 - 46.0 540
F 46 .2 - 50.5
.E
T h e compact desi g n o f the G M CP, its 600

si m p l ified i n stallation a n d the tamperproof A 24.2 - 32. 1 320
construction optim ize its a p p l i cation to B 29.1 - 34.8 380
provide maxi m u m protection in smal ler, c 33.9 - 39.4 3 63 G M CP063M2C 440
more efficient, easy-to-bu i l d a n d less costly D 38.8 - 46.4 500
circuitry. I nterrupti n g capacity ratings for E 43 . 6 - 48.9 570
the G M C P are esta blis hed i n combination F 48. 5 - 53.7 630
with contactors i n motor starters. Consult
w
motor starter m a n ufacturer for combi nation Terminals Line and load side te r m i n a l s a re UL Listed
rati ngs. Ter m i n a l s a re inclu ded with the G M CP. as suitable for wire type and size as
Sta ndard terminals will accom modate indicated below.
G M CP's are rated to correspond to N E MA copper conductors o n ly. Wire ranges a re
Breaker Type Wire Wire
ww
listed below.
starter sizes.
Continuous Terminal Type Range
Amperes
3-63 Clamp Cu # 1 4- 1 /0 AWG
om
Tech nical Data
29-1 20
Page 60
.c
U nderwriters' Laboratories Inc. Listed Accessories for GMCP
The G M C P is listed with U nderwriters'
Laboratories as a recog n ized co m ponent External Mounted Accessories
a n d req u i res additional l isti n g by the control
m a n ufacturer i n com bination with a Description Style N u mber No. Units
in
ls
contactor and overload relay.
Package
Modifications for GMCP Lock Dog ( Non·Padlockable) 1 294C0 1 H01 1

Mounting Hardware 624B375G23 1
These modificati ons m u st be factory i n stalled CD .
DIN Rail Adaptor® 1 225C79G01 10
ua
Type El ectrical Ratings Contact Style
Accessory Interrupting Ratings
Volts Freq. Amps Arrangement Nu mber
�----�--�--
Maxi m u m a p p l i cation current s h a l l be deter
Shunt Trip 1 20 50/60 Hz 1.1 1 373D62G 1 8 m i ned by testing the G M CP in com bination
Shunt Tri p 240 50/60 Hz 2.1 1 373D62 G 1 9
with a contactor a n d overload relay.
an
Aux i liary
Switch 240 50/60 Hz 6 1 a/1 b 1 288C74G03 Further Information
Auxi liary List Price s : Price List 29-020
Switch 240 50/60 Hz 6 2a/2b 1 288C73G03 Applicatio n : Appl ication Data 29-360
C h a racteristic Cu rves: Appl. Data 29-360-A
Alarm Dimensions: Dimension S h eet 29- 1 70
Switch 240 50/60 Hz 6 Make/Break 1 288C75G03
CD Only one accessory may be installed in breaker.

® For use with standard 35mm DIN rai l such as,
35 x 7.5 or 35 x 1 5m m per DIN EN50022. tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
Westi n g house E l ectric Corporation

Distribution and Control Busi ness U n it
w

Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a, U . S .A. 1 5220
ww
March 1 993
om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tec h nical Data
Pittsbu r g h , Pennsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 1
.c
M a rch, 1 988
Supersedes Tec h n i ca l Data 29- 1 20,
For Lighting, Distribution and Power C i rcu its
A B D E-I O N ®
pages 1 -2, dated October, 1 98 1 and
S u pplem ent, page . 0 1 , dated April 18, 1 983 C i rc u it B reakers
M a i led to: E , D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
ls
3 1 - 500A
ua
All Westi nghouse molded case circuit break arate a p proval m u st be obta ined. However, Index@
ers a re b u i lt to meet req u i rements of N E MA these panelbo a rd parts a re adequate to Breaker Page Numbers _ __
Standard AB- 1 - 1 986 @ meet Underwriters' specifications as compo- Selection Ordering
nent parts, a n d if properly used with West- ---------------
Guide Data
an
Ordering Information i ng h ouse AB De-ion circu it breakers, wi l l Standard Breakers
AB De-ion® circuit brea kers a re to be e n a b l e the u se r t o m a i ntain U n d e rwriters' 1 00 and 1 50 Amperes
Ouicklag HOP, OC 2 12
ordered as fo l l ows : Laboratories sta n d a rds. These panelboard
Quicklag OPHW, OBHW, 2 14
parts a re ava i l a b l e to original e q u i p m ent OCHW
Fixed Trip Breakers m a n ufacturers only. They are not for use as Quicklag OHPX, HBAX, 2 15
Order com p l ete breaker or complete repl acement parts. QHCX
Ouicklag Grd. Fault 2 16
tM
breaker less term i n a l s p l u s req u i red
Type BAB 2 18
term inals. Rep lacement p a rts for Westingho use panel- Type LC 4 27
boards s h o u l d be sel ected a n d ordered from 225 Amperes
Interchangeable Trip Breakers Renewal Parts Price List 1 20 o r negotiated Type CA, CAH, HCA 2 17
300 Amperes
Order fra me, trip u n it and term i n a l s . with Construction E q u i p m ent Division, St. Type LC 4 27
Lou is, M i ssouri. 400 Amperes
Type LAB, LA 8 41,42
ar
When Ordering, Specify:
600 Amperes
Catalog N u mber or Style N u m ber, Quantity Further Information @ Type LA 4 20
A B De-ion® Circuit Breakers Type LC 4 27
List Prices 800 Amperes
Price List 29-020
Type MA 8 44
To obtain l ist prices of breakers, mod ifica Appl ication Data 29- 1 60 Type MC 4 29
lP
tions and accessories, locate style o r cata Dime nsion S heet 29- 1 70 1200 Amperes
log n u m ber from a pprop riate page of Type NB 8 45
Techni cal Data and refer to Price List 29-020. Obsolete Breaker Guide@ Type NC 4 30
2500 Amperes
Where m o u nting h a rdware is desi red, spec
Listed below is a tabulation of AB De-ion® Type PB 8 47
ca
circuit breakers made obsolete by the devel- 3000 Amperes

ify quantity and style n u m ber. N o c h arge opment of a full range of modern, electri- Type PC, PCC 4 31
when ordered with com plete breaker. cally e q u ivalent breakers. These obsolete MARK 75 ® Breakers
breakers are not ava i l a b l e and a re l i sted 30 Amperes
If breakers are to be mod ified, order "simi only as a g u i de to the i nterim rep lacement, Quicklag OHPW, OHCW 5 12
lar to" a standard catalog n u m ber, a n d or equival ent modern breaker. Type HBA 5 18
tri
150 Amperes
describe the special features desi red.
Obsolete Interim Equivalent
Type HLC 6 27
300 Amperes
Ava i lable accessories are l i sted beg i n n n i ng Breakers Replacement Series C Type HLC 6 27
on page 49. In s o m e cases, accessories a re
Breakers and other
Current
400 and 600 Amperes
Type H LA400 9 42
l i sted for sale in q u a ntity lots. In th ese Type HLA600 6 20
lec
-- ------ -- --
Breakers
-- --
instances, order item i n q u a ntity lots Frame
- -- -- -- - ---- -- -- --
Type HLC 6 27
BOO Amperes
ind icated. QCC CA Type HMA 9
EA EB GC Type HMC 6
44
29
Minimum Quantities: For a basic part or EB GC
EHD
E
EHB 1200 Amperes
Type HNB 9 45
FBD
EH
common part as shown on i n divi d u a l
breaker pages, m i n i m u m ordering q u a ntities
F FB Type HNC 6 30
FA FB FDB
.E
are listed.
G FB FDB Current Limit-R-Breakers
FCL 7 33
J JB JDB LCL 7 34
Molded Case Switches@ JK KB JD
Molded Case Switches are Underwriters' K KB JD TRI-PAC® Breakers
Laboratories, I n c . l i sted devices and are
KL LB/LA KD 100 Amp. Type FB 7 35
avai lable as standard type with no overcur
LM MAINB 400 Amp. Type LA 7 36
BOO Amp. Type NB 7 37
rent protecti on, and h i g h mag netic trip type
with fixed trip setti n g . HF HFB FD 1 600 Amp. Type PB 7 38
HFA HFB FD Modifications Accessories, 49-58 49-58
w
HK HKB JD Motor Operators

F o r appl ication i nformation a n d U L I nc. HKL HLB KD
l i sted withstand ratings, refer to Appl ication HLM HMA/HNB Replacement Breakers 19
Data 29- 1 60.
TRI-PACC"'F TAI-PAC FB
ww
TAI-PAC FA TAI-PAC FB
Panelboard Connecting Straps TAI-PAC K TAI-PAC LA
Conditions: The p u rchaser does not auto TAI-PAC KL TAI-PAC LA
TAI-PAC L TAI-PAC NB
matically secure U n d e rwriters' a p p roval
P1 Ouicklagr•;c
sim ply by i n corporating these parts i nto h i s PT ALB-1
panelboards. U nde rwriters' Laboratories, (Ref. TD
I nc. list certa i n req u i rem ents t h at the m a n u 29-220)
facturers' product m u st meet; therefore sep- Ci Changed or added since previous issue.
om
Tech nical Data
29- 1 20
Page 2
.c
Standard Breaker Selection Guide (9
HOP, OPHW, OHPX OBHW, HBAX QC, OCHW, QHCX Oui ckla g ® Ground BABCi
Fault
ls
ua
an
1, 2, 3 Poles 1, 2, 3 Poles 1, 2, 3 Poles 1, 2 Poles
tM
1 , 2, 3 Poles
10-125 Amps 10-100 Amps 10-100 Amps 1 5-30Amps 15-100 Amps
@40"C @40°C @4<rC @40"C (u 40oC
ar
Dimensions, Inches, 3 Pole Breakers
H W D H W D H w D H W D H W D
215/16 3 2% 25/,6 3 2% 3:Y. 3 27/,6 33/,6 1 2% 25/1 6 3 2%
(One
Pole)
lP
Ac Ratings I .C. Ratings Shown 10,000 are Symmetrical (]); Ratings Shown 1 0,000 are Asymmetrical
1 20/240, 240 Volts Max. 1 20/240, 240 Volts Max. 1 20/240, 240 Volts Max. 1 20/240 Volts Max. 1 20/240, 240,
Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Volts M ax.
1 20/240 Volts: 1 20/240 Volts: 1 20/240 Volts: 1 20 Volts Amps I . C.
ca
1 0,000, 25,000 and 50,000 25,000 and 50,000 1 0,000, 25,000 and 50,000 1 0,000 and 25,000 1 20/240 Vo Its:
1 20/240 Volts: 1 20/240 Volts: 1 20/240 Volts: 1 20 Volts 1 0,000 and 10,000
1 0,000, 22,000 and 42,000 22,000 and 42,000 1 0,000, 22,000 and 42,000 10,000 and 22,000 240 Volts: 1 0,000
240 Volts: 1 0,000 and 1 0,000, 240 Volts: 25,000 and 50,000 240 Volts: 1 0,000 and 1 0,000, 1 20/240 Volts: and 10,000
25,000 and 22,000 or 22,000 and 42,000 25,000 and 22,000 or 10,000 and 10,000 =1'
50,000 and 42,000 50,000 and 42,000
�-
tri
c.
Dc RatingCD :; ·
--- --- c
in
. ......... .......... ....... ...
. ........
. . · · · · · · · · · .. .. ...
. . .
�
lec
Accessories and Modifications See Pages 49-58 for Description and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Status
Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus
Treatment Treatment Treatment Treatment Treatment
Handle Lock Device Handle Lock Devices Handle Lock Devices Handle Lock Devices
Cil Changed or added since previous issue.
.E
CD Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.
Westi ngho use E l ectric Corporation

w

E l ectrical Com pon ents Division
Pittsburgh, Pen nsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220
ww
March, 1 988
om
Westi nghouse Electric Corporation Techn ical Data
Distri bution and Control Busi ness U n it 29- 120
Pitts b u rg h , Pennsylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 3
.c
December, 1 989
Supersedes Tec h n ical Data 29-1 20,
For Lighting, Distribution a n d Power Ci rcuits
AB D E- I O N ®
pages 3-4, dated M a rch, 1 988
M a i le d to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, C i rc u it B reakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Standard Breaker Selection Guide
GB, GHB GHBS GC, GHC CA, CAH, HCA<&
an
tM
ar
1 , 2, 3 Poles 1 Pole 1 , 2, 3 Poles 2, 3 Poles
15-100 Amps 15 and 20 Amps 15-100 Amps 1 00-225 Amps
@ 40°C @ 40"C @ 40°C @40°C
Dimensions, Inches, 3-Pole Breakers

lP
H w D H W H w H w D
4 3 2 1 3f1 6 4 1 47/s 3 61/2 4'1s 21V1 6
(One Polel
Ac Ratings I.C. Ratings Shown 14,000 Are Symmetrical!])
1 20, 240, 277, 277/480 Volts Max. 1 20, 240, 277, 277/480 Volts Max. 240 Volts Max.
ca
Amps I.C. 1 20, 277 Volts Max. Amps I.C. Amps I.C.
Type GB, GHB Amps I.C. Type GC, GHC CA: 1 0,000 and 10,000
1 200 and 240@ Volts: 65,000 1 20 Volts: 65,000 1 200 and 240@ Volts: 65,000 CAH : 25,000 and 22,000
Type GHB 277 Volts: 14,000 Type GHC HCA: 50,000 and 42,000
2770 and 277/480@ Volts: 14,000 2770 and 277/480@ Volts: 14,000
tri
De Ratings!])
1 25 Volts® 14,000 125 Volts® 14,000
1 25/250 Volts@ 14,000 1 25/250 Volts@ 14,000
Accessories and Modifications See pages 49-58 for Description and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Status
lec
Shunt Trip .......... Shunt Trip Moisture-Fungus

Undervoltage Trip .......... Undervoltage Trip Treatment
Auxiliary Switch .......... Auxiliary Switch Handle Lock Devices
Alarm Switch .......... Alarm Switch Shunt Trip
Handle Lock Devices .......... Handle Lock Devices: Auxiliary Switch
Shock Tested
Freeze Tested
Special Calibration
.E
w
Changed or added since previous issue.

ww
�
G) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed.
0 One Pole.
G:l Two and three pole.
0 1 Pole 15-70 Amp.
om
Tech n i cal Data
29- 1 20
Page 4
.c
LA 600 LC MC NC PC, PCC
ls
ua
an
2, 3 Poles@ 2, 3 Poles@ 2, 3 Poles@ 2, 3 Poles@ 2, 3 Poles@
250-600 Amps 75-600 Amps 400-800 Amps 800-1200 Amps 1 000-3000 Amps
tM
(li40"C

H W H W H w D H w D H W D
10% 8V• 10% 8% 1 6 81/4 4V1s 16 8% 51/2 22'/s 121116 9V1s
Ac Ratin�C. Rat�ngs Shown 42,000 are Symmetrica i G:l ; Ratings Shown 50,000 are Asymmetri�
ar
600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. - Volts Max.
600 - ----
__
600 Volts Max.

Amps I.C. Amps I.C. Amps I.C. Amps I.C. Amps I.C.
240 Volts: 50,000 240 Volts: 50,000 240 Volts: 50,000 240 Volts: 50,000 240 Volts: 50,000
and 42,000 and 42,000 and 42,000 and 42,000 and 1 25,000
480 Volts: 35,000 480 Volts: 35,000 480 Volts: 35,000 480 Volts: 35,000 480 Volts: 1 1 5,000
and 30,000 and 30,000 and 30,000 and 30,000 and 1 00,000
lP
600 Volts: 25,000 600 Volts: 25,000 600 Volts: 25,000 600 Volts: 25,000 600 Volts: 1 1 5,000
and 22,000 and 22,000 and 22,000 and 22,000 and 100,000
--- -- ·----· --· - --·---
De RatingsG:l --- -- -- --
-- · ·
250 Volts
ca
20,000 Amps I. C.Gl

Accessories and Modifications See Pages 49-58 for Description and Underwriters' Laboratories, _lrl<:. Status
__
Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Tr"1p Drawout Frame
Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Shunt Trip
Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switch
tri
Alarm Switch Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Alarm Switch
Mechanical Interlock Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Mechanical Interlock
Center Studs Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus
Rear Connecting Studs Treatment Treatment Treatment Treatment
Moisture-Fungus Enclosure Handle Mech. Enclosure H andle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech.
Treatment
lec
Motor Operator
Enclosure Handle Mech.
Handle Lock Dev"1 ces
G:lUnderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.

@ 2-Pole Unit supplied in 3-pole frame.
.E
Gl Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not UL listed.
West i n g h ouse E lectric Corporation

w
Distribution and Control B u s i n ess U n it

E l ectrical C o m p o n e nts Division
ww
December, 1989
om
Pittsbu rg h , Pennsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 5
.c
M a rch, 1 988
S u persedes Techn ical Data 29-1 20, AB D E-ION®
pages 5-6, dated April, 1 980.
Mailed to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, C i rcu it B reakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
High lnterrrupting Capacity Breaker Selection Guide�
MARK 75® MARK® MARK 75®

Type OHPW Type HBAW Type OHCW
an
tM
ar
1, 2 Poles 1 , 2 Poles 1, 2 Poles
15-30 Amps; 15-30 Amps; 15-30 Amps;
3 Poles, 3 Poles, 3 Poles,
15-20 Amps 15-20 Amps 15-20 Amps
(aJ40°C @40°C @40°C
lP

H W D H W D H W D
215/1 6 1 (1 2% 2 1 511 6 1 (1 2% 33/4 1 ( 1 27/16
pole) pole) pole)
ca
Ac Ratings I. C. Ratings Shown 65 000 are Symmetrical CD ; Ratings Shown 75,000 are Asymmetrical
�
1 20/240 Volts Max. 1 20/240 Volts Max. 1 20/240 Volts Max.
Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C.
75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000
-�----- ------� · ·--·· ---�----·--
tri
De RatingsCD
------�----- �---
Accessories and Modifications, See pages 13 and 1 8.

lec
Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus

Treatment Treatment Treatment
Handle Lock Devices Handle Lock Devices Handle Lock Devices
.E
w
ww
(9 Changed since previous issue.

® 2-pole unit supplied in 3-pole frame.
@ Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not UL listed.
om
Tec h n i ca l Data
29-1 20
Page 6
.c
High Interrupting Capacity Breaker Selection Guide
MARK 75 ® HLA MARK 75 ® HLC MARK 75 ® HMC MARK 75® HNC

600
ls
.�2
81
ua
.. .
an
2, 3 Poles0 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles0 2, 3 Poles®
250-600 Amps 75-600 Amps 400-800 Amps 800-1200 Amps
tM
@40"C
H W D H W D H W D H w D
1 0% 8'1. 4 1 /ts 1 0%
----
8'1.-- 4 1 /ts 16 8'1. 4 1 /ts 16 8'1. 5'12
Ac Ratings I. C. Ratings Shown 65,000 are Symmetrical (]) ; Ratings Shown 75,000 are Asymmetrical
ar
600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max.
Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C.
240 Volts: 240 Volts: 240 Volts: 240 Volts:
75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000
lP
40,000 and 35,000 40,000 and 35,000 58,000 and 50,000 58,000 and 50,000
30,000 and 25,000 30,000 and 25,000 30,000
- and --
25,000 30,000 a nd 25,000
De Ratings(])
ca
250 Volts
20,000-Amps I. -C. 0
Accessories and Modifications, See Pages 49-58 for Description and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Status
Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip
Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch
Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch
tri
Alarm Switch Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock

Mechanical Interlock Rear Connecting Studs Moisture-Fungus Rear Connecting Studs
Center Studs Moisture-Fungus Treatment Moisture-Fungus
Rear Connecting Studs Treatment Enclosure Handle Mech. Treatment
Moisture-Fungus Enclosure Handle Mech. Rear Connecting Studs Enclosure Handle Mech.
Treatment Handle Lock Devices
lec
Motor Operator
Handle Lock Devices
G) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. l i sted.
® 2�pole unit supplied i n 3-pole frame.
0 Ratings above 10,000 amps not UL Listed.
.E
Westing h o u se E l ectric Corporation

w

Pitts b u rg h , Pennsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220
ww
March, 1 988
om
Distribution and Control B u s i n ess U n it 29-120
Pittsburgh, Pen nsylva nia, U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 7
.c
M a rch, 1 988
Su persedes Tech n i cal Data 29- 1 20, A B D E-I O N ®
pages 7-8, dated October, 1 98 1
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, C i rcu it B reakers
ls
3 1 -500A
ua
High Interrupting Capacity Selection Guide
FCL LCL TRI-PAC® FB TRI-PAC® LA TRI-PAC ® N B TRI-PAC PB

Current Limit-R Current Li mit-R
an
tM
ar
2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2 , 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles®
15-100 Amps 1 25-400 Amps 15- 1 00 Amps 70-400 Amps 300-800 Amps ® 600-1600 Amps
@40'C @40'C @40'C @40'C @40'C
lP
H W D H W D H W D H W D H D H W D
1 6 � _4% _
w
8% 4'/a_ Jy.
__ 1() _ 1:!',/._ 41 11 s
__ _
8 :Y� 4'/a_ Th
____ _ _ __ __
22 8'!. 5'/z 22V. 1 2 1 11 6 91/1 6
ca
Ac Rating I. C. Ratings Shown 65,000 are Symmetrical CD; Ratings Shown 75,000 are Asymmetrical
480 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max.
Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C.
240 Volts: 200,000 240 Volts: 200,000 240 Volts: 200,000 240 Volts: 200,000 240 Volts: 200,000 240 Volts: 200,000
600 Volts: 100,000 600 Volts: 200,000 600 Volts: 200,000 600 Volts: 200,000 600 Volts: 200,000
tri
--- ------- ---
De Ratings CD
250 Volts 250 Volts 250 Volts® 250 Volts@

1 00,000 Am ps i._C.@ _____1(l<l.(l0� Amp� l._£_(1)___
____ _
1 00,000 Amps I. C.@ ____l_QO,OOO Alll_e_s_l.(; -�
lec
Accessories and Modifications, See Pages 49-58 for Description and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Status
Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip
Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip
Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch
Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Mechanical Interlock Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch
Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus Rear Connecting Studs Mechanical interlock Mechanical interlock Mechanical interlock
Treatment Treatment Moisture-Fungus Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Moisture-Fungus
Motor Operator Motor Operator Treatment Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus Treatment
.E
Motor Operator Treatment Treatment Motor Operator

Enclosure Handle Mech. Motor Operator Motor Operator
Handle Lock Devices Enclosure Handle Mech.
Handle Lock Devices
w
ww
G) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. l i sted.

® 2-pole unit supplied i n 3-pole frame.
@ Based o n NEMA test procedures.
@ De rating applies only to magnetic only breakers.
® For ratings above 350 amps, De rating applies only to magnetic only breakers.
om
Technical Data
29-1 20
Page 8
.c
Replacement Breaker Selection Guide$
LAB, LA 400 MA NB PB
ls
ua
an
2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles®
tM
1 25-400 Amps 1 25-800 Amps 700-1200 Amps 600-2500 Amps
(a 40°C @ 40'C @ 40°C @40°C
---- ---
-
Dimensions, Inches, 3-Po_le B rea kers ----· ---- ·---
_ ____ _____ ---- ·----· ----·
H W D H w D H w H W D
1 0% 8% 4V16 16 8% 41116 16 8% 221/s 1 2 1116 9V16
ar
�c Ratings L C. Ratings Shown 25,000 are Symmetrical CD ; Ratings Shown 30,000 are Asymmetrical ··
· ---
____
.
----
____
Amps L C. Amps L C. Amps L C. Amps L C.
240 Volts: 50,000 and 42,000 240 Volts: 50,000 and 42,000 240 Volts: 50,000 and 42,000 240 Volts: 1 50,000 and 1 25,000
480 Volts: 35,000 and 30,000 480 Volts: 35,000 and 30,000 480 Volts: 35,000 and 30,000 480 Volts: 1 1 5,000 and 1 00,000
lP
600 Volts: 25,000 and 22,000

-------·----- ----
600 Volts: 25,000 and 22,000 600 Volts: 25,000 and 22,000 -
600 Volts: 1 1 5,000 and 1 00,000
----
.-- -
---- ---
De R<ltin �
--- ---
---- ----
---- ----· --- -----
----· ---- ·
250 Volts 250 Volts® 250 Volts® 250 Volts®
20,000 Amps I. C . 0 20,000 Amps I. C . 0 20,000 Amps L C.0 75,000 Amps L C.0 ®
ca
---- ·--- ---- ----

··
�ccessories
·
and Modifications, See Pages 49-58 for Description and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Status
.
Undervoltage Trip U ndervoltage Trip U ndervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip
Auxil iary Switch Auxiliary Switch Aux'l liary Sw'1tch Aux'l liary Sw'1tch
Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch
tri
Mechanical I nterlock Mechanical I nterlock Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock

Center Studs Center Studs Center Studs Moisture-Fungus Treatment
Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Motor Operator
Moisture-Fungus Treatment Moisture-Fungus Treatment Moisture-Fungus Treatment Enclosure Handle Mech.
Motor Operator Motor Operator Motor Operator
Enclosure Handle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech.
lec
Handle Lock Devices
<ll Changed since previous issue.

CD U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. l isted
.E
0 Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not UL Listed.

® Based on NEMA test procedures.
® De rating applies only to magnetic only
breakers.
® For ratings 700 amps and up, De Rating applies
only to magnetic only breakers.
Westi ng house E l ectric Corporation

w
Distri bution and Control Busi ness U n it

E l ectrical Com pon ents Division
ww
March, 1 988
om
Electrical Com ponents Division
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 9
.c
A B D E-I O N ®
M a rch, 1 988
S u persedes Tec h nical Data 29- 1 20,
pages 9- 1 0, dated April, 1 980
M a i led to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, C i rcu it B reakers
ls
3 1 -500A
ua
Replacement Breaker Selection Guide@
MARK 75® HLA 400 MARK 75® HMA MARK 75® HNB
an
i • • i
II
tM
ar
2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles®
1 25-400 Amps 1 25-800 Amps 700-1200 Amps
lP
(liJ40oC @40"C (a 40°C
D_ si o n s, l nc hes, 3-Pole Brea k ers_

i m_e_n_ _ ___ ,______ ,
_ ____ ____: _
H W D H w D H w D
1 0% 8% 16 8% 4V16 16 8% 5'12
-- - -- -
- - - -------
ca
�c Ratin_gs I. C. Ratings Shown 65,000 are Symmetrical CD; Ratings Shown 75,000 ar� Asymmetrical __
600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max.

Amps I . C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C.
240 Volts: 75,000 and 65,000 240 Volts: 75,000 and 65,000 240 Volts: 75,000 and 65,000
tri
1:)(: RatingsCD__ __________ __

250 Volts 250 Volts@ 250 Volts@
20,000 Amps I. C.GJ 20,000 Amps I. C.GJ 20,000 Amps I. C.GJ
lec
Accessories a n d Modifications, See Pages 49-58 for Description and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Status -- , __ __ -- -- ----- , -- -- , ---, --- --
Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip

U ndervoltage Trip U ndervoltage Trip U ndervoltage Trip
Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch
Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch
Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock
.E
Center Studs Center Studs Center Studs

Rear Connecting Studs Moisture-Fungus Treatment Rear Connecting Studs
Moisture-Fungus Treatment Motor Operator Moisture-Fungus Treatment
Motor Operator Enclosure Handle Mech. Motor Operator
Enclosure Handle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech.
Parallel Connections
Handle Lock Devices
w
ww
<B Changed since previous issue.

CD U nderwriters' Laboratories, I nc. listed.
0 Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not U L Listed.
@J For ratings above 600 amps, De rating applies only to magnetic only breakers.
om
Technical Data
29-1 20
Page 1 0
.c
Guide t o Quicklag® and Type B A Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbering System
Old System
Catalog Number: HQNP LA 1 070 B
ls
==r-
r------------------------------� -
I
=r T �
Base J Variati ons N o . of Poles Am p Rating Modifications
HON P : Type P, 1 0,000 A m ps. l . C. L: 1 20/240 Volts 1 : 1 Po l e 0 1 5 = 1 5 Am p . B: 2 Po le Sw. Neutral
ua
OH P : Type P, 65,000 A m ps. I . C. A: Above 50 Amp. 2 : 2 Poles 025= 25 Amp.
HON B : Type B, 1 0,000 A m ps I . C. CD V: 50°C 3 : 3 Poles 070= 070 Amp.
OHB : Type B, 65,000 Amps. I. C. CD 1 00= 1 00 Am p .
H OC : Type C, 1 0,000 Amps. I. C. Etc.
OHC: Type C, 65,000 Amps I . C .
an
New System
Catalog Number: HOP 1 070 v

� � T -c.____,
Base J
.---------------------------------- =r-
N o . of Poles Amp. Rati n g Mod ifications
HOP : Type P 1 0,000 Amps. l . C.

OPHW: Type P 22,000 Am ps. I . C.
OHPX: Type P 42,000 A m ps. I. C.
OHPW: Type P 65,000 Amps. I . C.
BAB : Type B 1 0,000 A m ps. I . C.
1 : 1 Pole
2: 2 Poles
3 : 3 Poles
tM 015:
025:
070:
1 00 :
Etc.
1 5 Amps.
25 Amps.
70 A m p s
1 00 A m p s
B:
C:
H:
V:
Sw. Neutral ( 2 Po le P and C o n ly )
S w . Netural ( 2 P o l e BA o n ly )
240 Volt (2, 3 Poles)
50oC
ar
OBHW: Type B 22,000 A m ps. l . C.
H BAX: Type B 42,000 Amps. I . C.
H BAW: Type B 65,000 Amps. I . C.
OC : Type C 1 0,000 Amps. !. C.
OC HW: Type C 22,000 A m ps . I . C.
lP
OHCX: Type C 42,000 A mps. l . C.

O H CW : Type C 65,000 Amps. I . C.
Guide to Breaker Catalog Numbering System (For Breakers other t ha n Ouicklag, Type BA and SELTRONIC""�)
ca
Catalog Number: EB 3 030 A

r----=r r----=r �
Breaker N o . of Trip Amp Mod ifications
Type Poles Rati n g
CA 1: 1 Pole T h e r m a l Mag netic A: Ambient C o m p
tri
DA 2: 2 Poles 030 : 30 A m ps. C : C o p p e r Only Term i n a l s @

EB 3: 3 Po les 1 00 : 1 00 A m ps. F : Frame O n l y
EHB 4: 4 Poles 1 200: 1 200 Amps. L : Line and L o a d Lugs ( EB , E H B , F B ,
FB etc. H FB, FB, TA I -PAC ®
lec
HFB M : M a g n etic Only

etc. M a g n etic Only N: M o l ded Case Switch ( N o n-a uto)
Use H i g h Setting P: TAI -PAC
022 R: Used with P to i n d icate redesi g n ed
045 TAI-PAC (Types LA a n d P B )
110 R : U s e d with F B m a g netic o n l y
1 90 breakers a n d Ty pe LFB cu rrent
.E
270 Lim iters for FB breakers t o ind icate

480 rejecti o n feature.
etc. S: SAF-T-Vu e ®
T : Trip U n it
V: 50oC Cali bration
Note: Above i nformation i s for identification W : Without Term i n a l s
of Catalog Numbe r only. Do not use to X : Load Te r m i n a l s Only (except F B
construct cata log number not listed i n this (il Changed or added since previous issue. l i ne l i sted u n d e r L a bove)
w
catal og. G) Replaced by Types BAB o r H BAW. Y : Line Te r m i n a l s Only
Westi n g ho u se E l ectric Corporation

ww
Distribution a n d Control Busi ness U n it

om
Distri bution a n d Control Busi ness U n it 29-1 20
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 1 5
.c
AB DE-ION ®
October, 1 988 Qu ickla g ® Type QH PX, H BAX, OHCX,
Su persedes Tech nical Data 29- 1 20, 1 00 Amperes, 42,000 Amperes I. C.
pages 1 5- 1 6, dated M a rc h , 1 98 1
Circu it Breakers
Ou icklag G ro u n d F a u lt Brea kers,
M a i l e d to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Type P and B, 1 5-30 Am peres
ls
3 1 -500A
ua
Type QHPX, HBAX, and QHCX Breakers These breakers a re not d efi ned in Federal
1 5- 1 00 Am peres, 1 20/240, 240 Volts Ac, 1 and 2-Pol es, 42,000 Amperes I. C. Specificati o n W-C-375b.
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed Inter
an
rupting Ratings:
42,000 Sym.
Listed with Underwriters' Laboratori es, Inc.

except as noted.
tM
On a l l 3 p h a se Delta, G ro u n d e d B phase
a p p l i cations, refer to Westi n g h o use.
1 Pole OHPX 2 Pole HBAX 2 Pole QHCX Note: All Two a n d Th ree pole breakers are of
the common tri p type .
ar
Continuous � a log N Terminals
! _LJill bers
Amps. @ 1 Pole Gl 2 Poles® Te r m i n a l s are U n derwriters' Laboratories,
-- ----
40'C 1 201240 Volts Ac, Max. 1 201240 Volts Ac, Max. Inc. l i sted as suitable for the wire type a n d
- - --
s i z e listed below. When u s e d w i t h a l u m i n u m

Type OHPX Plug-in Breakers (Discount Symbol CB-1)
con d u ctors, use j o i nt co m p o u n d .
lP
15 OHPX 1 0 1 5 ® OHPX20 1 5
20 QHPX1 020® OH PX2020
� OHPX 1 �5 OHPX2025 QHPX: T e r m i n a l s o n l oad side o nly; l i ne ter
30 OHPX1 030 OH PX2030 m i n a l s are p l ug- i n fe male c l a m ps which c l i p
35 OHPX1 035 OHPX2035 o n bus stab.
40 OHPX1 040 OH PX2040
ca
45 OHPX 1 045 OH PX2045

50 OHPX1 050 OHPX2050 HBAX : Term i n a l s o n load s i de o n l y ; l i n e ter
55 OHPX 1 055 OHPX2055 m i n a l s a re extended ta ng which bolts di rectly
60 OHPX1 060 OHPX2060 to bus.
70 OHPX1 070 OHPX2070
80 .......... OH PX2080
90 OHPX2090 OHCX : Term i n a l s on l i n e a n d load ends.
tri
1 00 OHPX21 00
Type HBAX Bolt-on Breakers (Discount Symbol CB-2) Breaker Terminal Type Wire Range
15 HBAX1 0 1 5 ® HBAX20 1 5 Amps and Type
20 HBAX 1 02 0 ® HBAX2020
25 HBAX 1 025 HBAX2025 Types QHPX and HBAX
5-30 Pressure Type # 1 4-#8 C u iA I
lec
30 H BAX1 030 HBAX2030

35 HBAX1035 HBAX2035 35-70 Pressure Type #14-#4 CuiAI
40 H BAX1 040 HBAX2040 90- 1 00 Pressu re Type #8- 1 10 C u iA I
45 HBAX 1 045 HBAX2045
50 HBAX1 050 HBAX2050 TypeOHCX
55 HBAX 1 055 HBAX2055 1 0-20 Binding Screw # 1 4- # 1 0 CuiAI
60 HBAX 1 060 HBAX2060 30 Pressure Type # 1 4-#8 CuiAI
70 HBAX 1 070 HBAX2070 35-50 Pressure Type # 1 4-#4 CuiAI
80 .......... HBAX2080 55-70 Pressure Type #8-#2 Cui AI
80- 1 00
.E
90 .......... H BAX2090 Pressure Type #6-#1 CuiAI

1 00 .......... HBAX2100
Type OHCX Bolt-on Breakers (Discount Symbol CB-2) For Special Calibrations and Accessories, see
15 OHCX 1 0 1 5 ® OHCX20 1 5 Page 1 6.
20 OHCX1 020® OHCX2020
25 OHCX 1 025 QHCX2025 List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB- 1 ,
30 OHCX1 030 OHCX2030
35 OHCX 1 035 OHCX2035 CB-2
40 OHCX1 040 OHCX2040
45 OHCX 1 045 OHCX2045 @ Not listed with Underwnters' Laboratories, Inc.
w
50 OHCX1 050 QH CX2050 @ Packaged: 24 in s1ngle carton, 1 44 in master; approx. ship

55 OHCX 1 055 OHCX2055 wt . : 7 1 bs. and 46 1 bs. respectively.
60 OHCX1 060 OHCX2060 @ Packaged: 12 in single carton, 72 1n master; approx. ship
70 OHCX 1070 OHCX2070 wt . : 9 1 bs. and 58 1bs. respectively.
80 OHCX2080 ® Switching duty rated for 1 20 volt Ac fluorescent light ap
ww
90 OHCX2090 plications only.

1 00 OHCX21 00
om
Tech n i cal Data
29- 1 20
Page 1 6
.c
Type QHPX, HBAX, QHCX Breakers, Continued Quicklag Ground Fa ult Circuit Breakers,
Types P and B, 1 5-30 Amperes, 1 20 Volts Ac, 1 Pole;
Special Calibration (Also applies to QPH, QBH, QCH Breakers) 1 5-30 Amperes, 1 20/240 Volts Ac, 2 Poles
Special cali bration price add itions apply to ampere rati ngs not listed
ls
as sta n d a rd , or for a m bients ot h e r than 40°C or 50°C. Also price addi
tions a pply to specific cali brations for frequencies ot h e r than 0-60
H e rtz Ac circu its. See Appl ication Data 29- 1 60 for information rega rd
ing spec i a l co nditions.
ua
Type of Calibration lis! Price Addition (CB-2 Disc.)
___ __1-49 1dent_ic_a_I_Unit_s _ _ 50 or More Identical Units
_ _
Thermal Add 20% to list Price None
Magnetic of Complete Breaker None
Frequency None
an
Breaker Accessories ( See DB 29- 1 50 for Descri pti on)
(Apply to QPH, OH PX, OBH, HBAX, QC H a n d Q H CX Breakers.
�e_scription Style Nu mber

Dummy Breakers
OPH, QHPX . . . . . . . 2600D71 G09
OBH, HBAX .
QCH, QHCX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moisture-Fungus Treatment - Refer to PL 29- 020
Handle Tie (1 Pole Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lockdog (Non-Padlockable)
1 Pole . . . . .
2, 3 Po . . . . ............. ....
. . 2600D81G09
. . . 2604D91G15
. 1 33A633G01
. . . . . . 1 256C42G02
. . . . . . . 1 256C42GO 1
tM
ar
Padlock Attachment (Removable-1 pole Breakers Only) . . . . . . . . 208B83 1G02
Padlock Device (Non-removable per California Code)
1, 2, 3 Pole Breakers - OPH, OBH, OHPX, HBAX . . . . . . . 1 256C41G01
1 , 2, 3 Pole Breakers - OCH, QHCX . . . . . . . . . . . 750B21 1 G01
Face Mounting Plate (OCH, OHCX)
1 Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 258C07G01
lP
2 Poles . . . 1 265C83G02 Sensitivity: 5 M i l l i a m ps o r g reater.

3 Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 265C83G03
Base Mounting Clamp (QCH, QHCX - 2 Required) . . K82216 Westi n g h o use Ou icklag G r o u n d Fa u lt circuit breakers a re UL l i sted as
Base Mounting Plate (QCH, OHCX - 6 Poles) . . . . . 207B51 3G01 Class A, G r o u p 1, ground fa ult circuit inte r r u pters.
Quicklag G ro u n d Fa u lt circuit breakers a re 1 o r 2 pole, t h e r m a l m ag ne
ca
Panelboard Accessories
tic c i rc u it breakers, which inco rporate a solid state ground fa u lt sens
Description Style Number ing ci rcuit to detect g ro u n d fa u lt cu rrent. Availa ble as p l u g - i n (Type P)
----- -- or bolt-on (Type B ) desig n, they are i nterch a n geable i n l o ad centers
Number Tabs, 1 -42, Gu m-Backed 622B630H01
ON Button, Black on W h ite K-72641 and panel boa rds with sta nda rd Westi n g house Type P p l u g - i n , a n d
OFF Button, Black on White K-72642 Type B bolt-on Ou icklag circuit breakers.
Branch Breaker Connector Tube K-82217
tri
Qu icklag G r o u n d Fa u lt circuit breakers are normally u sed in

loadcenters or panel boards to protect small branch ci rcuits i n residen
list Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2, CB-3
tial, com mercial o r i n d ustr ial app lications. They fun cti on to protect
h u m ans fro m g ro u n d faults of 5 m i l l i a m peres or g reater, as we l l as
normal circuit protection provi d i n g i nverse time overload and instan
lec
taneous s h o rt circuit protection.

Typical a p p l i cati ons i n clude protection against g round fa ult haza rds
i n ci rcu its near swi m m i n g pools and outdoor receptacles for which
the NEC req u i res protection of human life agai nst g ro u n d fa u l ts. ( R ef
erence N E C a rticles 680-3 1 , 680-20, 680-6, 555-3, and 2 1 0-8 . )
Contin _
.E
Catalog Numbers _______ Catalog Numbers

uous 1 Pole, 1 20 Volts 2Poles,
_ 1 20/240 Volts
Ampere
Rating Typ;;-p- -- Type -B- - Type P_ -- - Type B - --
Plug-in Bolt-on Plug-in Bolt-on
1 0,000 Amperes I.C. {Discount Symbol CB-3)
15 QPGF1015 OBGF1 015 OPGF201 5 QBGF2015
20 QPGF1 020 OBGF1 020 OPGF2020 QBGF2020
25 QPGF1025 OBGF1 025 OPGF2025 QBGF2025
30 QPGF1 030 OBGF1 030 OPGF2030 QBGF2030
w
22,000 Amperes I.C. {Discount Symbol CB-3)

15 QPHGF1 015 OBHGF1 015 OPHGF2015 QBHGF2015
20 QPHGF1 020 OBHG F1020 OPHGF2020 QBHGF2020
25 QPHGF1025 OBHGF1 025 OPHGF2025 QBHGF2025
ww
30 QPHGF1 030 OBHGF1 030 OPHGF2030 QBHGF2030

Westi n g house E l ectric Corporation
Distri bution a n d Control Busi ness Unit
E l ect rical C o m ponents Division
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220 October, 1 988
om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tec h n i ca l Data
Pittsburgh, Pen nsylva nia, U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 1 6. 1
.c
M a rch, 1 988
S u persedes Technical Data 29- 1 20, AB DE-ION®
pages 1 6. 1 - 1 6.2, dated J u ne, 1 987
M a i l ed to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 31 -400A. Circu it Breakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Type GB and Type GHB Bolt-on Panelboard
Circuit Breakers
1 5- 1 00 Ampe res, 1 20, 240, 277, 480Y/277V.,
50/60 Hz., 1 25, 1 25/250V, De 1 , 2, and 3
an
Poles@
These brea kers meet the req u i rements of

Federal Specification W-C-375b as fo l l ows :
Types GB, G H B, 1 20 a n d 240 Volts :
1 Pole: Class 1 1 a
tM
2, 3 Poles: C l asses 1 0 b, 1 1 b, 1 2 b, 1 4b, 1 5b
Type G H B, 277 and 480Y/277 Volts 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole

1 Pole: C l asses 1 2c, 1 3a
2, 3 Poles: Class 1 3 b Type GB Breakers
Contin Catalog Numbers
uous
ar
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed Ampere 1 PoleCD 2 Pole® 3 Pole@
Interrupting Ratings Rating 1 20 Volts Ac Max. 240 Volts Ac Max. 240 Volts Ac Max.
Type GB, G H B (u 40oC
1 Pole : 1 20 Volts Ac, 65,000 Amps. Sy m .
2, 3 Poles: 240 Volts Ac, 65,000 Amps.
15 GB1 0 1 5® G B20 1 5 GB301 5
20 G B 1 020® G B2020 GB3020
lP
Sym. 25 G B 1 025 G B2025 GB3025

30 G B 1 030 GB2030 GB3030
Type G H B
35 G B 1 035 GB2035 GB3035
1 Po l e : 277 Volts Ac, 1 4,000 Amps. Sym. 40 GB1 040 GB2040 GB3040
2, 3 Poles: 480Y/277 Volts Ac, 1 4,000 50 GB1 050 GB2050 GB3050
ca
Amps. Sym . 60 GB1 060 G B2060 GB3060

70 GB1 070 G B2070 GB3070
Type G B, G H B, De Amps@ 80 GB1 080 G B2080 GB3080
1 Pole 1 5-70A. : 1 2 5V., 1 4,000A. 90 GB1 090 G B2090 GB3090
2 and 3 Pole 1 5- 1 00A. : 1 2 5/250V., 1 4,000A. 1 00 GB1 1 00 GB2 1 00 GB3 1 00
tri
Type GHB Breakers

Cantin- Catalog Numbers
except as noted. uous
Ampere 1 PoleCD 2 Pole® 3 Pole@
Rating 277 Volts Ac Max. 277/480 Volts Ac Max. 277/480 Volts Ac Max.
On a l l 3 phase Delta, G ro u nded B ph ase
lec
(<i 40°C
appl ications, refer to Westing house.
15 GHB1015® GHB201 5 GHB30 1 5
Note: All two and th ree pole breakers a re of 20 G H B 1 020® GHB2020 GHB3020
the common trip type. 25 G H B 1 025 GHB2025 GHB3025
30 G H B 1 030 GHB2030 GHB3030
Terminals 35 GHB1 035 GHB2035 GHB3035
40 GHB1 040 GHB2040 GHB3040
.E
For load side only. Line side con nection is

extended tang which bolts d i rectly to bus. 50 GHB1 050 G HB2050 GHB3050
60 GHB1 060 GHB2060 GHB3060
Load te rminals a re U/L Listed as su ita ble for
wire type and size l i sted below. When used 70 G H B 1 070 GHB2070 GHB3070
with a l u m i n u m conductors, use joint com 80 G H B 1 080 GHB2080 GHB3080
90 G H B 1 090 GHB2090 GHB3090
pound. 1 00 GHB1 1 00 G H B2 1 00 GHB3100
Amperes Termina l Type Range
w
1 5-20 Clamp CuiAI # 1 4-#10

25-1 00 Pressure CuiAI # 1 0-1/0
ww
(jChanged or added since previous issue. 0 8 breakers in single carton; Approx. ship wt. :
CD24 breakers in single carton; Approx. ship wt. : 16 lbs.
16 lbs. ® Switching duty rated for fluorescent light app li
® 12 breakers in single carton; Approx. ship wt. : cations only: G B, 1 20 volt Ac; G H B, 277 volt Ac.
1 6 lbs.
om
Tec h n ical Data
29-1 20
Page 1 6. 2
.c
AB DE-ION® Circuit Brea kers
Type GHBS Solenoid-Operated, Remote
Controlled Circuit Breaker, 1 -Pole,
15-20 Amperes, 277 Volts, 50/60 Hz
Westinghouse Type G H BS, Solenoid-Oper
ls
ated Remote-Contro l l a ble, M olded Case
Circuit Breakers provide local or remote
switching and overcurrent protection in a
ua
single device. The circuit breaker is a ther
mal-magnetic, 1 -Po l e device ava i l a b l e in 1 5
a n d 20A continuous current rati ngs. Bolt-on
line side connections a re provided for
mounting i n Panelboards s i m i l a r to stan
dard G B/G H B C i rcuit Breakers.
an
These circuit breakers meet the req u i re
The circuit breaker i s designed for normal ments of Federal Specification W-C-375B as
remote operation using a n i nteg ral solenoid follows:
to tog gle the Ci rcuit Breaker Moving Contact
Arm. A trip-free, bi-stable mechanical l i n k 1 Pole, 1 20 V., Class 1 1 a
age provides a lternate on/off remote switch 1 Pole, 277 V., C l ass 1 3a
tM
ing.
Underwriters Laboratories, I n c . l isted Inter
A handle is provided for local m a i ntenance rupting Ratings
and emergency switc h i n g . For n o r m a l oper
ation, the h a n d l e m u st be switched to t h e Type G H BS, 1 Po le, 50/60 Hz.
ON position t o arm the circuit breaker 1 20 V., 65,000 Amps R m s Sym.
ar
before the remote control can function. 277 V., 1 4,000 Amps R m s Sym.
Once armed, Remote Control Operation
takes place by pulsing the solenoid with a Terminals
24 Vac sou rce to switch the circuit breaker For load side only. Line side connection is
from the ON/OFF positi o n . A bracket located extended tang which bolts di rectly to pa nel
lP
on either side of the h a n d l e perm its the board bus. Load te r m i n a l s a re U L l i sted as
handle to be sealed in the O N or OFF posi suitable for wire type a n d size listed below.
tion. When used with a l u m i n u m conductors, use
appropriate joint com pound.
A mech a nical target, visible t h ro u g h t h e
ca
face o f the circuit breaker, provides positive Breaker Type Wire Wire
local ind ication of the position of the con
Amps Terminal Type Range
tact arm. The handle also assumes a mid 1 5-20 Clamp CU/AL # 1 4- 1 0 AWG
point position for a n automatic trip opera
tion. An interna l l y mou nted auxili a ry switch Type GHBS Circuit Breakers
tri
with one "a" contact is provided for remote

circuit breaker open-closed status. Ampere
Rating 1 -Pole<D
@ 40°C 277 V. AC Max
The solenoid and remote switc h i n g m echa
nism is capable of 30,000 operations which 15 G HBS 1 0 1 5
lec
has been tested at a maxi m u m rate of 6 20 G H BS 1 020

operations per m i n u te .
The Type G H BS Ci rcuit Breaker is suitable

for Switc h i n g Duty (SWD) application.
.E
<D 24 Breakers in single carton; Approx. shipping

weight 1 6 lbs.
Westi ng house E l ectric Corporation

w
Distri bution and Control Business U n it

Pittsburg h , Pennsylva nia, U . S.A. 1 5220
ww
March, 1 988
om
Distribution and Control Busi ness Unit 29-1 20
Pittsburgh, PA 1 5220 Page 1 6.3
.c
AB DE-ION®
September, 1 987
New I nformation
Mai led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 - 500A Circuit Breakers
ls
Type GC and Type GHC Circuit Breakers
1 5- 1 00 Amperes, 1 20, 240, 277, 480Y/277V.,
ua
50/60 Hz., 1 2 5, 1 25/250V, DC 1 , 2 a n d 3
Poles
These circuit brea kers meet the req u i re

follows :
an
Types GC, 1 20 a n d 240V:
1 Pole: C l ass 1 1 a
2 a n d 3 Pol e : C l asses 1 Ob, 1 1 b, 1 2 b, 1 4b,
1 5b
Types G H C, 277 and 480Y/277V :
tM
1 Pol e : C l asses 1 2c, 1 3a
2 and 3 Pole : Class 1 3b
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole

Interrupting Capacity RatingsCD
ar
Type GC, G H C ( 50/60 Hz., RMS Sym. Amps)
1 Pole : 1 20 V., 65,000A.
2 and 3 Pole : 240V., 65,000A. uous
Ampere 1 Pole@ 2 Poles@ 3 Poles®
Rating 1 20V. Ae Max. 240V. Ae Max. 240V. Ae Max.
Type G H C ( 50/60 Hz. , R M S Sym . Amps) 1 25V. De Max.® 1 251250V. De Max. 1 251250V. De Max. Ql
@ 40°C
lP
1 Po l e : 277V., 1 4,000A.
2 and 3 Pole: 480Y/277V., 1 4,000A. 15 GC1 01 5® GC20 1 5 GC30 1 5
20 G C 1 020® GC2020 GC3020
Type GC, G HC, DC Amps 25 GC1 025 GC2025 GC3025
30 GC1 030 GC2030 GC3030
1 Pole 1 5-70A. : 1 25V., 1 4,000A. 35
ca
GC1 035 GC2035 GC3035

2 and 3 Po le 1 5-1 00A. : 1 25/250V., 1 4,000A.
40 GC1 040 GC2040 GC3040
45 GC1 045 GC2045 GC3045
Application Notes 50 GC1 050 GC2050 GC3050
• On a l l 3 p hase Delta (240V) G ro u nded B 60 GC1 060 GC2060 GC3060
phase appl ications, refer to Westi ng 70 GC1 070 GC2070 GC3070
tri
house.
80 GC1 080 GC2080 GC3080
• 480Y/277V, circuit breakers (Type G H C ) 90 GC1 090 GC2090 GC3090
not s u itable for 3 phase Delta (480V . ) 1 00 GC1 1 00 GC2 1 00 GC3100
G ro u n de d B phase appl ications.
• All two and three pole c i rc u it brea kers a re Type GHC Breakers
lec
of the common trip type. Cantin- Catalog Numbers

------ -- ------�---
• For ava i l a b l e accessories, see TD 29- 1 20,

uous
Ampere 1 Pole@ 2 Pole@ 3 Pole®
pages 1 6.5, 1 6.6. Rating 277V. Ae Max. 480YI277V. Ae Max. 480YI277V. Ae Max.
• S i n g l e pole circ u it breakers, 1 5 a n d 20A. @. 40'C 1 25V. De Max. ® 1 251250V. De Max. 1 251250V. De Max. Ql
Switching duty rated (SWD) for flu ores
cent l i g hting applications (Type GC, 1 20V. 15 GHC1 0 1 5 ® GHC20 1 5 GHC30 1 5
20 GHC1 020® GHC2020 GHC3020
Ac and Type GHC, 277V. Ac).
.E
25 GHC1 025 G HC2025 GHC3025

• S u itable for reverse feed a p p l ications. 30 GHC1 030 GHC2030 GHC3030
35 GHC1035 G H C2035 GHC3035
Special Purpose Breakers (see page 1 6.4)
40 GHC1 040 GHC2040 G HC3040
45 G HC 1 045 G HC2045 GHC3045
Terminals 50 GHC1 050 G HC2050 G HC3050
Line and load side ter m i n a l s a re UL Listed 60 GHC1 060 G HC2060 GHC3060
as suitable for wire type a n d size as i n di 70 GHC1070 G HC2070 GHC3070
cated below. When used with a l u m i n u m
w
80 GHC1080 G HC2080 GHC3080

conductors, use appropriate j o i nt com 90 GHC1 090 G H C2090 GHC3090
pou n d . 1 00 G HC 1 1 00 GHC2100 GHC3100

ww

(i) For IEC· 1 57-1 (P1 I Ratings, refer to Westinghouse.
1 5-20 Clamp CuiAI # 1 4- # 1 0 AWG ® 24 circuit breakers in single carton; approx. ship wt. 18 lbs.
25- 1 00 Pressure Cu/AI # 1 0- 1 10 AWG @ 1 2 circuit breakers in single carton ; approx. ship wt. 18 lbs.
® 8 circuit breakers i n single carton; approx. ship wt. 1 8 lbs.
® SWD rated.
List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Discount ® 1 5·70A. only.
CB-2 Q) Use (2) outside poles.
Technical Data
29-1 20
om
Page 16.4
.c
AB DE-ION® Circ u it B reakers
Special Purpose Breakers
These are Type GC and GHC circuit breakers with b i n d i n g head screw-type term inals on
line and load side. These circuit breakers with screw-type term i n als will be marked "Spe
cial purpose breaker not for general use". To order this special breaker, use the catalog
n u m bers below.
ls
Type GC Breakers
Ampere 1 Pole® 2 Pol e @ 3 Pole@
Rating
ua
1 20V Ae Max 240V A e Max 240V Ae Max
@ 40°C 1 20V De Max 1 251250V De Max 1 25/250V De MaxQJ
25 G C 1 025D GC2025D GC3025D
30 GC1 030D GC2030D GC3030D
35 GC1 035D GC2035D GC3035D
40 G C 1 040D GC2040D GC3040D
an
45 GC1 045D GC2045D GC3045D
50 GC1 050D GC2050D GC3050D
55 G C 1 055D GC2055D GC3055D
60 G C 1 060D GC2060D GC3060D
Type GHC Breakers

tM
Ampere 1 Pole® 2 Pole@ 3 Pole@
Rating 277V Ae Max 480Y/277V Ae Max 480Yi277V Ae Max
(ii 40°C
::=-------=-:-:= 2 5____ _ _
1 25V De Max® 1 251250V De M ax _ 1 251250V De MaxQJ
-----
25 G H C 1 025D G H c2o D GHC3025D

30 G HC 1 030D GHC2030D G HC3030D
35 G H C 1 035D GHC2035D GHC3035D
G HC3040D
ar
40 G HC 1 040D G HC2040D
45 G H C 1 045D G HC2045D G HC3045D

50 GHC1 050D G HC2050D GHC3050D
55 G H C 1 055D G HC2055D GHC3055D
60 G H C 1 060D GHC2060D GHC3060D
lP
@ 24 circuit breakers in single carton; approx. ship wt. 18 lbs.

@ 1 2 circuit breakers i n single carton; approx. ship wt. 1 8 lbs.
@) 8 circuit breakers in single carton; approx. ship wt. 1 8 lbs.
® SWD rated.
® 1 5-70A. only.
0 Use ( 2 ) outside poles.
ca
tri
lec
.E

w
Distribution and Contro l Business U n it

Pittsburgh, PA 1 5220
ww
September, 1 987
om
Pittsburg h , PA 1 5220 Page 1 6. 5
.c
AB DE-ION®
September, 1 987
New I nformation
Circuit Breakers
Mai led to : E , D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Circuit Breaker Accessories
(Apply with GB, GHB, G C , G H C C i rcuit Breakers)
External Mounted Accessories
an
Description Style N u m be r No. U n its
in
Package
Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable) 1 294C0 1 H 01 1
Padlockable Handle 1 223C77G01 10
Mounting Ha rdware (GC/G H C ) 624B375G23 10
tM
Din Rail Adaptor<D 0 (GC/G H C ) 1 225C79G01 10
Base M o u ntin\1 Plate @ (GC/G H C ) 207 B 5 1 3G01 1
ar
lP
I
ca
tri
lec
Lock Dog INon-Padlockable) Padlockable Handle

.E
w
ww
Din Rail Adapter

Base Mounting Plate
om
8
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 1 6. 6
.c
AB DE-ION® Circ u it Breakers
Internally Mounted Accessories - (2) and Shunt Trip Auxiliary Switch
(3) Pole Only® For tripping the circuit breaker from remote For auxiliary control circuits. M i n iature
point. Solenoid device m o u nts with i n circuit switches mount within circuit breaker cover.
Note breaker cover. C i rcuit breaker trips when Co mmonly used for remote indication of
ls
G B/GHB/GC/GHC circuit breakers are factory coil is energized. open/closed circuit breaker status as well as
sealed. U nderwriters' Labo ratories, Inc., electrica lly interlocking circuitry. "a" con
requires that internal accessories be Since coil is interm ittent rated only, a cut-off tacts are open with the circuit breaker open.
installed at the facto ry. switch is inclu ded to interrupt the coil circuit "b" contacts are closed with the circuit
ua
when the circuit breaker opens. breaker open.
Internal accessories are UL l i sted for factory
insta l lation u nder E78 1 9.
Where local codes a n d stand ards permit

and UL l i sting is not req u ired, internal
an
accessories can be field i n sta l l e d . Accessory
insta l l ation should be done before the cir
cuit breaker is mou nted and con nected.
Table 1 <D
tM
Electrical Rati ngs Style N u m ber
Type Alarm/Lockout Switch
Accessory Volts Freq. Amps ®® For remote i n dication of automatic trip
Shunt Trip 1 20 50/60 Hz 1 . 1 1 373D62G01 operation. Does not function with m a n u a l
Shunt Trip 240 50/60 Hz 2 . 1 1 373D62G02
Shunt Trip 1 2 De 2.8 1 373D62 G 1 5 switchi n g ; however, i t will operate w h e n
Shunt Trip 24 De 5.7 1 373D62G1 6 either a s h u n t trip or u ndervoltage release
is operated. A "make" contact closes and a
ar
U ndervoltage "break" contact opens when the a l a rm/lock
Release 1 20 50/60 Hz 0.05 1 373D62G03
Undervoltage out switch operates. The switch automati
Release 24 50/60 Hz 0.22 1 373D62G04 cally resets when the circuit breaker is reset.
Undervoltage Undervoltage Release
Release 48 50/60 Hz 0. 1 1 1 373D62G05 For u ndervoltage protection. Solenoid
lP
Undervoltage
Release 60 50/60 Hz 0 . 1 0 1 373D62G06 device mou nts with i n circuit breaker cover.
Trips circuit breaker within range of 35 to
U ndervoltage 70% of rated coil voltage. Picks up a n d seals
Release 1 10 50 Hz 0.049 1 373D62G07 i n at 85% of rated coi l voltage. The UVR i s
Undervoltage
ca
Release 208 60 H z 0.026 1 373D62G08 reset by t h e circuit breaker h a n d l e fol l owing

Under voltage an opening operatio n . The UVR i s not
Release 220 50 Hz 0.025 1 373D62G09 designed for and should not be used as a
Undervoltage
Release 240 50/60 H z 0.024 1 373D62G 1 0 circuit interlock.
U ndervoltage
tri
Release 380 50 Hz 0.01 5 1 373D62G 1 1 Either an auxil iary switch or an a l a rm/lock

Undervoltage
Release 415 50 Hz om3 1 373D62 G 1 2 out switch may be mou nted i n a two pole
Undervoltage circuit breaker. The two pole circuit breaker
Release 440 50 Hz 0 . 0 1 2 1 373D62G1 3 will not accept either the s h u nt trip or UVR.
U n dervoltage
lec
Release 480 60 Hz 0.01 1 373D62 G 1 4

CD For use with standard 3Smm Din Rail such as, 3S x 7.5
or 3S x 1 Smm per Din ENS0022.
Table 2 ® ® Adaptor mounting screws included are for use with (2)
and (31 pole circuit breakers. Adaptors for I l l pole cir
cuit breakers clip into the base molding.
Electrical Rating Style
@ Suitable for mounting (61 single pole circuit breakers.
Type ------ Contact N u m ber 0 Suitable for mounting 1 1 1 two or three pole circuit
Accessory Volts Freq Amps Arrangement '-l: �
breaker.
.E
Auxiliary ® Includes 24 inch external pigtail leads, # 1 8 AWG

Sw1tch 240 SO 60 Hz 6 la l b 1 288C74G03 (16-.0101.
Typical internal accessory shipping weight ® A maximum of two internal accessories may be
Auxiliary 0.50 Lbs. mounted i n a three pole circuit breaker.
Switch 240 so 60 Hz 6 2a 2b 1 288C73G03 0 Suitable for mounting in left pole only of 3 pole
breaker.
Alarm List Prices ® Suitable for mounting in right pole only of 2 or 3 pole
Switch 240 SO 60 Hz 6 1 break 1 288C7SG02 See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 breaker.
w
Westi n g house E lectric Corporation

Distri bution and Control B usiness U n it
ww
September, 1987
om
Technical Data
Cl
Electrical Compo nents Division
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva nia, U.S.A. 1 5220 Page 1 7
.c
M a rch, 1 988 Type CA, CAH and HCA 225 Amperes
Supersedes Technica l Data 29- 1 20, Type BAB 1 25 Am peres AB D E- I O N ®
pages 1 7- 1 8 dated M a rch, 1 98 1 MARK 75® Type H BA 30 Am peres
Mai led to : E, D , C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, C i rc u it B reakers
ls
3 1 -500A
ua
Type CA, CAH and HCA Breakers(j
1 25-225 A m peres, 240 Volts Ac, 2 and 3 Poles, Fixed Trip, Thermal M a g n etic B reakers
Cont. 2 Pole Breakers 3 Pole Breakers
Ampere Ca!alog Nu111t>ers C_aia}_o(l Numbel"s�
an
Range 10,000 22,000 42,000 10,000 22,000 42,000
@ 40°C Amps_ic(;. -�mps /.�- ��es I. C. ---�mps l.�-- _ AmesJc� ��esJc<:: -_
-- -
Breakers With Line Terminals Only
125 CA2125Y CAH2125Y HCA21 25Y CA31 25Y CAH31 25Y HCA3125Y
1 50 CA21 50Y CAH21 50Y HCA21 50Y CA3150Y CAH31 50Y HCA31 50Y
175 CA2175Y CAH2175Y HCA2175Y CA31 75Y CAH3175Y HCA31 75Y
tM
200 CA2200Y CAH2200Y HCA2200Y CA3200Y CAH3200Y HCA3200Y
Approx. Ship Wt.: 3V. Lbs. Approx. Ship Wt.: 4Y, Lbs.
Breakers With Line and Load Terminals
1 25 CA2125 CAH2125 HCA21 25 CA3125 CAH3125 HCA3125 Type C A 2 Pole Type CA 3 Pole
150 CA21 50 CAH2150 HCA2150 CA31 50 CAH31 50 HCA3150
1 75 HCA3175
ar
CA21 75 CAH21 75 HCA2175 CA3175 CAH3175
200 CA2200 CAH2200 HCA2200 CA3200 CAH3200 HCA3200
Approx. Ship Wt.: 3Y, Lbs. Approx. Ship Wt. : 5 Lbs.
lP
These breakers meet requi rements of Federal List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
Specification W-C-375b as fol lows: CA, Class
1 2b; CAH, Class 1 4b; HCA, not defi ned. Accessories and Modifications
Descriptio n : Pages 49-58
ca
Interrupting Rating : (2-Pole CA a n d CAH Special Calibrations®

l isted for grou nded B Phase applications). Special cali brati on price additions apply to
24Q_Volts �_Amperes CD' ____ ___ _ ampere ratings not l i sted as sta ndard, or for
_ _ a m bients other than 40°C or 50°C. Also p rice
CA 1 0,000 Asym . a n d Sym .
additions apply to specific ca l i b rations for
CAH 25,000 Asy m . , 22,000 Sym.
frequencies other than 0-60 Hertz Ac circu its.
tri
HCA 42,000 Sym.

See Applicati on Data 29- 1 60 for i nformation
regarding specia l conditions. Maxim u m 400
Terminals@
Hz cali bratio n : Type CA, HCA and CAH , 1 60
Termi n a l s a re U nderwriters' Laboratories,
a m ps .
Inc. l isted for the wire type and size l i sted be
lec
Type of 1-24 25 or More

{Ac:id1oo/o
l ow. When used with a l u m i n u m conductors,
use joint compound. Calibration_ _ Identical Units Identical Units
fh-ermal _ at --- None
Max. Catalog Wire Range Magnetic List Price of None
Amps. ___N_u_m_b_er ___an_d Ty"-pce - _ - Frequency Complete Breaker None
2250 TA225CA2 --cc- AI/Cu
#1 --c-300 MCM -=-
50°C Calibratio n ®
.E
Listed with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for com
except as noted (for C.S.A., see page 48). plete breaker when ordering l i sted ampere
ratings for breakers to be used i n 50oC am
bients. Same price as standard 40°C breakers.
w
Changed or added since previous issue.

ww
<B
CDInterrupting capacities shown do not apply to
Molded Case Switches (MCS).
0 Terminal TA225CA2 will replace both TA175CA1
and TA225CA1 as their stock is depleted.
@ Not UL Listed.
om
Tech nical Data
29-1 20
Page 1 8
.c
Type BA and MARK 75® Type HBA Breakers Type BA breakers meet the req u i re ments of
1 0- 1 25 Ampe res, 1 20/240 and 240 Volts Ac, 1 , 2 and 3-Po le Federal Specification W-C-375b as fo l l ows : 1
pole, 1 20/240 volts Ac, Classes 1 Oa, 1 1 a, 1 2a ;
2 pole, 1 20/240 volts Ac, Classes 1 O a , 1 2a ; 2 , 3
ls
pole, 240 volts Ac, Classes 1 0b , 1 1 b, 1 2 b ;
MARK 75 Type H BA breakers, 1 , 2 poles
1 20/240 volt Ac, Class 1 5a ; 3 pole, 240 volt
Ac, Class 1 5 b.
ua
Interrupting Ratings
Type BAB : 1 0 ,000 Amps. (Asym. or Sym.)
Type HBA: 75,000 Amps Asy m . ; 65,000
Amps. Sym.
an
120/240 Volt 120/240 Volt 240 Volt
except as noted.
Con- Catalog Numbers�
tin- On a l l 3 p h ase Delta, G rou nded B phase ap
1 Pole(]) 2 Pole® · ___ -- 3 Pole@
uous c-c --c-c --:-:-c____ pl ications, refer to West i n g h ouse.
Amp 1 20/240 Volts Ac Max. 1 20/240 Vo lts Ac M a x-
. 24O Vo lts - 240 Volts Ac Max.
---
Rat - Ac Max.
tM
Sta ndard MARK 75 Standard MARK 75 Standard
- MARK 75 Note : All two and th ree pole breakers a re of
ing the co mmon trip type.
(a
40°C Terminals@
10 BAB 1 0 1 0 BAB201 0 BAB201 0H ® BAB3010H® Load side only - l i n e side con nection i s ex
15 BAB 1 0 1 5 ® H BAW 1 0 1 5 ® BAB201 50 H BAW201 5 BAB20 1 5H BAB30 1 5 H 0 H BAW301 5H tended tang which bolts di rectly to bus. Load
20 BAB1020® HBAW1 020® BAB20200 HBAW2020 BAB2020H BAB3020H 0 HBAW3020H
25 BAB 1 025 H BAW1025 BAB20250 HBAW2025 BAB2025H BAB3025H0 term i n a l s a re U/L li sted as s u itable for w i re
ar
30 BAB1 030 HBAW1030 BAB20300 H BAW2030 BAB2030H BAB3030H 0 type a n d size l i sted below. When used with
35 BAB 1 035 BAB20350 BAB2035H BAB3035H 0 a l u m i n u m conductors, use joint co mpound.
40 BAB1 040 BAB20400 BAB2040H BAB3040H0
45 BAB1 045 BAB20450 BAB2045H BAB3045H 0 Breaker Type Wire Wire
50 BAB1050 BAB20500 BAB2050H BAB3050H0 Amperes Terminal Type Range
55 BAB 1 055 BAB20550 BAB2055H BAB3055H0
lP
60 BAB1 060 BAB20600 BAB2060H BAB3060H 0 1 0- 30 Pressure Cu/AI # 1 4 - #8

70 BAB1 070 BAB2070 BAB2070H BAB3070H 35- 50 Pressure Cu/AI # 1 4 - #4
80 BAB2080 BAB2080H BAB3080H 55- 1 00 Pressure Cu/AI # 8 - 1 /0
90 BAB2090 BAB2090H BAB3090H
1 00 BAB2100 BAB21 00H BAB3100H Special Breakers
1 10 BAB2 1 1 0
ca
1 25 BAB2 1 25 Tungsten Lampload : Use standard 1 pole 1 5

or 20 a m p Type BAB .
Panelboard Accessories Special Calibratio n ® Switching Neutral: F o r appl ication i n accord
Description Style N u m ber Special ca l i bration price additions a pply to a n ce with N . E.C. 5 1 4-5, 240-22 and 380-2. (2
--- - -
-- -
-----
--- - a m pere rati ngs not l i sted as sta ndard, o r for �
pole breakers)
�·
Number Tabs, 1 -42, Gu m-Backed 622B630H01
tri
ON Button, Black on Wh ite K-72641 a m bients other than 40°C o r 50°C. Also price
1 0 Am p s : Cat. No. BAB201 0C c.
OFF Button, Black on Wh ite K-72642 additions a pply to specific cali brat ions for
3'
1 5 Amps: Cat. No. BAB201 5C
freq uencies other than 0-60 Hertz Ac ci rcuits. c
Breaker Accessories See Appl ication Data 29- 1 60 for i nformat ion 20 Amps: Cat. No. BAB2020C i:n
(See DB 29-150 for description.) reg a rding special co nditions. ;x,.
lec
Descripti_o_n____ ___ S t y le Nu m ber

HID (High Intensity Discharge ) : Breakers
_ _.__
__ designed specifica l ly for use with h i g h
Dummy Breaker Type List Price Addition
2600D8 1 G09 of i ntensity discharg e l i ghting ( U L Listed as
Moisture-Fungus Treat. 1 -49 50 or More
1 -Pole Calibration Identical Units Identical U nits standard l i ghting breakers ® ) .
2 - Pole Cantin- Catalog Numbers
3-Pole Thermal Add 20%to None uous
Magnetic List Price of None 1 Pole 2 Pole
California Handle Tie Ampere 1 20/240 1 20/240
1 Pole Breakers Only 1 33A633G01 Frequency Complete Breaker None Rating Volts Ac Max. Volts Ac Max.
.E
Lockdog (Non-padlock) @ 40°C

1 Pole Only 1 256C42G02
2, 3 Pole 1 2 56C42G01 15 BAB 1 0 1 5D BAB2 0 1 5D
Padlock Attach., Removable 20 BAB 1 020D BAB2020D
1 Pole Only 208B831 G02 25 BAB 1 025D BAB2025D
Padlock Device (Non-Remove. per 30 BAB1 030D BAB2030D
California Code)
1 , 2, 3 Poles 1 256C41 G01 List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. C B-2
w
� Changed or added since previous issue. @ 8 breakers in single carton, 48 in master ® U L does not have a specific category for HID
G) 24 breakers i n single carton, 1 44 i n master carton. breakers.
carton . Approx. ship. wt. : 9 lbs. and 58 l bs. 0 Listed for "HACR" applications per N.E.C.
Approx. ship. wt.: 7 lbs a n d 46 lbs. respectively. respectively. 430-53.
ww
0 1 2 breakers in single carton, 72 in master ® Switching duty rated for 1 20 volt Ac fluores
carton . cent light applications only.
Approx. ship wt . : 9 l bs. a n d 5 8 lbs. respectively. ® Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Westi ngho use E l ectric Corporation

Distribution and Control Business Unit
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220
om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tech n ical Data
Distri bution and Control Busi ness U n it 29- 1 20
Pittsburg h , Pen nsylva n ia, U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 1 9
.c
A B D E- I O N ®
M a rch, 1 988
Su persedes Tech n ical Data 29- 1 20,
pages 1 9-20, 23-26, 39-40, dated April, 1 980
a n d pages 2 1 -22, dated October, 1 981 C i rc u it B reakers
ls
M a i l ed to: E, 0, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
ua
Replacement Breakers
Type DA Breakers Types JB, KB, HKB

Repl aced by Series C Type OK. Repl aced by Series C J-Frame.
an
See Frame Book 29- 1 03. See Frame Book 29- 1 02.
DA Breakers for replacement pu rposes. Types J B, KB, H K B for replacement

See Technica l Data 29- 1 2 1 . pu rposes.
See Tec h n i cal Data 29-1 2 1 .
tM
Mag netic only breakers replaced by H M CP.
See Frame Book 29- 1 1 1 A.
Types EHB, FB, HFB
Replaced by Series C F-Frame.
See Frame Book 29-1 0 1 .
ar
Type EB Types LB, LBB, HLB
Replaced by Series C F-Frame or Type GC. Repl aced by Series C K-Frame.
See Technica l Data 29- 1 20 pg 1 6.3 for GC. See Frame Book 29- 1 03.
Types EB, EHB, FB, H F B for replacement Types LB. LBB, HLB for re pl acement
lP
pu rposes. pu rposes.
See Tech n i cal Data 29- 1 2 1 . See Tec h n i ca l Data 29-1 2 1 .
Type F B magnetic only Magnetic o n ly breakers replaced by H M CP.

Repl aced by Series C Type H M CP. See Frame Book 29-1 1 1 A.
ca
See Frame Book 29- 1 1 1 .
Types JA, KA, HKA

tri
Replaced by Series C J - Frame.

See Frame Book 29- 1 02.
Types JA, KA, H KA for replacement

lec
pu rposes.
See Technica l Data 29-1 2 1 .
Mag netic o n ly breakers replaced by HMCP.

See Frame Book 29-1 1 1 A.
.E
w
ww
om
Tec h n i ca l Data
29- 1 20
Page 20
.c
Type LA and MARK 75® Type HLA 600 Amp Frame Breakers@
250-600 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Poles, I nterchangeable Tri p
Thermal Magn etic, Saf-T-Vue and MARK 75 B reakers
Con- Mag netic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals@
ls
-
tin Trip Includes Pressure Type Aluminum Frame Only Trip Unit
uous Setting Termi na l s @ Only
Am- Amperes
® Catalog N u m b e r Catalog N u mber Catalog
pere
N u mber
Rat- Low High ---- ---- ---- ---
ua
ing Standard Sal-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard Sal-T-Vue MAR K 75 Standard,
(a Sal-T-Vue,
4o-c M ARK 7 5
600 Ampere Frame Breakers@

2 Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De®
250 1 250 2500 2603D50G01 2603D50 G 1 3 1 256C10G02 LA2600F LA2600FS HLA2600F 2603D46G07
an
300 1 50 0 3 0 00 2603D50G02 2603D50G 1 4 1256C10G03 LA2600F LA2600FS H LA2600F 2603D46G08
350 1 750 3500 2603D50G03 2603D50G 1 5 1 256C10G04 LA2600F LA2600FS H LA2600F 2603D46G09
400 2000 4000 2603D50G04 2603D50G 1 6 1 256C 1 0G 0 5 LA2600F LA2600FS HLA2600F 2603D46G 1 0
500 2500 5000 LA2500 LA2500S HLA2500 LA2600F LA2600FS H LA2600F HLA2500T
3 Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only Terminals@ @ @

250 1 250 2500 2603D50G07 2603D50G 1 9 1 256C 1 0G 1 2 LA3600F LA3600FS HLA3600F 2603D46G26 Two term i n a l s a re req u i red per pole. Ter
tM
300 1 500 3000 2603D50G08 2603D50G20 1 256C 1 0 G 1 3 LA3600F LA3600FS H LA3600F 2603D46G27 m i n a l s are U nd e rwriters' Laboratories, I nc.
350 1 750 3500 2603D50G09 2603D50G2 1 1 256C 1 0 G 1 4 LA3600F LA3600FS HLA3600F 2603D46G28
l isted for wi re type and range l i sted below.
400 2000 4000 2603D50G 1 0 2603D50G22 1 256C 1 0G 1 5 LA3600F LA3600FS H LA3600F 2603D46G29
500 2500 5000 LA3500 LA3500S H LA3500 LA3600F LA3600FS HLA3600F H LA3500T When used with a l u m i n u m cable, use j oint
600 3000 6000 LA3600 LA3600S H LA3600 LA3600F LA3600FS HLA3600F H LA3600T co mpound. To order opti onal copper only
term i na l s, add suffix "C" to comp lete
For Panel board and Switchboards a pplications where only l i ne side or load side term i n a l s are breaker catalog n u m ber.
ar
requi red, add suffix "X" to comp lete breaker cata log nu mber.
Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type
Amps Cat. N u m ber No. of Cables
Special Breakers® Trip U n its Only 50°C Calibration ®
Standard AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
Conti n- Magnetic Cat/Style Number Add suffix "V" to cata log n u m ber for com
_______ 6000 TA600LA 2 250-500 M C M AI!Cu
uous Trip Setting, plete brea ker o r trip u n i t only, when orde ring
lP
2-Poles® 3-Poles
Ampere Amperes®
l i sted ampere ratings for breakers to be used Optional Copper Pressure Terminals
Rati ng__Lo w H
__ _,____ i gh _
_ __ ___ 6000 T600LA 2 250-500 M C M Cu
i n 50°C a m b i ents. Same price as standard
Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable
40°C breakers.
600 Ampere Frame Breakers@ Magnetic Only and Ambient
600 1 1 25 2250 2603D47G07 2603D47G26 Compensating Breakers®
ca
600 1 500 3000 2603D47G08 2603D47G27 Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
600 2000 4000 2603D47G 1 0 2603D47G29 except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48 . ) For descri ption, refer to DB 2 9- 1 50 and AD
600 2500 5000 H LA25000TM HLA35000TM 29-1 60. To order, select frame, trip u nit and
600 3000 6000 H LA26000TM H LA36000TM
Type L A breakers meet req u i rements f o r class terminals from tables this page.
Ambient Compensating Breakers 2 1 a ci rcu it breakers, and Type H LA meet re
600 Ampere Frame Breakers@ q u i rements for class 23a as defined by Fed Accessories and Modifications
tri
250 1 250 2500 5683D88G07 5683D88G26 eral Specification W-C-375b. Description : Pages 49-58
300 1 500 3000 5683D88G08 5683D88G27
350 1 7 50 3500 5683D88G09 5683D88G28
400 2000 4000 5683D88G 1 0 5683D88G29 U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed Inter- List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
500 2500 5000 H LA2500TA HLA3500TA rupting Ratings®
600 3000 6000 H LA2600TA H LA3600TA
lec
Volts Max. Amperes

Special Calibrations®
S peci a l ca l i b ration price additions a pply to Standard Breakers
amp ere rati ngs not listed as standard , or for 240 Ac 50,000 Asym., 42,000 Sym.
am bients other than 40°C o r 50°C. Also price 480 Ac 35,000 Asy m . , 30,000 Sym.
additions ap ply to specific ca l i b rations for 600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
frequ encies ot her than 0-60 Hz Ac ci rcu its. 250 De 20,000® (j Changed or added since previous issue.
.E
® Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied i n 3-pole frames

See ap pl ication data 2 9- 1 60 for i nformation Mark 75 Breakers with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
rega rding speci al conditions. Maxi m u m 400 240 Ac 75,000 Asym., 65,000 Sym. @ Terminals, trip units and accessories are not interchange-
Hz cali bration : 600 amp frame, 450 amps. able between 400 and 600 ampere frames.
480 Ac 40,000 Asym., 35,000 Sym. @ Terminals s h i p ped separately from breakers.
600 Ac 30,000 Asym., 25,000 Sym. ® Not l i sted with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Type of 1 -24 Identical 25 or More
250 De 20,000® ® Set o n h i g h side, adjustable to lower limits.
0 For 600 amp frame breakers only.
Calibration Units Identical Units
Thermal Add 20% to None ® Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not UL l i sted.
Ambient List Price of None On a l l 3 ph ase Delta, G ro u n ded B phase ap ® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case
w
Frequency Trip Unit None plications, refer to West i n g h ouse. switches.

ww

Electrica l Compon ents Division
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, U . S .A. 1 5220
8
om
Pittsburg h , Pennsylvania, U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 2 1
.c
August, 1 988 DC Circuit Breakers
New I nformation A B D E-I O N ®
Mailed to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A C i rc u it B reakers
ls
ua
UL Listed DC Circuit Breakers Frame and Trip Unit or Rating Plugs Terminals
These new UL Listed DC Mol ded Case Cir Catalog Trip Ampere Use standard Cu/AI o r optional copper only
cuit Breakers are for use in the u n g rou nded Number Unit Rating term i n a l s for types LA600 or NC as shown
battery supply circuits of U P S systems Type LADC i n Technica l Data 29-1 20.
providing continuous, reliable AC power
an
LADC3600F 600
to computer controlled appl ications Shorting Straps For Series Connecting
2603D46G29 400
such as financial transactions a n d Poles
H LA3500T 500
teleco m m u n ications. H LA3600T 600 ( Package of 2 )
Breaker Catalog
Type NCDC N u mber
These devices are a n excellent a lternative to Frame
molded case switches and fuses because NCDC3 1 2 F 1 1 200 LADC
tM
SS600
NCDC3 1 2F2 1 200 NCDC
they are easier to insta l l , and req u i re less SS1 200
Current
maintenance. Rating Plugs
Order as Follows:
For NCDC3 1 2F1 and NCDC3 1 2F2
• LADC (600A) circuit breakers are thermal Type LADC
NCDC0600A 600
magnetic type devices and have i nterrupt 1 . . . . amp breaker without term inals con
NCDC0700A 700
ing ratings of 25 kA at 500 VDC n o m i n a l sisting of:
ar
NCDCOBOOA 800
with 3 poles i n series. NCDC1 000A 1 000 1 - LADC3600F frame
NCDC1 200A 1 200 1 - Trip u nit ( specify catalog n u m ber or
• N CDC Seltronic® ( 1 200A) C i rc u it Breakers style n u m ber)
are available with fixed current rating Control Voltage Voltage Accessories a s required
lP
plugs covering a continuous cu rrent Rating PlugsCD

range of 600 to 1 200 amperes and have For NCDC3 1 2F1 Only Type NCDC
an interrupting rating of 30 kA at 500 VDC NCDC024V 24 1 . . . . a m p breaker without terminals con
nominal with 3 poles i n series. The 24 NCDC048V 48 sisting of:
VDC and 48 VDC control voltage rating 1 - NCDC3 1 2 F( ) frame
ca
For NCDC3 1 2F2 O n ly

plugs are i nterchangeable and enable NCDC1 25V
1 - Cu rrent rating plug ( specify catalog
1 25
easy matching of the circuit breaker DC n u mber)
control voltage requirements to ava i l able NCDCTK Test Kit 1 - Voltage rating plug. ( specify cata log
auxiliary power. n u m ber)
Accessories as required
DC Circuit Breaker Ratings 3 Poles in Series
tri
Breaker Type LADC* NCDC* Note: Shorting straps and/or term inals a re
Maximum Ampere Rating 600 1 200 to be ordered as separate items.
Standard Voltage Freq. kA Interrupting Capacity
384® DC 35 30 List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2.
lec
UL 489 500® DC 25 30
CD Voltage rating plugs are not interchangeable
•a mill iseconds time constant. between the two NCDC frames.
® 3 Poles in series.
Accessories
• The LADC circuit breaker uses the same
accessories used on the type LA3600 cir
.E
cuit breaker.
L Shorting L shortmg
Straps Straps
• The N CDC circuit breaker contains an
u ndervoltage release that w i l l trip the cir
cuit breaker when the control voltage
drops below its m i n i m u m value ( Refer to Optional Sketches
I L 1 5549) . A standard shunt trip accessory
Two Options on Shorting Poles:
is not required. The circuit breaker may 1 ) Use Shorting Straps supplied by West
w
be tripped remotely by opening the circuit inghouse when ordered.

between the control power source and 2) Use Rated Cable per N.E.C. connect to
Terminals as per Breaker Nameplate.
the trip u n it. In addition, the fo l l owing
two internal accessories are available;
ww
Fig. 1. Series connection diagrams.

1 . An alarm (Signai )/Lockout Switch factory
insta l l ed o n ly, or
2. An Auxi liary Switch for fi eld i nsta l l ation.

Tech n i cal Data
om
29- 1 20
Page 2 2
.c
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
Westi nghouse E l ectric Corporation

w
Distri bution and Control Busi ness U n i t

Pittsburg h , Pennsylvan i a , U .S.A. 1 5220
ww
Printed in U.S.A.
August, 1988
om
8
Distri bution and Control Busi ness U n i t 29-1 20
E lectrical Com ponents Division
Pittsburg h , Pen nsylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 23
.c
December, 1 988 Types LCY, LCYA, LCYG and LCYGA
New Information 240 Volts Ac, 3 Pole AB D E- I O N ®
M a i led to: E , D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A, 300-600 Amperes SELTRON IC@l Breakers
Types MCY, MCYA, MCYG and MCYGA
ls
240 Volts Ac, 3 Pole
800 Ampere SELTRON IC@l Brea kers
ua
Types LCY and LCYA SELTRONIC@l Circuit Breakers with Solid State Trip Units
240 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz Complete Breaker Req u i res Frame, Rating Plug and Term i n a l s
Frame Only
an
Standard (Long Delay Long Delay, Magnetic Trip and Adjustable
and Magnetic Trip) Short Delay Time (.06-.22 seconds)
Types LCV and LCVA (300-600 Amperes)
I LCY3600F
--
3 LCYA3600F
Type LCYG and LCYGA SELTRONIC Breakers with Built-in Ground Fault Protection
tM
Complete Breaker Req u i res Frame, Rati ng Plug, a n d Term i nals, Extra Current Transformer
I ncluded for Neutral CD ® See Accessories Page 32.2 for Indicator Kit

___- -----l Characteristics
Poles Catalog N u m b e rs ---
I
ar
Standard (Long Delay, Long Delay, Magnetic Trip, Pick-up Time
Magnetic Trip) and Adjustable Short Delay Time and Setting Setting
Ground Fault Trip Ground Fault Trip Amps except as noted. (For C.S.A. see page 48.}
Types LCVG, LCVGA (300-600 Amperes) Type LCY breakers a re not defi ned by Fed
3 I LCYG3600F I LCYGA3600F I 1 2o-6oo 3.5-30 Cy eral Specification W-C-375b.
lP
Terminals (Order Sepa rately) Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
Two term i n a l s are req u i red per pole. Termi Amps Cat. Nu mber No. of Cables Interrupting Ratings
nals are UL I n c. l i sted for w i re type and Standard AI/Cu Pressure Terminals Volts Max. Amperes
ca
range l isted at right. When used with a l u m i 500® ®1 TA602LD® (2) 250-350 MCM AI/Cu 240 Ac 1 1 5,000 Asym., 1 00,000 Sym.
n u m cable, u s e joint co mpound. 600 ® ®1 TA603LA® (2) 400-500 MCM AI/Cu
600®1 TA600LA® (2) 250-500 MCM AI/Cu On a l l 3 phase Delta, Grounded B p h ase
Optional Copper Pressure Terminals applications, refer to Westi ng house.
600®1 T600LA (2) 250-500 MCM Cu
Further Information
tri

Field Mountable Attachments® @) ®
Description Sty!e N u m ber and Modifications: Pages 49-58 ( LC-600)
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source: Field Mountable Attachments: This Page
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)<Zl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D 1 1 G22
lec
Rating Plugs: Page 32.1 ( LC-600)

240 to 600 Volts Ac ( 50/60 Hz)® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D 1 1 G32 Portable Test Kit: Page 32.2
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external sou rce, plus a 1 A-1 B auxiliary switch :
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)<Zl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D 1 1 G 1 5
240 t o 600 Volts Ac ( 50/60 Hz)® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D 1 1 G25
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from 24 volt De source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D93G01
1 A- 1 B Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D 1 1 G03
.E
CD Avai lable without extra C.T. for neutral. Order

by description as similar to above except with
out neutral C.T. or external C.T. terminal con
nections. (Same Price) Note the standard
ground fault unit above can also be used with
out the neutral C.T.
0 These breakers use LC terminals. The fourth
C.T. uses MC breaker terminals.
w
0 Only one attachment may be mounted per

breaker.
® For other possible combinations, refer to
Westinghouse.
® Does not void listing of UL listed breakers.
ww
® Not for use on ground fault applications.

<Zl Rated 48 volts minimum for ground fault appli-
cations requ i ring tripping at 55% of voltage.
® Type AI9Cu aluminum terminal.
® Available 1 st quarter 1 989.
®I For 600 amp frame breakers only.
Discount CB-2
om
Tech nical Data
29- 1 20
Page 24
.c
Types MCY and MCYA SELTRONIC® Circuit Breakers with Solid State Trip Units
240 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz Com plete Breaker Requi res Frame, Rating Plug and Term i n a l s
Frame On l y --
__�--,------------------------------------------------------------- --
Poles Catalog Nu mbers
ls
and Magnetic Tripi Short Delay Time (.08-.28 seconds)
Types MCY and MCYA 400 to 800 Amperes
3 MCY3800F MCYA3800F
ua
Types MCVG and MCVGA SEL TRONIC Circuit Breakers with Built-in Ground Fault
Protection
Complete B reaker Requires Frame, Rating Plug, and Termi nals - Extra Cu rrent Transformer
I n clu ded for Neutral CD ® See Page 32.2 for Optional Indi cator Kit
an
I
Frame Only·---------------- ----
Ground Fault
------ ----------------
--
--
---- --i Characteristics
Poles Catalog N u m bers
Standard (Long Delay, Long Delay, Magnetic Trip) Pick-up Time
Magnetic a n d Adjusta ble Short Delay T i m e a n d Setting Setting Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
: Ground Fault Trip G round Fault Trip (Amps) except as noted. (For C.S.A. see page 48.)
tM
Types MCYG and MCYGA 400 to 800 Amperes®
I
Type MCY breakers a re not defined by Fed
3 -- ---rMcYG3BOOF I MCYGA3BOOF Bo-8oo 3.5-30 Cy eral Specification W-C-375b.
Terminals (Two Required per Pole)® Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed

Max. Te rminal No., Size of Cable, Interrupting Ratings
Amps_____ Cat_. No . Ty
�p_e______________
ar
_ __________ _ Max. Volts Amperes
AI/Cu Pressure Terminals 240 Ac 1 1 5,000 Asym . , 1 00,000 Sym.
600 TA700MA1 @J (2) # 1 -500 M C M AI/Cu
BOO TABOOMA2 @J (3) 3/0-400 MCM AI/Cu
BOO TAB0 1 MA @J (2) 500-750 MCM AI!Cu Further Information
lP

600 T600MA1 (2) 2/0-500 MCM Cu and Modifications: Pages 49-58
BOO T800MA1 (3) 3/0-300 MCM Cu
Rating Plugs: Page 32. 1
ca
Field Mountable Attachments @ ® ®

Description Style Nu m ber Remote Ground Fault Trip Indicator:
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source: Page 32.2
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)QJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D72G22
240 to 600 Volts Ac (50/60 Hz) ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D72G32
Provi sion to trip flux tra n sfer shunt trip from external sou rce, plus 1A-1 8 Auxiliary switch :
tri
3 2 to 1 20 Volts (De t o 60 Hz)QJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 371 D72G 1 5

240 to 600 Volts Ac ( 50/60 Hz)® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D72G25
Provision to trip flux transfer s h u nt trip from external 24 volt De so u rce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 370DB5G01
1A-1 8 Auxiliary Sw'1tch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D72G03
lec
CDAvai lable without extra C.T. for neutral. Order ® Only one of the attachments may be mou nted
by description as similar to above except with per breaker.
out neutral C.T. or external C.T. Term inal con ® For other possible combinations, refer to
nections. (Same Price) factory.
.E
Note: the standard ground fa ult unit above can QJ Rated 4B volts m i n i m u m for ground fault appli
also be used without the neutral C.T. cations req u i ring tripping (f< 55% of voltage.
0 Order two of the desired terminals for each ® Not for Ground Fault Applications.
pole of the breaker and two for the neutral C.T. ® Also used on breakers with ground fault and on
® For appl ications other than standard residual separately mounted neutral current
scheme, see AD 29-160. transformers.
® Does not void listing of U L l isted breakers. @J Type AI9Cu a l u m i n u m terminal.
Westi ng house Electric Corporation

w
Distribution and Control B u siness U n it

Pittsburg h , Pennsylva nia, U . S.A. 1 5220
ww
Printed in U.S.A.
Discount CB-2 December, 1 988

om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Technica l Data
E lectrical Compon ents Division
Pittsburg h , Pen nsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 24. 1
.c
December, 1 988 Types NCY, NCYA, N CYG and NCYGA
New I nfo rmation 240 Volt Ac, 3 Pole AB D E- I O N ®
Mai led to : E , D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, 1 200 Ampere S E LTRONI CJ"l Brea kers
Type LAY, 240 Volt
ls
3 Pole 250-600 Ampere
SELTRO N I Cti"J Breakers
ua
Types NCY and NCYA SELTRONIC"") Circuit Breakers with Solid State Trip Units
240 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz C o m p l ete Breaker Req u i res Frame, Rating Plug and Term i n a l s
Frame Only
Poles Catalog N u m _er_s____
b_
an
_
and Mag netic Tr ip 1 _ 1 Short Delay Time (.08-.28 seconds)
_". -_
' __
Types NCY and NCYA 800 to 1200 Amperes
. - -------,-
3 NCY3 1 200F NCYA3 1 200F
tM
Type NCYG, NCYGA SELTRONIC Breakers with Built-in Ground Fault Protection
Complete Breaker Req u i res Frame, Rati ng P l u g , and Term inals - Extra Cu rrent Transformer
Incl u d ed for N e utral CD ® See Page 32.2 for Optio n a l I n d i cator Kit
I
Poles Catalog Nu mbers Characteristics
ar
' Long Delay, Magnetic Trip,
, Standard (Long Delay, Pick-up Ti me
1 ' Setting
I I
, Mag netic Trip) and Adjusta ble Short Delay Time and Setting
Ground Fault Trip (Amps)
. .. -------
Ground Fault Trip
____-____
1 N_
Types NCYG and NCYGA 800 to 1200 Amperes@
--,-
_
I NCYG31 200F
" ._
3 CY G A3 1 20 0 F I 1 20-1 200 3.5-30 Cy except as noted. (For C.S.A. see page 48.)
lP
Type NCY breakers are not defi ned by Fed

Terminals (Two Req u i red per Pole)® eral Specification W-C-375b.
Max. Terminal No., Size of Cable,
Amps Cat. No. Type Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
ca
-------
1 000 TA1000NB1 ® ( 3 ) 3/0-400 M C M AI/Cu Volts Max. Amperes
1 200 TA1 200NB1 ®l (4) 4/0-500 MCM AI/Cu 240 Ac 1 1 5,000 Asym., 1 00,000 Sym.
1 200 TA1201 N B 1 @ (3) 500-750 MCM AI/Cu
Copper Only Pressure Te_m_

r_ in_a_ls_____
tri
Further Information
1 000 T1 000NB1 (3) 3/0-500 MCM Cu List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
1 200 T1 200NB1 (4) 3/0-400 MCM Cu
Factory Mou nted and Other Accessories
Field Mountable Attachments @ ® ®
lec
Description Style Nu mber Rating Plugs : Page 32 . 1

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source: Portable Test Kit: Page 32.2
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz) CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D39G 1 3 Remote Ground Fault Trip Indicator:
240 t o 600 Volts Ac (50/60 Hz)® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D39G23 Page 32.2
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external sou rce, plus a 1 A- 1 B auxiliary switch:
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz) CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D39G 1 6
240 t o 600 Volts Ac (50/60 Hz) ® . . . .. . ... . ... 1 372D39G26
.E
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external 24 volt De sou rce 1 37 1 D94G05
1A- 1 B Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 1 372D39G03
Gl Avai lable without extra C.T. for neutral. Order ® Only one of the attachments may be mou nted
w
by description as similar to above except with per breaker.

out neutral C.T. or external C.T. Terminal con ® For other possible combinations, refer to
nections. (Same Price) factory.
Note: the standard ground fault unit above can 0 Rated 48 volts m i n i m u m for ground fault appli
also be used without the neutral C.T. cations req u i ring trippi n g (a 55% of voltage.
ww
® Order two of the desired terminals for each ® Not for G round Fau lt Applications.
pole of the breaker and two for the neutral C.T. ® Also used on breakers with g round fault and on
@ For applications other than sta ndard residual separately mounted neutral current transformers.
scheme, see AD 29- 1 60. ®l Type AI9Cu al u m i n u m terminal.
® Does not void listing of U L listed breakers. @ Type AI7Cu a l u m i n u m terminal.
Discount CB-2
om
Technical Data
29-1 20
Page 24.2
.c
Type LAY 600 Amp Frame Breakers
250-600 Am peres, 240 Volts Ac, 3 Poles, I nterchangeable Trip Thermal Mag netic
I
Con- Mag netic Complete Breaker
-�
S�ipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Ter rn�ll<l ls@l
tin- ! Trip
--
' I nclu des Pressure Type Aluminum Frame Only Trip U n it
��
uous Sett ing
i�� ; ��: :� ��
ls
i Term i n a l s @ Only
er
C;t� l� g N u mber ! catalog N u mber
- -- -+--�-----
t �
I
gh r
ing
ua
(a
40'C !
600 Ampere Frame Breakers@ 3 Poles ._2_ n__

c O_
4 0 V olts A_ ly _ _
1
25Q----r,25o
.c ______ _ ._ ______
2500 LAY3250 LAY3600F 2603D46G26
300 1 500 3000 LAY3300 LAY3600F 2603D46G27
350 1 7 50 3500 LAY3350 , LAY3600F 2603D46G28
an
500 I 2500 5000 LAY3500
I
400 2000 4000 LAY3400 LAY3600F 2603D46G29
LAY3600F H LA3500T
600 3000 6000 LAY3600 LAY3600F H LA3600T Term inals®
Two term i na l s a re req u i red per pole. Termi
Special Calibrations@ 50°C Calibratio n @ nals are U nderwriters' Labo ratories, Inc.
Special ca l i bration price add itions apply to Add suffix "V" to cata log n u m ber for com l i sted fo r wi re type and range l i sted below.
tM
a m pere rati ngs not l i sted as sta ndard, or for plete breaker o r trip u n it o n ly, when order When used with a l u m i n u m cable, use joint
ambients other than 40°C or 50°C. Also price ing l isted am pere rati ngs for breakers to be compo u n d .
additions a pply to specific ca l ibrations for used in 50°C a m bients. Same price as stan
freq uencies other than 0-60 Hz Ac ci rcuits. dard 40oC breakers. Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type
See application data 29- 1 60 for i nformation Amps Cat. N u mber No. of Cables
regarding spec i a l conditions. Maxi m u m 400 Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Standard AI/Cu Pressur_e T-= rm
e.:c in a ls _
ar
=-= "'--_______
Hz ca l i bration : 600 a m p fra me, 450 a m ps. except as noted. (For C.S.A. see page 48.)
500 @) ® TA602LD® (2) 250-350 MCM AI/Cu
Type of 25 or More
Type LAY breakers are not defi ned by Fed 600@) ® TA603LA® (2) 400-500 MCM AI/Cu
1 -24 Identical
Cali bration U nits Identical U n its eral Specification W-C-375b. 600@) TA600LA® (2) 250-500 MCM AI/Cu
Optional Copper Pressure Terminals
Thermal Add 20% to None
lP
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed 600@) T600LA (2) 250-500 MCM Cu

Ambient List Price of None
------ --- ---- - -------

Frequency Trip U nit None
Volts Max. Amperes Accessories and Modifications
- Descriptio n : Pages 49-58
240 Ac 1 1 5,000 Asym., 1 00,000 Sym.
ca
On all 3 phase Delta, G ro u n ded B phase List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
applications, refer to West i n ghouse.
tri
lec
(i) Set on h i g h side, adjustable to lower l i m its.

0 Terminals shi pped separately from breakers.
@ Not listed with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
@l For 600 amp frame breakers only.
.E
® Available 1 st q u a rter 1 989.

® Type AI9Cu aluminum term i n a l .

w

Pittsburg h , Pen nsylvan i a , U .S.A. 1 5220
ww
Printed in U.S.A.

om
Distribution and Control Busi ness U n i t 29- 1 20
Pittsburgh, Pen n sylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 24.3
.c
December, 1 988 Type MAY 240 Volt Ac, 3 Pole
New I nformation 600-800 Amperes S E LTRON IC"" Breakers AB D E- I O N ®
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 31 -400A,
3 1 -500A Type N BY, 240 Volt 3 Pole C i rc u it B reakers
700-1 200 Amperes
ls
SELTRON ICC'"' Breakers
ua
Type MAY Breakers
�
600-800 Amperes, 240 Volts Ac, 3 Poles, I nterchangeable Trip
Con- II I Shipped as Frame._!o"ip_l.Jnit and Terminals�
__
Magnetic omplete Breaker
s I
lin- Tnp ) I ncludes Pressure Type Aluminum )
Frame O n ly !Tri p U n it
_ _j_
,
�C:::- ;��;� s Termi n a l s � - - - - - --1- -- - - - _
an
_ Catalog _
O n ly
I rcatalog Nu mber
I I Nu mber
Catalog Nu mber
1
pere Gl
I
1 I
Rat- Low High
1
ing
0 I
40°C
tM
- _ __
6oor=-=1 3ooo6oooMAY36oo ___ _
3 Poles, 240 Volts Ac Only
fM.A.v38ooF - - - - - THMA36ooT-
700 3000 6000 MAY3700Gl ' MAY3800F HMA3700TGJ
800 I 3000 6000 MAY3800Gl I MAY3800F I HMA3800TGJ
Special Calibrations@ Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
ar
Special cali bration price additions apply to except as noted. (For C.S.A. see page 48.) Terminals@
a m pere ratings not l i sted as sta ndard, Two ter m i n a l s a re req u i red per pole. Termi
Type MAY breakers a re not defined by Fed
a m b ients other than 40°C or 50°C. or fre nals are U n derwriters' Laboratories, I n c.
eral Specification W-C-375b.
q u encies other than 60 Hertz Ac (50 Hertz listed for wire type and range l i sted below.
lP
Ac m i n i m u m - 60 Hertz Ac maxi m u m ) See When used with a l u m i n u m cable, use joint

AD 29-1 60 for addition a l information regard compound.
ing special co n d itions.
Volts Max. Amperes
M a x. Te rm i nal Wire Ra nge, Type
Type of 1-24 Identical 25 or More 240 Ac 1 1 5,000 Asym., 100,000 Sym. --
Amps Cat. No. No. of Cables
- ___
-
ca
Calibration U n its Identical U n its

Standard AI/Cu Pressure Termin_
al_
s
Thermal Add 20% of None On a l l 3 ph ase Delta, G ro u n ded B p hase
600 TA700MA1 Gl 2 #1 -500 MCM AI/Cu
Ambient Trip Unit None applications, refer to Westi n g h ouse.
800 TA800MA2® 3 3/0-400 MCM AI/Cu
Frequency List Price None
800 TA801 MA®
----2 500-750 MCM AI/Cu
sooc Calibration@) Optional Copper Pressure Terminals
350 T350MA 1 1 #-600 MCM Cu
tri
Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m b e r for com

plete breaker or trip u n it o n ly, when order 600 T600MA 1 2 2/0-500 MCM Cu
i ng l i sted a m pere rati ngs for breakers to be
List Prices: See Price List 29-020 Dis. CB-2
800 T800MA1 3 3/0-300 MCM Cu
used in 50oC ambients. Same price as stan
lec
dard 40oC breakers.

.E
w
ww
Gl Set on high side, adjustable to lower l imit.

0 Terminals shipped separate from breaker.
Gl 60 Hertz Ac only.
@) Not listed with U n derwriters' Laboratories, I nc.
GJ Type AI9Cu
a l u m i n u m terminal.
Discount CB-2
om
Tech nical Data
29-1 20
Page 24.4
.c
Type NBY Breakers
700-1 200 Ampe res, 240 Volts, 60 Hertz Ac G:l , 3 Poles, Interchangeable Tri p
J_<;omplete Breaker_ I Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminal�
1.
Con- Magnetic
��-
tin- Trip
,I I Only
Incl udes Pressure Type Fra m e O nly Trip Unit
�;�
uous
�
Setting Aluminum Term inals@
I CatalogNumber I1 CaN_ut_._ma-lober_g
ls
mperes .
1 Catalog N u mber �- -
I
__
I
Rat- Low High '
��cc I
ing
ua
3_1'_oles, 600 Volts Ac Only
_j_ ___
_
--�--�----,��-
700T3000 I N BY3700 ----r
6000 NBY31 200F H N B3700T
I
800 3000 6000
I NBY3800 NBY31200F H N B3800T
I I
900 · 4000 8000 N BY3900
I
NBY3 1 200F H N B3900T
an
1 200 I 4000
1 000 4000 8000 N BY31 000 NBY31200F H N B31 000T
8000 ' NBY3 1 200 I NBY3 1 200F HNB31 200T
Special Calibrations@ Accessories and Modifications Terminals@

Special cali bration price additions apply to Description : Pages 49-58 Two term i na l s a re req u i red per pole. Termi
a m pere ratings not l i sted as sta n d a rd, n a l s a re U n derwriters' Laboratories, I n c .
tM
am bients other than 40°C o r 50°C. o r fre List Prices: See Price List 29-020 Dis. CB-2 l isted f o r wire type a n d r a n g e l i sted below.
quencies other t h a n 60 Hertz Ac (50 Hertz When used with a l u m i n u m conductors, use
Ac m i n i m u m - 60 Hertz Ac m ax i m u m ) See Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. j o i nt compound.
AD 29- 1 60 for additional i nfo rmati o n regard except as noted. (For C.S.A. see page 48.)
ing special conditions. Max. Te rminal Wire Range, Type,
Type N BY breakers a re not defined by Fed Ampere Catalog No. of Cables
eral Specification W-C-375b.
ar
Type of 1 -24 Identical 25 or More Ratings N u m be r
Cali bration Units Identical Units Standard AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed
Thermal Add 1 5% of None 1 000 TA1000N B 1 ® 3 3/0-400 MCM AI/Cu
Interrupting Rati ngs:
Ambient Trip Unit None 1 200 TA1 200NB1 ® 4 4/0-500 MCM AI/Cu
Frequency List Price None Volts
--
Max.
- --��
Amperes
�� 1 200 TA 1 20 1 N B 1 ® 3 500-750 MCM AI/Cu
lP
240 Ac 1 1 5,000 Asym., 1 00,000 Sym. Alternate Copper Pressure Terminals

sooc Calibration@)
1 000 T1 000 N B 1 3 3/0-500 MCM C u
Add suffix "V" to cata log n u m ber for com On a l l 3 ph ase Delta, G ro u n ded B ph ase 1 200 T1 200 N B 1 4 310-400 M C M Cu
plete b reaker o r trip u n i t on ly, when order appl ications, refer to Westing house.
ing l i sted a m pere rati ngs for breakers to be
ca
used i n 50°C a m bients. Same price as sta n

dard 40oc b reakers.
tri
lec
Gl Higher frequency cali bration not ava i lable. Mini

mum of 50 cycle cali bration available on special
order.
® Set on high side, adjustable to lower l i mits.
.E
@ Term inals shipped separately from breaker.

® Not listed with Und erwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
® Type AI9Cu a l u m i n u m term inal.
® Type AI7Cu a l u m i n u m term·l nal.
West i n g h ouse E l ectric Corporation

w

Pittsburgh, Pen nsylva n i a , U . S .A 1 5220
ww
Printed in U.S.A.

om
Distribution and Control Busi ness U n it 29•1 20
Pittsburgh, Pen nsylva n i a, U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 25
.c
AB D E-I O N ®
November, 1 988 Types LC, LCC, LCA, LCCA and MARK 75
Supersedes Tech n ical Data 29-1 20, Types H LC, H LCC, H LCA, H LCCA 75-600
pages 27-28, dated September, 1 984
Mai led to : E, D, C/29-100A, 3 1 -400A,
Amperes S E LTRON IC@l B reakers
3 1 -500A Types LCG, LCCG, LCGA, LCCGA and MARK
ls
75 Types H LCG, H LCCG, H LCGA, H LCCGA
75-600 Amperes SELTRONICCilll B reakers
ua
Types LC, LCC, LCA, LCCA, MARK 75® Types HLC, HLCC, HLCA, HLCCA
SELTRONIC™ Circuit Breakers With Solid State Trip U n its�
600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz Complete Breaker Requires Frame, Rating Plug and Terminals@
an
Frame Only
Poles I Catalog N u m bers
0) I Standard (Long Delay
I and Magnetic Trip)
Mag netic Long Delay, Mag netic Trip and Adjusta ble
Only0 Short Delay Time (.06-.22 seconds)
Breakers for Standard Applications

tM
2
I �CA3 1 50F
_______ _ _
LC2 1 50F LC2150FM LCA2 1 50F
3 LC3150F LC3150FM
.
MARK 75 Types HLC 150 and HLCA 150 (75-150 Amps.)
2
I
HLC2 1 50F HLC21 50FM IHLCA2 1 50F
3 HLC3 1 50F HLC31 50FM 1 HLCA3 1 50F
I _____ __ _ _
ar
Types LC 300 and LCA 300 ( 1 50-300 Amps.)
""� LCA2300F Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
I LCA3300F
2 LC2300F LC2300FM
_s- .): __L__

- - -- ---- -
3 LC3300F LC3300FM
�--c--_ - - _
MARK 75 Types HLC 300 and HLCA 300 (1 5_ 30c--

0-- A-
0 --c _p
m
I HLC2300F
Type LC breakers meet req u i rements for
I
2 HLC2300FM H LCA2300F class 21 a circuit breakers, and Type H LC
lP
3 HLC3300F HLC3300FM HLCA3300F

meet req u i rements for class 23a as defined
2 'I LC2400F L �Cc:-24c-:O:-::O-=Fc:-M:----,I--c-L
CA2400F
-- by Federal Specification W-C-375b.
3 LC3400F LC3400FM 1 LCA3400F Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed

.
MARK 75 Types HLC 400 and HLCA 400 (200-400 Amps.) Interrupting Ratings®
Z �LC2400F IHLCA2400 F
ca
-
I
HLC2400FM Volts Max. Amperes
3 HLC3400F HLC3400FM I H LCA3400F
Standard Breakers
240 Ac 50,000 Asym., 42,000 Sym.
2 LC2600F LC2600FM LCA2600F
3 LC3600F LC3600FM LCA3600F 480 Ac 35,000 Asym., 30,000 Sym.
:-:c::c:::-:::-::-:� L_ -��c:-c:-c:-c:-�-�-�- 600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
MARK 7 5 Types HLC 600 and HLCA 600 (300-600 Amps.)
tri
2 I
HLC2600F HLC2600FM
-----.Lf1.L:CA3600F
H LCA2600F I MARK 75 Breakers
3 HLC3600F HLC3600FM 240 Ac 75,000 Asym., 65,000 Sy m.
Type LC 600 Molded Case Switch: Refer to Pages 46.1, 46.2 480 Ac 40,000 Asym., 35,000 Sym.
Breakers for Applications at 100% Rating 600 Ac 30,000 Asy m . , 25,000 Sym.
lec
Types LCC 600 and LCCA 600 (300-600 Amps.)

I =rf:C
-- On all 3 phase Delta, Grou nded B ph ase
3 LCC3600F CA3600F
appl ications, refer to West i n g h o u se.
MARK 75 Types HLCC 600 and HLCCA 600 (300-600 Amps.)
3 I HLCC3600F I H LCCA3600F Further Information
Field Mountable Attachments 0 @) ® ® Factory Mou nted and Other Accessories
.E
Description Style N u mber and Modifications: Pages 49-58

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source: Field Mountable Attachments: Pag e 2 5
32 to 1 20 volts (DC to 60 Hz)(?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D 1 1 G 22 Rating P l u g s : P a g e 3 2 . 1
240 to 600 volts Ac, 50/60 Hz® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D1 1 G32 Portable Test Kit: Page 3 2 . 2
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source, plus a 1 A- 1 B auxiliary switch : Terminals: Page 26
32 to 1 20 volts (Dc to 60 Hz)0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D 1 1 G 1 5
240 t o 600 volts Ac 50/60 Hz® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D 1 1 G25
Provision to tri p flux transfer shunt trip from 24 volt De source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D93G01
w
1 A- 1 B Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 371 D1 1 G03
(!I Changed or added since previous issue. ® Molded case switches do not use standard SEL
0) Two pole breakers are supplied in th ree pole TRONIC attachments, and should be ordered by
ww
frames with current carrying parts om itted from description for factory mounting.
center pole. ® Does not void l i sting of UL listed breakers.
0 UL Inc. recognized component. (7) Rated 48 volts m i n i m u m for ground fault appli
@ Only one attach ment may be mou nted per cations requiring tripping at 55% of voltage.
breaker. ® Not for use o n ground fault applications.
® For other possi ble combinations, refer to ® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to
Westi nghouse. molded case switches (MCS).
Discount CB-2
om
Tech n i cal Data
29- 1 20
Page 26
.c
Types LCG, LCCG, LCGA, LCCGA, MARK 75® HLCG, HLCCG, HLCGA, HLCCGA Terminals (Order Sepa rately)
SELTRONIC Breakers With Built-in Ground Fault Protectio n (i Two term i n a l s are req u i red per pole. Termi
n a l s are U L Inc. l isted for wire type and
Comp lete Breaker Req u i res Fra me, Rati ng P l u g , and Term i n a l s , Extra Cu rrent Transformer range l i sted below. When used with a l u mi
Incl uded for Neutra i CD @ See Accesso ries Page 32.2 for I n d icator Kit n u m cable, use j o i nt co m pou n d .
ls
Frame Only
- - - � - - - - - - - -------1\
-
1 Ground Fault
Characteristics
Max. Terminal Wire Range. type
Poles Catalog Numbers 1 Pick-up Time
_ � _
f -cc_ --c ---c::----=c-:-__--�---=-:- _c:-:-----:---c=--. ------11 Setting Amps. Cat. No. No. of Cables
@ Setting
ua
Sta n da r d ( Lo n g D e la y, Long D e la y, M a g net ic T r i p .
Magnetic Trip) and Adjustable Short Delay Time Amps 1 50, 300, and 400 Amp Frames Only
Ground Fault Trip and Ground Fault Trip
Breakers for Standard Applieation 225 TA225LA1 ( 1 ) #6-350 MCM Cu, or
( 1 ) #4-350 MCM AI
Types lCG 150 and lCGA 150 (75-150 Amps.)®
I LCG3150F I LCGA3 1 50F
400 TA400LA1 ( 1 ) #4-250 MCM AI/Cu, plus
3 50-1 50 3.5-30 Cy 11) 310-600 MCM AI/Cu
an
MARK 75 Types HlCG 150 and HlCGA 150 (75-150 Amps.) ® Copper Pressure Terminals
3 i HLCG3 1 50F I HLCGA3150F 50-150 3.5-30 Cy
225
225
T225LA
T225LBF
( 1 ) #6-350 MCM Cu
( 1 ) #6-250 MCM Cu
Types lCG 300 and lCGA 300 (1 50-300 Amps. ) ® 400 T401 LA ( 1 ) #4-250 MCM Cu, plus
3 I LCG3300F i LCGA3300F 60-300 3.5-30 Cy
(1) 310-600 MCM Cu
MARK 75 Types HlCG 300 and HlCGA 300 (1 50-300 Amps. ) ® 600 Amp Frame Only@
I H LCG3300F _j_ AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
tM
3 I HLCGA3300F 60-300 3.5-30 Cy
500® TA602LD® (2) 250-350 MCM AI/Cu
Types lCG 400 and lCGA 400 (200-400 Amps)®
3 I LCGA3400F
600® TA603LA® (2) 400-500 MCM AI/Cu
I LCG3400F 80-400 3.5-30 Cy 600 TA600LA® (2) 250-500 MCM AI/Cu
MARK 75 Types HlCG 400 and HlCGA 400 (200-400 Amps.) ® Copper Pressure Terminals
:3_
__
1BLCG3400F I HLCGA3400F T80-400 3.5-30 Cy
600 T600LA (2) 250-500 MCM Cu
Types lCG 600 and lCGA 600 (300-600 Amps.)®

3 ______C _i_L: G3600F
ar
_
I LCGA3600F I 120-600 3.5-30 Cy Fu rther Information
MARK 75 Types HlCG 600 and HlCGA 600 (300-600 Amps.) ® List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
3 1 HLCG3600F I HLCGA3600F 1 1 2o-6oo 3.5-30 Cy
Breakers for Application at 10M'o Rating

and Modification s : Pages 49-58
Field Mountable Attachments: Page 25
lP
Types lCCG 600 and lCCGA 600 (300-600 Amps. ) ® Rating Plugs: Page 3 2 . 1
3 I LCCG3600F I LCCGA3600F 1 20-600 3.5-30 Cy Portable Test Kit: P a g e 3 2 . 2
MARK 75 Types HlCCG 600 and HlCCGA 600 (300-600 Amps.)® Remote Ground Fault Trip Indicator:
3 I HLCCG3600F I H LCCGA3600F 1 20-600 3.5-30 Cy Page 32.2
ca
(!I Changed or added since previous issue. @ Two pole breakers supplied in three pole
G:l Available without extra C.T. for neutral. Order frames with cu rrent carrying parts om itted from
by description as similar to above except with center pole.
@) For appl ications other than standard residual
tri
out neutral C.T. or extern al C.T. te rminal con

nections. (Same price). Note the standard scheme, see AD 29-160.
ground fault u n it above can also be used with ® Available first quarter 1 989.
out the neutral C.T. ® Type AL9CU a l u m i n u m terminal.
0 These breakers use LC term i n a ls. The fourth
C.T. uses MC breaker terminals, page 28.
lec
.E

w
Distribution and Control B u s i n ess U n it

Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n ia , U . S .A 1 5220
ww
Discount CB-2 November, 1 988

om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Technica l Data
.c
November, 1 988 Types MC, MCC, MCA, MCCA, M C G , MCCG,
Su persedes Technica l Data 29- 1 20, MCGA, MCCGA and MARK 7 5 Types HMC, AB D E- I O N ®
page 29, dated September, 1 984 H M CC, H M CA, H M CCA, H M C G , H M CCG,
M a i l e d to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, H M CGA, H M CCGA C i rcu it B reakers
3 1 -500A 800 Ampere S E LTRON ICTM Breakers
ls
ua
Types MC, MCC, MCA, MCCA, MARK 75® Types HMC, HMCC, HMCA, HMCCA
SELTRONIC™ Circuit Breakers with Solid State Trip Units (B
600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz Complete Breaker Requi res Frame, Rating Plug, and Terminals@
an
Frame Only
Poles Catalog N u m bers
(j) Standard (Long Delay Magnetic Long Delay, Magnetic Trip and Adjustable
Breakers for Standard Application
tM
Types MC and MCA 400 to 800 Amps.
MCA2BOOF
I
2 MC2800F MC2800FM
3 MC3800F MC3800FM MCA3800F
. - ------ -- ------
MARK 75 Types HMC and HMCA 400 to 800 Amps.

2 H MC2800F H MC2800FM HMCA2800F
3 _LH M C3800F HMC3800FM
- _J HMCA3800F
=___:c-c-=-cc- c
c-e-d -Ca -- _.,h-:--cRc-e-c
__ __ ----- �- _
Typ e MC8OO M=-o-c ld -s-
c- e--cSc-w fer t_ g-
o P a_ es 46 . , , 46 . 2
ar
itc
Breakers for Application at 100% Rating
Types MCC and MCCA 400 to 800 Amps.
I I MCCA3BOOF
3 MCC3800F except as noted (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
lP
MARK 75 Types HMCC and HMCCA 400 to 800 Amps.

I H MCC3800F
Type M C SELTRONIC breakers meet
3 H MCCA3800F req u i rements for class 21 a, and MARK 75.
Type HMC meet class 23a as defi ned by
Types MCG, MCCG, MCGA MCCGA and MARK 75 Types HMCG, HMCCG,
Federa l Spec W-C-375b.
HMCGA, HMCCGA SELTRONIC Circu it Breakers With Built-in Ground Fault
ca
Protection (9 U L Listed Interrupting Capacity, RMS

Complete Breaker Req u i res Frame, Rating Plug a n d Te r m i n a l s - Extra C u rrent Transformer Symmetrical Amperes®
I n c l u ded for Neutra l 0 0 See Page 32.2 For Optio n a l I n d icator Kit Breaker Ac Volts
------
Frame Only Ground Fault 240 480 600

Poles Catalog N u m bers Characteristics MC, MCG 42000 30000 22000
tri
H M C, HMCG 65000 50000 25000
I
Standard (Long Delay, Long Delay, Mag netic Trip, Pick-up Time
Mag netic and Ground Adjustable Short Delay Setting Setting
Fault Trip) Time and Ground Fault Trip Amps Further Information
Breakers for Standard Applications List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
lec
Types MCG and MCGA 400 to 800 Amps. ®

3 l M C G 38OO F I
M C G_ 80
A3__0 F - - -
: --'-==-___ccc-:c-�---cc-�-=---'-__ _ _--,---- - -- --
::c:--c:c-c- :_-]JJQ-_
8_
00
_
3.5-30 Cy and Modifications: Pages 49-58
SO'
MARK 75 Types HMCG and HMCGA 400 to 800 Amps.® Field Mountable Attachments: Page 28
_
I I
_____
T BQ-800
3 HMCG3800F HMCGA3800F 3.5-30 Cy
Breakers tor Appfications at 100% Radng · Remote Ground Fault Trip Indicator:
Types MCCG and MCCGA 400 to 800 Amps. ® Page 32.2
I MCCG3BOOF I MCCGA3800F
.E
3 __ 0-8 00___3 .5-30 Cy

__ _L__8____ _
MARK 75 Types HMCCG and HMCCGA 400 to 800 Amps.®
3 I HMCCG3800F I H M CCGA3800F 80-800 3.5-30 Cy
w
� Changed or added since previous issue. @ Order two of the desired term inals for each
CD Two pole breakers are supplied in three pole pole of the breaker and two for the neutral C.T.
frames with cu rrent-ca rrying parts om itted from ® For applications other than sta ndard residual
center pole. scheme, see AD 29-160.
0 UL Inc. recognized component. ® I nterrupting capacities shown do not apply to
ww
Gl Avai lable without extra C.T. for neutra l . Order molded case switches ( M CS).
by description as similar to above except
without neutral C.T. or exte rnal C.T. Terminal
connections. (Same Price)
Note: the standard ground fault u n it above can
also be used without the neutral C.T.
Discount CB-2
om
Tec h n i cal Data
29- 1 20
Page 28
.c
Field Mountable Attachments CD 0 @ 0
Description Style
N u m ber
ls
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 371 D72G22
240 to 600 Volts Ac (50/60 Hz)® . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 371 D72G32
Provision to trip flux transfer s h u nt trip from external sou rce, plus 1A-1 B Auxiliary
Switch:
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 371 D72G 1 5
ua
240 to 600 Volts Ac (50/60 Hz)® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D72G25
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external 24 volt De so u rce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 370D85G01
1 A-1 B Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D72G03
Terminals (Two Requi red per Pole) 0

Max. Te rminal No., Size of Cable
an
Amps Cat. No.
600 TA700MA 1 ® (2) # 1 -500MCM
800 TA800MA2® (3) 3/0-400MCM
800 TA801 MA® (2) 500-750MCM
600 T600MA1 (2) 2/0-500MCM
tM
800 T800MA 1 (3) 3/0-300MCM ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
CD Does not void listi ng of UL l isted breakers.

@ Only one of the attachments may be mounted
per breaker.
@ For other possible combinations, refer to
factory.
® Molded case switches do not use stand a rd sel
tronic attachments and should be ordered by
description.
® Rated 48 volts minimum for ground fault appli
.E
cations req u i ring tripping (i1 55% of voltage.

® Not for Ground Fault Applkations.
0 Also used on breakers with ground fau lt and
on separately mounted neutral current trans
formers.
® Type AL9CU a l u m i n u m term inal.

w

Pitts burgh, Pennsylva n i a , U .S .A . 1 5220
ww

om
Tech nical Data
29- 1 20
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 29
.c
November, 1 988 Type NC, N CA, NCG, N CGA and MARK 7 5
Su persedes Tec h n i ca l Data 29- 1 20, Type H N C, H N CA, H N CG , H N CGA AB D E- I O N ®
1 200 Ampere S E L TRONIC Breakers
page 30, dated September, 1 984
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
ls
3 1 -500A
ua
Type NC, NCA, MARK 75® Type HNC, HNCA SELTRONIC™ Circuit Breakers with
Solid State Trip U nits
600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz Complete Breaker Requires Frame, Rating Plug, and Terminals
an
Frame Only
®
Standard (Long Delay Mag netic Long Delay, Magnetic Trip and
and Magnetic Trip) Only@ Adjustable Short Delay Time
(.08·.28 Seconds)
I
tM
Types NC and NCA 800 to 1 200 Amps
NC21 200F NC21 200FM NCA21200F
3 NC31200F NC31 200FM NCA31200F
I
Mark 75 Types HNC and HNCA 800 to 1 200 Amps
HNC2 1 200F HNC21 200FM HNCA21200F
3 HNC31 200F HNC31200FM HNCA31200F
ar
Type NC 1 200 Molded Case Switch: Refer to Pages 46.1 , 46.2
Type NCG, NCGA, and MARK 75 Type HNCG, HNCGA SELTRONIC Circuit Breakers With
Built-in Ground Fault Protection
Listed with Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.
lP
Complete Breaker Requires Frame, Rating Plug and Terminals - Extra Current Transformer except as noted. (For C.S.A. see page 48.)
Included for Neutra l ® @l See Page 32.2 for Optional Indicator Kit
Type N C SEL TRONIC breakers meet req u i re
Characteristics ments for class 2 1 a, and MARK 75. Type
H N C meet class 23a as defined by Federal
I
Standard (Long Delay, Long Delay, Mag netic Trip, Pick-up Time
ca
Spec W-C-375b.
Mag netic and Ground Adjustable Short Delay Time, Setting Setting
Fault Trip) and Ground Fault Trip Amps UL Listed Interrupting Capacity, RMS
Types NCG and NCGA 800 to 1 200 Amperes@ Symmetrical Amperes@
3 I NCG31 200F I NCGA31200F 1 20-1 200 3.5-30 Cy Breaker Ac Volts
Mark 75 Types HNCG and HNCGA 800 to 1 200 Amperes@ 240 480 600
I HNCG31200F I HNCGA31200F 1 20-1 200
tri
3.5-30 Cy
NC, NCG 42000 30000 22000
HNC, HNCG 65000 50000 25000
Field Mountable Attachments CD ® ® IJ)
Description Style Number Further Information
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source: List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
lec
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D39G 1 3 Factory Mounted and Other Accessories

240 to 600 Volts Ac (50/60 Hz)@ . 1 372D39G23
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source, plus a 1 A- 1 B auxiliary switch: and Modifications: Pages 49-58
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)@ . . . 1 372D39G 16 Field Mountable Attachments: This Page
240 to 600 Volts Ac (50/60 Hz)@ . . . 1372D39G26 Rating Plugs: Page 32. 1
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external 24 volt De source . 1371 D94G05 Portable Test Kit: Page 32.2
1A-1 B Auxiliary Switch. 1 372D39G03
Page 32.2
.E
Terminals (Two Req u i red per Pole)® G)Does not void listing of UL listed breakers. ®lOrder two of the desi red terminals for each pole of the
Max. Term inal No., Size of Cable
@ Not U/L listed. breaker and two for the neutral C.T.
0 Only one of the attachments may be mounted per @ Not for Ground Fault Applications.
Amps Cat. No.
breaker. @ For applications other than standard residual scheme,
AI/Cu Pressure Terminals ® Rated 48 volts minimum for ground fault applications see AD 29-160.
1 000 TA1000 N B 1 ® (3) 3/0-400MCM requiring tripping ((1 55% of voltage. @ Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded
1 200 TA1 200N B 1 ® (4) 4/0-500MCM ® Two pole breakers are supplied in three pole frames case switches (MCS).
1 200 TA1 20 1 N B 1 ® (3) 500-750MCM with current-carrying parts omitted from center pole. @ U L Inc. recognized component.
w
® For other possible combinations, refer to factory. ® Type AL9CU aluminum term inal.
Copper Only Pressure Terminals 0 Molded case switches do not use standard seltronic ® Type AL7CU a l uminum terminal.
1 000 T1 000 N B 1 ( 3 ) 3/0-500MCM attachments and should be ordered by description.
1 200 T1 200N B1 (4) 3/0-400MCM ® Also used on breakers with ground fault and on sepa
rately mounted neutral current transformers.
ww
® Available without extra C.T. for neutral. Order by

description as similar to above except without neutral
C.T. or external C.T. Terminal connections. (Same Price)
Note: the standard ground fault unit above can also be
used without the neutral C.T.
om
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 30
.c
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
West i n g h o use E l ectric Corporation

Pittsburg h , Pennsylva n i a, U . S .A. 1 5220
ww

om
Distri bution and Control Business U n it 29- 1 20
Pittsburg h , Pennsylva n i a 1 5220 Page 31
.c
February 1 990
Su persedes Technical Data 29- 1 20
Type PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA 2000, 2500 and
3000 Amperes SEL TRO N J C C i rcuit Breakers AB D E- I O N ®
pages 3 1 -32, dated Aug u st 1 989
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 31 -400A Type PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA 2000, 2500, C i rc u it Brea kers
and 3000 Ampere S E LTRONJC C i rc u it Break
ls
ers with B u i lt-in G round Fault Protection
ua
Type PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA 2000, 2500 and 3000 Ampere SELTRONIC™ Circuit Breakers With Solid State Trip Units, 600
Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz
Complete Breaker Requi res Frame, Rati n g P l u g and Rear Conn ectors (con nectors a re i nc l u ded in 3000 a m p and a l l front connected
frames.)
an
Breakers for Standard Applications Breakers for Applications at 100°k Rating
Poles Catalog Numbers Catalog Numbers Poles Catalog Numbers Catalog Numbers
@ @
Standard Magnetic Long Delay, Mag netic Trip, Sta ndard Magnetic Long Delay, Mag netic Trip,
and Mag netic Trip) Time (.08-.28 seconds) and Magnetic Trip) Time (.08-.28 seconds)
tM
Type PC 2000, 1 000 to 2000 Amps@ Type PCA 2000@ Type PCC 2000, 1 000 to 2000 Amps0
I I
I I
ar
Type PC 2500, 1 400 to 2500 Amps@ Type PCA 2500@ Type PCC 2500, 1400 to 2500 Amps@
2
3 IPC22500F
PC32500F
PC22500FM
PC32500FM
PCA22500F
PCA32500F
2
3 I
PCC22500F
PCC32500F
PCC22500FM
PCC32500FM
PCCA22500F
PCCA32500F
lP
I
2
3
PCF22500F
PCF32500F
PCF22500FM
PCF32500FM
PCFA22500F
PCFA32500F
2
3 IPCCF22500F
PCCF32500F
PCCF22500FM
PCCF32500FM
PCCFA22500F
PCCFA32500F
Type PC 3000, 1 600 to 3000 Amps@ Type PCA 3000@ Type PCC 3000, 1600 to 3000 Amps@
I
I
ca

Type PC, PCC Molded Case Switches: Refer to Pages 46.1 , 46.2
List Price inc l u d es ; Breaker fra m e and com Supplies
tri
meet req u i rements of

plete drawout frame with safety tripping These drawout mounting breakers a re C l ass 25a as defined
i nterlock. Order by description. Secondary designed with a 2 to 4 ti mes mag netic trip i n Federal Spec.
contacts s u p p l ied as requi red at no extra adjustment and speci al time delay trip char W-C-375b.
charge. Order req u i red rating p l u g acteristics to prov ide maximum protection
lec
Listed with
separately. CD and coord i nation with SCR power suppl ies
Underwriters'
on offshore d ri l l i ng rigs. S u itable for appli
cation at 1 00% of rating.
PCC2000@ PCC2000 List Price i ncl udes breaker frame and draw C.S.A. see page 48)
PCC2500@ PCC2500 out frame complete with safety tripping
PCC3000@ PCC3000 i nterlock. Order by description. Secondary
.E
contacts suppl ied as req u i red. Order stan

Stationary Portion of Drawout Frame Only dard rating plugs separately. Order other UL Listed Interrupting Capacity RMS
for Future Breaker Installations, modifications from pages 49-58. Symmetrical Amperes (Std. and G rd . Fit.
3 Pole Only. (Order by Descripti o n . ) Breakers ) ®
Ava i l a b i l ity : PCC2000, PCC2500 Drawout Breaker Ac Volts
Availability: P C C 2000, P C C 2500, ------
Mounting breakers
PCC 3000 0 ® ® 240 480 600
PC, PCC 1 25,000 1 00,000 1 00,000
G) Not UL listed. ® When ordering breaker with movable portion only for
w
® UL listed for standard applications. use with previously installed stationary portion, deduct
@ Two pole breakers are supplied in three pole frames the list price of stationary portion from list price of Further Information
with current carrying parts omitted from center pole. complete breaker with drawout frame. List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
® These breakers are U L Listed for application at 1 00% of 0 Includes breakers withOut adjustable short delay time.
rating per NEC exceptions when used in a properly ven ® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded
ww
tilated and listed enclosure. case switches (MCS). and Modifications: Pages 49-58
® Secondary contacts, when required for motor operator ® U L Inc. recognized component. Field Mountable Attachments: Page 32
or other attachment, must be specified and factory Rating Plugs: Page 32.1
separately. Portable Test Kit: Page 32.2
Approx. Ship. Wt : Page 32
Discount CB-2
om
Tech nica l Data
29- 1 20
Page 32
.c
Fault Protection
Includes Extra Current Transformer for Neutral® (Optional I ndicator Kit Page 32.2) Rear Bus Connectors
Two requi red per pole. Fixed mou nting
Breakers for Standard Application breakers.
ls
Breaker Connector
Complete Breaker R eq u i res Frame, Rating Plug and Rear Connectors (except Front Con Frame@ Style Cat. No.
nected Frames and 3000 Amp Frames Include Connectors) PC2000®, PCC2000® BA2000PB
PC2500 ® , PCC2500® BA2500PB@
ua
Frames Only Ground Fault Characteristics PC3000, PCC3000 Included i n Frame
Trip) Delay Time (.08-.28 Seconds) To engage o r withdraw the moving portion
Catalog Number Catalog Number of the drawout. A standa rd % inch hex
socket with extension can be used for t h i s
Type PCG 2000GJ ® Type PCGA 2000 GJ ® 1000 to 2000 Amps®
an
pu rpose.
(
Front Connected Breakers 200-1200 3.5-30 Cy Style No. 765A767G01 .
Type PCG 2500GJ ® Type PCGA 2500CD ® 1400 to 2500 Amps® Cell Switches Mounted on Drawout Frames,
(
tM
3 PCG32500F PCGA32500F A maxi m u m of fo u r switches can be pro
Front Connected Breakers 240-1 200 3.5-30 Cy
vided. Order by descri pti on. Each switch
provides a NO and NC contact that tran sfers
Type PCG 3000CD ® Type PCGA 3000CD ® 1600 to 3000 Amps®
I
before reaching the test position when
PCG33000F PCGA33000F 300-1 200 3.5-30 Cy
being withd rawn, a n d after the test position
Breakers for Application at 1 00% Rating when being racked in.
ar
Poles Standard (Long Delay Long Delay, Mag netic, Ground Pick-up Time Approximate Shipping Wts., PC and PCC
Trip) Delay Time (.08-.28 Seconds)
lP
Type PCCG 2000® Type PCCGA 2000® 1 000 to 2000 Amps® PC, PCF, PCG, PCFG,
(
Front Connected Breakers 200-1200 3.5-30 Cy 2000 1 36 Lbs. 1 63 Lbs. 160 Lbs. 185 Lbs.
3 PCCFG32000F PCCFGA32000F 2500 145 Lbs. 1 75 Lbs. 1 70 Lbs. 200 Lbs.
ca
Type PCCG 2500® Type PCCGA 2500@ 1400 to 2500 Amps® 3000 220 Lbs. 245 Lbs.
(
3 PCCG32500F PCCGA32500F Further Information
Front Connected Breakers 240-1 200 3.5-30 Cy List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
Type PCCG 3000® Type PCCGA 3000® 1 600 to 3000 Amps® and Modifications: Pages 49-58
I
tri
3 PCCG33000F PCCGA33000F 300- 1200 3.5-30 Cy Field Mountable Attachments: This Page
Rating Plugs: Page 32.1
Field Mountable Attachments ® ® @l
Description Style Number Portable Test Kit: Page 32.2
Remote Ground Fault Trip Indicator :
. . . . . . . . . . P a g e 32.2
lec
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz) ® . . 1372D35G22

240 to 600 Volts Ac, 50/60 H z ® . 1 372D35G32
Provision to t r i p flux transfer s h u n t t r i p from external source plus 1A· 1 B Auxiliary Switch:
32 to 1 20 Volts (De to 60 Hz)® . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D35G 1 5
240 to 600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz®. 1 372D35G25
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external 24 volt De source . 1371 D95G01
1A-18 Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . 1372D35G03
Gl UL l i sted for standard appl ications. ® For other possible combinations, refer to
.E
® These breakers are UL listed for application at Westinghouse.

1 00% of rating per NEC exceptions when used ® Does not void listing of U L Listed Breakers.
i n a properly ventilated and l i sted enclosure. 0 Rated 48 volts minimum for Ground Fault
@ Ava ilable without external C.T. for neutral. applications.
Order by description and specify similar to ® Not required for front connected frames.
above except no neutral C.T. or terminal con ® Not for g round fault applications.
nections for neutral C.T. Same price. Note: the ® Only one of these attachments may be
standard ground fault unit listed above can also mounted per breaker.
be used without the neutral C.T. @ Also apply to equivalent ratings of PCG and
® For application other than standard residual PCCG ground fault breakers.
w
schemes, refer to AD 29-1 60. 8 Changed or added since previous issue.

ww

E l ectrical Components Divisi on
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 1 5220
Printed i n U.S.A.
Discount CB-2 February 1 990

29·120
om
Components Division
Beaver, Pennsylvania 1 5009 Page 32. 1
.c
September, 1 986
AB D E-ION®
Rating Plugs for SELTRONIC™ and
Supersedes Technical Data 29-120, Type LCL Current Limit-R Circuit Breakers
pages 32.1 -32.2, dated September, 1 984
Mailed to: E. D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A Portable Te'st Kit and Remote Ground Fault C i rcu it B reakers
Trip Indicator
ls
ua
Rating Pluga Only (for 2 or 3 Pole Fram..l Rating Plugs Only (For 2 or 3 Pole Framesl
an
Continuous Magnetic Trip Setting, Fixed Rating Adjustable Rating Continuous Magnetic Trip Setting, Fixed Rating Adjustable Rating
Ampere Amperes Plugs Plugs®® Ampere Amperes Plugs Plugs()) @
Rating<!> Rating<!>
Low High Catalog Number Catalog Number Low High Catalog Number Catalog Number
For 1110 Amp, Fram.. : LC, LCA, LCO, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCO, HLCGA For 2000 Amp Frames· PC PCA PCC PCCA PCG PCOA PCCG PCCOA
75 225 750 1 LC75 1000 2000 8000 20PC1000 ........

90 270 900 1 LC90 1200 2400 9600 20PC1 200
tM
100 300 1000 1LC100 A1LC100® 1400 2800 1 1200 20PC1400 ........
125 375 1 250 1 LC125 A1LC125 1600 3200 12800 20PC1600 A20PC1600
150 450 1 500 1 LC 1 50 A1LC150® 1 800 3600 14400 20PC1800 A20PC1800
2000 4000 16000 20PC2000 A20PC2000 ®
For 300 Amp Fram.. · LC LCA LCG LCGA HLC HLCA HLCG HLCGA
For 2500 Amp. Fram.. : PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA, PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA
150 450 1500 3LC150 ........
175 625 1 750 3LC175 ........ 1400 2800 1 1 200 25PC1400
ar
200 600 2000 3LC200 ........ 1 600 3200 1 2800 25PC1600
225 675 2250 3LC225 A3LC225 1 800 3600 14400 25PC 1 800 A25PC1800
250 750 2500 3LC250 A3LC250 2000 4000 16000 25PC2000 A25PC2000
275 825 2750 3LC275 A3LC275 2500 5000 20000 25PC2500 A25PC2500®
300 900 3000 3LC300 A3LC300®
For 3000 Amp. Fram.. : PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA, PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA
For 400 Amp. Fram..: LC, LCA, LCO, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA
lP
1600 3200 1 2800 30PC1 600

200 600 2000 4LC200 1 800 3600 14400 30PC1BOO
225 675 2250 4LC225 2000 4000 16000 30PC2000
250 750 2500 4LC250 2500 5000 20000 30PC2500 A30PC2500
300 900 3000 4LC300 A4LC300 3000 6000 24000 30PC3000 A30PC3000 ®
For 250 Amp. frames: LCL, LCLA Current Llmlt-R

350 1050 3500 4LC350 A4LC350
ca
400 1200 4000 4LC400 A4LC400®
For 1100 Amp Fram.. : LC LCA LCG LCOA. HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA 125 375 1 125 2LCL125
150 450 1 350 2LCL150
300 900 3000 6LC300 ........ 175 525 1 575 2LCL175 A2LCL175®
350 1 050 3500 6LC350 200 600 1800 2LCL200 A2LCL200
400 1200 4000 6LC400 A6LC400 Cil 225 675 2025 2LCL225 A2LCL225
450 1 350 4500 6LC450 A6LC450 250 750 2250 2LCL250 A2LCL250®
tri
500 1 500 5000 6LC500 A6LC500

For 400 Amp. Fram.. : LCL. LCLA Current Llmlt-R
600 1800 6000 6LC600 A6LC600®
For 100 Amp. Framea: MC, MCA, MCG, MCGA. HMC, HMCA, HMCG, HMCGA 200 400 1600 4LCL200
225 450 1 800 4LCL225
400 1 200 4000 8MC400 250 500 2000 4LCL250
500 1 500 5000 8MC500 ABMC500® 275 550 2200 4LCL275
lec
600 1800 6000 8MC600 A8MC600 300 600 2400 4LCL300 A4LCL300®
700 2100 7000 8MC700 ABMC700 350 700 2800 4LCL350 A4LCL350
800 2400 8000 8MC800 ABMC800® 400 BOO 3200 4LCL400 A4LCL400 ®
For 1200 Amp. Fram..: NC, NCA, NCG, NCGA. HNC, HNCA, HNCG, HNCGA
Note: Refer to Westi nghouse for old style (three prong) Ground
800 1600 6400 1 2NC800 A12NC800<1>
900 1800 7200 12NC900 A12NC900 Fault Rating Plugs
1000 2000 8000 12NC1000 A12NC1000
.E
1200 2400 9600 12NC1200 A12NC1200®

Further Information
<D Ampere rating when used in magnetic only frames:

LC-150: 150 Amps MC-800 : 800 Amps PC-3000 : 3000 Amps
LC-300 : 300 Amps NC-1200: 1200 Amps LCL-250: 250 Amps
LC-400: 400 Amps PC-2000 : 2000 Amps LCL-400 : 400 Amps
LC-600: 800 Amps PC-2500 : 2500 Amps
® Megnatlc Trip range of adiuatable rating plugs:
LC, HLC, MC, HMC: 3 to 10 times ampere setting
w
NC, HNC, PC, PCC, LCL-400 : 2 to 8 times ampere setting

LCL-250: 3 to 9 times ampere setting
(j) Adjustable 70 to 100% except as noted.
® Adjustable 50 to 100%
(j)
ww
Adjuetabta 75 to 100%.
<I> Adjustable 80 to 1 QO%.
Discount Cf'
A.
Techm;.;al Data
29·1 20
om
Page 32.2
•
AB DE-ION Circuit Breakers
.c
Accessories for SELTRONIC and Current Limit-A Circuit Breakers
Portable Test Kit Remote Ground Fault Trip lndicator<D

Provides verification of performance of all For use only with SELTRONIC Circuit Break
frame sizes of SELTRONIC breakers while ers (LCG, HLCG, MCG, HMCG, NCG, HNCG,
devices are still in service under varying PCG and PCCG) with built-in ground fault
ls
load and/or phase unbal ance. The tester protection.
operates on 1 20 volt 50/60 Hz and includes
complete instructions and test times for
testing the long time, instantaneous opera
ua
tion and optional ground fault operation of
the breaker.
an
tM
The Seltronic Ground Fault indicator is a
remotely mounted device with a combina
tion indicating light/reset/test button that
will light when the breaker trips on a
Ground Fault. Tripping from overloads or
ar
Style Number: 1 287C56G02 short circuits will not activate the device. A
separate 1 20-50/60 power sou rce is required
to power the light and internal relay which
Further Information
has 1 N .O. and 1 N.C. contacts for customer
lP
connected alarm etc. Designed for panel

mounting, it can be face-rnounted by order
ing the optional mounting bracket below.
Indicator Style Number: 1 259C 1 4G01

ca
Face Mounting Bracket for Ground Fault

Indicator
Style Number: 1 264C67G01

tri
lec
..
../
.E
<D UL Inc. listed as a recognized component.

w

Components Division
ww
Printed in U.S.A.
Discount CB-2 September, 198fl .

Westinghouse Electric Corporat ion Technical Data
29-120
om
Commercial .Division - Components
Beaver, Pen nsylvania 1 5009
Pa g e 33
.c
September, 1 984
Supersedes Technical Data 29-120
Type FCL Current Limit-A Breakers,
1 00 Amperes AB D E-ION®
pages 33-34, dated April, 1 980
Mailed to: E, D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A Type LCL Current Limit-A Breakers, C i rc u it B reake rs
400 Amperes
ls
ua
Type FCL Current Limit-A Thermal Magnetic, High Interrupting Capacity
Current Limiting Circuit Breakers
15 to 1 00 Amperes, 480 Volts Ac Non-Inter Special Calibrations® ·
changeable Trip, Line and Load Terminals Special calibration price additions apply to
included.
an
a mpere ratings not listed as standard, or for
ambients other than 40°C or 50°C.
Continuous 2 Poles® 3 Poles
�
Ampere Catalog Type of 1 -24 25 or More
Catalog
Ratin Calibration Identical Units Identical
Number Number
('/C40° Units
15 FCL201 5L FCL30 1 5L Add 1 0% to
tM
20 FCL2020L FCL3020L The rmal List Price of None
25 FCL2025L FCL3025L Complete breaker
30 FCL2030L FCL3030L
sooc Calibration®
40 FCL2040L FCL3040L Add suffix "V" to catalog number for com
45 FCL2045L FCL3045L plete breaker, listed above, when ordering
FCL3050L
ar
50 FCL2050L
listed ampere ratings for breakers to be
60
. .,
Fcl2060L FCL3060L used in sooc ambients. Same price as stan
70 FCL2070L FCL3070L dard 40oC breakers.
. 90 FCL2090L FCL3090L
100 FCL2100L FCL3100L
Terminals
lP
Breakers listed include line and load termi

nals. Terminals are Underwriters' Laborato
ries, Inc. listed for wire sizes and types Listed with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
listed below. When used with aluminum except as noted.
cable, use joint compound. To order Type FCL breakers are not defined in Fed
ca
optional aluminum terminals, add suffix "Z" eral Specification W-C-375-b.

to breaker catalog number listed.
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings,
Max. Wire Wire Range Symmetrical Amperes
Breaker Type
Amps Volts, Ac Interrupting Capacity
tri
Standard Pressure Terminals 240 200,000

100 AI/Cu # 1 4- 1 /0
480 1 50,000
Optional AIICu Pressure Terminals
50 AI/Cu # 1 4-#4
100 AI/Cu #4-4/0 On all 3 phase Delta, Ground B pnase appli
lec
cations, refer to Westinghouse.

® 2-pole breakers are supplied in 3-pole frames with cur
rent carrying parts omitted from the center pole.
® Not U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. l isted. Further Information

.E
w
;
.
. -r-
ww
Discount CB-2
Tech n ical Data
29-120
om
Page 34
AB DE-ION Circuit B reaker
.c
Type LCL, LCLA, LCLG, LCLGA Current Limit-A, High Interrupting Capacity Current Limit
ing Circuit Breakers
1 2 5 to 400 Am peres, 600 Volts Ac With Solid State Trip U.nits
Standard Breakers 600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz. (j

Complete Breaker Requ i res Frame, Rating Plug and Term i nals.
ls
Frame Only

"'
Standard (long Delay Magnetic long Delay, MagnetiC Trip and Adjustable
Magnetic Trip and Only\IJ and Shor t Delay Time (.08-.28 seconds). and
ua
C
L-_u_ �n
rre _ L im
t____��i tin g C ur
l__________L-___ r n
e_ L in
t ___ i
1_ ing
t ��----� u_
C_ rr_
en L_
_t_ im
__il1_11�9�-----
__________
Types LCL and LCLA 250 Ampere Frame (125·250 Amperes)
LCL2250F LCL2250FM LCLA2250F

Type LCL and LCLA 400 Ampere Frame (200·400 Amperes!
an
Breakers With Built-in Ground Fault Protect io n (j
Complete Breaker Req u i res Frame, R a t i n g Plug a n d Terminals - Extra C u rrent Transformer
tM
Incl uded for Neutral. See Page 32.2 for Optional I n dicator Kit
Frame Only
Poles<D Catalog N umbers
Standard (Long Delay, Magnetic Trip, long Delay, Magnetic Trip and Adjustable
Current limiting, and Ground Fault Trip) Short Delay Time (.06- .22 seconds), Ground
Fault Trip and Current limiting
ar
Type LCLG and LCLGA 250 Ampere Frame (125-250 Amperes!
I
2 LCLG2250F lCLGA2250F
3 LCLG3250F lClGA3250F
Type LCLG and LCLGA 400 Ampere Frame (200-400 Amperes)

2 I LCLG2400F LCLGA2400F
lP
3 LCLG3400F LCLGA3400F
Field Attach ments<iJ Terminals(3) !Order Separately) Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Two terminals are required per pole. Termi except as noted.
Description Style N u mber nals are U nderwriters' Laboratories, I nc.
ca
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt l i sted for wire type and range listed below. Type LCL breakers are not defi n ed in Fed
trip from external 32 to 1 20 volt When used with a l u m i n u m cable, use joint eral Specifications W-C-375-b.
(De to 60 Hz) source<� _ . . . . . . . . , . 1 372D49G22
compo u n d .
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt Underwriters' Laboratories. Inc: listed
trip from external 240 to 600 Volts M .cuc. Ttrrn1nd1 W1tt f•. ar ��jt:, f 1&1'-:,
Ac 50 60 Hz source�� . . . . . . . . 1 372D4�G32 lnterruptmg Rating•. Symmetm.•l Arn{,erea
Amps Catalog No. of Cables
l nterruptmg Capacity
Volts, Ac
tri
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt Number

trip from external 32 to 1 20 volt 200,000
Standard Copper Pressure Terminals 240
(De to 60 Hz) source, plus a 1 A- 1 8
auxiliary switch ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D49G 1 5
225 1 225LA 1 #6-350 MCM Cu 480 200,000
400 T40 1 LA 1 #4-250 MCM Cu,
600 1 00,000
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt plus
lec
trip from external 240 to 600 volts 1 3/0-600 MCM Cu

Ac 50/60 Hz source, plus a 1 A- 1 8 Optional AI/Cu Pressure Terminals O n all 3 ph ase Delta, G rou nded B p hase
auxiliary switc h @ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D49G25 225 TA225LA1 1 #6-350 MCM Cu, or appl ications, refer to West i n g h ouse.
1A- 1 8 Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D49G03 1 #4-350 MCM AI
400 TA400LA1 1 #4-250 MCM AI/Cu,
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt plus Further I nformation
trip from 24 Volts De . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D96G01 1 3/0-600 MCM AliCu List Prices: See P-rice List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
• Changed or added since previous issue. Factory Mounted and Other Accessories
Field Testing and Modifications: Pages 49-58
.E
<D Two pole breakers are supplied i n three pole frames

with current carrying parts omitted from t.enter pole. Type LCL breakers can be functi onally Field Mountable Attachments: Th i s Page
® Only one of these attachments may be mounted per tested by use of the SELTRO N IC test kit,
breaker.
style 1 287C56G02, shown on page 32.2. Portable Test Kit: Page 3 2 . 2
® Terminals sh1pped separately from breaker.
® Not Underwriters· Laboratories, Inc. listed. Remote Ground Fault Indicator Kit:
® Rated 48 volts minimum for ground fault applications.
Page 32.2
@ Not for ground fault applications.
® Ul lnc. recognized component.
w

ww
Printed in U.S.A.
Discount CB·2 September, 1 984

om
E l ectrical Compone nts Division
Pittsb u rg h , Pennsylva nia, U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 35
.c
J u ly, 1 988 Type F B TRI-PAC ® B reakers, 1 00 Amperes
Su persedes Tech n ical Data 29- 1 20 Type LA TRI-PAC B re a kers, 400 Amperes AB DE-ION®
pages 35-36, dated Ap r i l , 1 980
M a i l ed to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Circuit Breakers
ls
3 1 -500A
ua
Type FB TRI-PAC Thermal Magnetic/Current Limiting Breakers 1 5- 1 00 Amperes,
600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De Replaceable Current Limiters
Continuous Ampere Catalog N u m bers (Current Limiters Included )

- - - -- -- --- -
Rating (<1 40oC
an
� pQj8s @- - -- � POleS
15 FB201 5PL FB30 1 5PL

20 FB2020PL FB3020PL
tM
1 00 FB2 1 00PL FB31 OOPL
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 1 Vz Lbs.
Replacement Cu rrent Limiters and Housing Assembly

ar
Current Limiters: One requi red per pole; Current Limiter housing Assembly,
complete with current li miters.
Catalog Application Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
N u m ber
�ati11JL _
Ampere Poles Style
lP
_
N u mber
1 OOFBP06 Supplied as standard in Type FB
TRI-PAC breakers rated 1 5- 1 00 1 5- 1 0 0 2 1 76C593G09 TRI-PAC F B breakers meet the req u irements
a mperes. 1 5- 1 00 3 1 7 6C593G 1 0 for Class 1 6a , 1 6 b, 1 7a and 26a ci rcuit break
Replaces 200 FBP03 formerly ers as defi ned in Federal Specification W-C-
ca
supplied on 1 5-40 a mpere ratings, 50°C Calibration@ 375b.

and 500FBP07 formerly supplied Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for com
on 50-100 a m pere ratings. plete brea ker, l i sted above, when orderi ng Interrupting Ratings
Refer to Application Data 29-1 60 for complete ap l i sted a m pere rati ngs for breakers to be used
p l ication information. i n 50°C a m bi ents. Same price as sta ndard U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
40°C breakers. 600 Volts Ac M a x . : 200,000 Amperes Sym.
tri
Special Calibrations@
Special ca l i b ration price additions apply to Based on NEMA Test Procedures
a m pere rati ng s not l isted as sta n d a rd, or for 250 Volt De Max. : 1 00,000 Amps
a m bi ents other than 40°C or 50°C. Also price
additions apply to specific ca l ib rations for On a l l 3 phase Delta, G round 8 phase a p p l i
lec
frequencies oth e r than 0-60 H ertz Ac ci rcuits. cations, refer to West i n g h ouse.
See appl ication data 29- 1 60 for information
reg a rding special conditions. Terminals
Breakers l i sted i n clude line a n d load termi
Type of 1 -24 25 or More nals. Ter m i n als are U nd e rwriters' Laborato
Calibration Identical Units Identical
U n its ries, I n c. l i sted for wire sizes a n d types l isted
.E
below. When used with a l u mi n u m cable, use

Thermal Add 1 0% to None joint compound. To order optional a l u m i
Magnetic List Price of None n u m te r m i n als, add suffix " Z " to brea ker
Frequency Complete breaker None
catalog n u m be r listed .
Max. Wire Wire

Breaker Type Range
@ 2 pole breakers are supplied in 3-pole frames with current �mps_ _ - - - - ·----- __ _____
carrying parts om itted from the center pole.
w
@ Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

Standard Pressure Terminals
1 00 AI/Cu # 1 4-1 /0
50 AI/Cu # 1 4-#4
1 00 AI/Cu #4-4/0
ww

Desc ri pt i o n : Pages 49-58

om
Tech nical Data
29- 1 20
Page 36
.c
Type LA TRI-PAC' Thermal Magnetic Breakers
70-400 A m peres, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Poles, I nterc h a n g eable Trip, Replace a b le
Cu rrent L i m iters
Cantin- M a g n etic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Units, limiters and Terminals@
- - -- - - - - -- --- -- - -- -- ------ --- --
uous Trip Setting I ncludes Pressure Type Frame O n l y T r i p U n it C u rrent L i m iters
ls
Ampere Amperes® A l u m i n u m Terminals® 8 ___ O n l y __ _1_1__F1_equ i red_!Je>r Pole) _
--- -- -- - -
Rati ng - -- -- Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
lu 4o-c
Low High N u mber N u mber N u m ber N umber
2 Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De@
ua
70 350 700 LA2070PR LA2400PRF LA2070PT 200LAP08
90 450 900 LA2090PR LA2400PR F LA2090PT 200LAP08
1 00 500 1 000 LA21 00PR LA2400PRF LA21 00PT 200LAP08
1 25 625 1 2 50 LA2125PR LA2400PRF LA2 1 25PT 200LAP08

175 875 1 750 LA2 1 75PR LA2400PRF LA2 1 7 5PT 200LAP08
an
200 1 000 2000 LA2200PR LA2400PRF LA2200PT 200LAP08
225 1 1 25 2 2 50 LA2225PR LA2400PRF LA2225PT 400LAP 1 0
250 1 2 50 2500 LA2250PR LA2400PRF LA2250PT 400LAP1 0

300 1 500 3000 LA2300PR LA2400PRF LA2300PT 400LAP 1 0 Listed with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
350 1 750 3500 LA2350PR LA2400PRF LA2350PT 400LA P 1 0 except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
tM
Approx. S h i p . Approx. S h i p. Approx. S h i p.
Wt. 2 9 '% Lbs. Wt. 23Y, Lbs. Wt 2 \-4 Lbs. T R I-PAC LA breakers meet the req u i rem ents
for Class 1 6a, 1 6b, 1 7a a n d 26a c i rcuit break
3-Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only ers as defined in Federal Specification W-C-
70 350 700 LA3070PR LA3400PR F LA3070PT 200LAP08
LA3400PRF LA3090PT 200LAP08
375b.
90 450 900 LA3090PR
1 00 500 1 000 LA3100PR LA3400PRF LA3100PT 200LAP08
1 25 625 1 250 LA3125PR LA3400PR F LA31 25PT 200LAP08 Interrupting Ratings
ar
U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
1 50 750 1 500 LA31 50PR LA3400P R F LA3 1 50PT 200LAP08
175 875 1750 LA3175PR LA3400PRF LA3175PT 200LAP08 600 Volts Ac, M a x . : 200,000 Amperes S y m .
225 1 125 2250 LA3225PR LA3400PRF LA3225PT 400LAP 1 0 Based on N E M A Test Proced u res
250 Volts De M ax . : 1 00,000 Amps.
lP

300 1 500 3000 LA3300PR LA3400P RF LA3300PT 400LAP 1 0
350 1 750 3500 LA3350PR LA3400PR F LA3350PT 400LAP 1 0 On a l l 3 phase Delta, G ro u n ded B p h a se ap
400 2000 4000 LA3400PR LA3400PRF LA3400PT 400LAP 1 0
plications, refer to Westi n g h o u s e .
Approx. S hi p . Approx. S h i p. Approx. S h i p .
Wt. 34 Lbs. W t 25 Lbs. Wt 3 Lbs.
ca
Terminals ® @
Current Limiters® Special Calibrati o n ® Two term i n a l s a re requi red per pole. Te rmi
I n cl u ded with breaker, one requ i red per pole. Special ca l i b ration price a d d itions a p ply t o nals a re U n d erwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Cat. No. Application am pere ratings n o t listed as sta n d a rd , or for l i sted for w i re size a n d type l isted below.
a m b i e n t s oth e r t h a n 40"C o r 50°C. Also price When u sed with a l u m i n u m conductors, use �
"
200LAP08 S u pp l i ed as standard on ratings ad diti o ns apply to specific ca l i bratio ns for joint compou n d . To order opti o n a l copper co
tri
through 200 a m ps. Q_

freq u e ncies oth e r t h a n 0-60 Hz Ac circuits. only term i n a l s , a d d suffix "C" to complete
:;
400LAP1 0 S u ppl ied as standard on 225 thru See Ad 29- 1 60 for i nformation reg a rdi n g spe breaker catalog n u m ber. c
(f)
400 amp rati ngs, opti o n a l o n lower cial conditions. )>
rati ngs when a h i g h er "cross-over Max. Te rminal Wire Range, Type,
point" is desired. Amps Catalog No. of Cables
lec
Type of 1 -24 25 o r More N u mber

(Above two l i m iters replace Calibration ldentica I U n its Identica l U n its
800LAP 1 2 formerly suppl ied as Standard AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
sta ndard on all rati ngs, 600LAP09 Thermal Add 30% to None 225 TA225LA1 1 #6-350 MCM Cu, or
Ambient list Price of None 1 #4-350 MCM AI
optional on ratings thru 300 a m ps, None
Frequency Trip Unit 400 TA400LA 1 1 #4-250 MCM AI!Cu, plus
300LAP05 optional on ratings thru
1 50 amp, and special rati n g l i m iter 1 3/0-600 MCM AI;Cu
1 000LAP 1 4 . ) 50oC Calibratio n ®
.E
Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for com 225 T225LA 1 #6-350 MCM Cu
500LAP 1 5 Special rati ng where a h i g h e r
®® "cross-over point" i s desi red on 200 plete b reaker, or t ri p unit o n l y, when ordering 2250 T225LBF 1 #6-250 MCM Cu
amp and hig her ratings (Replaces l isted a m pere ratings for breakers to be used 400 T401 LA 1 #4-250 MCM Cu, plus
l i m iter 1 500LAP20) 1 3/0-600 MCM Cu
i n 50°C a m bients. Same price as standard
Refer to appl icati o n data 29-1 60 for m o re complete 40oC brea k e rs.
Special Breakers
a pplication i nformation.
M a g n etic only TR I-PAC breakers a re ava i la
ble on request. R efer to AD 2 9- 1 60 for ava i la
() Changed or added since previous issue. ® Set on high s i d e, adjustable to lower l i m its. ble trip ranges.
w
Cf Not U n d erwriters' Labo ratories, I nc. listed. ® Terminals shipped separately from breakers.
2 - p o l e breakers or trips are su pplied i n 3-pole frames with X Optional termi n a l .
current carry i n g p a rts o m itted from t h e center pole. @ N e w l i miters suitable f o r replacement i n exist i n g b reak ers Accessories and M odifications
Gi: Protecti o n based o n 1 00,000 a m p max. fault 480 volts by u s i n g p l u g-in conductor from old l i m iter (instructions Description : Pages 49-58
max. incl u d ed With l i m iter).
ww
List Prices: See Price L i st 29-020, Dis. CB-2
West i n g h o u s e E l ectric Corporation

Distribution a n d Cont rol B u s i n ess U n it
Pitts b u r g h , Pennsylva n i a , U . S .A 1 5220
om
Pittsburg h , Pennsylva n ia, U .S.A. 1 5220 Page 37
.c
May 1 990
S u persedes Tech n ical Data 2 9-1 20,
Type NB TRI- PAC ® B reakers, 800 A m peres
Typ e PB T R I-PAC Breakers, 1 600 Amperes AB DE-ION®
Circuit Breakers
pages 37-38, dated Apri l 1 980
Mailed to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
ls
3 1 -500A
ua
Type NB TRI-PAC® Thermal Magnetic Breakers
300-800 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Vo l ts De®, 2, 3 Poles, I nterchangeable Trip, Replaceable
C u r rent L i m iters
Cantin- Magnetic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit, Limiters and Terminals
an
uous Trip Setting, I ncl udes Pressure Frame O n ly Trip U n it Only Cu rrent Lim iter
Ampere Amperes Type Copper 1 Required
Rating Terminals® Per Pole
@ 40"C
Low H i gh Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Number N u m ber Number N u m ber
2-Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De ® ®
tM
300 1 500 3000 N B2300P NB2800PF NB2300PT 500N B P 1 2
350 1750 3 500 N B2350P NB2800PF NB2350PT 500NBP1 2
400@ 2000 4000 NB2400P NB2800PF NB2400PT 500NBP1 2
500@ 2500 5000 N B2500P NB2800PF N B2500PT 500NBP 1 2
600@ 3000 6000 N B2600P NB2800PF NB2600PT 800NBP20
700@ 3000 6000 N B2700P N B2800PF N B2700PT 800NBP20
8 00 @ 3000 6000 N B2800P N B2800PF NB2800PT 800NBP20
ar
300 1 500 3000 NB3300P NB3800PF N B3300PT 500NBP1 2 Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
350 1 750 3500 NB3350P NB3800PF N B3350PT 500NBP1 2
400@ 2000 4000 N B3400P N B3800PF N B3400PT 500N BP 1 2 except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
500@ 2500 5000 N B3500P N B3800PF N B3 500PT 500NBP 1 2
TRI-PAC NB breakers meet the req uirements
lP
600@ 3000 6000 NB3600P NB3800PF NB3600PT 800NBP20 for Class 1 6b, 1 7a and 26a circuit breakers as
700@ 3000 6000 NB3700P NB3800PF NB3700PT 800NBP20
800@ 3000 6000 N B3800P NB3800PF N B3800PT 800NBP20 defined in Federal Specification W-C-375b.
Approx. Ship. Wt. Approx. Ship. Wt.
75 Lbs. Interrupting Ratings
4 Lbs.
ca
Current Limiters Special Calibration(!) 600 Volts Ac Max. : 200,000 Amps. Sym.
Included with breaker, one required per pole. Special cali bration price additions apply to
am pere rati ngs not listed as standard, or for Based on NEMA Test Procedures
Catalog Application
a m bients other than 40"C or 50"C, or freq u en 250 Volts De Max. ® : 1 00,000 Amps.
N umber
c i e s other than 6 0 Hertz A c . (400-800 a m pere On all 3 phase Delta, G rou nded B phase a p
500N BP 1 2 Supplied as standard on ratings thru
tri
ratings : 50 Hertz Ac m i n i m u m , 60 Hertz Ac pl ications, refer to West i n g h ouse.

500 amps.
maxi m u m . ) See AD 2 9- 1 60 for additional i n
800NBP20 Supplied as standard on 600-800 amp Terminals® @
formation regarding special conditions.
rati ngs, or optional on lower ratings Two termi nals are requ i red per pole. Termi
when a higher "cross-over poi nt" is Type of 1 -24 2 5 o r More
desired. Calibration ldentica I U nits ldentica I Units nals are Underwriters' Laboratories, I n c.
lec
Above two lim iters replace 1 OOONBP14

listed for wire size a n d type listed below.
formerly supplied on ratings up to 600 Thermal Add 1 5% to List None When usedwith a l u m i n u m conductors, use
amps, 1 500NBP20 suppl ied on 700 Mag netic Price of Trip Unit None joint compound.
a m p, and 2500NBP25 supplied on
800 amps. 50"C Calibration (!) Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type
Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m be r for com Ampere Catalog No. of Cables
Refer to AD 29-1 60 for more co mplete Rating
plete breaker o r trip u nit only when ordering
application information. Standard AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
.E
l isted ampere rati ngs for breakers to be used 350 T350NB 1 # 1 -600 MCM Cu O n ly
i n 50°C a m b ients. Same price as standard 700 TA700NB1 2 # 1 -500 MCM AI/Cu
ct Changed or added since previous issue. 40°C breakers. 800 TA1000NB1 3 3/0-400 MCM AI/Cu
® 2-pole breakers or trips are supplied in 3-pole frames with 800 TA1 201 N B 1 3 500-750 MCM AI/Cu
cu rrent-carrying parts omitted from center pole.
@ 60 Hertz Ac only. Optional Copper-Only Pressure Terminals
® Frames, terminals, studs, mounting hardware, dimensions 700 T700NB1 2 2/0-500 M C M Cu O n ly
and shipping weights are same as standard thermal mag 800 T1000NB1 3 3/0-500 MCM Cu O n ly
netic breakers.
® Shipped separately from breaker.
w
Special Breakers
® De rating applies to 350 amperes maximum thermal or to
magnetic only breakers. Mag netic only TRI-PAC breakers a re avail
!JJ Not UL Listed. able on request. Refer to AD 29-1 60 for
ava ilable trip ranges. Price same as thermal
ww
magnetic breaker.


om
Cl
Technical Data
29-120
Page 38
.c
Type PB TRI-PAC® Thermal Magnetic/Current Limiting Breakers
600- 1 600 Am peres, 600 Volts, 60 H e rtz Ac®, 250 Volts De@, 2, 3 Poles I nterchangeable Trip,
R e placeable Cu rrent Li miters
Contin Ac Magnetic Co mplete Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit Current Limiters and
uous Trip Setting Breaker Connectors
ls
Ampere (Set on High Includes Rear -Fram-e Only --Trip Unit Only -Current Limiters --
Rating Side, Adjust "T" Connectors® 1 Required Per Pole ·
@ able to Lower Catalog --- -
- Catalog
- - catalog ·--Catalog
- --- -
40°C Limits) Number Number N u mber
N um ber
ua
Low f:l_igh__
_ __
2-Pole, 600 Volts Ac@
600 1 500 5000 PB2600PR PB2 1 600PRF PB2600PRT 1 000PBPR20
700 1 500 5000 PB2700PR PB2 1 600PRF PB2700PRT 1 000PBPR20
800 1 500 5000 PB2800PR PB21 600PRF PB2800PRT 1 000PBPR20
an
1 000 1 500 5000 PB21 000PR PB21 600PRF PB21 000PRT 1 000PBPR20
1 200 2000 6000 PB21 200PR PB21 600PRF PB21 200PRT 1 600PBPR30
1400 2500 7000 PB2 1 400PR PB21 600PRF PB21 400PRT 1 600PBPR30
1 600 3000 8000 PB2 1 600PR PB21 600PRF PB21600PRT 1 600PBPR30
Approx. Sh ip.
Wt. . . . . . . . . . . 1 48 1bs. 1 06 1bs. 1 8 1bs. 4 1 bs. Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
tM
3-Pole, 600 Volts Ac except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
700 1 500 5000 PB3700PR PB31 600PRF PB3700PRT 1 000PBPR20 TRI-PAC PB breakers meet the req u i re m e nts
800 1 500 5000 PB3800PR PB31 600PRF PB3800PRT 1 000PBPR20 for Class 1 7a and 26a circuit breakers as de
fined in Federal Specification W-C-37 5b.
1 000 1 500 5000 PB3 1 000PR PB31 600PRF PB31 000PRT 1 000PBPR20
1 200 2000 6000 PB31 200PR PB31600PRF PB31200PRT 1 600PBPR30
ar
1 400 2500 7000 PB3 1 400PR PB31 600PRF PB31 400PRT 1 600PBPR30 Interrupting Ratings
1 600 3000 8000 PB31 600PR PB31600PRF PB31 600PRT 1 600PBPR30 Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
Approx. Ship.
Wt. . . . . . . . . . . 1 79 1bs. 120 lbs. 23 1 bs. 4 1bs. 600 Volts Ac Max. : 200,000 Am ps. Sym.
Current Limiters S pecial Calibrations® Based on NEMA Test Procedure

lP
I ncluded wit h breaker, one req u i red per pole. Special ca l ibration price additions a pply to 250 Volts De @ : 1 00,000 Am ps.
Catalog Application ampere ratings not listed as sta ndard, or for
N u m ber ambients other than 40°C o r 50°C. See Appli On a l l 3 p h ase Delta, G rou nded 8 phase ap
cation Data 29- 1 60 for i nformation regarding pl ications, refer to Westing house.
1 OOOPBPR20 Supplied as standard on ratings thru
ca
special conditions.
1 000 amps. (Replaces l imiter Bus Bar Connectors ®
1 500PBPR30 formerly supplied on Type of 1 -24 25 or More
600 and 700 amp ratin gs, and Calibration Identical Units Identical Units "T" Con nector for Cu/AI Bus
3000PBPR27 supplied on 800-1000 Two req u i red per pole. For
amp ratings.) Thermal Add 1 5% ofTrip None rear bus co n n ectio n . Accepts
1 600PBPR30 Supplied as standard on 1 200-1600 Ambient Unit List Price None up to four bus bolts. May be
amp ratings. Optional on lower
tri
rotated 90°. Catalog N um b e r

ratings where a h ig her "cross-over sooc Calibration® tZl
point is desired. (Replaces limiter BA2000PB.
4000PBPR30 formerly supplied on Add suffix "V" to catalog n u mber for com
1 200-1400 amp ratings, and plete breaker when ordering l isted am pere Cable Connector@
5000PBPR42 supplied on 1 600 amp ratings for breakers to be used i n 50°C am (Optional)
lec
ratings. bients. Same price as standard 40°C breakers. For "T" connector. Accepts
Refer to AD 29-160 for more complete application fou r 400-600 M C M copper
information. cables.
Style N u m be r 505C706G04.
• Changed or added since previous issue. Discount Symbol: CB-2
® Higher frequency calibration not available M i n i m u m of 50
Hertz calibration available on special order.
@ 250 volts De rating applies only to magnetic only breakers. Special Breakers®
.E
@ 2-pole breakers are supplied in 3-pole frames with current Magnetic Only Type TRI-PACS : Avail a b l e o n
carrying parts omitted from center pole. request. Refer t o Appl ication Data 29- 1 60 for
® Not Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed. ava i l able trip ranges.
I"JJ 50'C calibration not available on 1600 amp rating.@

w

Pittsburgh, Pen nsylva n ia, U . S.A. 1 5220
ww
May 1990
om
Pittsburgh, Pen nsylva nia, U .S.A. 1 5220 Page 41
.c
AB DE-ION ®
J a n u a ry, 1 989 R eplacement B reakers
S u persedes Tec h n i ca l Data 29-1 20, Type LAB400 Amperes
Circuit Breakers
pages 41 -42, dated April, 1 980 Typ e LA400 Amperes
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Mark 7 5 Type H LA 400 Am peres
ls
3 1 -500A
ua
Type LAB Thermal Magnetic, Saf-T-Vue® Breakers@
1 2 5-400 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Poles, Fixed Trip
Contin Magnetic Trip Complete Breaker _ Breaker Without Terminals
_
uous Setting, Amperes
Includes Pressure Type Aluminum
an
Ampere ® Terminals®
Rating ----
Catalog N umber-- - - Catalog
-- -- N--
- -- -- - -
umber - - -- --
@
40'C Low -- Hi� -Standarcr- - Saf-T-Vue-- -Standard
- -- -- Sat-T:-v ue -
1 25 625 1 250 LAB2 1 25 LAB2125S LAB21 25W LAB2 125SW
1 50 750 1 500 LAB2 1 50 LAB21 50S LAB21 50W LAB21 50SW
tM
175 875 1750 LAB2175 LAB2175S LAB21 75W LAB2175SW
200 1 000 2000 LAB2200 LAB2200S LAB2200W LAB2200SW
225 1 1 25 2250 LAB2225 LAB2225S LAB2225W LAB2225SW
250 1250 2500 LAB2250 LAB2250S LAB2250W LAB2250SW
350 1 750 3500 LAB2350 LAB2350S LA82350W LAB2350SW
ar
1 25 625 1 250 LAB31 25 LAB31 25S LAB3125W LAB31 25SW listed with U nderwriters' laboratories, Inc.
1 50 750 1 500 LAB31 50 LAB31 50S LAB31 50W LAB31 50SW except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
175 875 1 7 50 LAB31 75 LAB3175S LAB31 75W LAB3 1 7 5SW
200 1 000 2000 LAB3200 LAB3200S LAB3200W LAB3200SW Type LAB breakers meet req u i rements for
225 1 1 25 2250 LAB3225 LAB3225S LAB3225W LAB3225SW class 2 1 a circuit breakers, as defined by Fed
lP

1 500 3000 LAB3300 LAB3300S LAB3300W LAB3300SW eral Specification W-C-375b.
300
400 2000 4000 LAB3400 LAB3400S LAB3400W LAB3400SW Underwriters' laboratories, Inc. listed
Approx. Ship. Wt. 24';2 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 24';2 Lbs. Interrupting Rati ngs ®
ca
For panel board o r switch board a pp l ications wh ere o n ly l i n e side or load side term i n a l s a re Max. Volts s_
.-1\_mpere_
_
_ _
requ i red, add siffix "X" to complete breaker cata log n u m ber.
240 Ac 50,000 Asym., 42,000 Sym .
Special Breakers@ 480 Ac 35,000 Asym., 30,000 Sym.
600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
Cantin- Mag netic Breaker Catalog Number
___ -- -
250 De 20,000®
uous Trip Setting, 2-Pole s® -- ------- -� Poles - -- -
tri
Ampere Amperes® Standard Saf-T-Vue Standard Saf-T-Vue On all 3 phase Delta, G rou nded B phase ap
F'tating
_
_
__l:clw High _
_
___
p l i cations, refer to Westi n g h ouse.

Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable-Without Terminals (f)
400 350 700 LAB2700MW LAB2700SMW LAB3700MW LAB3700SMW
400 625 1 250 LAB21 250MW LAB21 250SMW LAB31 250MW LAB31 250SMW Terminals@
lec
400 750 1 500 LAB21 500MW LAB21 500SMW LAB31 500MW LAB31 500SMW Two req u i red per pole. Sel ect from table on
400 875 1 750 LAB21 750MW LAB21750SMW LAB31750MW LAB31750SMW pag e 42 .
400 1 1 25 2250 LAB22250MW LAB22250SMW LAB32250MW LAB32250SMW
400 1 500 3000 LAB23000MW LAB23000SMW LAB33000MW LAB33000SMW
400 2000 4000 LAB24000MW LAB24000SMW LAB34000MW LAB34000SMW Magnetic Only a n d Ambient Compensating
Ambient Compensating Breakers-Includes Terminals Breakers
1 25 625 1 250 LAB21 25A ............ LAB31 25A For description, refer to AD 29-1 60. To
1 50 750 1 500 LAB21 50A ............ LAB31 50A
175 875 1 7 50 LAB2175A ............ LAB31 75A order, select catalog n u m ber from table at
.E
200 1 000 2000 LAB2200A ........... LAB3200A l eft.

225 1 1 25 2250 LAB2225A ............ LAB3225A
250 1 250 2500 LAB2250A ........... . LAB3250A
300 1 500 3000 LAB2300A ............ LAB3300A Accessories and Modifications
350 1 750 3500 LAB2350A ............ LAB3350A Descriptio n : Pages 49-58
400 2000 4000 LAB2400A ............ LAB3400A
list Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
Special Calibrations@ Type of 1 -24 25 or More
Special cali bration price additions apply to Ca libration Identical U nits Identical Units C!l Changed or added since previous issue.
w
® Not listed with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

a m pere ratings not l isted as sta nda rd, or for Thermal Add 1 0 % to None ® 2-Pole breakers or trips are supplied i n 3-pole frames with
a m b i e nts other than 40°C or 50°C. Also price Magnetic List Price of None current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
a d d itions apply to specific c a l i b rations for Frequency Complete Breaker None @ Terminals shipped separately from breaker.
frequencies other than 0-60 H e rtz Ac c i rcu its. ® Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
ww
sooc Calibration@
0 Select desired terminals from page 42 and order as sep
See AD 29-1 60 for information reg a rd i ng spe Add suffix "V" to cata log n u m be r for com arate item.
cial conditions. Maxi m u m cali bration for 400 plete breaker when ordering l isted ampere ® Rati ngs above 10,000 amps not UL listed.
H z is 300 amps. ratings for breakers to be used i n 50oC am ® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case
switches (MCS).
bients. Same price as sta ndard 40°C breakers.
om
8
Tec h n i ca l Data
29-1 20
Page 42
.c
Type LA and MARK 75 Type HLA@
70-400 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Poles, I nte rchangeable Tri p
Con Magnetic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals
- -- - - Trip Unit --
tin Trip Includes Pressure-Type - Frame Only- -
O nly --
Cat_al_og_tiiLJ m-�� _ _
uous Setting
c:_a!<lr_o9}J_utr,!Jer::_ -_:: -
Aluminum Terminals0
ls
Am Am�res� - -- - -- --- - _
pere _ __
Catalog
Low High
Rat Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK 75 r-J_llm_b€Jr
__
ing Standard,
@ MARK 75 or
ua
40°C Saf-T-Vue
400 Ampere Frame Breakers®
70@) 350 700 LA2070 LA2070S LA2400F LA2400FS . . . . . . . . . . HLA2070T
90 @) 450 900 LA2090 LA2090S LA2400F LA2400FS . . . . . . . . . . HLA2090T
1 00 @ 500 1 000 LA2100 LA2100S LA2400F LA2400FS . . . . . . . . . . HLA21 00T
1 25 625 1 250 LA2 1 25 LA2 1 25S HLA2125 LA2400F LA2400FS HLA2400F HLA2125T
an
1 50 750 1 500 LA21 50 LA2 1 50S HLA2 1 50 LA2400F LA2400FS HLA2400F HLA2 1 50T
1 75 875 1 750 LA2 1 7 5 LA2 1 75S HLA2 175 LA2400F LA2400FS HLA2400F HLA2175T
200 1 000 2000 LA2200 LA2200S HLA2200 LA2400F LA2400FS HLA2400F HLA2200T
225 1 1 25 2250 LA2225 LA2225S HLA2225 LA2400F LA2400FS HLA2400F HLA2225T
300 1 500 3000 LA2300 LA2300S HLA2300 LA2400F LA2400FS HLA2400F HLA2300T Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
350 1 750 3500 LA2350 LA2350S HLA2350 LA2400F LA2400FS HLA2400F HLA2350T except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
tM
400 2000 4000 LA2400 LA2400S HLA2400 LA2400F LA2400FS HLA2400F HLA2400T
Approx. Ship. Wt. 21 :Y. Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 7 Y, Lbs. Approx. Ship. Type LA b reakers meet req u i reme nts for class
Wt. 2V. Lbs.
3 Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only 21 a ci rcuit breakers, and Type H LA meet re
70@) 350 700 LA3070 LA3070S LA3400F LA3400FS . . . . . . . . . . HLA3070T q u i rements for cl ass 23a as d efined by Fed
90@) 450 900 LA3090 LA3090S LA3400F LA3400FS . . . . . . . . . . HLA3090T e ra l Specification W-C-37 5b.
100@ 500 1 000 LA31 00 LA3100S LA3400F LA3400FS . . . . . . . . . . HLA31 00T
1 25 625 1250 LA3 1 25 LA3 1 25S HLA3 1 25 LA3400F LA3400FS H LA3400F HLA3125T
ar
1 50 750 1 500 LA3150 LA3 1 50S HLA3150 LA3400F LA3400FS HLA3400F HLA31 50T Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
1 75 875 1 750 LA31 75 LA31 75S HLA3175 LA3400F LA3400FS HLA3400F HLA3175T Interrupting Ratings@
\folts l\t1_ax.__ _ _A r11p�es_
225 1 1 25 2250 LA3225 LA3225S HLA3225 LA3400F LA3400FS HLA3400F HLA3225T __ __ _
300 1 500 3000 LA3300 LA3300S HLA3300 LA3400F LA3400FS HLA3400F HLA3300T Standard Breakers
lP
350 1 750 3500 LA3350 LA3350S HLA3350 LA3400F LA3400FS HLA3400F HLA3350T 240 Ac 50,000 Asym., 42,000 Sym .
Approx. Ship. Wt. 24Y, Lbs. [Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 9 Lbs. Approx. Ship. 480 Ac 35,000 Asym., 30,000 Sym.
Wt. 3 Lbs. 600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
250 De 20,000®!
For Panelboard and switch board a p plications where only l i n e side or load side term i n als are
ca
req u i red, add suffix "X" to co mplete breaker catalog n u m ber. MARK 75 Breakers
Terminals ® 0 @ Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type, 240 Ac 75,000 Asym . , 65,000 Sym .
Two termi nals are req u i red per pole. Termi Amps Catalog No. of Cables 480 Ac 40,000 Asym., 35,000 Sym.
Number 600 A c 30,000 A sym., 25,000 Sym.
nals a re U n d e rwriters' Laboratories, Inc. ::;>
Standard AI/Cu Pressure Terminals 250 De 20,000 ®! s
listed for wire type a n d ra n g e listed below. 225® TA225LA1 1 #6-350 MCM Cu, or '"
tri
c.
When used with a l u m i n u m cable, use joi nt 1 #4-350 MCM AI s
com pound. To order optional copper only 400® TA400LA1 1 #4-250 MCM AI/Cu, On a l l 3 ph ase Delta, G ro u nded B p h ase a p c
plus p l ications, refer to Westi n g h o use. (/)
term ina ls, add suffix "C" to co m p l ete )>
1 3/0-600 MCM AI/Cu
breaker catalog n u m ber.
lec

(I Changed or added since previous issue. 225® T225LA 1 #6-350 MCM Cu Descriptio n s : Pages 49-58
@ 2-pole breakers or trips are supplied in 3-pole frames with 225® ® T225LBF 1 #6-250 MCM Cu
cu rrent carrying parts o mitted from center pole. 400® T401 LA 1 #4-250 MCM Cu,
@ These ratings have interrupting capacities reduced to plus List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
25,000 amps sym. at 240 volts, 20,000 amps sym. at 480 1 3/0-600 MCM Cu
volts, and 1 5,000 amps sym. at 600 volts.
® Terminals, trip un its and accessories are not interchange-
able between 400 and 600 ampere frames.
.E
® Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.

0 Terminals shipped separately from breaker.
® 400 amp frame only.
® Optional terminal.
@J Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not UL Listed.
@ Interrupting capacities do not apply to molded case
switches (MCS).
w
Westinghouse E lectric Corporation

E lectrical Components Divisio n
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n ia, U .S.A. 1 5220
ww
January, 1988
om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tec h n i cal Data
Distri bution and Control Busi ness U n it 29- 120
Pittsbu rg h , Pen nsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 43
.c
Janua ry 1 990
S u persedes Tech n ical Data 29- 1 20
Type LA400 Amperes
Type MA800 Amperes AB DE-ION ®
pages 43-44, dated Ap ril, 1 980
M a i l e d to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Circuit Breakers
ls
3 1 -500A
ua
Type LA Breakers
70-400 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Poles, I nterch angeable Trip
Special Breakers Q) Trip U nits Only Magnetic Only and Ambient Compensating
an
Cantin- Magnetic Catalog Number Breakers G)
uous Trip Setti ng, 2-Poles@---3-Poles-- For description, refer to DB 29- 1 50 and AD
Ampere Amperes® 29- 1 60. To order, select trip u n it from table at
�at ill_!!_�� 11i g h_ l eft, frame and term i n a l s from page 42.
-
Magnetic Only Breakers,-- -- - -
Front Adjustable
400 Ampere Frame Breakers ® Special Calibration s Q) @
400 350 700 H LA2700TM HLA3700TM
tM
Special cali bration price additions apply to
400 625 1 250 H LA2 1 250TM HLA3 1 250TM
400 750 1 500 H LA21 500TM HLA31 500TM am pere ratings not l i sted as standard, or for
400 875 1 750 H LA2 1 750TM HLA3 1 7 50TM a m bients other than 40°C or 50°C. Also price
400 1 1 25 2250 HLA22250TM HLA32250TM ad ditions apply to specific calibrations for
400 1 500 3000 HLA23000TM H LA33000TM freq uencies other than 0-60 Hertz Ac circuits.
400 2000 4000 HLA24000TM H LA34000TM
See Application Data 29- 1 60 for information
Ambient Compensating Breakers
ar
400 Ampere Frame Breakers Only® regard i n g special conditions. Maxi m u m 400/
70® 350 700 H LA2070TA H LA3070TA 41 5 Hz ca l i brati o n : 400 a m p frame, 300 amps.
90® 450 900 HLA2090TA H LA3090TA
1 00® 500 1 000 HLA2 1 00TA H LA3 1 00TA Type of 1 -24 2 5 or More
{
1 25 625 1 250 HLA2 1 25TA H LA3125TA Calibration Identical U n its Identical Units
1 50 750 1 500 H LA21 50TA H LA31 50TA
lP
Thermal Add 30% of N o ne

1 75 875 1 750 H LA2 1 75TA HLA3 1 7 5TA Ambient List Price of None
200 1 000 2000 H LA2200TA HLA3200TA Freque ncy Trip Unit None
225 1 1 25 2250 HLA2225TA H LA3225TA
250 1 250 2500 H LA2250TA H LA3250TA
300 1 500 3000 H LA2300TA H LA3300TA 50nC Calibration G)
350 1 750 3500 H LA2350TA H LA3350TA
ca
Add suffix "V" to cata log n u m be r for com

400 2000 4000 HLA2400TA H LA3400TA
p l ete brea ker or trip u n it on ly, wh en ordering
listed am pere ratings for breakers to be used
i o 50oC a m bients. Same price as standard
40°C breakers.
tri
C8Changed or added since previous issue.

CDNot listed with U n derwriters' Laboratones, lnc.
® Set o n high side, adjustable to lower limits.
lec
@ Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in 3-pole frames

@ Terminals, trip units and accessories are not inter
changeable between 400 and 600 amp frames.
® These ratings have lower interrupting capacities. See
note 4, page 42.
.E
w
ww
om
Tech n ical Data
29-1 20
Page 44
.c
Type MA Breakers(j
1 25-800 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts DcCD, 2, 3 Poles, I nte rch angeable Trip
Con- Mag netic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals®
tin- Trip Includes Pressure Type Frame O n ly Trip U n it
uous Setting,
---
Copper �Terminals® Only
'ca
- -- - ----
ls
Am- Amperes
pere ® Catalog N u m ber talog N u m ber Catalog
Rat- Low High N u m ber
ing Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard S af-T-Vue MAR K 75 Standard
@ Saf-T-Vue,
ua
40°C MARK 75
2-Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De CD @)
1 25 625 1 250 MA2 1 25 MA2 1 25S H M A2 1 25 MA2800F MA2800FS H MA2800F H MA 2 1 25T
1 50 750 1 500 MA2 1 50 MA21 50S H M A2 1 50 MA2800F MA2800FS H M A2800F H MA21 50T
1 75 875 1 750 MA2 1 75 MA2 1 75S HMA2 1 75 MA2800F MA2800FS H MA2800F H MA21 75T
200 1 000 2000 MA2200 MA2200S HMA2200 MA2800F MA2800FS H MA2800F HMA2200T
225 1 1 25 2250 MA2225 MA2225S HMA2225 MA2800F MA2800FS H MA2800F HMA2225T
an
250 1 250 2500 MA2250 MA2250S HMA2250 MA2800F MA2800FS H M A2800F HMA2250T
300 1 500 3000 MA2300 MA2300S HMA2300 MA2800F MA2800FS H MA2800F H MA2300T
350 1 750 3500 MA2350 MA2350S H M A2350 MA2800F MA2800FS H MA2800F H MA2350T
400 2000 4000 MA2400 MA2400S H MA2400 MA2800F MA2800FS HMA2800F H MA2400T
500 2500 5000 MA2500 MA2500S H MA2500 MA2800F MA2800FS H MA2800F H MA2500T
700 3000 6000 MA2700® MA2700S H MA2700 MA2800F MA2800FS HMA2800F HMA2700T®
tM
800 3000 6000 MA2800® MA2800S H MA2800 MA2800F MA2800FS H M A2800F HMA2800T® Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
800 MCS® MA2800WK MA2800WSK . . . . ........ Incl. in Frame except as noted. (For C.S.A. see page 48.)
Wt. 3i;, Lbs. Type MA breakers meet req u irem ents for
3 Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only class 2 1 a ci rcuit breakers, and Typ e H M A
1 25 ' 625 1 2 50 MA3 1 25 MA3 1 25S H MA3 1 25 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F H MA3 1 25T meet requi rements fo r class 23a, as defi ned
1 50 I 750 1 500 M A3 1 50 M A3 1 50S HMA3 1 50 MA3800F MA3800FS H M A3800F HMA31 50T
1 75 875 1 750 M A3 1 75 MA3 1 7 5S H MA3 1 7 5 MA3800F MA3800FS H M A3800F H MA3 1 7 5T
ar
200 1 000 2000 MA3200 MA3200S HMA3200 MA3800F MA3800FS H MA3800F H MA3200T Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
225 1 1 25 2250 MA3225 MA3225S HMA3225 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F H MA3225T
250 1 2 50 2500 MA3250 MA3250S H MA3250 MA3800F MA3800FS H M A3800F H MA3250T Interrupting Ratings®
300 1 500 3000 MA3300 MA3300S H M A3300 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F H MA3300T Max. Volts Amp eres -
--
--- -�
350 1 750 3500 MA3350 MA3350S H MA3350 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F H MA3350T
400 2000 4000 M A3400 MA3400S HMA3400 MA3800F MA3800FS H MA3800F HMA3400T Standard Breakers
lP
500 2500 5000 MA3500 MA3500S H MA3500 MA3800F MA3800FS H MA3800F H MA3500T 240 Ac 50,000 Asym., 42,000 Sym .
600 3000 6000 MA3600 MA3600S H MA3600 MA3800F MA3800FS H M A3800F H MA3600T 480 Ac 35,000 Asy m . , 30,000 Sym.
700 3000 6000 MA3700® MA3700S H M A3700 MA3800F MA3800FS H M A3800F HMA3700T® 600 Ac 25,000 Asym . , 22,000 Sym .
800 3000 6000 MA3800® MA3800S H M A3800 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F H M A3800T®
800 MCS® MA3800WK MA3800WSK . . . . I n cl. in Frame 250 DcCD 20,000®
Approx. S hip. Wt. 44 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 28 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Mark 75 Breakers
ca
Wt. 4 Lbs. 240 Ac 75,000 Asym . , 65,000 Sym.

480 Ac 40,000 Asym., 35,000 Sym.
Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adj. 0 Ambient Compensating Breakers(!) 600 Ac 30,000 Asym ., 25,000 Sym.
Conlin- 2 5 0 DeeD
Contin- Mag netic Cat. Number, Trip U n i t Only Magnetic Cat. N u m b e r Tri p lJ 1o i t O n ly 20,000 ®
uous Trip Range 2Poles ® - :fPoles - uous Tn p R a nge 2-Poles 3-Poles On a l l 3 phase Delta, G ro u n ded B p h ase ap
tri
Am-
RatinJl_ �OW
® Ampere ®
_f-l_ig_tl_
pere Low High plications, refer to Westingh ouse .
Ratill_!:l_ __ � - __ _
_ _ _
_ __
1 25 625 1 250 H MA2 1 25TA HMA31 25TA Terminals@ (j
800 625 1 250 H MA21 250TM H MA3 1 2 50TM 1 50 750 1 500 HMA21 50TA H MA31 50TA
175
Two term i n a ls a re requi red per pol e . Term i
800 1 000 2000 H MA22000TM HMA32000TM 875 1 750 H MA21 75TA HMA31 75TA
lec
800 1 500 3000 H M A23000TM H M A33000TM 200 1 000 2000 HMA2200TA H MA3200TA n a l s a re U n d e rwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
800 2000 4000 H MA24000TM HMA34000TM 225 1 1 25 2250 HMA2225TA HMA3225TA l i sted for w i re type and ra n g e l isted below.
800 3000 6000 H MA26000TM H MA36000TM 250 1 250 2500 HMA2250TA HMA3250TA When used with a l u mi n u m conductors, use
800 4000 8000 H MA28000TM H MA38000TM 300 1 500 3000 HMA2300TA HMA3300TA
350 1 750 3500 H M A2350TA H MA3350TA joint compound.
400 2000 4000 H MA2400TA H M A3400TA
CB Changed or added since previous issue. Max. Terminal Wire R a nge, Type
CD Above 600 amps., De rating applies to magnetic only 500 2500 5000 H MA2500TA H MA3 500TA
600 3000 6000 H M A2600TA H M A3600TA Amps. Cat. No. No. of Ca bles
breakers.
700 3000 6000 H MA2700TA HMA3700TA Standard AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
.E
® Set on high side, adjustable to lower limit.

@ Terminals shipped separate from breaker. 800 3000 6000 H MA2800TA H M A3800TA 600 TA700MA1 2 # 1 -500 MCM AI/Cu
@) 2-pole breakers supplied i n 3-pole frames with current 800 TA800MA2 3 3/0-400 MCM AI/Cu
carrying parts omitted from center pole. Special Calibrations: See Page 45 8000 TA801 MA 2 500-750 MCM AI!Cu
® 60 Hertz Ac only.
® I nterrupting capacities shown do not apply to high Accessories and Modifications Optional Copper Pressure Terminals
mag netic molded case switches (MCS). Descript io n : Pages 49-58 350 T350MA 1 1 #-600 MCM Cu
(i) Not l i sted with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 600 T600MA 1 2 2/0-500 MCM Cu
® Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not U L Listed. List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB - 2 800 T800MA 1 3 3/0-300 MCM Cu
Magnetic Only and Ambient Compensating

w
Breakers
For description, refer to AD 2 9- 1 60.
To o rder a com p l ete breaker, select trip
u n i t p l u s frame a n d ter m i n a l s .
ww
Westingho use E l ectric Corporation

E lectrical Components Division
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva nia, U . S .A. 1 5220
January 1990
om
8
Distri bution and Control Business U n it 29- 1 20
.c
February 1 99 1
Su persedes Tech n i cal Data 29- 1 20,
Repl acement B reakers
Type NB 1 200 Amperes AB DE-IQN®
pages 45-46, dated April 1 980
Ma iled to: E , D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Circuit Breakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Type NB Breakers@
700-1 200 Amperes, 600 Volts, 60 H e rtz Ac @ , 250 Volts De @ , 2, 3 Poles, I nterchangeable Tri p
Con- Magnetic �omplet= Bre!_ker __ __ _
�_!l ipped as Fra �e, Trip Unit �nd Te��inals@
tin- _ _
Trip Includes Pressure Type Frame Only
uous Setting,
an
CopperTermi�l�� _
Am- Amperes
pere 0 Catalog Number Catalog Number
Rat- Low High
ing Standard Sal-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard Sal-T-Vue MARK 75
@
40cC
600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De @ @
2 Poles, -----
tM
700 3000 6000 NB2700 N B2700S HN B2700 NB21 200F N B21 200FS HNB21 200F HN B2700T
800 3000 6000 N B2800 NB2800S H NB2800 NB21 200F NB21200FS HNB21 200F H NB2800T
900 4000 8000 N B2900 N B2900S HN B2900 NB21 200F NB21 200FS HNB21 200F HN B2900T
1 00 0 4000 8000 N B2 1 000 NB21 OOOS HNB21000 NB21 200F N B21 200FS HNB21 200F HNB21 000T
1 200 4000 8000 NB21 200 N B21 200S HNB21 200 NB21 200F N B21 200FS HNB21 200F HNB21 200T
Approx. Ship. Wt. 43 Lbs. Approx. S h ip. Wt. 29 Lbs. Approx. Ship.
Wt. 3Y, Lbs.
ar
700 3000 6000 NB3700 N B3700S HNB3700 NB31 200F NB31200FS H N B31 200F H NB3700T except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
800 3000 6000 NB3800 N B3800S H NB3800 NB31 200F NB31 200FS H N B31 200F HN B3800T
900 4000 8000 NB3900 N B3900S HN B3900 NB31 200F NB31 200FS HNB31200F HN B3900T
1000 4000 8000 NB31 000 NB31 000S HNB31 000 NB31 200F NB31 200FS H N B31 200F HNB31 OOOT Type N B breakers meet req u i rements for
lP
1 200 4000 8000 NB31 200 NB31 200S HNB31 200 NB31 200F NB31200FS HN B31 200F H N B31 200T class 2 1 a ci rcuit breakers, and Type H N B
Approx. Ship. Wt. 51 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 32 Lbs. Approx. Ship. meet req u i rements for class 23a, a s defined
Wt. 4 Lbs.
Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Special Calibrations® Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed
ca
Adjustable ® ® Special cali bration price additions a p p ly to Interrupting Ratings:

Con- Magnetic Trip Unit Only am pere rati ngs not l isted as standard,
tin- -
Trip Range0 2-Poles@ -- - -
Max. Volts Amperes
-
··
3-Poles a m b i e nts other than 40oc or 50°C. o r
uous Low High -
Catalog - Catalog frequencies other than 60 Hertz A c ( 50 Hertz Standard Breakers
- - -- - - -- -
Am-
pere Number Number Ac m i n i m u m - 60 Hertz Ac maximu m for 240 Ac 50,000 Asym., 42,000 Sym.
Rating ratings of 700 amps and a bove). See AD 480 Ac 35,000 Asym., 30,000 Sym.
tri
1 200 3000 6000 HNB26000TM HNB36000TM 29- 1 60 for a d d itional information regard ing 600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
1 200 4000 8000 HN B28000TM HN B38000TM speci a l conditions. Maxi m u m 400 Hz 250 De@ 20,000®
1 200 5000 1 0000 HNB21 0000TM HNB31 OOOOTM
1 200 6000 1 2000 HNB21 2000TM H N B31 2000TM cali bration for type MA i s 475 amps. Mark 75 Breakers
240 Ac 75,000 Asym., 65,000 Sym.
Type of 1 -24 25 or
lec
Magnetic Only Breakers® Ca li bration Identical U nits More 480 Ac 40,000 Asym . , 35,000 Sym.
fYpe-
-- ldent. 600 Ac 30,000 Asym . , 25,000 Sym.
For description, refer to DS 29- 1 50 or AD -- Type --
29-1 60. To order a co m p l ete breaker, select MA, H M A NB, H N B U n its 250 De@ 20,000®
trip u n it, plus frame and term i n a ls.
Thermal Add 20% of Add 1 5% of None On a l l 3 phase Delta, G rou nded B phase
Ambient Trip U nit Trip Unit None
Frequency List Price List Price None applications, refer to Westi ng house.
.E
ClChanged or added since previous issue. sooc Calibration® Terminals® 8

® Higher freq uency cali bration not available. Mi nimum of 50 Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for Two te rminals are requ i red per pole. Te rmi
cycle calibration available on special order. nals are U nderwriters' Laboratories, I nc.
® 2-pole breakers supplied in 3-pole frames with current comp lete breaker o r trip u n it on ly, when
carrying parts omitted from center pole. ordering listed a mpere ratings for breakers to listed for wi re type and range l isted below.
@ 250 volt De rating applied only to magnetic only type be used i n 50°C am bients. Same p rice as When used with a l u m i n u m co nductors, use
breakers. joint compound. To order optional copper
® Frames, terminals, studs, mounting hardware, dimensions sta ndard 40oC breakers.
and shipping weights are same as standard thermal te rminals, add suffix "C" to complete
magnetic breakers. Accessories and Modifications breaker cata log n u m ber.
w
® Terminals shipped separately from breaker. Description : Pages 49-58

0 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits. Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type,
® Not l isted with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Ampere Catalog No. of Cables
® Ratings above 10,000 amps not UL Listed. List Prices: See Price List 29-020 D is. CB-2 Ratings N u m ber
ww
Standard AI/Cu Pressure Terminals

1 000 TA1 000NB1 3 3/0-400 MCM AI/Cu
1 200 TA1 200NB1 4 4/0-500 MCM AI/Cu
Optional Copper or AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
1 000 T1 000 N B 1 3 3/0-500 MCM C u
1 200 T1 200 N B 1 4 3/0-400 MCM C u
1 200 TA1 201 N B 1 3 500-750 MCM AI/Cu
om
Tech nical Data
29-1 20
Page 46
.c
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
:;·"::::>
Q.
tri
s
c
(/)
)>
lec
.E

w

Pittsb u rg h , Pennsylvania, U . S .A. 1 5220
ww
February 1 991
om
Pitts burgh, Pennsy lvania, U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 46 . 1
.c
February 1 990 M o lded Case Switches
S u persedes Tec h n ical Data 29- 1 20, H i g h Magnetic Trip Type ( Fixed Trip Setting) AB D E-I O N ®
pages 46. 1 -46.2, dated October 1 988
Mailed to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, C i rc u it B reakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Molded Case Switches With High Magnetic Trip (Fixed Trip Setting)
Switch No. of Max. Max. Switch No. of Max. Max. Switc h No. of Max. Max.
Catalog Poles Volts Amps. Catalog Poles Volts Amps. Catalog Poles Volts Amps.
Number eD ® Number eD ® Number eD @
an
CA2225WK 2 240 225 MA2800WK 2 600 800 PBF22000K 2 600 2000
CA3225WK 3 240 225 MA2800WSK 2 600 800 PBF32000K 3 600 2000
MA3800WK 3 600 800
LA2400WK 600 400 MA3800WSK 3 600 800 PC22000WK 2 600 2000
LA2400WSK 600 400 PC22500WK 2 600 2500
LA2600WK 600 600 MC2800WK 600 800 PC23000K 2 600 3000
LA2600WSK 600 600 MC3800WK 600 800 PC32000WK 3 600 2000
tM
MCC2800WK@ 600 800 PC32500WK 3 600 2500
LA3400WK 3 600 400 MCC3800WK@ 600 800 PC33000K 3 600 3000
LA3400WSK 3 600 400
LA3600WK 3 600 600 NB21 200WK 2 600 1 200 PCC22000WK 2 600 2000
LA3600WSK 3 600 600 NB21 200WSK 2 600 1 200 PCC22500WK 2 600 2500
NB31 200WK 3 600 1 200 PCC23000K 2 600 3000
LAB2400WK 2 600 400 NB31 200WSK 3 600 1 200 PCC32000WK 3 600 2000
LAB2400WSK 2 600 400 PCC32500WK 3 600 2500
ar
LAB3400WK 3 600 400 NC21 200WK 2 600 1 200 PCC33000K 3 600 3000
LAB3400WSK 3 600 400 NC31 200WK 3 600 1 200
PCF22000K 2 600 2000
LC2600WK 2 600 600 PB22000WK 2 600 2000 PCF32000K 3 600 2000
LC3600WK 3 600 600 PB22500WK 2 600 2500
LCC2600WK@ 2 600 600 PB32000WK 3 600 2000
lP
LCC3600WK@ 3 600 600 PB32500WK 3 600 2500
Molded Case Switch Terminal Data
MCS Max. Standard Terminals (Aluminum Body) Optional Terminals

ca
Type Switch Terminal Wire No. of Wire Range Terminal Wire No. of Wire Range
Amps. Type or Type Wires Type or Type Wires
Cat. No. Cat. No.
CA 225 TA225CA2 Cu/AI 1 #1 -300 MCM .....
LA400, LAB 400 TA400LA1 Cu/AI 1 #4-250 MCM, plus T401 LA Cu 1 #4-250 MCM, plus
tri
3/0-600 MCM 3/0-600 MCM

LA600, LC600 600 TA600LA CuiAI 2 2501500 MCM T600LA Cu 2 2501500 MCM
MC, MA 800 TA800MA2 CuiAI 3 3/0-400 MCM T800MA1 Cu 3 3/0-300 MCM
NC, NB 1 200 TA1200NB1 Cu/AI 4 410-500 MCM T 1 200NB1 Cu 4 310-400 MCM
lec
NC, NB 1 200 ... .. TA1 20 1 N B1 Cu/AI 3 500-750 MCM

PC2000, PCC2000 2000 BA2000PB Rear Bus Connector
PC2500, PCC2500 2500 BA2500PB Rear Bus Connector@
PC3000, PCC3000 3000 Rear Bus Connector I ncluded in Frame
Molded Case Switches Molded Case Switches With H i g h Magnetic Types DA, EB, E H B, FB, JA, J B , KA, KB, LBB
.E
Molded Case Switches are U nderwriters' Trip - Trip Setting And Tolerance and LB replaced by Series C.
Laboratories, Inc. l i sted devices and are �� _ Rati �L �i�etting�m_E_J_ _2olerance (%) See Frame Books 29- 1 0 1 , 29- 1 02, 29-1 03.
ava ilable only as h i g h m a g n etic trip type _
CA 225 2250 + 20
with fixed tri p setti n g . - 10 Types DA, EB, E H B, FB, JA, JB, KA, KB, LBB
and LB for replacem ent pu rposes.
LA (400) 400 4000 +10
For appl ication i nformation and UL I nc. - 0 See Tech nical Data 29- 1 2 1 .
l isted withstand ratings, refer to Appl ication
Data 29- 1 60, pages 75-76. LA,LC 600 6000 410
- 0 C!l Changed or added since previous issue.
w
CD Catalog n u mber suffix identification :

Further Information MAMC 800 8000 + 10 K = Molded Case Switch with H i g h Magnetic
List Prices : Price List 29-020 Disc. Sym bol 0 Trip (Fixed Trip Setting)
CB-2 S = Saf-T-Vue cover
NB. NC 1 200 1 2000 t 10 W = No terminals
ww
- 0
0 Molded case switch dimensions are the same
2000- 3000 1 2000 + 10 as the equivalent thermal mag netic breaker.
- 0 Refer to Dimension Sheet 29-1 70.
Technical Data
om
29- 1 20
Page 46.2
.c
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E

w

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, U . S.A. 1 5220
ww
February 1 990
om
Westi nghouse Electric Corporation Technical Data
Distribution a n d Control Busi ness U n it 29- 1 20
Pitts burgh, Pen nsylvania, U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 47
.c
AB DE-ION ®
February 1 99 1 Replacement Breakers
Supersedes Technical Data 29- 1 20, Ty pe PB 2500 Am peres
pages 47-48, dated October 1 981
Mailed to: E , D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Circuit Breakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Type PB Breakers(B
600-2500 Amperes, 600 Volts, 60 Cycle Ac ® , 250 Volts Dc 0 , 2, 3 Poles, Intercha ngeable Trip
__
Continuous Mag netic Trip Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals
Ampere Setti ng, Amperes lncludes Bus_B_r -- Frame 6iiTY
a_ ___Trip Unit O n ly -
Rating ®®
_ __ _
Connectors@
(ir 40"C
_ _ High - CatalogN u mber_ CatalogNum ber _ __CatalogNumber
an
Low - -
2-Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only@
600 1 500 5000 PB2600 PB22500F PB2600T
700 1 500 5000 PB2700 PB22500F PB2700T
BOO 1 500 5000 PB2BOO PB22500F PB2800T
900 1 500 5000 PB2900 PB22500F PB2900T
1 000 1 500 5000 PB21 000 PB22500F PB21 000T
tM
1 200 2000 6000 PB21 200 PB22500F PB21 200T
1 400 2500 7000 PB2 1 400 PB22500F PB2 1 400T
1 600 3000 BOOO PB2 1 600 PB22500F PB21 600T
1 BOO 3000 BOOO PB21 BOO PB22500F PB21 800T
2000 3000 BOOO PB22000 PB22500F PB22000T
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 32 Lbs. 9B Lbs. 1 8 Lbs. Rear Connected
2500 3000 BOOO PB22500 PB22500F PB22 500T PB Breaker
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 44 Lbs. 1 8 Lbs.
ar
98 Lbs.
600 1 500 5000 PB3600 PB32500F PB3600T Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
700 1 500 5000 PB3700 PB32500F PB3700T except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
BOO 1 500 5000 PB3BOO PB32500F PB3800T
900 1 500 5000 PB3900 PB32500F PB3900T Type P B breakers meet the requ irem ents for
lP
1 000 1 500 5000 PB3 1 000 PB32500F PB31 000T class 25a c i rcuit breakers as defi ned by Fed
1 200 2000 6000 PB31 200 PB32500F PB31 200T eral Specification W-C-375b.
1 400 2500 7000 PB31 400 PB32500F PB31 400T
1 600 3000 BOOO PB31 600 PB32500F PB31 600T U n derwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
1 BOO 3000 BOOO PB31 BOO PB32500F PB31 800T
2000 3000 BOOO PB32000 PB32500F PB32000T Interrupting Ratings
ca
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 55 Lbs. 1 08 Lbs. 23 Lbs. Max. Volts Amperes

2500 3000 8000 PB32500 PB32500F PB32500T
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 73 Lbs. 1 08 Lbs. 23 Lbs.
240 Ac 1 50,000 Asym., 1 25,000 Sym.
480 Ac 1 1 5,000 Asym . , 1 00,000 Sym .
Special Breakers® (See page 48 a l so) Mag netic Only Breakers® 600 Ac 1 1 5,000 Asy m . , 1 00,000 Sym.
250 Dc0 75,000 Amperes®
tri
Magnetic Only, Front Adjustable@ For description, refer to D B 29- 1 50 and AD

Trip Unit Only 29- 1 60. To order a complete breaker, select
Cantin- Mag netic 2-Poles @ 3-Poles On all 3 phase Delta, G ro u n ded B phase ap
trip u n it, p l u s frame and con nectors.
uous Trip Range, C atalog C atalog plications, refer to Westinghouse.
Ampe re Ampe res ® N u mber N u m ber
Rati ng Low -- Hig Accessories and Modifications Bus Bar Connections@
h
lec
Descri pti on : Pages 49-58 "T" Conn ector

For Rear Connected Type PB Breakers
(for Cu/AI Bus)
2000 1 500 5000 PB25000TM PB35000TM List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
2000 2000 6000 PB26000TM PB36000TM Two req u i red per pole. For
2000 2500 7000 PB27000TM PB37000TM 8 Changed since previous issue. rea r bus con nection of
2000 3000 8000 PB28000TM PB3BOOOTM ® Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
2000 3500 1 0000 PB21 0000TM PB31 0000TM breakers thru 2000 a mps.
® Frames, con nectors, di mensions and shipping weights are
2000 4000 1 2000 PB2 1 2000TM PB31 2000TM same as thermal magnetic breakers. Accepts u p to fou r bus bolts.
2500 4000 1 2000 373D488G08 373D48BG09
.E
@ 2�pole breakers are supplied in 3-pole frames with current May be rotated 90°.
For Front Connected Type PBF Breakers carrying pa rts omitted from center pole.
® Higher frequency calibration not available. Minimum of 50 Catalog N u mber BA2000PB
2000 1 500 5000 PBF25000TM PBF35000TM
2000 2000 6000 PBF26000TM PBF36000TM Hertz cali bration available on special order.
® Higher magnetic trip settings are available as special cali "C" Connector
2000 2500 7000 PBF27000TM PBF37000TM
2000 3000 8000 PBF2BOOOTM PBF3BOOOTM brati on. Refer to magnetic only breakers for specific trip (For Cu/AI Bus)
2000 3500 1 0000 PBF21 0000TM PBF31 0000TM ranges.
Two req u i red per pole. For
2000 4000 1 2000 PBF21 2000TM PBF31 2000TM 0 Available only on magnetic only breakers.
® Based on NEMA test proced ure. re ar bus con nection of 2500
® Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits. amp breakers.
@l Shipped separately from breaker.
w
Breaker Amps. Cat. No.

2500 BA2500PB
Special Calibration®
See Page 48. Cable Con nector
ww
Fits "T" Con nector and 2000

amp front co nnected break
ers. Accepts fo u r 600 M C M
co ppe r ca bles.
Sty le N u mber 505C706G04

Disco u nt Sym bol CB-2
om
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 48
.c
Type PB Breakers, Conti n u ed
Type PBF Front Connected Breakers@
Conti n uous Magnetic Trip Complete Breaker Shipped As:
Ampere Setting, Amperes Includes Bus Bar Fra me Only Trip Unit Only
Rating (Set on High Connectors® Inclu des Bus Bar
(i1 40°C Side, Adjustable Connectors ®
ls
to Lower Limits)
Low High Catalog N u m ber Catalog N u m ber___
Catalog N u mber
600 1 500 5000 PBF2600 PBF22000F PBF2600T
ua
700 1 500 5000 PBF2700 PBF22000F PBF2700T
800 1 500 5000 PBF2800 PBF22000F PBF2800T
900 1 500 5000 PBF2900 PBF22000F PBF2900T
1 000 1 500 5000 PBF21 000 PBF22000F PBF21 000T
1 200 2000 6000 PBF21 200 PBF22000F PBF2 1 200T
1 400 2500 7000 PBF2 1 400 PBF22000F PBF21 400T
1 600 3000 8000 PBF21 600 PBF22000F PBF2 1 600T
1 800 3000 8000 PBF21 800 PBF22000F PBF2 1 800T
an
2000 3000 8000 PBF22000 PBF22000F PBF22000T
700 1 500 5000 PBF3700 PBF32000F PBF3700T
800 1 500 5000 PB F3800 PBF32000F PBF3800T
900 1 500 5000 PBF3900 PBF32000F PBF3900T Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
tM
1 000 1 500 5000 PBF31 000 PBF32000F PBF31 000T Listin g @
1 200 2000 6000 PBF31 200 PBF32000F PBF3 1 200T
1 400 2500 7000 PBF3 1 400 PBF32000F
Most sta n d a rd t h e r m a l mag netic m o l ded
PBF3 1 400T
1 600 3000 8000 PBF31 600 PB F32000F PBF3 1 600T case circuit breakers listed with U n d e rwriters'
1 800 3000 8000 PBF31 800 PBF32000F PBF3 1 800T Laboratories, Inc., and having a UL label are
2000 3000 8000 PBF32000 PBF32000F PBF32000T a lso l i sted with CSA and may be ma rked with
the CSA monogram, except FCL and lCL C u r
ar
Special Calibrations@ List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 rent L i m it-R b reakers.
Speci a l cali bration price additions apply to
a m pere ratings not l i sted as sta n d a rd , or for
a m bi ents other than 40oC or 50°C. See AD
29- 1 60 for i nformation regard ing speci a l con-
lP
ditions.

Cal ibration Identical U n its Identical U n its
{Add 15% to List

ca
Therma l @ None
Magnetic Price of Trip Unit None
sooc Calibration@ @
Add suffix "V" to cata l og nu m be r for com
plete breaker when ordering l isted am pere
tri
ratings for breakers to be used in 50oc am

bients . Same price as sta ndard 40°C breakers.
C) Changed or added since previous issue.

lec
@ 2-pole breakers supplied in 3-pole frames with current car

® 50oC or higher calibration not available for 2500 ampere
trip units.
® Inclu ded with frame.
.E

w

E l ectri cal Components Division
ww
February 1 991
om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Techni cal Data
Distribution and Control Busi ness U n i t 29- 1 20
Electrica l Com p o nents Division
.c
Accessories
AB D E-I O N ®
M a rch, 1 988
Su persedes Tech n ical Data 29-1 20,
pages 49-50 dated Apri l , 1 980 a n d
S u pplement t o Tech nical Data 29- 1 20,
ls
page .03, dated M ay 22, 1 985
M a i led to: E, D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
./ /
3 1 -500A
(
ua
Accessories Panelboard Connecting Straps® @
For connecting l i n e end of brea kers to panel
List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 board bus.
an
Reader Connected Studs ® @
For FCL, LAB, LA, MA, H LA, H MA, H N B,
TRI-PAC® FB, TRI-PAC LA a n d TRI-PAC N B
Breakers
Ampere Connector Style

For complete stud assembly, order a stud and Rating ___ ____ly_()El_ ______N u m ber _
tM
a ppropriate t u be based o n th ickness of cus CA Breaker Power Panelboards (Convertible)
tomer's mounting p a n el . A short stud m ust Bus Spacing 3V,"'
be assembled adjacent to a long stud to m a i n 225 Center 1 2 53C74G 01
·
• we 225 Outside 1 2 53C74G02
tain cleara nces req u i red by U n d e rwriters'
Laboratories, I nc. @ . Two studs a re req u i red
-i 3-Pole Mou nting Bracket
2-Pole M o u nting Bracket
624B624H0 1
624B624H02
per pole. Refer to DS 29- 1 70 for stud sizes and
ar
extensions be h i n d breaker. For LAB, LA, MA, H LA, HMA, H NB, TRI-PAC LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC 1 50, 300, 400 Amp Frames
Bus Spacing 3 Vz"
LA and TRI-PAC NB Breakers 400 Center 32B4570G02
For FCL, TRI-PAC FB Breakers For insu l ated p a n els only; 2 req u i re d per pole. 400 Outside 3 1 4C541 G01
Mtg. Bracket (2 Req'd) 208B297H01
FCL, TRI-PAC FB ( 1 00 Amp Max.) Stud Diameter, Extension Stud LA, HLA, LC, HLC 600 Amp Frames
1 Short 451 D874G01 1 V16 32B9446H20
lP
Ampere I nches Back of Style Bus Spacing 3%"

Long 451 D874G02 37/1 6 32B9446H24 Rating and Thread Breaker, N u mber
1 1!16· 15/ 5 Short 32B9446H21 600 Center 624B609G01
1 451 D874G01 P/s Inches
32B9446H25 600 Outside 506C052G01
Long 45 1 D874G02 3%
32B9446H22 Mtg. Bracket (2 Req'd) 208B297 H01
3fs -'Is Short 451 D874G01 1 1 V16 LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC, LCL, TRI-PAC LA Breakers
Long 451 D874G02 41/1 6 32B9446H26 225@ Y,- 1 3 37/32 1 241 345 MA, HMA, MC, HMC Breakers Bus Spacing 3 Y,"'
'I• - 5/16 Short 45 1 D874G01 2 32B9446H23 800 S h ort 3 1 4C996G01
ca
225@ Vz- 1 3 69/32 1 241 346

Long 451 D874G02 43fs 32B9446H27 225 ® @ Y,-1 3 43 1 /32 1 241 392 800 Medium 3 1 4C996G02
400@ %-16 51 5/32 05B7383G 1 5 800 Long 3 1 4C996G03
400@ %-16 3
7 1 /32 05B7383G 1 6 Mtg. Bracket (4 Req'd) 3 1 5C270H0 1
400@ %-16 1 0 1 5132 05B7383G 1 7
600® 1 -12 52 9/32 3 1 4C960G07 NB, HNB, NC, HNC Breakers Bus Spacing 3 Vz"
3 1 200 Sh ort 505C606G04
600® 1 -12 81 /32 3 1 4C960G08
1 200 Medium 505C606G05
600® 1 -12 1 0 29/32 3 1 4C960G09
tri
1 200 Long 505C606G06

Mtg. Bracket (4 Req'd) 31 5C270H01
MA, HMA, MC, HMC Breakers LCL Breakers Bus Spacing 3V2''
225 Yz- 1 3 3 2 1 /32 3 1 4C960G01 400 Short 1 275C85G01
400 %-16 529/32 3 1 4C960G04 400 Medi u m 1 275C85G02
81 3 /32
lec
400 %-1 6 3 1 4C960G05 400 Long 1 275C85G03

400 %-16 1 0 29/32 3 1 4C960G06 Mtg. Bracket Kit (1 Req'd) 7 5 1 B044G 0 1
600 1 -12 5 29/32 31 4C960G07
600 1 -12 81 3 132 31 4C960G08
600
800
800
1 -12
1 '/e - 1 2
1 Ys - 1 2
1 029/32
529/32
81 3 /32
3 1 4C960G09
3 1 4C960G 1 0
3 1 4C960G 1 1 !o/t.;h
800 1 Ys - 1 2 1 02 9/32 3 1 4C960G 1 2
;/c.IG/ 2 0 tV 7/J {_
.E
NB, HNB, NC, HNC Breakers

800
800
1 '/e - 1 2
1 '/e - 1 2
5 Y,
8
623B222G01
623B222G02 I IV j-:{I (.,IJ £- (i l Ill; 6' 3
800 1 '/e - 1 2 1 0 Vz 623B222G03
1 200 1 '!.- 1 2 5 Yz 373B375G04
1 200 1 '!. - 1 2 1 0 Yz 373B375G03 L c)/1 .; - ;F-f c 77 7 '-' {,' t -3'-1 I
111 ( 0 ::\,. (. - ..f t:' 2 -).8
TRI-PAC NB Breakers
5 Yz 623B222G01 s .:2 r ;-1 .;'3 - ) 7
w
(j Changed or added since p revious issue. 450 1 %-12 :.� o -

® This is a special stud which includes six contact 450 1 %-12 8 623B222G02
nuts for use where bus contact nuts must be 450 1%-12 1 0 Yz 623B222G03
used. 800 1 '!.- 1 2 5 Yz 373B375G04
CiJ 1 50, 250, 300 and 400 amp frames only. 800 1 '!.- 1 2 1 0% 373B375G03
ww
® 400 a m pere LA studs of the same length have

sufficient clearance; however, customer con
nections may make it necessary to use a short
stud adjacent to a long stud.
® Not U n derwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.
® 600 ampere frames only.
om
Tec h n ical Data
29- 1 20
Page 50
.c
Accessories, Continued
Plug-in Adapter Kits @
For rea r connected appl ications s u ch as
switchboards. Facil itates ease of i n stallation
a n d front removal of breaker. I n clu des con
ls
d u ctor for mou nting on breaker, p l u g-i n
mounting b l ocks with match ing conductor,
rear studs and m o u nting h a rdware ® . Order 2
ua
mounting blocks style n u m be r when l i n e and
load are req u i red; order 1 mounting b l ock
style nu m ber when either l i n e or load is re
q u i red.
List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 For Most Breakers Listed ® New Design for 800 and 1200 Amp Breakers
an
Description Style Description Style Mounting Block for Type NB, H N B, NC, H NC
N u m ber N u m ber and NB TRI-PAC Breakers@
FB TRI-PAC and FCL<i Breakers® MA, HMA, MC, HMC Breakers ® An i n su lated base having front-remova ble
1 Mounting Block, Line or Load 2 Mounting Blocks, Line a n d Load bolted conn ections for mou nting a n d co n
3-Pole, 1 00 Ampere 507C036G03 2-Pole, 1 2 5-600 Ampere 3 1 3C644G27 necting the breaker and b u s conn ectors ex
tM
3-Pole, 1 50 Ampere 507C036G04 2-Pole, 700-BOO Ampere 1 76C544G01 ® ten ding from the rea r of the base. One b l ock
3-Pole, 1 25-600 Ampere 3 1 3C644G2B
LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC, LCL ( 1 50, 250, 300 and 3-Pole, 700-BOO Ampere 1 76C544G02® req u i red per breaker. (See DS i9-170).
400 Amp Frame)®
2 M ounting Blocks, Line and Load 1 Mounting Block, Line or Load
2-Pole 31 3C644G25 2-Pole, 1 25-600 Ampere Ampere No. of Style
31 3C370G03
31 3C644G 26 507C049G01 ® Rating Poles N u m ber
3-Pole 2-Pole, 700-BOO Ampere
3-Pole, 1 2 5-600 Ampere 313C370G04
ar
1 Moun ting Block, Line or Load NB, HNB, NC, HNC Breakers
3-Pole, 700-BOO Ampere 507C049G02 ®
450D0 1 0 G 1 5 1 200 2 4990D1 6G02
2-Pole
1 200 3 4990 D 1 6G01
3-Pole 450D0 1 0 G 1 6 MA, HMA, MC, HMC, NB, HNB, NC, HNC,
NB-TRI-PAC Breakers@ (New Design) NB TRI-PAC
LA, HLA, LC, HLC (600 Ampere Frames)® 1 M o u nting Block, Line or Load BOO 2 4990D1 6G04
2 Mounting Blocks, Line and Load MA, HMA, MC, HMC 2-Poles 261 4D53G05 BOO 3 4990 D 1 6G03
lP
2-Pole 3 1 3C644G50 MA, HMA, MC, HMC 3-Poles 261 4D53G06

3-Pole 3 1 3C644G51 NB, H N B , NC, H N C , NB TRI-PAC,
2-Poles 261 4D53G 03
1 Mounting Block, Line or Load NB, H N B, NC, H NC, NB TRI-PAC,
2-Pole 506C059G01 3-Poles 261 4D53G04
3-Pole 506C059G02
ca
TRI-PAC LA Breakers @
2 Mounting Blocks, Line a nd Load
2-Pole 3 1 3C644G41
3-Pole 31 3C644G42 @ Changed or added since previous issue.
® 700-800 amp adapter kit is front removable,
1 Mounting Bl ock, Line Only bolt-on design - not plug-in type.
2- Pole 450D01 0G 1 7 @ N ot U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.
tri
3-Pole 450D0 1 0G 1 9 0 These plug-in adapter kits a re UL Listed as rec

ognized compon ents.
1 Mounting Block, Load Only ® NB and new design MA, MC, NB and NC have
2-Pole 450D01 O G 1 B flat bus rear connectors. Others have threaded
3-Pole 450D0 1 0G20 studs.
lec
.E
w

Distri bution and Control B u si ness U n i t
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva nia, U . S.A. 1 5220
ww
March, 1 988
om
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, U . S . A. 1 5220 Page 49
.c
May 1 990 Accessories
S u persedes Technical Data 29- 1 20, AB D E-I O N ®
pages 49-50, dated M a rch 1 988
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, C i rc u it B reakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Accessories Panelboard Connecting Straps®
For connecting l i n e end of brea kers to panel
List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 board bus.
Rear Connected Studs® (9
an
For FCL, LAB, LA. MA, H LA, H MA, H N B,
TRI-PAC® FB, TRI-PAC LA and TRI-PAC N B
Breakers
Ampere Connector Style

For complete stud assembly, order a stud a n d
Rating Type N u m ber
a ppropriate tu be based o n thickness o f cus
tM
CA Breaker Power Panelboards (Convertible)
tomer's mounting panel. A short stud m ust Bus Spacing 3 '/,"
be assembled adjacent to a long stud to main 225 Center 1 253C74G 01
ta i n clearances req u i red by U n derwriters' ; & 225 Outside 1 2 53C74G02
3-Pole Mounting Bracket 624B624H01
Laboratories, Inc. @ . Two studs are req u i red 2-Pole Mounting Bracket 624B624H02
per pole. Refer to DS 29- 1 70 for stud sizes and
LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC 150, 300, 400 Amp Frames
ar
extensions beh in d breaker. For LAB, LA, MA, H LA, HMA, H NB, TRI-PAC
Bus Spaci ng 3'/z"
LA and TRI-PAC NB Breakers 400 Center 32B4570G02
For FCL, TRI-PAC FB Breakers(9 For insu l ated panels only; 2 req u i re d per pole. 400 Outside 3 1 4C54 1 G 0 1
Mtg. Bracket (2 Req'd) 208B297H01
Mounting Stud Tube Stud Diameter, Extension Stud LA, H LA, LC, HLC 600 Amp Frames tLD
Panel Ampere I nches Back of Style
lP
Length Style Length, Style Bus Spacing 3'/,"

Thickness,
Number Inches Number Rating a n d Thread Breaker, N u mber 600 Center 624B609G01
Inches Inches 600 Outside 506C052G01
FCL, TRI-PAC FB (100 Amp Max.) Mtg. Bracket (2 Req'd) 208B297 H01
1 Short 451 D874G01 1 '116 32B9446H20 LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC, LCL, TRI-PAC LA Breakers
Long 451 D874G02 37116 32B9446H24 225 0 Y,- 1 3 37!32 1 241 345 MA, HMA, MC, HMC Breakers Bus Spacing 3'/,''
225 0 Y,-1 3 69/32 1 241 346 800 Short 3 1 4C996G01
ca
"116 _1 5f16 Short 451 D874G01 HI! 32B9446H21

Long 451 D874G02 33/4 32B9446H25 225 ® 0 Y, - 1 3 43 1 /32 1 241 392 800 Medium 3 1 4C996G02
3,1! .5,1! Short 451 D874G01 1 1 1/16 32B9446H22 4000 %-16 51 5/32 05B7383G 1 5 800 Long 3 1 4C996G03
Long 451 D874G02 4'11 6 32B9446H26 400 0 %-16 3
7 1 f32 05B7383 G 1 6 Mtg . Bracket (4 Req'd) 31 5C270H01
Short 4000 %-16 1 01 5/32 05B7383G 1 7
'14 .5;,6 451 D874G01 2 32B9446H23
600 ® 1 -12 529/32 3 1 4C960G07 NB, HNB, NC, HNC Breakers Bus Spacing 3'/,''
Long 451 D874G02 4% 32B9446H27 1 200 Short 505C606G04
600® 1 -12 81 3 /32 3 1 4C960G08
600® 1 -12 1 0 29/32 3 1 4C960G09 1 200 Medi u m 505C606G05
Long
tri
1 200 505C606G06
Mtg. Bracket (4 Req'd) 3 1 5C270H01
MA, HMA, MC, HMC Breakers LCL Breakers Bus Spaci ng 3'12''
225 Y,- 1 3 32 1 /32 3 1 4C960G01 400 Short 1 275C85G01
400 '% - 1 6 529/32 3 1 4C960G04 400 Medium 1 27 5C85G02
400 %-16 81 3 /32 3 1 4C960G05 Long
lec
400 1 275C85G03
400 %-16 1 02 9132 3 1 4C960G06 Mtg . Bracket Kit (1 Req'd) 751 B044G01
600 1 -12 529f32 3 1 4C960G07
600 1 -12 81 3 /32 3 1 4C960G08
600 1 -12 1 0 29132 3 1 4C960G09
800 1 '/s - 1 2 529f32 3 1 4C960 G 1 0
800 1 'ls - 1 2 8 1 3 /32 3 1 4C960G 1 1
800 1 '/s - 1 2 1 02 9/32 3 1 4C960 G 1 2
.E

800 1 '/s- 1 2 5% 623B222G01
800 1 '/s - 1 2 8 623B222G02
800 1 '/s - 1 2 l OY, 623B222G03
1 200 1 '!.-12 5Y, 373B375G04
1 200 1 '!.- 1 2 l OY, 373B375G03
TRI-PAC NB Breakers
61 Changed or added since previous issue. 450 1 %-12 5% 623B222G01
w
® This is a special stud which includes six contact 450 1 %-12 8 623B222G02
nuts for use where bus contact nuts must be 450 1 %-12 1 0'/z 623B222G03
used. 800 1 '/.- 1 2 5% 373B375G04
0 1 50, 250, 300 and 400 amp frames on ly. 800 1 V. - 1 2 lOY, 373B375G03
® 400 ampere LA studs of the same length have
ww
sufficient clearance; however, customer con

nections may m a ke it necessary to use a short
stud adjacent to a long stud.
® Not Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.
om
Tec h n i ca l Data
29-1 20
Page 50
.c
Plug-in Adapter Kits
For rea r con nected applications such as
switch boards. Facilitates ease of i nstallation
and front removal of breaker. I n c l u d es con
ls
ductor for mounting on breaker, p l u g - i n
m o u n t i n g blocks w i t h match i n g conductor,
rea r studs and mounting h a rdwa re ® . O rd e r 2
mounting blocks style n u m be r when l i n e and
ua
load a re req u i red ; order 1 mounting block
style n u m be r when either l i ne o r load is re
q u i red .
List Prices: See Price List 29-020, D is. CB-2 For Most Breakers Listed® New Design for 800 and 1200 Amp Breakers
an
Description Style Description Style Mounting Block for Type NB, H N B, NC, H NC
N u m ber N u mbe r and NB TRI-PAC Breakers@
FB TRI-PAC and FCL Breakers@ MA, HMA, MC, HMC Breakers@ An i nsulated base havi n g front-rem ova ble
1 Mounting Block, Line or Load 2 Mounting Bl ocks, Line a n d Load bolted conn ections for m o u nting a n d con
3-Pole, 1 00 Ampere 507C036G03 2-Pole, 1 25-600 A m pere 3 1 3C644G27 necti ng the breaker and bus conn ectors ex
3-Pole, 1 50 Ampere 507C036G04 2-Pole, 700-800 Ampere 1 76C544G 0 1 ®
tM
tending from the rea r of the base. One block
3-Pole, 1 2 5-600 Ampere 3 1 3C644G28
LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC, LCL ( 1 50, 250, 300 and 3-Pole, 700-800 Ampere 1 7 6C544G02 ® requi red per breaker. (See DS 2 9- 1 70 ) .
400 Amp Frame)@
2 Mounting Blocks, Line and Load 1 Mounting Block, Line or Load
2-Pole 3 1 3C644G25 2-Pole, 1 25-600 Ampere Ampere No. of Style
3 1 3C370G03
3 1 3C644G26 Rating Poles N u m ber
3-Pole 2-Pole, 700-800 Ampere 507C049G01 ®
3-Pole, 1 25-600 Ampere 3 1 3C370G04
ar
1 Mounting Block, Line o r Load 3-Pole, 700-800 Ampere 507C049G02 ® 1 200
450D0 1 0G 1 5 2 4990D 1 6G02
2-Pole
1 200 3 4990 D 1 6G01
3-Pole 450D0 1 0 G 1 6 MA, HMA, MC, HMC, NB, HNB, NC, HNC,
NB-TRI-PAC Breakers@ (New Design) NB TRI-PAC
LA, HLA, LC, HLC (600 Ampere Frames)@ 1 M o u nting B l ock, L i ne or Load
2 Mounting Bl ocks, Line a n d Load 800 2 4990D1 6G04
MA, HMA, MC, HMC 2-Poles 261 4D53G05 800 3 4990D 1 6G03
3 1 3C644G50
lP
2-Pole MA, HMA, MC, HMC 3-Poles 261 4D53G06

3-Pole 3 1 3C644G 5 1 NB, H N B, NC, H NC, NB TRI-PAC,
2-Poles 261 4D53G03
1 Mounting Bl ock, Line or Load N B, H N B, N C, H NC, NB TRI-PAC,
2-Pole 506C059G01 3-Poles 261 4D53G04
3-Pole 506C059G02
ca
TRI-PAC LA Breakers @
2 Mounting Blocks, Line a nd Load
2-Pole 3 1 3C644G41
3-Pole 31 3C644G42
® 700-800 a m p adapter kit is front removable,
1 M ounting Block, Line Only bolt-on design - not plug-in type.
2-Pole 450D01 0G 1 7 ® Not Underwriters' Laboratories, I nc. listed.
tri
3-Pole 450D0 1 0 G 1 9 @ These plug-in adapter kits a re UL Listed as rec

ognized components.
1 Mounting Block, Load Only ® NB and new design MA. MC, NB and NC have
2-Pole 450D0 1 0 G 1 8 flat bus rear connectors. Others have threaded
3-Pole 450D01 0G20 studs.
lec
.E
Westing house E lectric Corporation

w

Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a , U .S.A. 1 5220
ww
May 1 990
om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tec h n i ca l Data
Distri bution a n d Control Busi ness U n it 29-1 20
Pittsburgh, Pen nsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220 P a g e 51
.c
M a rch, 1 988
Su persedes Tec h n i cal Data 29- 1 20
Accesso ries, M odifications
A B D E-I O N ®
pages 5 1 -52, dated J a n u a ry, 1 985 and
S u pplement to Tech n ical Data 29-1 20, C i rc u it B reakers
page 5 1 . 1 , dated J u l y 22, 1 987
ls
Mailed to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A.
3 1 -500A
ua
Accessories, Continued Handle Locks@ Fuse Mounting Base for PB Breakers @ ®
Extended Line Terminal Shields @ @ For 2000 a m p non-a utomatic breakers only.
an
Typical Photos
Non-Padlockable
tM
For prevention of u n i ntentional operati on of
breaker. Fits over breaker h a n d l e and may
ar
be removed.
For shielding l i n e side term i n a l con nections.
Catalog N u mber: F M B2000PB
One shield req u i red per breaker. Order sep Padlockable@
arately when needed. Sold only in lots of For prevention of u na uthorized operation of
For use with non-a utomatic, 3-pole ci rcu it
1 0, including h a rdware. breaker. Is non -remova ble once i n sta l led on
lP
breaker. I n c l u des fuse mou nting base and

Breaker Style breaker. Meets U n d e rwriters' Laboratories,
h a rdware to mou nt standard cl ass L cu rrent
Frame N u m ber I n c. and Ca l ifo rnia Code req u i rements.
l i m iting fuses, 801 to 2000 a m ps (fuses not
LAB, LA, H LA, LC, H LC, TRI-PAC 31 4C420G05 Note : All breakers a re trip free a n d w i l l trip
i ncluded ) . ®
LA with h a n d l e locks attached. Ca nnot be used
LAB, LA, (Saf-T-Vue) 31 4C420G02
ca
when h a n d l e extension is used. For co m plete i n stal lation, order:

MA, H MA, MC, HMC 208B966G01
N B, H N B, TRI-PAC" NB, NC, HNC 208B966G02 1 . Front conn ected, non-automatic PB
TRI-PAC FB, FCL 625B229G080 Breaker Frame --
Style N u mber
--- breaker. (Order s i m i l a r to sta n da rd front
Non-Padlockable connected, except omit load conductor
Base Mounting Hardware@ TRI-PAC FB, CA 1 720 360 exte nsions)
No charge when ordered with breaker. LAB, LA. LC, HLC, MA. NB, H LA, 2. Fuse mounting base.
tri
Order separately when needed. HMA, H N B, TRI-PAC LA, TAI

PAC NB, MC, H MC, NC, HNC 1 720 1 0 1 3. Fuses (from distributo r ) .
Style G B, GC, GHB, GHC 1 294C0 1 H01
Breaker
Frame Nu m ber Cable Connectors
Padlockable
CA® 506C438G01 The fuse m o u nt i n g base wi l l accept the fol
lec
2-Pole Breakers
CA 2 1 C6782G28 TRI-PAC FB, CA 765A754G01 lowi ng term i n a l s for front cable con nection
LA, LAB, HLA. LC, HLC, (omit "T" connectors from rea r con n ected
2- and 3-Pole Breakers TRI-PAC LA 373B59 1 G02
TRI-PAC FB, FCL 2 1 C6782 G 1 8 GB, GC, GHB, GHC 1 223C77G01
breakers) .
LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC, TRI-PAC LA,
LCL 1 6 1 4 61 3 Style Wire Range, Type
MA, N B , H M A, H N B, TRI-PAC N B ,
Handle Extension@
Nu m ber No. of Cables
---3c-0-3/ -400 MCM Cu
MC, H M C , N C , H N C 1 091 7 1 6 For use i n convertible power p a n e l boards.
PB, TRI-PAC PB, PC, PCC 624B375G22 M u st be ordered separately. Style n u m be r 672B655G01
.E
1 80C046G03 4 400-500 MCM Cu

3-Pole Breakers 372B399G01 f o r LAB, LA. H LA breakers; no
CA 2 1 C6782G29 ch arge when ordered with breaker.
Molded Type Handle Extension@

For MA, H MA, MC, HMC breakers. Sty le
N u m ber 1 251 C65G01
For NB, HNB, NC, HNC and TRI-PAC NB

w
Breakers
Style N u mber 1 25 1 C65G0 1 , i n cl uded with
fra m e at no ch a rg e if ordered sepa rately.
ww
See Price List 29-020.

(9 Changed or added since previous issue.
® Not Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.
For PB, PC, PCC, TRI-PAC PB Breakers @ I ndividually m o u nted.
Style N u m ber 3 1 5C882G 0 1 ® G roup mounted.
I ncl uded w i t h fra me at no c h a rg e ; if ordered ® Designed for use with load centers.
® I nterrupters used with fuse mounting base will
separately. See Price List 29-020.
accept all standard PB accessories. See
OS 29- 1 70 for m o u nting details.
List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 CD This style is 1 package of 1 0 .
om
Tech n ical Data
29- 1 20
Page 52
.c
Modifications CD (!I Shunt Trip
List Prices: See Price List 29-020 Dis. CB-2 For tripping breaker from a remote po i nt . A
Only two i nterna l l y mou nted modifications solenoid device mou nts wit h i n breaker case.
- s h u nt trip, under voltage release, a u x i l i ary Breaker trips when coil is energized.
switch , alarm switch - may be mou nted in
ls
LA t h ru PB, H LA t h ru H N B . Only one of S h u nt trips should not be used as ci rcuit
these modifications may be mou nted i n FB i nterlocks using m a i ntained contact p i l ot
TRI-PAC® a n d S E LTRONIC® breakers. None devices.
ua
are ava i l a b l e i n 1 -pole breakers. Refer to
Westing house for poss i ble special co m b i n a A cut-off switch breaks the ci rcuit to the
t i o n s o f the fo l l owing modifications n o t i n mom entary rated coil when breaker opens
tabulations. (except CA) . Ava i l a b l e for control voltages
up to 250 volts De o r 600 volts Ac. Voltage
and frequency m u st be specifi ed. Sta ndard
an
leads extend 1 8" outside of breaker. Lo nger
leads may be specified.
Shunt Trip for Field Mountin g 0 @ @)

Voltage/ Breaker
--
Type
�-- ---�------
Hertz FCL LA, LAB, HLA MA, H MA NB, H N B, PB,
tM
NB TRI-PAC PB TRI-PAC
Right Hand Moun� -- - -- - __ ___ --� __ ___ ____ __
- -�-
600/50-60 Hz 1 369D80G 1 5 2606D56G 1 5 2606D57 G 1 5 2606D58G 1 5 2606D59G 1 5
480/50-60 Hz 1 369D80G 1 6 2606D56G 1 6 2606D57 G 1 6 2606D58G 1 6 2606D59G 1 6
240/50-60 Hz 1 369D80 G 1 7 2606D56G 1 7 2606D57G 1 7 2606D58G 1 7 2606D59G 1 7
208/50-60 Hz 1 369D80 G 1 8 2606D56G 1 8 2606D57 G 1 8 2606D58 G 1 8 2606D59 G 1 8
ar
1 20/50-60 H z 1 369D80G 1 9 2606D56G 1 9 2606D57 G 1 9 2606D58G 1 9 2606D59G 1 9
60/50-60 Hz 1 369D80G20 2606D56G20 2606D57G20 2606D58G20 2606D59G20
48/50-60 Hz 1 369D80G21 2606D56G2 1 2606D57G21 2606D58G21 2606D59G21
24/50-60 Hz 1 369D80G22 2606D56G22 2606D57G22 2606D58G22 2606D59G22
250 De 1 369D80G23 2606D56G23 2606D57G23 2606D58G23 2606D59G23
1 25 De 1 369D80G24 2606D56G24 2606D57G24 2606D58G24 2606D59G24
60 De
lP
1 369D80G25 2606D56G25 2606D57G25 2606D58G25 2606D59G25

48 De 1 369D80G26 2606D56G26 2606D57G26 2606D58G26 2606D59G26
24 De 1 369D80G27 2606D56G27 2606D57G27 2606D58G27 2606D59G27
12 De 1 369D80G28 -- 2606D56G28
---�-- - 2606D57G28
--- --- -2606D58G28
- --- -- 2606D59G28
�------
-
Left Hand Mounting --� �----- ---- -- --- --- -- �--
600/50-60 Hz 1 369D80G01 2606D56G01 2606D57G01 2606D58G01 2606D59G01
ca
480/50-60 Hz 1 369D80G02 2606D56G02 2606D57G02 2606D58G02 2606D59G02

240;50-60 Hz 1 369D80G03 2606D56G03 2606D57G03 2606D58G03 2606D59G03
208/50-60 Hz 1 369D80G04 2606D56G04 2606D57G04 2606D58G04 2606D59G04
1 20/50-60 Hz 1 369D80G05 2606D56G05 2606D57G05 2606D58G05 2606D59G05
60/50-60 Hz 1 369D80G06 2606D56G06 2606D57G06 2606D58G06 2606D59G06
48/50-60 Hz 1369D80G07 2606D56G07 =!'
�·
2606D57G07 2606D58G07 2606D59G07
24150-60 Hz 1 369D80G08 2606D56G08 2606D57G08 2606D58G08 2606D59G08
tri
250 De 1 369D80G09 2606D56G09 2606D57G09 2606D58G09 2606D59G09 c.

1 25 De 1 369D80 G 1 0 2606D56 G 1 0 2606D57G 1 0 2606D58G 1 0 2606D59 G 1 0 :;·
6 0 De 1 369D80G 1 1 2606D56G 1 1 2606D57G 1 1 2606D58G 1 1 2606D59G 1 1 c
"'
48 De 1 369DBOG 1 2 2606D56G 1 2 2606D57 G 1 2 2606D58 G 1 2 2606D59G 1 2
2 4 De 1 369D80G 1 3 2606D56G 1 3 2606D57 G 1 3 2606D58G 1 3 2606D59G 1 3 ;r.
1 2 De 1 369D80 G 1 4 2606D56G 1 4 2606D57 G 1 4 2606D58G 1 4 2606D59G 1 4
lec
Factory Mou nted Shunt Trips CD 0 (!I Factory mounted shunt trips only can be (9 Changed or added since previous issue.
Al l of the above s h u nt trips can be specified supplied for the fo l l owing breakers : Gl Right hand mou nting considered standard
un less specified otherwise.
for factory mounting at the same price as CA® ® , FB Tri-Pac ® 0 , LA TRI-PAC a n d ® 1 20 volt Ac ratings suitable for 55% pickup for
l i sted for the kit. These shunt trips h ave the molded c a s e switches@ ground fault applications.
leads out the side a n d are U L l i sted when 0 Not field mountable on molded case switches.
Price same as s i m i l a r kit except price CA
® Field mounting voids breakers' UL listing
factory mounted, u n less ot h e r non-UL
.E
except on LA, HLA, MA, H M A, N B, H N B, NB

Listed modifications a re used. from accessory section of 29-020. TRI-PAC, PB, PB TRI-PAC and SELTRONIC
breakers.
0 Not UL l i sted.
® CA shunt trip supplied without cut-off switch.
CD Right hand mou nting o n l y.
w

Distrib ution and Control Busi ness U n it
Pittsburgh, Pennsyl vania, U . S .A. 1 5220
ww
March, 1988
om
Distribution a n d Control Busi n ess U n it 29- 1 20
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220 P a g e 53
.c
May 1 990
S u persedes Tech nical Data 29- 1 20,
Modifications
AB D E- I O N ®
M a iled to: E, D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A
ls
l
ua
Left Hand Mounting Kits for SELTRONIC and Type LCL Current Limiting Breakers
MC, H M C Style 1 37 1 D72G22
N C, H N C Style 1 372D39G 1 3
1
Provision to trip flux transfer s h u nt trip from external 32 to 1 20
PC, PCC Style 1 372D35G22
volt ( De to 60 Hz) source. CD @
an
LC, H LC Style 1 37 1 D 1 1 G22
LCL Style 1 372D49G22
MC, H M C Style 1 37 1 D72G32

NC, HNC Style 1 372D39G23
Provi sion to trip flux transfer s h u nt trip from exte rnal 240 to
PC, PCC Style 1 372D35G32
600 volt Ac, 50/60 Hz source.@ @
tM
LC, H LC Style 1 37 1 D 1 1 G32
LCL Style 1 372D49G32
Shunt Trip Coil Data

Shunt Trip For All Breakers Listed Above Type CA SELTRONIC and LCL
Voltage and on Previous Page
Rating
ar
Except CA and SELTRO N I C
C o i l I n rush Coil I n rush Coi l I n rush
Amperes Volt-Amperes Amperes Volt-Amperes Amperes Volt-Amperes
600 AC 0 . 1 05 63.0
480 AC 0.085 40.8 ..
lP
240 AC 1 .7 408.0 1.1 264.

208 AC 1 .4 29 1 .2 .. . . . . .
1 20 AC 0.88 1 05.6 2. 1 1 253. .15 18

60 AC 9.10 546.0
48 AC 7.50 360.0
24 AC 3.95 94.8 . . ..
ca
250 DC 2.5 625.0 . 28 70 .

1 25 DC 0.975 1 2 1 .9 . 57 71 .
60 DC 0.525 31.5 .. . .
48 DC 1 .3 62.4 1 .34 64.

24 DC (FCL) 6.0 1 44.0
24 DC (others) 8. 1 92. 2.66 64.
1 2 DC 6. 72. 5.22 63.
tri

lec
.E
w
ww
G) Rated 48 vo lts minimum for g round fault appl ications.

® Not for ground fault.
0 Also avai lable factory mou nted for 24 volt De. Order by description.
om
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 54
.c
Standard Undervoltage Release@ Undervoltage Release Attachment Kits for Field Mounting ® ®
Attachment Breaker Type
Voltage LA, LAB, H LA MA, H M A NB, H N B, N B P B , PB
Hertz TRI-PAC TRI-PAC
For Right Hand Mounting
ls
24 60 60A9355G 1 7 .......... .......... · · · · · · · · · ·
48 60 60A9355G08 · · · · · · · · · · .......... 5674D29 G 1 6

1 20 60 60A9355G01 457D727G01 373D632G01 5674D29G09
208 60 60A9355G02 457D727G 1 9 373D632G 1 9 5674D29G 1 0
240 60 60A9355G03 457D727G02 373D632G02 5674D29G 1 1
ua
480 60 60A9355G05 457D727G03 373D632G03 5674D29 G 1 3
600 60 60A9355G06 457D727G04 373D632G04 5674D29 G 1 4
1 2 DC 458D020G01 457D727G09 372D032G01 4976D85G01
24 DC 458D020G02 457D727 G 1 0 372D032G02 4976D85G02
48 DC 458D020G03 457D727G 1 1 372D032G03 4976D85G03
60 DC 458D020G04 457D727G21 .......... 4976D85G04
1 25 DC 458D020G07 457D727G 1 2 372D032G04 4976D85G07
250 DC 458D020G08 457D727G 1 3 372D032G05 4976D85G08
an
For undervoltage protection. A solenoid de For Left Hand Mounting
vice mounts wit h i n breaker case. Coil must 48 60 60A9355 G 1 6 .......... · · · · · · · · · · 5674D29G08
be energized before closing breaker. Trips 1 20 60 60A9355G09 457D727G05 373D632G05 5674D29G01
breaker when voltage drops below 35 to 70% 208 60 60A9355G 1 0 457D727G20 373D632G20 5674D29G02
240 60 60A9355 G 1 1 457D727G06 373D632G06 5674D29G03
of coil rating. Picks up and sea ls in at 85% 480 60 60A9355G 1 3 457D727G07 373D632G07 5674D29G05
600 60
tM
of co il rati ng. For line voltages up to 250 60A9355G 1 4 457D727G08 373D632G08 5674D29G06
volts De o r 600 volts Ac. Externally m o u nted 12 DC 458D020G 1 1 457D727G 1 4 372D032G06 4976D85G 1 1
24 DC 458D020 G 1 2 457D727G 1 5 372D032G07 4976D85G 1 2
resistors are su pplied for certain ratings. 48 DC 458D020G 1 3 457D727G 1 6 372D032G08 4976D85 G 1 3
Standard leads extend 1 8" outside of 60 DC 458D020G 1 4 457D727G22 .......... 4976D85G 1 4
breaker. Longer leads may be specified. 1 25 DC 458D020 G 1 7 457D727G 1 7 372D032G09 4976D85G 1 7
Note: U .V. R . attach m e nts are not desig ned 250 DC 458D020 G 1 8 457D727 G 1 8 372D032G 1 0 4976D85 G 1 8
ar
for, and should not be used as, circuit i nter
locks. For fu rther information, refer to Undervoltage Release Coil Data
Westi n g house. Volta ge Breaker Type
Ratin g , FB TRI-PAC MA and H MA MC, HMC, N C
Hertz H N C, PC, PCC
Factory Mounted Undervoltage Releases. @
LC, HLC, LCL
lP
All of t h e a bove undervoltage releases can be Coil External

Series Total Coil Total Coil Total
specified for factory m o u nti ng at the same Am peres Resistance VA Amperes Series VA Amperes VA
p rice as listed for the kit. These attach ments ( O h ms) Resista nce
have the leads out the side a n d a re U L listed (Oh ms)
when factory mou nted u n less other non-U L 600 Ac 0.020 25,000 1 2.0 0.0 1 2 50,000 7.2 .. ..
ca
listed modifications a re used. 480 A c 0. 0 1 6 20,000 7.7 0.01 3 30,000 6.3 .. ..

240 A c 0.02 1 6,000 5.1 0.013 ...... 3.2 .. ..
208 A c 0.0 1 9 6,000 4.0 0. 0 1 8 ...... 3.8 ..
Factory mounted u n dervoltage releases 1 20 Ac 0.023 ...... 2.8 0.023 ...... 2.8 .05 6
only can be suppl ied for the fo l l owing 60 A c 0.203 250 1 2.2 · · · · · ...... .. .. ..
breakers: 48 A c 0.245 1 50 1 1 .8 · · · · · ...... .. .. ..
24 A c 0.250 50 6.0 ..... ...... .. ..
tri
FB TRI -PAC CD , LA TRI-PAC and FCL; LCL 250 Dc 0.026 5,000 6.5 0.01 3 1 6,500 3.3 .. ..
1 20 Volts Ac o n ly . 1 2 5 Dc 0.026 ...... 3.3 0.013 6,500 1 .7 .. ..
60 D c 0.248 200 14.9 0.0 1 3 1 ,500 0.8 .. ..
S E LTRO N I C B reakers@ ( 1 20 V Ac 60 Hz o n ly 48 Dc 0.260 1 50 12.5 0.0 1 2 600 0.6 .. ..
sta ndard). MC, H M C ® , N C, H N C ® , PC, PCC, 24 Dc 0. 1 4 1 ...... 3.4 0.023 ...... 0.6 .. ..
1 2 Dc 0.286 ...... 3.5 0.048 0.6 .. ..
lec
· · · · · ·
LC, H LC .
SELTRO N I C Breakers With Remote Trip Pro Voltage Breaker Type

Rating, LA, LAB, HLA, LA TRI-PAC, PB, N B , H N B a n d N B TRI-PAC
visio n s @ . MC, H M C ® CV , N C, H N C ® CV , PC, Hertz PB TRI-PAC
PCC 0 , LC, H LC CV .
Coil External Series Total Coil Externa l Series Total
Price same a s s i m i l a r kits except S E LTRO N I C Am peres Resistance VA Amperes Resistance VA
(Oh ms) ( O h ms)
attachments a re priced from attachm ent sec
.E
tion of Price List 29-020. 600 AC 0.029 20,000 1 7.4 0.0 1 6 35,000 9.6
480 AC 0.0 1 4 6.8 0. 0 1 3 30,000 6.3
240 AC 0.036 8.7 0.0 1 3 3.2
� Changed or added since previous issue. 208 AC 0.036 7.5 O.D 1 8 3.8
G.l Righthand mounting on ly. 1 20 AC 0.073 8.8 0.023 2.8
® Not U L listed. 48 AC 0. 1 52 7.3
Gl Righthand mounting considered standard 250 DC 0.035 5,000 8.8 0.01 3 1 6,500 3.3
u n less specified otherwise except seltronic 1 25 DC 0.039 1 ,500 4.9 0.0 1 3 6,500 1.7
ava ilable for lefthand only. ( LC is righth and). 60 DC 0.034 2. 1 ..
® Not available on SELTRO N I C breakers with built 48 DC 0.040 2.0 0.01 2 600 0.6
w
in ground fault. 24 DC 0.069 1 .7 0.023 0.6

® Not field mountable on non automatic breakers. 12 DC 0. 1 36 1.7 0.048 0.6
( Molded case switches)
® Cannot be used with other attachments except List Prices: See Price List 29-020 Dis. CB-2.
a small 1 A- 1 B auxiliary switch rated 250 volts
ww
can be supplied in ri ghthand pole.

(J) Provided with two leads (total of 4) for use with
a remote normally open contact (pushbutton ® Fie.ld mounting voids U L listing of breaker
etc.) to trip the breaker. No external power except on LA, HLA, MA, H M A, NB, H N B, NB
required. TRI-PAC, PB o r PB TRI-PAC.

Pittsburg h , Pennsylva n i a , U .S . A. 1 5220
om
Westi nghouse Electric Corporation Technical Data
Distribution a n d Control Busi ness U n it 29-1 20
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 55
.c
May 1 990
Supersedes Technical Data 29- 1 20,
Modifications
AB D E- I O N ®
Mai led to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 31 -400A. C i rcu it B reakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switch@
For auxiliary control c i rcuits. M i n iature
Availability: LA thru H N B , TRI-PAC N B, TRI switches mount within breaker. Commonly
PAC PB Frames. For l ight o r a l a rm i n dica used for remote indication of open or
an
tion when breaker trips. Does not function closed breaker a n d e l ectrica l l y i nterlocking
with m a n u a l operation. Automatica l l y resets co m pon ent control circuits. "A" contacts are
when breaker is relatched. Sta n d a rd leads closed when breaker is closed. "B" contacts
extend 1 8 " out side of breaker. Lo nger are open when breaker is closed. Sta n d a rd
leads may be specified. Not fi eld leads extend 1 8 " out side of breaker.
mountable. Longer leads may be specified.
Breaker
Frame
FCL
LAB, LA, MA,
NB, H LA,
Normal
Pole Mtg .
Center
Contact Operation
(Specify Type
Desired)
M a ke or Break
Breaker
Type
FCL
tM
Auxiliary Switch Attachment Kits for Field Mounting ® ® CV $
For Left Hand Mounting
1 A- 1 B
1369D79G03
2A-2B
..........
1 A- 1 B
1 369D79G03
2A-2B
..........
Max Ac
Voltage
Rating
®
240
Max. Non-
Inductive
Amps.
5
ar
HMA, H N B, LA, LAB, HLA 655D555G 1 2 655D555G 1 3 655D555G05 655D555G06 480 10
TRI-PAC LA, MA, HMA 458D0 1 3 G 1 2 458D0 1 3 G 1 3 458D01 3G05 458D013G06 480 10
TRI-PAC N B Left M a ke or Break NB, H N B, N B TRI-PAC 4980D1 6G 1 2 4980D1 6G 1 3 4980D1 6G05 4980D1 6G06 480 10
PB, TRI-PAC PB Left Make or Break PB, P B TRI-PAC 2602D32G 1 1 2602D32 G 1 2 2602D32 G 1 4 2602D32G 1 5 480 10
MC, HMC Left only0 M a ke or Break MC, HMC, MCG, H MCG 1 37 1 D72G03 1 37 1 D72G06 .......... .......... 480 6(1 0@240)
NC, HNC Left only0 Make or Break NC, H N C, NCG, H NCG 1 372D39G03 1 372D39G06 .......... .......... 480 6( 1 0@240)
lP
PC, PCC Left 0 @ M a ke or Break PC, PCC, PCG, PCCG 1 372D35G03 1 372D35G06 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 480 6( 1 0(w240)
LC, HLC Left0 M a ke or Break LC, HLC, LCG, HLCG 1 37 1 D 1 1 G03 1 37 1 D 1 1 G06 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 480 6( 1 0@240)
LCL Left0 Make or Break LCL 1 372D49G03 1 372D49G06 · · · · · · · · · · .......... 480 6(1 0@240)
Alarm Switch Contact Rating (Non Factory Mounted Auxiliary Switches@

ca
Inductive)
�'"' """
All of the above auxi l i a ry switches can be
MC, H M C , LA. LAB, H LA, LC, H LC, LA Tri specified for factory mounting at the same
Pac: price as listed for the kit. These attachments
10 a m ps, 1 20 volt Ac; 5A, 240 volt Ac. have the leads out the side of the breaker
All other breakers: and are UL l i sted when factory mou nted
t:--
10 a m ps, 1 20-240 volt Ac.
tri
u n l ess other non UL l i sted modifications a re

used (except as noted). a c k Lead
List Prices : See Price List 29-020 Dis. CB-2.
Factory mou nted switches o n ly can be sup
p l i ed for the fol l owi ng brea kers : t Lead
lec
CA Cll , FB Tri-Pac ® , LA Tri-Pac.
Price same as a s i m i l a r kit except price CA

from accessory section of P L 29-020.
.E
<!I Changed or added since previous issue.

CD Not U L listed.
0 When alarm switch is used i n conjunction with
auxiliary switch, the auxiliary switch is rated
250 volts max., 5 amps. max.
@ Except when other attachments a re used, must
be mounted in right pole.
@ Righthand mounting standard for CA. All others
are lefthand mounting as standard u n less
otherwise specified.
w
® Not for use on non-automatic breakers.

(Mo lded case switches).
® All switches are multiples of 1 A- 1 B with a com
mon electrical connection (See diagram below).
ww
CD Field mou nting voids UL listing of breaker

except on LA, HLA, MA, HMA, NB, H N B, NB
TRI-PAC, PB, PB TRI-PAC and SELTRONIC
breakers.
® For De appl ications refer to factory.
® Righthand mounting only.
om
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 56
.c
Modifications, Conti nued Sliding Bar Type (Field Mountable) CD ® Center StudsCD
Paralleling StrapsCD
Availability: CA. To para l l e l 2-pole brea kers
for h i g h cu rrent single pole operation. Con
sists of straps at both line a n d load ends, as
ls
well as i n side a h ead of trip u n it to e q u a l ize
current division. Review para l l e l i n g a p p l ica
tions with Westinghouse.
ua
Availability: LA thru TRI-PAC N B
Moisture-Fungus-Corrosion Treatment CD
Availability: CA t h ru TR I -PAC ® P B Mou nts o n panel (not i n c l u ded ) fitting over
Treatment c a n be provided t o meet custom front of breakers. Sta n d a rd breaker spaci n g :
er's specific atmospheric conditions. LAB, LA, L C , H LC , M A , M C , N B , N C , H LA,
M o isture-fu ngus treating material used H M A, H M C, H N B, H N C, TRI-PAC LA, TRI
an
meets JAN-T- 1 52 ; treatment meets M I L-V- PAC N B : 8 1/2 ' ; TRI-PAC FB: 43/, " " center to
1 73a. Req uests a n d o rders s h o u l d specify center. Availability: 600 Amp F ra m es ( LA) t h ru 1 200
government specifications or conditions to be Amp Frames except SEL TR O N I C and cu rrent
met. Kirk Key Interlock® l i miting breakers.
Mechanical lnterlocksCD Provides connections fo r d u a l voltage g e n er
tM
For mec h a n i cally i nterlocking a p a i r of ators, so that same trip u n it ca n be used for
breakers so that only one may be closed at protection at both voltages. At h ig h e r voltage,
one time, but both may be open the trip u n it ca rries fu l l load c u r rent. At lower
simu ltaneously. voltage, h a lf t h e current by-passes the trip
u n it t h ro u g h the center studs. Trip rating can
Walking Beam Type CD ® @) ® not exceed 50% of frame rati n g .
ar
Availability: 600 Amp Frames ( LA) thru 3000
Amp Frames except FLC, LCL and CA.
lP
Pf(!),lits interlocking oftwo breakers o r one

b reaker with oth er devices. Before breaker
ca n be closed , key m ust be i n serted a nd
tu rned in b reaker i nterlock. Breaker must be
opened before key can be removed. It ca n
ca
then be inserted in interlock or oth er devices

to permit thei r closure. Requests and orders
should completely outl i n e interlocking
scheme, u l timate user and h is add ress.
Ava ilability: LA t h r u TRI -PAC® P B ® except
cu rrent l i m iting breakers.
tri
Mou nts on panel (not inclu ded) at rea r of

breaker. Sta n d a rd breaker spac i n g : center to
center; LAB, LA, LC, H LC, MA, MC, N B, N C,
lec
H LA. H MA, H M C, H N B, H N C, TRI-PAC LA,

TRI -PAC N B : 81/2 ' center to center; TRI-PAC
F B : 4%" center to center; PB, PC, PCC, TRI
PAC P B : 1 2 % " center to center. Order as a
set of two speci a l factory d r i l l e d brea kers
and 1 walking beam interlock. Specify
breaker type, panel th ickness a n d cente r-to
.E
center d i mension of breakers.

CD N o t U L Listed.
® 2000 a m p max i m u m for PB breaker.
0 Not ava ilable o n motor operated breakers.
@J Not available o n draw-out breakers.
® Not availa ble for FCL or LCL breakers.
w

Pittsburg h , Pennsylva n i a , U . S.A. 1 5220
ww
May 1 990
om
Pittsburg h , Pen n sylva n i a , U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 57
.c
Motor Ope rators
J a n u ary 1 990
Supersedes Technical Data 29- 1 20, Drawout Frames AB D E- I O N ®
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, C i rc u it B reakers
3 1 - 500A
ls
ua
Accessories, Co nti n u ed
Motor Operators@
Motor operators provide com p lete rem ote
control by means of a pushbutton or s i m i l a r
an
pilot device @ . Positive switc hing actio n i s ac
complished by use of an operating arm en
g aging the breaker h a n d l e . The u n it is ener
gized momentarily to actuate the lever arm
moving it to either t h e "O N " or "OFF" posi
tion. The control i s broken by a n internal
tM
cutoff switc h . Means for emerg ency m a n u a l
For LAB, LA. HLA
operation i s provided. Breakers
Motor operators a re avai lable with motors

rated 1 20 volts Ac, 208 volts Ac, and 240 volts For FB TRI-PAC Breakers
Ac . ®
ar
T h e 480 volt operators util ize a 1 20 volt Ac
motor in conjunction with a 480/240 to 1 20
volt dual voltage transformer. (On LA and
l a rger operators, the tra n sformer is supplied
lP
for sep a rate mounting by the custo mer.)
Note: The motor ope rator is i ntended o n ly for

i nfrequent operation i n l i n e with U nderwrit
ers' Laboratories, I n c. endu rance sta ndards
ca
for AB molded case breakers.
List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
For MA, HMA, NB, For PB Breakers

HNB Breakers
tri
Motor Operator Selection@

Type
Breaker K; Volta_!lll_ --
20 -- -- - -- 4il -- ---- -- -- - -
Voltage
i �; -- --24- -
�
o 8 2 480 5
IS Style N u m b ;;;:-- S tY!eN umbe r ---s!Yi e N u mber Sty;;;-N u m be�
-- _
_ _ -
- - --
lec
ru
tyle N u m ber Style N u m be r
60 1 48G11 B5601 48G04 -6560 1 48GlJ - 656D 1 48G0 3 �----_ . .- :� . :�. -��
-- - __ -
- -
............ ............
FB TRI-PAC . _-
_ . _-
_ -
FCL 65601 48 G 1 5 656D1 48G 1 0 65601 48 G 1 7 65601 48G09
I
LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC 2607097G37 2607D97G40 2607D97G38 2607097G39 2607 097G51 2607D97G42
MA, HMA, MC, HMC 5664054G75 5664D54G78 5664D54G76 5664054G77 5664054G96 5664D54G8 1
I
NB, HNB, NC, H N C 5664054G7 1 5664D54G74 5664D54G72 5664054G73 5664054G95 ............
PB, PC, PCC, PB TRI-PAC 5661 D52G01 5661D52G04 5661 D52G02 5661 D52G03 5661 D52 G 1 7 ............
· 2607097G44
I ...........
LA TRI-PAC , 2607097G22 2607D97G25 2607097G23 2607097G24 ............
I
.E
NB TRI-PAC 5664054G65 5664054G68 5664054G66 5664054G67 5664054G82 .

LCL 5664054G83 5664054G86 5664054G84 5664054G85 5664054G77 5664054G88
Back Mounting Plates Dimensions: DS 29- 1 70

Type 1 20, 208, 240, 480 Volts Ac
-- -- -- --
Breaker Style
N u mber @ Changed or added since previous issue.
FCL 1 282C0 1 G0 1 0 Ac voltage rated operators are U L listed as rec
ogn ized components.
Gl The pilot device must be maintained contact
w
Motor Data type for FB TRI-PAC, FCL, mechanisms;

Type Motor I n rush Cu rrent,
Continuous Operating momentary contact type for all others.
Breaker Ampere (Peak)
Cu rrent (RMS) ® LA and larger availa ble for 1 2 5 volts De.
- 24 -- o r Close
Time, Open
i20 Zo 8 240 1 20 208
- __ -- -
Type Hp_ o
ww
Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts

TRI-PAC FB - --- ----
-
· -- -- ·- -- ---- -- - - --- ---- --- -
Split Phase 1 /75 10 4 5 2.3 1 .1 7 1 .65 1 .5 Seconds
LAB, LA, HLA Reversing 8 5 4 1 2 Cycles
MA, HMA, N B , H N B Reversing 11 7 6 1 2 Cycles
PB Reversing 20 12 11 1 0 Cycles
om
Tech nical Data
29- 1 20
Page 58
.c
Drawout Frame@ These d rawout frames a re fo r use with stand Optional Features
a rd 3-pole Westing house molded case circuit
breakers. They consist of two sepa rate parts: Safety Interlock CD
statio n a ry mounting frame and movable car This feature trips the breaker as the mova b l e
rier frame. Slide rai l s a re d rawer-type, and a carrie r fra me is withdrawn, and m ust b e fac
ls
screw mechanism is used to engage or with tory i n stalled. O rder as fol l ows .
draw the movable carrier fra me.
For LA, MA and NB breakers. CD
The drawout frames have th ree positions: Order standard stationary m ou nting fra me.
ua
con nected, test and disconnected. The frames Order breaker and m ovable carrier fram e as
do not include a safety tripping i nterlock, or sembled with safety interlock.
secondary contacts. These a re optional items
and may be ordered at additional cost. Secondary Contacts
These a re used to disconnect a u x i l ia ry cir
Brea kers mou nted in the d rawout frames can cuits when attachments such as s h u nt trip or
an
be equipped with sta ndard breaker acces motor operator a re used. Avai l a b l e in m u lti
sories i ncl u di n g s h u nt tri p, u n d e rvoltage re ples of fou r contacts with a m a x i m u m of 24
lease, auxil iary switch, alarm switch and contacts for the LA 600 o r 32 contacts for t h e
motor operator. MA and N B . They m u st be factory mou nted.
Ord er by d escri ption as s i m i l a r to statio n a ry
or moving frame and specify n u mber of con
tM
tacts requ i red. Price from accessary sectio n of
Price List 29-020.
Selection Data CD @
Breaker Statio nary M o u nting Frame Movable Carrier Frame

ar
Type Style N u m be r Gl Style N u m berGl
_ _
- - - - -- - -- 2608D 3 5G06_ _ _
LA600 : HLA600, LC600, HLC600 2603D84G 0 1 -
MA, H MA, MC, H MC 2603D85G 0 1 2608D34G 1 0
NB, H N B, NC, HNC 2603D85G01 2608D34G08
NB TRI-PAC 2603D85G09 2608D34G 1 2 Gl
lP
Ordering Information @ Racking Crank

A speci a l cra n k to engage or with draw the
Standard Installation movi n g portion ofthe d rawout. A sta ndard 'h
Order one stationary mou nting fra m e a n d i n c h hex socket with extension ca n be used
for this pu rpose.
ca
one m ovable carrier frame.
Order brea kers without term i n a l s or rear con Style N u mber: 765A767G01
nectors.
Cell Switches M ounted on Draw-out Frames,
Order a ny attachments desi red (sh u nt trip, All Ratings
tri
u n d e rvoltage release, etc.)

Up to fou r switches can be provided.
Order secondary contacts as req u ired: Order by descri ption.
• a s h u nt trip, undervoltage release or a l a rm
switch requ ires two contacts; Each switch provides N O a n d NC contact that
lec
• a 1A-1 B a u x i l iary switch requi res th ree con transfers before reachi n g the test position
tacts; when bei n g withdrawn, and after the test po
· a motor operator req u ires a max i m u m of sition when being racked i n .
fou r contacts :
Gl Safety i nterlock not available on NB TRI-PAC, MC, List Prices: S e e Price List 29-020, D i s . CB-2
NC, HMC, HNC, LC, HLC. • others as req u i red.
® These u n its are U L listed.
.E
@ SELTRONJCTM circuit breakers with built-in With Safety I nterlock

ground fault req u i re a special breaker frame with
leads out the side in place of standard terminal
O rd e r stati o n a ry m o u nting frame a n d mova
block. Order by description the breaker frame and ble carrier frame as di rected u n der Optional
carrier a s one assembly. Featu res.
West i n g house E l ectric Corporation

w

E l ectrical Components Divisi o n
ww
January 1 990
om
Distribution a n d Control Business U n it 29-1 20
Pittsb u r g h , Pen nsylvania, U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 35
.c
J u ly, 1 988 Type FB TRI-PAC ® B reakers, 1 00 Amperes
Su persedes Tech n ical Data 29- 1 20 Type LA TRI-PAC B reakers, 400 Am peres AB DE-ION®
pages 35-36, dated Apri l , 1 980
M a i led to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Circuit Breakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Type FB TRI-PAC Thermal Magnetic/Current Limiting Breakers 1 5- 1 00 Amperes,
600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De Replaceable Current Li miters
Conti n u ous Ampere Catalog N u m bers (Cu rrent Limiters Included I

Rating (<, 40'C 2= Poles ®- - ---- -- --- �
an
3 Poles
15 FB20 1 5PL FB30 1 5PL

tM
1 00 FB21 00PL FB31 OOPL
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 1 '/, Lbs.
Replacement Current Limiters and Housing Assembly

ar
Current Limiters: O n e requi red per pole; Current Limiter housing Assembly,
complete with current limiters.
Catalog Application Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
N u mber
f'_a tin>J___ _
Ampere Poles Style except as noted. {For C.S.A., see page 48 . )
lP
N u m ber
1 00FBP06 Sup plied as standard i n Type FB
TRI-PAC breakers rated 1 5- 1 00 1 5- 1 00 2 1 76C593G09 TRI-PAC F B breakers meet the req u i rements
amperes. 1 5- 1 00 3 1 7 6C593G 1 0 for Class 1 6a , 1 6b, 1 7a and 26a c i rcu it break
Replaces 200 FBP03 formerly ers as defi ned in Federal Specification W-C-
375b.
ca
supplied on 1 5-40 ampere ratings, 50°C Calibration@

and 500FBP07 formerly supplied Add suffix "V" to cata log n u m ber for com
on 50- 1 00 ampere ratings. p l ete breaker, listed above, when ordering Interrupting Ratings
Refer to Application Data 29- 1 60 for complete ap listed a m pere ratings for breakers to be used
p l ication information. i n 50'C a m bients. Same price as sta n dard U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
40°C breakers. 600 Volts Ac M a x . : 200,000 Amperes Sym .
tri
Special ca l ibration price a dditions apply to Based on NEMA Test Procedures
a mpere ratings not l isted as sta ndard, o r for 250 Volt De Max. : 1 00,000 Amps
a m bients other than 40'C or 50°C. Also price
additions apply to specific cali brations for On a l l 3 phase Delta, G r o u n d B phase appli
lec
frequencies ot her than 0-60 Hertz Ac circu its. cations, refer to Westinghouse.
See appl ication data 29- 1 60 for information
reg a rding special conditions. Terminals
Breakers listed i nclude l i n e a n d load termi
Type of 1 -24 25 or More nals. Terminals are U nderwriters' Laborato
Ca l i bration I dentical U n its Identical
U n its ries, Inc. l isted for wi re sizes a n d types l i sted
---- ------- below. When used with a l u mi n u m cabl e, u se
.E
--
Thermal Add 10% to None joint compound. To order optio n a l a l u m i

Mag netic list Price of None n u m ter m i nals, add suffix Z to breaker
" "
catalog n u m ber l isted.
Max. Wire Wire

Type Range
�
Breaker
<.?: 2
pole breakers are supplied i n 3-pole frames with current mps ______

w

1 00 AI/Cu # 1 4- 1 /0
50 AI/Cu # 1 4-#4
1 00 AI/Cu #L\-410
ww

Descriptio n : Pages 49-58

om
Tech nical Data
29- 1 20
Page 36
.c
Type LA TRI-PAC' Thermal Magnetic Breakers
70-400 Am peres, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Poles, I ntercha n g eable Tri p, Replaceab le
Cu rrent Lim iters
Contin Mag netic � omp�ete Breaker
Includes Pressure T�Fr�m�O�-- Trip U n it
Shi pped as Frame, Trip Units, Li miters and Terminals@
uous Trip Setti ng _ - --
Alum �num Ter � inals®(B
�t Limiter�
ls
Ampere Amperes®
_ _
_ _ Only _ {1 Requiret!p��
Rating
(u 40'C
Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Low High Number N u mber Number Number
2 Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts O c d;
ua
1 00 500 1 000 LA2 1 00PR LA2400PRF LA2100PT 200LAP08
1 25 625 1 2 50 LA2125PR LA2400PRF LA2 125PT 200LAP08

175 875 1 750 LA2 1 75PR LA2400PRF LA2 1 7 5PT 200LAP08
an
225 1 1 25 2250 LA2225PR LA2400PRF LA2225PT 400LAP 1 0
250 1 250 2500 LA2250PR LA240CPRF LA2250PT 400LAP1 0

300 1 500 3000 LA2300PR LA2400PRF LA2300PT 400LAP 1 0 listed with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
350 1750 3500 LA2350PR LA2400PRF LA2350PT 400LAP10 except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48 . )
Approx. Ship. Approx. Ship. Approx. S h i p.
tM
Wt. 29% Lbs. Wt. 23% Lbs. Wt. 2'1. Lbs. TRI-PAC L A brea kers meet t h e req u i re ments
for Class 1 6a, 1 6b, 1 7a and 26a ci rcuit break
3-Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only ers as defi ned i n Federal Specification W-C-
90 450 900 LA3090PR LA3400PRF LA3090PT 200LAP08 375b.
1 25 625 1 250 LA3125PR LA3400PRF LA3125PT 200LAP08 Interrupting Ratings
ar
Underwriters' laboratories, Inc. listed
1 50 750 1 500 LA3 1 50PR LA3400PR F LA3 1 50PT 200LAP08
175 875 1 750 LA3175PR LA3400PRF LA3175PT 200LAP08 600 Volts Ac, M a x . : 200,000 Amperes S y m .
225 1 1 25 2250 LA3225PR LA3400PRF LA3225PT 400LAP1 0 Based on NEMA Test Procedures
250 Volts De Max.: 1 00,000 Amps.
lP

350 1 750 3500 LA3350PR LA3400PRF LA3350PT 400LAP 1 0 O n a l l 3 phase Delta, G rounded B phase ap
400 2000 4000 LA3400PR LA3400PRF LA3400PT 400LAP10 p l i cations, refer to Westinghouse.
Approx. Ship. Approx. Ship. Approx. Ship.
Wt. 34 Lbs. Wt. 25 Lbs. Wt. 3 Lbs.
ca
Terminals® @
Current li miters® Special Cali brati o n ® Two term i n a l s a re req u i red per pole. Term i
I n cl u ded with breaker, one req u i red per pole. Special ca l i b ration price additions a pply to nals a re Underwriters' Laborato ries, I n c.
Cat. No. Application a m pere ratings not listed as standard, o r for l i sted for wire size a n d type l i sted below.
a m bi e nts ot h e r than 40oC o r 50°C. Also price W h e n used w i t h a l u m i n u m cond uctors, use
200LAP08 S u ppl ied a s sta ndard on ratings addit i o ns apply to specific c a l ibratio n s for joint compou nd. To order o pt i o n a l copper
tri
through 200 a m ps. only term inals, add suffix "C" to complete
frequencies other t h a n 0-60 Hz Ac ci rcu its.
400LAP 1 0 S u pplied as standard on 2 2 5 th ru See Ad 29- 1 60 for i nfo rmation regard i n g spe breaker cata log n u m ber.
400 a m p ratings, optional on lower cial conditions.
ratings when a h i gh er "cross-over Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type,
lec
Type of 1 -24 25or More N u m ber

(Above two l i m iters replace Cal ibration Identical U n its Identical Un its
800LAP 1 2 formerly supplied as Standard AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
standard on a l l rati ngs, 600LAP09 Thermal Add 30% to None 225 TA225LA1 1 #6-350 MCM Cu, or
opti onal on ratings thru 300 a m ps, Ambient List Price of None 1 #4-350 MCM AI
300LAP05 opti onal on rati ngs thru Frequency Trip Unit None 400 TA400LA1 1 #4-250 MCM AI/Cu, plus
1 50 a m p, and special rating l i miter 1 3/0-600 MCM AI/Cu
1 000LAP 1 4 . ) sooc Calibration®
Add suffix "V" to catalog nu m ber for com
.E
500LAP 1 5 Special rating where a hig her 225 T225LA 1 #6-350 MCM Cu
@@ "cross-over point" i s desired on 200 plete b reaker, or tri p u ni t on ly, when order i n g 2250 T225LBF 1 #6-250 MCM Cu
amp and h i g her ratings ( Repl aces l isted a m pere ratings for breakers t o b e used 400 T401 LA 1 #4-250 MCM Cu, plus
1 3/0-600 MCM Cu
l i m iter 1 500LAP20) in 50oC a m bients. Same price as standard
Refer to appl ication data 29- 1 60 for m o re comp lete 40°C breakers.
Special Breakers
application i nformati o n .
Mag netic only TRI-PAC breakers a re ava i la
ble on requ est. Refer to AD 29- 1 60 for ava i la
(j Changed or added since previous issue. ® Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits. ble trip ra nges.
w
@ Not Underwriters' Laboratories, I nc. listed. ® Terminals shi pped separately from breakers.
ct 2-pole breakers or trips are supplied in 3- pole frames with (f) Optional terminal.
current carrying parts om itted from the center pole. ® New li miters suitable for replacement in existing breakers Accessories a nd Modifications
W Protection based on 1 00,000 amp max. fault, 480 volts by using plug-in conductor from old lim iter (instructions Descriptio n : Pages 49-58
max. i ncluded with limiter).
ww

Distribution and Contro l Business U n it
Pittsburgh, Pen nsylvan ia, U.S.A. 1 5220
om
Distribution a n d Control B u si ness U n it 29- 1 20
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 2 1
.c
August, 1 988 DC Circuit Breakers
New I nformation AB D E- I O N ®
Mai led to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A C i rcu it B reakers
ls
ua
U L Listed DC Circuit Breakers Frame and Trip Unit or Rating Plugs Terminals
These new UL Listed DC M olded Case C i r Catalog Trip Ampere U se standard Cu/AI or o ptional copper o n l y
cuit Breakers a re for use i n the u n g rou nded N u mber Unit Rating terminals for types LA600 o r NC as shown
battery supply circuits of U PS systems Type LA DC ___________________________
_____
in Technical Data 29-1 20.
providing continuous, reliable AC power
an
LADC3600F 600
to computer control led applications Shorting Straps For Series Connecting
2603D46G29 400
such as financial transactions a n d HLA3500T 500 Poles
teleco m m u nications. HLA3600T 600 (Package of 2)
Breaker Catalog
Type NCDC N u m ber
These devices are a n excel lent a lternative to Frame
molded case switches and fuses because NCDC3 1 2F1 1 200
tM
LADC SS600
NCDC312F2 1 200
they are easier to i nsta l l , and req u i re less NCDC SS1 200
Current
maintenance. Rating Plugs
Order as Follows:
For NCDC3 1 2F1 and NCDC312F2 Type LADC
• LADC (600A) circuit breakers are thermal
NCDC0600A 600
mag netic type devices and have i nterrupt 1 . . . . a m p breaker without termi n a l s con
NCDC0700A 700
sisting of:
ar
ing ratings of 25 kA at 500 VDC no m i na l NCDC0800A 800
with 3 po le s in series. NCDC1 000A 1 000 1 - LADC3600F frame
NCDC1 200A 1 200 1 - Trip u nit (specify catalog n u m ber o r
• NCDC Seltronic@l ( 1 200A) Circuit Breakers style n u m ber)
are available with fixed current rating Control Voltage Voltage Accessories as requ i red
lP
p l ugs covering a continuous cu rrent Rating PlugsG)

range of 600 to 1 200 amperes and have For NCDC3 1 2F1 Only Type NCDC
an i nterrupting rating of 30 kA at 500 VDC NCDC024V 24 1 . . . . amp breaker without termi n a l s con
nominal with 3 poles in series. The 24 NCDC048V 48 sisting of:
VDC and 48 VDC control voltage rating 1 - NCDC31 2 F( ) frame
ca
For NCDC3 1 2F2 Only

plugs are i nterchangeable and enable 1 - Current rating plug (specify catalog
NCDC125V 1 25
easy matching of the circuit breaker DC n u m ber)
control voltage requ irements to available NCDCTK Test Kit 1 - Voltage rating plug. (specify catalog
auxiliary power. n u m ber)
Accessories as req u i red
tri
DC Circuit Breaker Ratings 3 Poles in Series

Breaker Type LADC* NCDC* Note: Shorting straps and/or term i nals are
Maximum Ampere Rating 600 1 200 to be ordered as separate items.
Standard Voltage Freq. kA Interrupting Capacity
384® DC 35 30 List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2.
lec
UL 489 500® DC 25 30
G)Voltage rating plugs are not interchangeable
*8 milliseconds time constant. between the two NCDC frames.
® 3 Poles in series.
Accessories
• The LADC circuit breaker uses the same
accessories used o n the type LA3600 cir
.E
cuit breaker.
L Shortmg L shorting
Straps Straps
• The NCDC circuit breaker contains an
u ndervoltage release that w i l l trip the cir
cuit breaker when the control voltage
drops below its m i n i m u m value ( Refer to Optional Sketches
I L 1 5549). A standard s h u nt trip accessory
Two Options on Shorting Poles:
is not requ i red. The ci rcuit breaker may 1 ) Use Shorting Straps supplied by West
w
be tripped remotely by opening the circuit inghouse when ordered.

between the control power source and 2) Use Rated Cable per N .E.C. connect to
Term inals as per Breaker Nameplate.
the trip u nit. In addition, the fol lowing
two internal accessories are available;
ww
Fig. 1. Series connection diagrams.

1. An a l a rm (Signai)/Lockout Switch factory
instal led o nly, or
2. An Auxi l iary Switch for field i n stal latio n .

om
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 2 2
.c
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
Westi nghouse E lectric Corporation

w

Pittsbu rgh, Penn sylvania, U .S.A. 1 5220
ww
Printed in U.S.A.
August, 1988
om
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, U . S.A. 1 5220 Page 46. 1
.c
J u ne, 1 988 Molded Case Switches
Supersedes Tec h n i c a l Data 29-1 20, Sta ndard Type (No Overcu r rent Protect i o n ) A B D E- I O N ®
pages 46. 1 -46.2, dated M a rch, 1 988 H i g h M a g n etic Tri p Type (Fixed T r i p Setti n g )
M a i led to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, C i rc u it B reakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Molded Case Switches Standard Molded Case Switches ( N o Overcurrent Protection)@
Molded Case Switches a re U n d e rwriters'
Laboratories, Inc. listed devices and are Switch No. of Max. Max. Switch No. of Max. Max.
Catalog Poles Volts Amps. Catalog Poles Volts Amps.
available as stan d a rd type with no overcur- Number CD ® @ N u mber eD ® @
rent protection, and h i g h mag netic trip type
an
LAB2400NW 2 600 400 PBF22000N 600 2000
with fixed trip setting . @ @ LAB3400NW 3 600 400 PBF32000N 600 2000
LA2400NW 2 600 400
For appl ication i nformation and U L I n c . LA2600NW 2 600 600 PB22000N 2 600 2000
LA3400NW 3 600 400 PB32000N 3 600 2000
l i sted withstan d ratings, refer t o Appl ication LA3600NW 3 600 600 PB22500N 2 600 2500
Data 29- 1 60, pages 75-76. PB32500N 3 600 2500
tM
LC2600NW 2 600 600
LC3600NW 3 600 600 PCF22000N 600 2000
Further Information
PCF32000N 600 2000
List Prices : Price List 29-020 MA2800NW 2 600 800 PCF22500N 600 2500
Ter m i n a l s : Page 46.2 MA3800NW 3 600 800 PCF32500N 600 2500
MC2800NW 600 800 PC22000NW 600 2000

MC3800NW 600 800 PC32000NW 600 2000
ar
PC22500NW 600 2500
N B 2 1 200N 600 1 200 PC32500NW 3 600 2500
NB31 200N 600 1 200 PC23000N 600 3000
PC33000N 600 3000
NC21 200NW 600 1 200
NC31 200NW 600 1 200
lP
Types DA, E B , E H B, FB, JA, J B, KA, KB, LBB

a n d LB for replacement p u r poses.
See Tech n ical Data 29-1 2 1 .
ca
tri
lec
.E
<t Changed or added since previous issue.

CD Catalog n u m ber suffix letter identification:
N Molded Case Switch ( No overcurrent
w
protection)
W = No terminals
® Molded case switch di mensions are the same

as the equivalent type thermal magnetic
ww
breaker. Refer to Dimension Sheet 29- 1 70 .
@ Most three p o l e u n its u p t o 1 200 a m ps (except

CA) are ava ilable with a Saf-T-Vue® cover.
0 As l i sted on this page and page 46. 2 . (t

om
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 46. 2
.c
Switch No. of Max. Max. Sw1tch No. of Max. Max. Switch No. of Max. Max.
Number eD ® N u m b er eD ® N u mber CD 0
ls
CA2225WK 240 225 MA2800WK 600 800 PBF22000K 600 2000
CA3225WK 3 240 225 MA2800WSK 600 800 PBF32000K 600 2000
MA3800WK 3 600 800
LA2400WK 600 400 MA3800WSK 600 800 PC22000WK 600 2000
LA2400WSK 600 400 PC22500WK 600 2500
ua
LA2600WK 600 600 MC2800WK 600 800 PC23000K 600 3000
LA2600WSK 600 600 MC3800WK 600 800 PC32000WK 600 2000
PC32500WK 3 600 2500
LA3400WK 3 600 400 N B 2 1 200WK 600 1 200 PC33000K 3 600 3000
LA3400WSK 3 600 400 N B 2 1 200WSK 2 600 1 200
LA3600WK 3 600 600 NB31 200WK 3 600 1 200 PCC22000WK 600 2000
LA3600WSK 3 600 600 NB31 200WSK 3 600 1 200 PCC22500WK 600 2500
PCC23000K 2 600 3000
an
LAB2400WK 600 400 NC21 200WK 2 600 1 200 PCC32000WK 3 600 2000
LAB2400WSK 600 400 NC31 200WK 3 600 1 200 PCC32500WK 3 600 2500
LAB3400WK 600 400 PCC33000K 600 3000
LAB3400WSK 600 400 PB22000WK 600 2000
PB22500WK 2 600 2500 PCF22000K 600 2000
LC2600WK 600 600 PB32000WK 3 600 2000 PCF32000K 600 2000
LC3600WK 600 600 PB32500WK 3 600 2500
MCS
Type
Max.
Switch
Amps.
Standard Terminals (Aluminum Body)
Ter m i n a l
Type or
Wire
Type
No. of
Wires
tM
Wire Range
Optional Terminals
Ter m i n a l
Type or
Wire
Type
No. of
Wires
Wire Range
ar
Cat. N o . Cat. N o .
CA 225 TA225CA2 C u AI 1 # 1 -300 MCM
LA400, LAB 400 TA400LA1 Cu AI 1 #4-250 MCM, plus T401 LA Cu 1 #4-250 M C M , plus
3. 0-600 MCM 3.0-600 M C M
lP
LA600, LC600 600 TA600LA Cu AI 2 250 500 MCM T600LA Cu 2 250.500 M C M
MC, MA 800 TA800MA2 Cu. AI 3 3 0-400 MCM T800MA1 Cu 3 3 0-300 M C M

NC, N B 1 200 TA1200N B 1 Cu;AI 4 4 0-500 MCM T1 200NB1 Cu 4 3 0-400 M C M
NC, N B 1 200 TA1 201 N B 1 Cu AI 3 500-750 M C M
ca

PC2500, PCC2500 2500 Style 3 1 5C 9 1 0G03 Rear Bus Connector
PC3000. PCC3000 3000 Rear Bus Connector I n c l u ded 1n Frame
Types DA, EB, E H B , FB, JA. J B , KA, K B , L B B Molded Case Switches With High Magnetic =l'
and LB repl aced b y Series C . :; ·
Trip - Trip Setting And Tolerance@
tri
co
S e e F r a m e Books 29- 1 0 1 , 29- 1 02, 29-1 03. Tolerance (%)
c.
Frame Rating Trip Setting (Amp.)
:;·
CA 225 2250 + 20 c
Types DA, EB, E H B , FB, JA. J B , KA, KB, L B B - 10 (n
and LB f o r replacement pu rposes. �
LA (400) 400 4000 +10
See Technical Data 29-1 2 1 .
lec
LALC 600 6000 + 10

- 0
MAMC 800 8000 + 10

<B Changed o r added since previous issue. - 0
G) Catalog nu mber suffix identificati o n :
K � Molded Case Switch with H i g h Magnetic NB.NC 1 200 1 2000 + 10
.E
Trip ( Fixed Trip Setting) 0

S = Saf-T-Vue cover
W � No term inals PBiPC 2000-3000 1 2000 + 10
- 0
0 Molded case switch di mensions a re the same
as the equivalent thermal magnetic breaker.
Refer to Di mension Sheet 29- 1 70.

w

Pittsb u rg h , Pennsylva n i a , U .S.A. 1 5220
ww
June, 1 988
om
Distri bution a n d Control B u s i n ess U n it 29- 1 20
Pittsburgh, Pen nsy lva n i a , U . S. A. 1 5220 Page 1 5
.c
October, 1 988 Quicklag ® Type QHPX, H BAX, QHCX,
Su persedes Technical Data 29-1 20, 1 00 Amperes, 42,000 Ampe res I . C. A B D E-ION ®
pages 1 5- 1 6, dated Ma rch, 1 981 Ouicklag G ro u nd Fault Breakers,
M a i led to : E , D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Type P and B , 1 5-30 Am peres Circuit Breakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Type QHPX, HBAX, and QHCX Breakers These breakers a re not defi ned in Federal
1 5- 1 00 Am peres, 1 20/240, 240 Volts Ac, 1 a n d 2-Po les, 42,000 Amperes \ . C . Specificat i o n W-C-375b.

rupting Ratings:
an
42,000 Sym .

except as noted.
On a l l 3 phase Delta, G rounded B phase
tM
appl ications, refer to Westing house.
1 Pole QHPX 2 Pole HBAX 2 Pole QHCX Note: A l l Two and Three pole breakers are of
the com m o n trip type .
Continuous CataloJI Nu 111 be� Terminals

ar
Amps. @ 1 Pole@ 2 Poles@
-- -- -
Ter m i n a l s are U n derwriters' Laboratories,
40"C
1-20/240
-
Volts
--
Ac,
-
Max.
-- - --
1 20/240
- -
Volts
--
Ac,-
Max.-- -
Inc. l i sted as suitable for the wire type and
size l i sted below. When used with a l u m i n u m
Type QHPX Plug-in Breakers (Discount Symbol CB- 1 )
conductors, u s e j o i nt compo u n d .
15 OHPX 1 0 1 5 C5l OHPX20 1 5
lP
20 OHPX1 020® OHPX2020

25 QHPX 1 025 OHPX2025 QHPX: Ter m i n a ls on l oad s i d e o nly; l i n e ter
30 QHPX 1 030 OH PX2030 m i nals are plug-in fe male cla m ps which c l i p
35 OHPX1 035 OH PX2035 on b u s stab.
40 OHPX 1 040 QHPX2040
45 OH PX 1 045 OH PX 2045
ca
50 OHPX1 050 OHPX2050 HBAX: Term i n als on l oad side only; l i ne ter
55 OHPX 1 055 OHPX2055 m i n a l s are extended tang which bolts di rectly
60 OHPX1 060 OHPX2060
to bus.
70 OHPX1 070 OHPX2070
80 .......... OH PX2080
90 .......... OHPX2090 QHCX : Ter m i n a l s on line a n d load ends.
1 00 .. .. .. . ... OHPX 2 1 00
tri
Type HBAX Bolt-on Breakers (Discount Symbol CB-2) Breaker Te rminal Type Wire Ra nge
15 H BAX 1 0 1 5 0l HBAX20 1 5 Amps and Type
20 HBAX 1 020® HBAX2020
30 HBAX1 030 HBAX2030 5-30 Pressure Type # 1 4-#8 Cu/AI
lec
35 HBAX1035 HBAX2035 35-70 Pressure Type # 1 4-#4 Cu/AI

40 H BAX1 040 HBAX2040 90- 1 00 Pressure Type #8 1 /0 Cu /AI
45 HBAX1045 HBAX2045
50 HBAX 1 050 H BAX2050 TypeQHCX
55 HBAX 1 055 HBAX2055 1 0-20 Binding Screw # 1 4- # 1 0 Cu/AI
60 HBAX1 060 HBAX2060 30 Pressure Type # 1 4-#8 Cu/AI
70 HBAX 1 070 HBAX2070 35-50 Pressure Type # 1 4-#4 Cu /AI
80 HBAX2080 55-70 Pressure Type #8-#2 Cu/AI
90 H BAX2090 80- 1 00 Pressure Type #6-# 1 Cu/AI
.E
100 HBAX 2 1 00
Type QHCX Bolt-on Breakers (Discount Symbol CB-2) For Special Calibrations and Accessories, see
15 OHCX 1 0 1 5 ® OHCX20 1 5 Page 1 6.
20 OHCX 1 020® OHCX2020
25 0HCX 1 025 0HCX2025 List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB- 1 ,
30 OHCX 1 030 OHCX2030
35 QHCX 1 035 OHCX2035 CB-2
40 0HCX1 040 OH CX2040
45 OHCX1 045 OHCX2045 ® Not l1sted w1th Underwnters' Laboratories, Inc.
50 QHCX1 050 QHCX2050
w
® Packaged: 24 in single carton, 144 1n master; approx. s h 1 p

55 OHCX 1 055 0HCX2055 wt . : 7 1 bs. a n d 46 1bs. respectrvely.
60 0HCX1 060 0HCX2060 ® Packaged: 1 2 1n s i n g l e carton, 7 2 i n master; approx. s h 1 p
70 OHCX 1 07 0 OHCX2070 wt . : 9 1 bs. a n d 58 1 bs. respectrvely.
80 0HCX2080 ® Switching duty rated for 1 20 volt Ac fluorescent l 1 g ht ap
ww
90 OHCX2090 plications only.

1 00 OHCX21 00
Tec h n i ca l Data
om
29- 1 20
Page 1 6
.c
Type QHPX, HBAX, QHCX Breakers, Continued Quicklag Ground Fault Circuit Breakers,
Types P a n d B, 1 5-30 A mperes, 1 20 Volts Ac, 1 Pol e ;
Special ca l i bration price additions apply to a m pere rati ngs not li sted ,----- ----
--- -- ----- -----�
as sta ndard, or for a m bients other t h a n 40oC or 50°C. Also price addi
ls
tions a pply to specific cali brati ons for freq uencies other t h a n 0-60
Hertz Ac circu its. See Application Data 29- 1 60 for information rega rd
ing special co nditions.
Type of Calibration _
ua
list Price Addition (CB-2 Disc.) _____
1-49 Identical Units 50 or More Identical Units
Thermal Add 20% t o list Price None
Frequency None
an
Breaker Accessories ( S e e DB 29- 1 50 for Descri pti on)
(Apply to QPH, QH PX, QBH, HBAX, QC H a n d OHCX Breakers.

Dummy Breakers
QPH, QHPX . . 2600D7 1G09
QBH, HBAX . . . . . . . 2600D81 G 09
QCH, QHCX . .
Moisture-Fungus Treatment - Refer to PL 29-020
1 Pole
......... ...
Handle Tie I 1 Pole O�ly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2, 3 Po . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pad lock Attachment (Removable-1 pole Breakers Only)
... ... .
. . 2604D91G15
. . 133A633G01
. . 1 256C42G02
. . 1 256C42GO 1
. . 208B831G02
tM
ar
Padlock Device (Non-removable per California Code)
1, 2, 3 Pole Breakers - QPH, QBH, QHPX, HBAX . . . . 1 256C41 G01
1 , 2, 3 Pole Breakers - QCH, QHCX . . . . 750B21 1 G01
Face Mounting Plate (QCH, OHCX)
1 Pole . . . . . . . . 1258C07G01
2 Poles ............. . . . 1 265C83G02 Sensitivity: 5 M i l l i a m ps or g reater.
lP
3 Poles .......... ................ . 1 265C83G03

Base Mounting Clamp (OCH, OHCX - 2 Required) . . K82216 Westi n g h ouse Quicklag G r o u n d Fa u lt circuit breakers are UL l i sted as
Base Mounting Plate (OCH, OHCX - 6 Poles) . . . . . . . . . 207B513G01 Class A, Group 1 , ground fault circuit inte rrupters.
Quicklag G r o u n d Fau lt circuit breakers a re 1 or 2 pole, t h ermal m ag ne
tic circ u it breakers , which incorporate a sol id state gro u nd fa ult sens
ca
Description _______Style Number

__
--------
-
ing circuit to detect ground fa u lt cu rrent. Ava i l a b l e as p l u g - i n (Type P)
--
-·-
or bolt-on ( Type B) desi g n , they are i nterch a n geable in l o a d centers
Number Tabs, 1-42, Gum-Backed
-
622B630H01 and panel boards with sta nda rd Westi n ghouse Type P p l u g - i n , a n d
ON Button, Black on White K-72641
OFF Button, Black on White K-72642 Type B bolt-on Quicklag circuit breakers.
Branch Breaker Connector Tube K-82217 Quicklag G ro u nd Fault circuit breakers a re normally u sed in
tri
List Prices: S e e Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2, CB 3 - loadcenters or panel boards to protect s m a l l branch circuits i n residen
tial, co m mercial or i n d u strial applications. They function to protect
h u ma n s fro m g round fa u lts of 5 m i l l i a mperes or g reater, as we l l as
normal circuit protection provi d i n g i nverse t i m e ove rload a n d i nstan
lec
ta neous s h o rt circuit protection.

Typical applications i n c l u d e protection a g a i nst g round fault hazards
in circu its near swi m m i ng pools and outdoor receptacles for which
the N E C req u i res protection of h u ma n l ife a g a i n st g ro u n d fa u lts. (Ref
erence N EC a rticles 680-3 1 , 680-20, 680-6, 555-3, a n d 21 0-8.)

__ _ Catalog Numbers
uous lts___
_vo- _ _ 2 Poles.120/240Volts
.E
1P018.12o _
�� e;e
TypeP __ Types ---- - Type----p- ---Type_B___
_____P I_
i
_
u"'-g-_i _n Bolt-on Plug-in Bolt-on
10,000 Amperes I. C. (Discount Symbol CB-3)
15 OPGF1 015 OBGF1015 OPGF201 5 OBGF201 5
20 QPGF1 020 OBGF1020 OPGF2020 OBGF2020
25 QPGF1025 OBGF1025 OPGF2025 OBGF2025
30 QPGF1 030 OBGF1030 OPGF2030 OBGF2030
w
22,000 Amperes I.C. (Discount Symbol CB-3)

15 OPHGF1015 OBHGF1015 OPHGF201 5 OBHGF2015
20 OPHGF1020 OBHG F1 020 OPHGF2020 OBHGF2020
25 OPHGF1025 OBHGF1025 OPHGF2025 OBHGF2025
30 OPHGF1030 OBHGF1 030 OPHGF2030 OBHGF2030
ww
West i n g house E l ectric Corporation

Pitts b u rg h , Pennsylva n i a, U .S.A. 1 5220 October, 1 988
om
Distribution a n d Control Busi n ess Unit 29-1 20
Pittsburgh, Pennsy lvania, U . S .A. 1 5220 Page 46. 1
.c
October, 1 988 M olded Case Switches
Supersedes Techn ical Data 29-1 20, H i g h Mag netic Tri p Type ( Fixed Trip Setting ) AB D E-IO N ®
pages 46. 1 -46.2, dated J u ne, 1 988
M a i led to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, C i rc u it B reakers
31 -500A
ls
ua
Switch No. of Max. Max. Switch No. of Max. Max. Switch No. of Max. Max.
Number (}) @ N u m be r CD @ N u m be r CD ®
an
CA2225WK 2 240 225 MA2800WK 600 800 PBF22000K 600 2000
CA3225WK 3 240 225 MA2800WSK 2 600 800 PBF32000K 600 2000
MA3800WK 3 600 800
LA2400WK 600 400 MA3800WSK 3 600 800 PC22000WK 600 2000
LA2400WSK 600 400 PC22500WK 600 2500
LA2600WK 600 600 MC2800WK 600 800 PC23000K 600 3000
LA2600WSK 600 600 MC3800WK 3 600 800 PC32000WK 3 600 2000
tM
PC32500WK 3 600 2500
LA3400WK 3 600 400 N B 2 1 200WK 600 1 200 PC33000K 3 600 3000
LA3400WSK 600 400 N B 2 1 200WSK 600 1 200
LA3600WK 3 600 600 NB31 200WK 600 1 200 PCC22000WK 2 600 2000
LA3600WS K 3 600 600 NB31 200WSK 600 1 200 PCC22500WK 2 600 2500
PCC23000K 2 600 3000
LAB2400WK 600 400 NC21 200WK 2 600 1 200 PCC32000WK 3 600 2000
LAB2400WSK 2 600 400 NC31 200WK 3 600 1 200 PCC32500WK 3 600 2500
ar
LAB3400WK 3 600 400 PCC33000K 3 600 3000
LAB3400WSK 600 400 PB22000WK 600 2000
PB22500WK 600 2500 PCF22000K 600 2000
LC2600WK 600 600 PB32000WK 600 2000 PCF32000K 600 2000
LC3600WK 600 600 PB32500WK 3 600 2500
lP
MCS Max. Standard Terminals ( A lu mi nu m Body) Optional Terminals

Type Switch
Terminal W1re No. of W1re Range Terminal W1re N o . of Wire Range
ca
Amps.
Type o r Type W1res Type or Type Wires
Cat. No. Cat. No.
CA 225 TA225CA2 Cu AI 1 # 1 -300 M C M
LA400, LAB 400 TA400LA1 Cu AI 1 #4-250 MCM, plus T40 1 LA Cu 1 #4-250 MCM, p l u s
3 0-600 MCM 3 0-600 MCM
tri
LA600, LC600 600 TA600LA Cu AI 2 250 500 MCM T600LA Cu 2 250 500 MCM
MC, MA 800 TA800MA2 Cu AI 3 3 0-400 MCM T800MA1 Cu 3 3 0-300 MCM

NC, N B 1 200 TA1 200NB1 C u AI 4 4 0-500 MCM T1 200NB1 Cu 4 3 0-400 MCM
N C , NB 1 200 TA1201 N B 1 Cu AI 3 500-750 MCM
lec

PC2500, PCC2500 2500 Style 31 5C910G03 Rear Bus Con nector
PC3000, PCC3000 3000 Rear Bus Connector Included in Frame
Molded Case Switches@ Molded Case Switches With High Mag netic Types DA, E B , E H B, FB, JA, J B , KA, KB, LBB
Molded Case Switches are Underwriters' Trip - Trip Setting And Tolerance and LB replaced by Series C.
Laboratories, Inc. l i sted devices and are Tolerance (0,::,) See Frame Books 29-1 0 1 , 29-1 02, 29- 1 03.
.E
Frame Rating
- - - -Trip
-- Setting (Amp. )
-- - - --
avai lable only as h i g h mag netic trip type CA 225 2250 c 20
with fixed trip sett i n g . - 10 Types DA, E B , EHB, FB, JA, J B, KA, KB, LBB
and LB for repl acement pu rposes.
L A (400) 400 4000 4 10
F o r appl ication i nformation a n d U L I nc. 0
See Tech n ical Data 29-1 2 1 .
l isted withsta nd ratings, refer to App l i cation
Data 29- 1 60, pages 75-76. LA LC 600 6000 �1o
0 C!l Changed or added since previous issue.
G) Catalog n u m ber suffix identificatio n :
Further Information
w
M A MC 800 8000 T 10 K = Molded Case Switch with H i g h Magnetic

List Prices : Price List 29-020 Disc. Symbol 0 Trip ( Fixed Trip Setting)
CB-2 S = Saf-T-Vue cover
NB N C 1 200 1 2000 4 10 W = No terminals
0
ww
® Molded case switch dimensions are the same

PB PC 2000-3000 1 2000 I 10 as the equivalent thermal magnetic breaker.
0 Refer to D i mension Sheet 29-170.
om
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 46.2
.c
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E

w
Distribution and Control B u s iness Un it

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvan i a , U .S.A. 1 5220
ww
October, 1 988
om
Westi n g house E l ectric Corporation Technical Data
Low Voltage Breaker Division 29-1 20
Beaver, Pa. 1 5009
Page 1
.c
October, 1 976 For Lighti ng, D istribution and Power Circu its ®
Supersedes 29-1 20 T WE A, pages 1 -2, AB DE- ION
dated October, 1 975, a nd 29- 1 21 T WE A,
pages 1 -2, dated October, 1 97 5 Circuit Breakers
M ailed to: E , D, C/1 901 , 1 903, 1 928/ P L
ls
ua
All Westi nghouse molded case circuit breakers parts, and if properly used with Westinghouse Index
are built to meet requirements of N E M A AB De-ion circuit breakers, will enable the Breaker Page N u m b e rs
Standard A B - 1 - 1 975. user to maintain Underwriters' Laboratories Selection Ordering
standards. These panelboard parts are avail- G uide Date
an
O r d e r i n g I nformation able to original equipment manufacturers only.
A B De-ion® circuit breakers are to be order- They are not for use as replacement parts. Standard B reakers
ed as follows: 1 00 a n d 1 50 Amperes
Replacement parts for Westing house panel -
Quicklag P, C 2 11
boards should be selected and ordered from
F i xe d T r i p B reakers Quicklag Q P H , Q B H ,
Renewal Parts Price List 1 20 or n egotiated
Order complete breaker or complete break- QCH 2 13
with Distribution Equipment Division, St.
tM
er less terminals plus required termi n a ls. Quicklag G rd Fault 2 14
Louis, M issouri.
Type BA 3 16
I nt e rchangeable T r i p B reakers F u r t h e r I nformation Type E B , E H B, F B 3 17
Order frame, trip unit and terminals. AB D e - i o n ® C i rc u i t B reakers 225 A mperes
Price List 29-020 P WE A Type CA, CAH 2 15
When Ordering, Specify: Descriptive B u lletin 29- 1 50 Type JA, KA 7 33, 34
ar
Catalog N u m ber or Style N u m ber, Quantity Application Data 29- 1 60 250 Amperes
D imension Sheet 29- 1 70 Type JB, KB 3 1 9, 20
List P rices 400 A m pe res
To obtain list price of breakers, modifications Obsolet e B reaker G u i d e Type DA 3 15
and accessories, locate style or catalog n u m - Listed below is a tabulation o f AB D E - I O N ® Type LB, L B B 4 21 , 22
lP
ber from appropriate page o f Technical Data circuit breakers made obsolete b y t h e devel- Type LAB, LA 7 35, 36
and refer to Price List 29-020 P WE A. opment of a full range of modern, electrically 600 A mperes
equivalent breakers. These obsolete breakers Type LA 4 24
Where mounting hardware is desired, specify are not available and are listed only as a g uide 800 A m pe res
quantity and style n umber. No charge when to the equivalent modern breaker. Type MA 7 38
ca
ordered with complete breaker. Equivalent M od e r n

Type M C 4 25
Obsolete B reakers
Amperes Replacement 1 200 A m p e res
Frame
If breakers are to be modified, order "similar Breakers Type N B 7 39
to" a standard catalog n u m ber, and describe Frame 29-1 20 Type N C 4 26
the special features desired. T WE A
3000 A mperes
Page
tri
Type PB 7 41
Available accessories are listed beginning on Type PC, PCC 4 27, 28
page 43. In some cases, accessories are l isted QCC 1 25- 225 CA 15
EA 5- 1 00 EB 17 M a rk 75® B reakers
for sale in qua ntity lots. I n these instances, E 5- 1 00 EB 17
order item i n quantity lots indicated. EH 1 0- 1 00 EHB 17 30 Amperes
11
lec
F 5- 1 00 FB 17 Quicklag H P, HC 5
M i n i m u m Quantities: For a basic part or Type H BA 5 16
FA 1 0- 1 50 FB 17 1 50 Amperes
common part as shown on i ndividual breaker G 40- 1 00 FB 17
pages, minimum ordering qua ntities are l isted. J 80- 225 JB 19 Type H F B 5 17
JK 70- 225 KB 20 225 A m peres
K 70- 225 KB 20 Type H KA 8 34
M o l d e d Case Switches ( N o n - Automatic
B reakers) KL 1 25- 400 LB 22 250 A m p e res
.E
Due to an Underwriters' Laboratories, I nc. LM 600 MA 38 Type H KB 5 20

directive, breakers formerly identified as
LM 800 MA 38 400 a n d 600 A m p e res
LM 1 000 NB 39 Type H LB 5 22
non-automatic are now called M olded Case 1 200 39
Switches ( M CS ) . All breakers formerly
LM NB
Type H LA 400 8 36
identified by NA, N o n -auto or N o n - Automatic HF 1 5- 50 H FB 17 Type H LA 600 6 24
HF 70- 1 00 HFB 17 800 Amperes
in selection tables, now have the letters M CS H FA 1 0- 1 50 H FB 17
after the contin uous ampere rating or under Type H MA 8 38
HK 70- 225 H KB 20
M agnetic Trip Setting. H KL 1 25- 400 H LB 22 Type H M C 6 25
w
H LM 1 25- 600 H MA 38 1 200 A m pe res

H LM 700- 800 HMA 38 Type H N B 8 39
Panelboard Co n n ecting S traps H LM 900-1 200 HNB 39
Type H N C 6 26
Conditions: The purchaser does not auto-
matically secure U nderwriters' approval TR I - PAC@ F 1 5- 1 00 TR I - PAC FB 29 T R I - PAC® B reakers
ww
TR I - PAC FA 1 5- 1 00 TR I - PAC FB 29 29
simply by incorporating these parts i nto his T R I - PAC K 70- 225 T R I - PAC LA 30 1 00 A m p . Type F B 6
panelboards. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. TR I - PAC KL 1 25- 400 T R I - PAC LA 30 400 A m p . Type LA 6 30
list certain requirements that the man ufac- T R I - PAC L 1 25- 600 TR I - PAC N B 31 800 A m p . Type N B 6 31
turers' product must meet; therefore, sepa- P1 10- 50 Quicklag@C <D 1 600 A m p . Type PB 6 32
PT 1 0- 50 ALB-1
rate approval must be obtained. However, ( Ref. 29-220 M odifications,
these panel board parts are adequate to meet T WE A) Accessories, Motor
U n derwriters' specifications as component <D Shock Tested type. Operators 43-52 4 3 - 52
om
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 2
.c
S t a n d a rd B reaker S e l ection G u i de
Quicklag @ P . QPH Qui ckl a g @ Q B H Quickl a g @ C, Q C H Quicklag @ G ro u n d CA CAH
Fault
ls
ua
1 , 2 , 3 Poles 1 , 2, 3 Poles 1 , 2 , 3 Poles 1. 2 Poles 2, 3 Poles 2 , 3 Poles
an
1 0- 1 00 Amps 1 0- 1 00 Amps 1 0- 1 00 Amps 1 5-30 A mps 1 25-225 Amps 1 25-225 Am ps
@40'C @40'C @40'C @40'C @40'C @40'C
w
3
D
2%
Ac Ratings I. C. Ratings Shown

H
3
w
3
1 0,000
D
2%
H
3%
w
3
are Symmetrical(j); Ratings Shown 1 0,000

tM H
33;16
W
1
D
2%
( O n e Pole)
are Asymmetrical
H
6Y,
-- ----·------
w
4Ya
H
6Y,
w
4Ya
ar
1 20/240, 240 Volts Max. 1 20/240, 240 Volts Max. 1 20/240, 240 Volts Max. 1 20/240 Volts Max. 240 Volts Max. 240 Volts Max.
Amps I . C . Amps I . C. Amps I . C . Amps I . C . Amps I . C . Amps I. C.
1 20/240 Volts: 1 20/240 Volts: 1 20/240 Volts: 1 20 Volts 1 0,000 and 1 0,000 22,000 a n d 25,000 �-
1 0,000 a n d 25,000 25,000 1 0,000 and 25,000 1 0,000 and 25,000
1 20/240 Volts: 1 20/240 Volts: 1 20/240 Volts: 1 20 Volts
lP
1 0,000 and 22.000 22.000 1 0,000 and 22,000 1 0,000 and 22,000
240 Volts: 1 0,000 and 1 0,000 240 Volts: 25,000 240 Volts: 1 0,000 a n d 1 0,000 1 20/240 Volts:
or 25,000 a n d 22,000 and 22,000 or 25,000 a n d 22,000 1 0,000 and 1 0,000
De Ratin g (j)
---- ·----- .---
ca
Accessories a n d M o d ifications See Pages 43-52 for Description and U n derwriters' Laboratories, I nc . Status
tri
Moisture- Fungus Moisture - F u n g u s Moisture - F u n g u s Moisture- Fu n g us Moisture- Fungus Moisture- Fungus

Treatment Treatment Treatment Treatment Treatment Treatment
H a n d le Lock Device H a nd l e Lock Devices H a n d l e Lock Devices H a ndle Lock Devices H a n d le Lock Devices
lec
<D U nderwriters' Laboratories, I n c. listed.

.E
Westi n g h o use El ectric C o r p o ration

w
Low Voltage Breaker D ivision

Beaver, Pa. 1 5009
ww
Westi nghouse Electric Corporation Tech n ical Data
om
Beaver, Pa. 1 5009
Page 1
.c
October, 1 981 For Lighting, Distribution and Power Ci rcuits
Supersedes Tech nical Data 29- 1 20, pages 1 -2, AB DE-ION®
dated April , 1 980
Mailed to : E , D, C/1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circu it Breakers
ls
All West i n g h ouse m o l ded case ci rcuit break- parts, and if properly used with Westing- Index
ua
ers a re built to meet req u i re m ents of N EMA house AB De-ion ci rcuit breakers, w i l l enable Breaker _ j!l!_lll_u_f1lb_l!�----
Pa
Sta ndard AB- 1 - 1 975. the user to m a i nt a i n Underwriters' La borato- Selection Ordering
ries sta n d a rds. These pa n el board pa rts are G u i de
--- ----------------------- - ----
Data
-
Ordering Information ava i l a ble to original e q u i pment m a n ufac- Standard Breakers
AB De-io n ® circuit breakers are to be ordered tu rers only. They are not for use as replace- 100and 150 Amperes
as fol lows: ment parts. Quicklag HOP, QC 2 12
an
Quicklag QPHW, OBHW, 2 14
OCHW
Fixed Trip Breakers Replacement pa rts for West i n g h ouse panel- Quicklag QHPX, HBAX, 2 15
Order co mp lete breaker or complete boards should be selected and ordered from QHCX
breaker less term i n a l s plus req u i red termi- Renewa l Parts Price List 1 20 o r negotiated Quicklag Grd. Fault 2 16
Type BA, BAB 3 18
nals. with Dist ri bution Equ i p m ent Divisi o n , St.
�
Type E B , E H B , FB 3 19
Louis, M issouri.
tM
T e LC 4 27
Intercha ngeable Trip Breakers 225 mperes
Type CA, CAH, HCA 2 17
Order fra me, trip u n it a n d term i n a l s . Further Information Type JA, KA 8 39.40
AB De-ion ® Circuit Breakers 250 Amperes
When Ordering, Specify: Price List 29-020 Type JB, KB 3 21 ,22
Descriptive B u l letin 29- 1 50 300 Amperes
Catalog N u m ber or Style N u mber, Quantity Type LC 27
4
ar
Appl ication Data 29- 1 60 400 Amperes
List Prices Dimension Sheet 29- 1 70 Type DA 3 17
To obta i n list price of breake rs, mod ifications Type LBB, LB 4 23,24
Type LAB, LA 8 41 .42
and accessories, l ocate style or cata log Obsolete Breaker Guide 600 Amperes
nu m ber from appropriate page of Tech nical Listed below is a tabulation of AB De-i on ® Type LA 4 26
lP
Data and refe r to Price List 29-020. c i rcuit breakers made obsolete by the devel- Type LC 4 27
opment of a ful l ra nge of modern, electrically BOO Amperes
�
Type MA 8 44
Where mounti n g h a rdwa re is desired, s pecify equiva le nt breakers. These obsolete breakers T pe MC 4 29
quantity a n d style n u m ber. No ch arge when a re not ava i l a ble and are l i sted only as a 120 Amperes
ordered with com p l ete breaker. g u ide to the equival ent modern breaker. Type N B 8 45
ca
Type NC 4 30
2500 Amperes$
If breakers are to be modified, order "si m i l a r Obsolete Breakers Equivalent Modern
- ---- Replacement
Type PB 8 47
to" a sta ndard cata log n u m ber, a n d describe Frame Amperes 3000 Amperes$
Breakers
----- Type PC, PCC 31
4
the special features desired. Frame 23- 1 20
__ Page MARK 75 ® Breakers
tri
Ava i l a b l e accessories are l isted beg i n n i ng on 30Amperes

QCC 1 25- 225 CA 17 Quicklag QHPW, OHCW 5 12
page 49. I n some cases, accessories are listed
�
EA 5- 1 00 EB 19 Type HBA 5 18
for sale in quantity l ots. In these i nstances, E 5- 1 00 EB 19 150 Am eres
order item i n q u a nt i t y l ots i ndicated. EH 1 0- 1 00 EHB 19 Type FB 5 19
F 5 1 00 FB 19 Type H LC 4 27
lec
225Amperes
Minimum Quantities: For a basic p a rt or FA 1 0- 1 50 FB 19 Type HKA 9 40
common part as shown on i ndivi d u a l breaker
�
G 40- 1 00 FB 19 250Amperes
pages, m i n i m u m ordering q ua ntities a re j 80- 225 JB 21 T e HKB 5 22
JK 70- 225 KB 22 300 mperes
l isted. K 70- 225 KB 22 Type HLC 4 27
400 and 600 Amperes
Molded Case Switches ( Non-Automatic KL 1 2 5- 400 LB 24 Type HLB 5 24
Breakers) LM 600 MA 44 Type HLA400 9 42
44
.E
LM 800 MA Type HLA600 6 26

Due to an U n d e rwriters' Laboratories, Inc. di- LM 1 000 NB 45 Type HLC 6 27
rective, breakers formerly identified as non- LM 1 200 NB 45 800 Amperes
automatic a re now cal led M o l ded Case Type HMA 9 44
HF 1 5- 50 HFB 19 Type HMC 6 29
Switches ( M CS). All breakers formerly iden- HFB 19
HF 70- 1 00 1200 Amperes
tified by NA, N o n-auto or Non-Automatic in HFA 1 0- 1 50 HFB 19 Type H N B 9 45
selection tables, now have t h e letters M C S HK 70- 225 HKB 22 Type HNC 6 30
after the conti nuous a m pere rati n g or under HKL 1 25- 400 HLB 24
H LM 1 25- 600 HMA 44 Current Limit-R-Breakers
Mag netic Trip Setti ng.
w
HLM 700- 800 H MA 44 FCL 7 33

HLM 800-1 200 HNB 45 LCL 7 34
Panel board Connecting Stmps
TRI -PAClE F 1 5- 1 00 TRI-PAC FB 35 TRI-PAC® Breakers
Conditions: The p u rchaser does not automat- TRI -PAC FB 35
TRI-PAC FA 1 5- 1 00 1 00 Amp. Type FB 7 35
io l l y secure U n derwriters' ap proval s i m p ly
ww
TRI-PAC K 70- 225 TRI -PAC LA 36 400 Amp. Type LA 7 36

by i ncorporati ng these pa rts i nto his pa nel- TR! -PAC K L 1 25- 400 TRI -PAC LA 36 800 Amp. Type N B 7 37
boards. U n derwriters' Laboratories, Inc. l i st TRI-PAC L 1 25- 600 TRI-PAC NB 37 1 600 Amp. Type PB 7 38
P1 1 0- 50 O u icklag @ C (j)
certain req u i rements that the man ufact u rers' PT 1 0- 50 ALB-1 Modifications Accessories, 49-58 49-58
product must meet; therefore, separate ap- ( R ef. TD Motor Operators
proval must be obtai ned. However, thes8 29-220)
panel board pa rts a re adequ ate to meet Un- (8 Changed smce previous 1ssue.
G) Shock Tested type.
d e rwriters' specifications as compo nent
Tech nical Data
om
29-120
Page 2
.c
HOP, QPHW, QHPX QBHW, HBAX OC, OCHW, OHCX Ouicklag ® Ground CA, CAH, HCA
Fault
ls
ua
an
1, 2, 3 Poles 1, 2, 3 Poles 1 , 2, 3 Poles 1 , 2 Poles 2, 3 Poles
10-125 Amps 10-100 Amps 10-100Amps 1 5-30 Amps 125-225 Amps
tM
@40°C @40°C @400C @400C @40°C

ar
H W D H W D H w D H W D H w D
215hs 3 2% 25hs 3 2% 3% 3 27hs 33hs 1 2 ¥a 6% 4'/s 211hs
(One
Pole)
lP
Ac Ratings I. C. Ratings Shown 10,000 are Symmetrical CD; Ratings Shown 1 0,000 are Asymmetrical
1 20/240, 240 Volts Max. 1 20/240, 240 Volts Max. 1 20/240, 240 Volts Max. 1 20/240 Volts Max. 240 Volts Max.
Amps I. C. Amps I . C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C.
1 20/240 Volts: 1 20/240 Volts: 1 20/240 Volts: 1 20 Volts CA: 1 0,000 and 1 0,000
1 0,000, 25,000 and 50,000 25,000 and 50,000 1 0,000, 25,000 and 50,000 1 0,000 and 25,000 CAH : 25,000 and 22,000
ca
1 20/240 Volts: 1 20/240 Volts: 1 20/240 Volts: 1 20 Volts HCA: 50,000 and 42,000
1 0,000, 22,000 and 42,000 22,000 and 42,000 1 0,000, 22,000 and 42,000 10,000 and 22,000
240 Volts: 1 0,000 and 1 0,000, 240 Volts: 25,000 and 50,000 240 Volts: 1 0,000 and 1 0,000, 1 20/240 Volts:
25,000 and 22,000 or 22,000 and 42,000 25,000 and 22,000 or 1 0,000 and 1 0,000
50,000 and 42,000 50,000 and 42,000
tri
Dc RatingCD
lec
Accessories and Modificiitions See Pages 49-58 for Description and Und erwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Status
Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus

Treatment Treatment Treatment Treatment Treatment
Handle Lock Device H a ndle Lock Devices Ha ndle Lock Devices Handle Lock Devices

.E
Westi n g ho u se Electric Corporation

w
Low Voltage B reaker Division

Beaver, Pa. 1 5009
ww
om
Low Voltage Breaker Division 29- 1 20
Beaver, Pa. 1 5009
Page 3
.c
October, 1 981 For Li ghtin g , Distribution and Power Ci rcuits
Supersedes Tec h n ica l Data 29- 1 20 T WE A, AB DE-ION®
pages 3-4, dated Apri l , 1 980.
Mailed to: E, D, C/ 1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
DA BA, BAB EB EHB FB JB, KB
an
tM
ar
2, 3 Poles @ 1, 2, 3 Poles 1, 2, 3 Poles 1 , 2, 3 Poles 2, 3 Poles 2, 3 Poles@
250-400 Amps 15-100Amps 15-100 Amps 15-100Amps 15-150 Amps 70-250 Amps
@40°C @40°C @40°C @40°C @40°C @40°C

lP
H W D H W D H W D H W D H W D H W D
1 0!9 5'/, 41 11 6 3 3 2% 6 4!9 3% 6 4!9 3% 6 4!9 3% 10 4!9 41! 1 6
Ac Ratings I. C. Ratings Shown 18,000 are Symmetrical ®; Ratings Shown 20,000 are Asymmetrical
ca
240 Volts Max. 1 20/240, 240, 277 1 20, 240 Volts Max. 277, 480 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max.
Amps I. C. Volts Max. Amps I . C. Amps I . C. Amps I . C. Amps I . C.
25,000 and 22,000 Amps I . C. 1 20 Volts: 1 0,000 240 Volts: 20,000 240 Volts: 20,000 240 Volts: 30,000
1 20/240 Volts: and 10,000 and 1 8,000 and 1 8,000 and 25,000
1 0,000 and 10,000 240 Volts: 1 0,000 480 Volts: 1 5,000 480 Volts: 1 5,000 480 Volts: 25,000
240 Volts: 1 0,000 and 10,000 and 14,000 a nd 14,000 and 22.000
and 10,000 277 Volts: 1 5,000 600 Volts: 1 5,000 600 Volts: 1 5,000(9
tri
277 Volts: 1 0,000 and 1 4,000 and 14,000 and 14,000(9

and 10,000
De Ratings_®
lec
250 Volts 1 25, 1 25/250 Volts 1 25, 250 Volts 250 Volts 250 Volts
1 0,000 Amps I. C. 5,000 Amps I. C. 1 0,000 Amps I. C. 1 0,000 Amps I. C. 1 0,000 Amps I. C.
Accessori!s_and Modifications See Pages 49-58 for Description and U n derwriters' Labo.c_r.::
at.:.:occ
: r:.::
iec::sc_
, '-'
l n:.::cc_
. .::
S-=:
ta::_:tcc: s____________
u.::_
Shunt Trip Moisture-Fungus Shunt Trip S h u nt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip
U ndervoltage Trip Treatment Auxili ary Switch Auxiliary Switch Undervoltage Trip U ndervoltage Trip
Auxiliary Switch Han dle Lock Devices Mechanical Interlock Alarm Switch Auxili ary Switch Auxiliary Switch
.E
Alarm Switch Center Studs Mechanical Interlock Alarm Switch Alarm Switch
Mechanical Interlock Rear Connecting Studs Center Studs Mechanical Interlock Mechanica l Interlock
Center Studs Moisture-Fungus Rear Connecting Studs Field Discharge Contact Center Studs
Rear Connecting Studs Treatment Mo isture-Fungus Center Studs Rear Connecting Studs
Ground Current L i m iter Motor Operator Treatment Rear Connecting Studs Ground Current Limiter
Moisture-Fu ngus Enclosure Handle Mech. Motor Operator Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus
Treatment Parallel Connections Enclosure Handle Mech. Treatment Treat ment
Motor Operator Handle Lock Devices Pa rallel Connections Motor Operator Motor Operator
Enclosure Han dle Mec h . Un dervoltage Trip Ha ndle Lock Devices Enclosure Handle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech .
Parallel Connections Alarm Switch U n dervoltage Trip Parallel Connections Parallel Con nections
w
Handle Lock Devices Handle Lock Devices Handle Lock Devices
CD Not Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.

® Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.
@ 2-pole unit supplied i n 3-pole frame.
ww
CB Changed since previous issue.

om
Technical Data
29-120
Page 4
.c
LB, LBB LA 600 LC MC NC PC, PCC
ls
ua
an
2, 3 Pole ® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles ® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles®
70-400 Amps 250-600 Amps 75-600 Amps 400-800 Amps 800-1200 Amps 1 000-3000 Amps
@40"C @40"C
tM
H W D H W D H W D H w D H w D H W D
1 0Ya 5% 4 1 /1 6 1 0% 8'!. 41 11 s 1 O'Y. 8'!. 4111 s 16 8'!. 4 1 11 s 16 8'!. 5% 22V. 1 2 1 hs 9 1 11 s
Ac Ratings I. C. Ratings Shown 42,000 are Symmetrical <D; Ratings Shown 50,000 are Asymmetrical
ar
Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I . C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I . C.
240 Volts: 50,000 240 Volts: 50,000 240 Volts: 50,000 240 Volts: 50,000 240 Volts: 50,000 240 Volts: 1 50,000
and 42,000 and 42,000 and 42,000 and 42,000 and 42,000 and 1 25,000
480 Volts: 35,000 480 Volts: 35,000 480 Volts: 35,000 480 Volts: 35,000 480 Volts 35,000 480 Volts: 1 1 5,000
lP
600 Volts: 25,000 600 Volts: 25,000 600 Volts: 25,000 600 Volts: 25,000 600 Volts: 25,000 600 Volts: 1 1 5,000
De Ratings(])
ca
250 Volts 250 Volts

20,000 Amps I. C . ® 20,000 Amps I. C. ®
Accessories and Modifications See Pages 49-58 for Description and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Status
Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip S h u nt Trip Shunt Trip Drawout Frame
tri
Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxili ary Switch S h u nt Trip
Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switch
Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Alarm Switch
Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Mechanical Interlock
Center Studs Center Studs Moisture- F u ngus Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fu ngus Moisture-Fungus
Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Treatment Treatment Treatment Treatment
lec
Ground Current Limiter Moisture-Fungus Enclosure Handle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech.
Moisture-Fungus Treatment
Treatment Motor Operator
Motor Operator Enclosure Handle Mech.
Enclosu re Handle Mech . Handle Lock Devices
Handle Lock Devices
CD U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.

.E
® 2-Pole Unit supplied i n 3-pole frame.

® Ratings above 1 0,000 a mps not UL Listed.
West i n g h ouse Electric Corporation

w
Low Voltage B reaker Division

Beaver, Pa . 1 5009
ww
om
Low Voltage Breaker Division 29-1 20
Beaver, Pa. 1 5009
Page 5
.c
Apri l , 1 980
Supersedes Tech nical Data 29- 1 20 T WE A, AB DE-ION ®
pages 5-6, dated October, 1 975.
M a i led to : E, D, C/1 901 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
MARK 75 ® MAR K 7 5 ® MARK 75 ® MARK 75 ® HFB MARK 75 ® HKB MARK 75 ® HLB

Type QHPW Type HBAW Type QHCW
an
tM
ar
1, 2 Poles 1, 2 Poles 1, 2 Poles 1, 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles ® 2, 3 Poles®
1 5-30 Amps; 15-30Amps; 15-30 Amps; 1 5-150 Amps 70-250Amps 1 25-400 Amps
3 Poles, 3 Poles 3 Poles @400C @400C @�C
15-20 Amps 15-20Amps 15-20 Amps
lP
@40°C @�C @400C

·---···--------· -----------·-----
Dimensions, Inches, 3 Pole Breakers · - - ----- ------ ----- ---------- ------· ---- - - ·-----·
H W D H W D H W D H W D H W D H W D
215/16 1 (1 2% 2 1 5/16 1 ( 1 2% 4 1 116
ca
3% 1 (1 27/1 6 6 4'/e 3% 10 4'/e 41/16 1 0'/e 5'Y:z

pole) pole) pole)
Ac Rating I. C. Ratings Shown 65,000 are Symmetrical <D; Ratings Shown 75,000 are Asymmetrical
1 20/240 Volts Max. 1 20/240 Volts Max. 1 20/240 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max.
Amps I. C. Amps I . C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C.
tri
75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000 240 Volts: 240 Volts: 240 Volts:
75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000
480 Volts: 480 Volts: 480 Volts:
30,000 and 25,000 30,000 a n d 25,000 40,000 and 35,000
600 Volts: 600 Volts: 600 Volts:
20,000 and 1 8,000 30,000 and 25,000
lec
20,000 and 1 8,000

------ -----
250 Volts 250 Volts 250 Volts

20,000 Amps I. C. @ 20,000 Amps I. C. @ 20, 000 Amps I. C. @
.E
.)____
�cceS!I(II'i_l!s a11_1l_Mod_ificatio_11_s. See Page_s 49-58 for Description and U n derw_r:it_ers' Laborat_c:>ries, Inc. Status_.
Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fu ngus Moisture-Fungus Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip
Treatment Treatment Treatment Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip
Handle Lock Devices Handle Lock Devices Handle Lock Devices Auxiliary Switch Auxi l i ary Switch Auxiliary Switch
Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch
Mechanical interlock Mechanical interlock Mechanical Interlock
Center Studs Center Studs Center Studs
Rear Con necting Studs Rear Co nnecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs
Moisture-Fungus Gro u n d Cu rrent Limiter Ground Cu rrent Limiter
Treatment Moisture-Fungus Mo isture-Fungus
w
Motor Operator Treatment Treatment

Parallel Connections Enclosure Handle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech.
Handle Lock Devices Parallel Connections Parallel Con nections
ww
H a n dle Lock Devices Handle Lock Devices
<D Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.

@ Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not UL Listed.
om
Technical Data
29-1 20
Page 6
.c
MARK 75® HLA MAR K 75 ® HLC MARK 75® HMC MARK 75® HNC
600
ls
,,
..
...,.. ..
ua
i
. " .
an
2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles ® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles®
250-600 Amps 75-600 Amps 400-800 Amps 800-1200 Amps
@40"C
H
1 0%
W
8'!.
D
41hs
------ -----�
H
1 0%
W
8'!.
D
41hs tM H
16
Ac Ratings I. C. Ratings Shown 65,000 are Symmetrical CD ; Ratings Shown 75,000 are Asymmetrical
w
8'!.
D
41hs ___ __ __ __ ____ __ __ _
H
16
w
8'!.
ar
Amps I . C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I . C.
75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000
lP
40,000 and 35,000 40,000 and 35,000 58,000 and 50,000 58,000 and 50,000
30,000 and 25,000 30,000 and 25,000 30,000 and 25,000 30
______-'-,_
00--'0 a n d 25,000
Dc RatingsCD
ca
250 Volts
20,000 Amps I. C. ® _c_�.____
. . . . . . · · · ---- ---- ------
· · · · · · · · · ·
Accessories and Modifications, See Pages 49-58 for Description and U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Status

U ndervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch
tri
Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch

Alarm Switch Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock
Mechanical Interlock Rear Connecting Studs Moistu re-Fu ngus Rear Connecting Studs
Center Studs Moisture-Fungus Treatment Moistu re-Fu ngus
Rear Connecting Studs Treatment Enclosure H a ndle Mech. Treatment
Moisture-Fungus Enclosure Handle Mech. Rear Connecting Studs Enclosure Handle Mech.
lec
Treatment Handle Lock Devices

Motor Operator
Handle Lock Devices

® 2-pole unit supplied in 3-pole fra me.
.E
Westi n g house El ectric Corporation

w
Low Voltage Breaker Division

Beaver, Pa. 1 5009
ww
Cl
om
Westinghouse Electric Corporati on Tech nical Data
Low Voltage Breaker D ivision 29-120
Beaver, Pa . 1 5009
Page 7
.c
October, 1 981
Supersedes Techn ical Data 29- 1 20 T WE A, AB DE-IQN®
pages 7-8, dated Apri l , 1 980.
Mailed to: E, D, C/1 9 0 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circu it Breakers
ls
ua
High Interrupting Capacity Selection Guide
FCL LCL TRI-PAC® FB TRI-PAC ® LA TRI-PAC ® NB TRI-PAC PB

Cu rrent Limit-R Cu rrent Limit-R
an
tM
ar
2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles®
15-100 Amps 1 25-400 Amps 15- 1 00 Amps 70-400 Amps 300-800 Amps ® 600- 1600Amps
@40°C @40"C @40°C @400C @40°C
lP
H W D H W D H W D H W D H w D H W D
8% 4'/s 3% 16 8'1. 41/,s 8% 4'/s 3% 16 8'1. 4% 22 8'1. 5% 22V, 1 2 1 /1 6 9 1 /1 6
ca
Ac Rating I. C. Ratings Shown 65,000 are Symmetrical (]) ; Ratings Shown 75,000 are Asymmetrical
Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I . C. Amps I. C. Amps I . C. Amps I. C.
600 Volts: 200,000 600 Volts: 200,000 600 Volts: 200,000 600 Volts: 200,000
tri
De Ratings(])
250 Volts 250 Volts 250 Volts® 250 Volts @l

_1()�� 00 Am �s_l:_�� 1 00,000 Amps I . C . @ 1 00,000 Amps I. C. @ 1 00,000 Amps I. C . @
lec
Accessories and Modifications, See Pages 49-58 for Description a n d U nderwriters' Laboratories, I nc. Status
Shunt Trip Shunt Trip S h u nt Trip S h u nt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip
Undervoltage Trip U n dervoltage Trip U n dervoltage Trip U ndervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip U ndervoltage Trip
Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxi liary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch
Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Mechanical Interlock Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch
Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fu ngus Rear Connecting Studs Mecha nical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Mec h a n ical Interlock
Treatment Treatment Moistu re-Fu ngus Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Moisture-Fungus
Treatment
.E
Motor Operator Motor Operator Treatment Moisture-Fungus Moisture-Fungus

Motor Operator Treatment Treatment Motor Operator
Handle Lock Devices Enclosure Handle Mech.
Handle Lock Devices
w
ww

® 2-pole u n it supplied i n 3-pole frame.
® Based on N EMA test procedures.
@) De rating applies only to magnetic only breakers.
® For ratings above 350 amps, De rating applies only to magnetic only breakers.
om
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page S
.c
Replacement Breaker Selection Guide
JA, KA LAB, LA 400 MA NB PB
ls
ua
an
2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles®
70-225 Amps 1 25-400 Amps 1 25-800 Amps 700-1200 Amps 600-2500 Amps$
@40"C @40°C @40"C @40"C @40"C
H
10Ys
w
5 Y:z
D
41 /16
H
1 0%
W
BY.
D
41 / 1 6
H
16
w
BY. tM
D
41 /1 6
H
16
w
BY.
D
5Y:z
H
22Ys
W D
1 21 /1 6 9 1 / 1 6
ar
AC Rating I. C. Ratings Shown 25,000 are Symmetrical Gl; Ratings Shown 30,000 are Asym metrica I.
600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max. 600 Volts Max.
Amps I . C. Amps I . C. Amps I . C. Amps I . C. Amps i. C. �
240 Volts: 30,000 and 25,000 240 Volts: 50,000 and 42,000 240 Volts: 50,000 and 42,000 240 Volts: 50,000 and 42,000 240 Volts: 1 50,000 a n d 125,000
4BO Volts: 25,000 and 22,000 4BO Volts: 35,000 and 30,000 4BO Volts: 35,000 and 30,000 4BO Volts: 35,000 and 30,000 4BO Volts: 1 1 5,000 and 1 00,000
lP
600 Volts: 25,000 and 22,000 600 Volts: 25,000 a nd 22,000 600 Volts: 25,000 and 22,000 600 Volts: 25,000 and 22,000 .600 Volts: 1 1 5,000 and 1 00,000
De RatingGl
250 Volts 250 Volts 250 Volts® 250 Volts® 250 Volts®
ca
1 0,000 Amps I. C. 20,000 Amps I. C.@ 20,000 Amps I . C . @ 20,000 Amps I . C.@ 75,000 Amps I. C. @ ®
Accessories and Modifications, See Pages 49-5B for Description and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Status
Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip
Undervoltage Trip Un dervoltage Trip U n dervoltage Trip U n dervoltage Trip U n dervoltage Trip
Auxiliary Switch Auxili ary Switch Auxi l i a ry Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch
tri
Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch
Mechanical I nterlock Mech anical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock
Center Studs Center Studs Center Studs Center Studs Moisture-Fungus Treatment
Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Motor Operator
Ground Current Limiter Moisture-Fungus Treatment Moisture-Fungus Treatment Moisture-Fungus Treatment Enclosure H a ndle Mech.
Moisture-Fungus Treatment Motor Operator Motor Operator
lec
Motor Operator
Motor Operator Enclosure Handle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech.
Enclosure Handle Mech. Handle Lock Devices
Parallel Con nections
Handle Lock Devices
CD Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed

@ Ratings above 1 0.000 a mps not UL Listed.
(
.E
�
@ Based on NEMA test procedures
® De rating applies only to magnetic only breakers.
® For ratings 700 amps and up, De Rating applies only to
magnetic only breakers.
Cl Changed since previous issue.
w
ww
om
Beaver, Pa. 1 5009
Page 9
.c
April, 1 980
Supersedes Tech nical Data 29- 1 20 T WE A, AB DE-IQN®
Pages 9- 1 0, dated October, 1 975
Mailed to: E , D, C/1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
Replacement Breaker Selection Guide
MARK 75 ® HKA MARK 75 ® HLA 400 MARK 75 ® HMA MARK 75 ® H NB
• • i i
an
-
tM
I
•
• • •
ar
2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles® 2, 3 Poles ® 2, 3 Poles ®
70-225 Amps 1 25-400 Amps 125-800 Amps 700-1200 Amps
@40"C @40"C @40"C @40"C

lP
H W D H W D H W D H W D
1-0'1s
---
5/t, 41 hs 1 0%
-------
8V. 4 1 hs
- --- ---------
16 8V. 4--1 h-------�--�-------
s 16 8 V. 5 Y,
Ac Rating I. C. Ratings Shown 65,000 are Symmetrical CD; Ratings Shown 75,000 are Asymmetrical
ca
Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C.
75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000 75,000 and 65,000
480 Volts: 480 Volts: 480Volts: 480 Volts:
40,000 and 35,000 40,000 and 35,000 40,000 and 35,000 40,000 and 35,000
tri
30,000 and 25,000 30,000 and 25,000 30,000 and 25,000 30,000 a nd 25,000
De Ratings CD
lec
250 Volts 250 Volts 250 Volts® 250 Volts®

20,000 Amps I. C. @ 20,000 Amps I. C. @ 20,000 Amps I . C. @ 20,000 Amps I . C. @
Accessories and Modifications, See Pages 49-58 for Description and U n derwriters' Laboratories, I nc. Status
Shunt Trip Shunt Trip S h u nt Trip Shunt Trip

Undervoltage Trip U ndervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip Undervoltage Trip
Auxiliary Switch Auxiliary Switch Auxi l i ary Switch Auxiliary Switch
.E
Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch Alarm Switch

Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock
Center Studs Center Studs Center Studs Center Studs
Rear Connecting Studs Rear Connecting Studs Moisture-Fungus Rear Connecting Studs
Ground Current Limiter Moisture-Fungus Treatment Moisture-Fungus
Moisture-Fungus Treatment Motor Operator Treat ment
Treatment Motor Operator Enclosure Handle Mech. Motor Operator
Motor Operator Enclosu re Handle Mech. Enclosure Handle Mech.
Enclosure Handle Mech. Parallel Connections
Parallel Connections Handle Lock Devices
w
Handle Lock Devices

ww
(4) For ratings above 600 amps, De rating applies only to

om
Tech nical Data
29-120
Page 1 0
.c
Guide t o Quickla g ® and Type BA Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbering System
Old System
ls
Catalog Number: HONP LA 1 070 B
I'--
--='
�
T �
Base
Jr------�� Variations No. of Poles Amp Rating Modifications
H O N P : Type P, 1 0,000 A m ps. l . C. L : 1 20/240 Volts 1 : 1 Pol e 01 5 = 1 5 Am p . B: 2 Po le Sw. Neutral
ua
OHP: Type P, 65,000 Amps. I . C. A: Above 50 Amp. 2 : 2 Poles 025= 2 5 Amp.
HON B : Type B, 1 0,000 A m ps I . C. CD V: 50°C 3 : 3 Poles 070 = 070 Amp.
OH B : Type B, 65,000 Amps. I. C. CD 1 00= 1 00 Amp.
HOC: Type C, 1 0,000 Amps. I. C. Etc.
OH C : Type C, 65,000 Amps I . C .
an
New System
Catalog Number: HOP 1 070 v

� ,---r T �
Base l
.------------------------------- �
No. of Poles Amp. Rating Modifications
HOP: Type P 1 0,000 Amps. I . C.

OPHW: Type P 22,000 Am ps. l . C.
OHPX : Type P 42,000 Am ps. 1 . C.
OHPW: Type P 65,000 A m ps. I. C.
BA: Type B 277 Volt or
1 : 1 Po le
2 : 2 Poles
3 : 3 Poles
tM 015:
02 5 :
070:
1 00 :
Etc.
1 5 Am ps.
25 Am ps.
70 Amps
1 00 Am ps
B:
B:
C:
H:
V:
277 Volt (1 Pole BA o nly)
Sw. Neutral ( 2 Pole P and C o nly)
Sw. Netural ( 2 Pol e BA only)
240 Volt (2, 3 Poles)
50oC
ar
Switch N eutra l Only,
1 0,000 Am ps. l . C.
BAB : Type B 1 0,000 Amps. l. C.
OBHW: Type B 22,000 Amps. I . C.
H BAX : Type B 42,000 A m ps. I . C .
lP
H BAW: Type B 65,000 Amps. l . C.

OC : Type C 1 0,000 Amps. I . C.
OCHW: Type C 22,000 Amps. I . C.
OHCX: Type C 42,000 A m ps . I . C.
OHCW: Type C 65,000 Amps. I . C.
ca
Guide to Breaker Catalog Numbering System (For Breakers other than Ouicklag, Type BA and SELTRONIC""')
Catalog Number: EB 3 030 A ::,0

=r .-----::r ,..---:=r --c.....___, �·
'"
tri
Breaker
J a.
N o . of Trip Amp Modifications
:;·
Type Poles Rating c
(f)
1: 1 Pole Thermal M a g netic A: Am bient Comp )>
CA
DA 2: 2 Poles 030: 30 A m ps . F: Fra me O n ly
lec
EB 3: 3 Poles 1 00: 1 00 Amps. L: Line a n d L o a d Lugs ( EB, E H B , F B ,

EHB 4: 4 Poles 1 200: 1 200 A m ps. HFB, FB, TRI- PAC ®
FB etc. M: M a g n etic Only
HFB N: M ol de d Case Switch ( N o n-auto)
etc. Mag netic Only P: TRI-PAC
Use H i g h Setti ng R: Used with P to i n dicate redesigned
022 TRI-PAC (Types LA a n d P B )
.E
045 R: U s e d w i t h F B m a g netic o n l y
110 breakers a n d Type LFB c u rrent
1 90 Lim iters for F B brea ke rs to indicate
270 rejection feature.
480 S: SAF-T-Vu e ®
etc. T: Trip U n it
V: 50°C Cali bration
W: Without Terminals
w
Note: Above i nformation i s for identification X: Load Term i n a l s O n ly (except FB

of Catalog N umber only. Do not use to l i ne l isted under L a bove)
construct catalog number not listed in this Y: Line Te rminals O n ly
catalog. CD Replaced by Types BAB or H BAW. Z: AI/Cu Ter m i n al s
ww
Westi n g house Electric Corporation

Low Volta g e Breaker Division
om
Low Vo ltag e Breaker D ivision 29-120
Page 1 1
.c
M a rch, 1 981 Selection G u ide
Supersedes Techn ical Data 29-1 20, Ouicklag Types P, C, Sta ndard AB DE-ION ®
pages 1 1 - 1 2, dated J une, 1 980. a n d MARK 75® Breakers
M a i led to : E, D, C/1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
SELTRONIC""' Breaker Catalog Number System
Catalog Number: MC 3 800 F

,--:r --c.,
an
Fra m e Type N o . of M ax. Frame I n dicates
Poles Rati ng Frame
Only
2 - 2 Pole 800-800 A m ps .
LC Without
MC 3 - 3 Pole 1 200- 1 200 Amps.
Rati ng Plug
NC Etc.
or Term i n a l s
tM
PC
PCF Sta ndard NW
PCC Breakers I n dicates
PCCF Non Auto
HLC with d u m my
HMC trip or straps
ar
HNC and without
term i n a l s
LCG
H LCG
lP
MCG Breakers with

HMCG Bu i lt in G ro u n d
NCG Fa u lt Protectio n
HNCG and extra C.T.
PCG for neutral
ca
PCFG
PCCG
PCCFG
tri
SELTRONIC""' Rating Plug Catalog N u m bering System
Catalog Number: A 25 PC 2500

� �
lec
Adj usta ble Max. Fra m e Breaker Fra m e Rati n g Plug

Plug Ratin g (Amps) Type Continuous
Amp Rati ng
l
Omit for 1 - 1 50 LC ( HLC) 75 - 75 A m p .
sta nda rd 3 - 300 MC ( H MC) 1 00 - lOO Amp.
Std.
plugs or 6 - 600 NC ( H NC) 600 - 600 Amp.
.E
for G . F. 8 - 800 PC (PCC) 300 0 - 3000 Amp.

p l ugs. 1 2 - 1 200 Etc.
20 - 2000
l
M CG ( HMCG)
with
2 5 - 2500 NCG ( H NCG)
G ro u n d
30 - 3000 PCG (PCCG ) Fa ult
LCG ( H LCG )
Note: Above information is for identifi

w
cation of Catalog Number only. Do not

use to construct Catalog n u m bers not
listed in this catalog.
ww
om
Cl
Tech nical Data
29-120
Page 1 2
.c
Quicklag Type P, C Standard and MARK 75 Breakers Ouicklag Type P a n d C breakers meet
5- 1 25 Amperes, 1 20/240 a n d 240 Volts Ac, 1 , 2 and 3-Poles, 1 0,000 Ampere I. C. requ i rements of Federa l Specification
W-C-375b as follows.
ls
Standard Breakers
1 Pole, 1 20/240 Volts: C 1 . 1 0a, 1 1 a , 1 2a
2 Pole, 1 20/240 Volts: C 1 . 1 0a , 1 2a
2, 3 Poles, 240 Volts : C 1 . 1 0b, 1 1 b, 1 2b
ua
2 Pole MARK 75 Breakers
1 Pole Quicklag P 3 Pole 1 , 2 Poles, 1 20/240 Volts: C 1 . 1 5a
Quicklag P 1 20/240 Volts Quicklag C 3 Poles, 240 Volts : C 1 . 1 5b
Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. Listed
an
Interrupting Ratings® :
Selection Data Thermal Magnetic Breakers
Types P, C: 1 0,000 A m peres (Asym . or Sym .)
Contin Catalog Numbers MARK 75 Types P, C: 75,000 Amps.
uous 1 Pole@ 2 Pole® 3 Pole®
Ampere Asy m . , 65,000 A mps. Sym .
1 20/240 1 20/240 240 Volts 240 Volts
Rating Ac, Max. Ac Max.
Volts Ac Max. Volts Ac Max.
@40°C O n a l l 3 phase Delta, G ro u n d B phase a p p lica
tM
Sta ndard MARK 75 Standard MARK 75 Sta ndard Standard MARK 75
tions, refer to Westi nghouse.
Quicklag P Plug-in Breakers (Discount Symbol CB-1)
5®® HOP1 005 . . . . . . . . . . . HQP2005 Note: A l l two and three pole breakers are of
10 HOP1 0 1 0 . . . . . . . . . . . HOP2010 ........... HOP2010H® HQP30 1 0H ®
HQP3015H OH PW301 5H the com m o n trip type .
15 HOP 1 0 1 50 QHPW 1 0 1 5 0 HOP20 1 5 ® QHPW201 5 HOP2015H
Special Purpose Breakers <.9
20 HOP 1 0200 QHPW10200 HQP2020® QHPW2020 HQP2020H HQP3020H OHPW3020H
25 HOP 1 025 . . . . . . . . . . . HQP2025® . . . . . . . . . . . HOP2025H HQP3025H
ar
30 HOP1 030 QHPW 1 030 HQP2030® QHPW2030 HOP2030H HQP3030H HID (High Intensity Discharg e) : Breakers de
35 HOP 1 035 . . . . . . . . . . . HQP2035® . . . . . . . . . . . HOP2035H H QP3035H
sig ned specifica lly for u se with h i g h i ntensity
40 HOP 1 040 . . . . . . . . . . . HQP2040® . . . . . . . . . . . HOP2040H HQP3040H ... . . ...... disch a rg e l i g hting (UL Listed as standard
45 HOP 1 045 · · · · · · · · · · · HQP2045® . . . . . . . . . . . HOP2045H HQP3045H · · · · · · · · · · · l ighting breakers ® ) .
50 HOP 1 050 . . . . . . . . . . . HQP2050® · · · · · · · · · · · HOP2050H HQP3050H ...........
lP
55 HOP1055 . . . . . . . . . . . HQP2055® · · · · · · · · · · · HOP2055H HQP3055H ........... Contin Catalog N u m bers

60 HOP 1 060 · · · · · · · · · · · HQP2060® · · · · · · · · · · · HOP2060H HQP3060H ........... uous
........... 1 Pole 2 Pole
70 HOP 1 070 ... ........ HQP2070 · · · · · · · · · · · HOP2070H HQP3070H Ampere 1 20/240 1 20/240
80 · · · · · · · · · · · ........... HQP2080 · · · · · · · · · · · HQP2080H H QP3080H · · · · · · · · · · ·
Rating Volts Ac Max . Volts Ac Max.
90 . .......... . . . . . . . . . . . HQP2090 · · · · · · · · · · · HOP2090H HQP3090H . .......... @ 40°C
1 00 ........... · · · · · · · · · · · HOP2100 · · · · · · · · · · · HOP2 1 00H HQP31 00H ...........
ca
.......... ........... ........... Quicklag P Plug-in Breakers (Discount Symbol

1 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... HOP2 1 1 0 · · · · · · · · · · · .
CB-1)
125 ........... · · · · · · · · · · · HQP21 25 ........... ........... · · · · · · · · · · · ...........
15 HQP 1 0 1 5DC9 HQP2015DC9
Quicklag C Bolt-on Breakers (Discount Symbol CB-2) HQP1 020DC9 HQP2020DC9
20
5®® QC1 005 . . . . . . . . . . . QC2005 ........... ........... · · · · · · · · · · · ........... 25 HQP1025DC9 HQP2025DC9
10 QC 1 0 1 0 . . . . . . . . . . . QC2010 ........... QC20 1 0 H ® QC30 1 0 H ® · · · · · · · · · · ·
30 HOP1030DC9 HQP2030DC9 ::,0
15 QC 1 0 1 5 0 OHCW1 01 5 0 0C20 1 5® QHCW2 0 1 5 QC20 1 5H QC30 1 5H QHCW30 1 5H 3
tri
20 QC10200 OHCW10200 0C2020® QHCW2020 OC2020H QC3020H OHCW3020H Quicklag C Bolt-on Breakers (Discount Symbol '"
a.
25 QC1 025 . . . . . . . . . . . QC2025® ........... QC2025H QC3025H ........... CB-2) 3
30 QC1 030 QHCW1 030 OC2030® QHCW2030 QC2030H QC3030H ........... c
35 QC1035 . . . . . . . . . . . QC2035® ........... QC2035H QC3035H ........... 15 QC 1 0 1 5D C9 QC20 1 5DC9 (f)
)>
20 OC1020DC9 QC2020DC9
40 QC1 040 . . . . . . . . . . . QC2040 ® · · · · · · · · · · · QC2040H QC3040H ...........
lec
25 QC1 025DC9 QC2025DC9

45 QC1 045 . . . . . . . . . . . QC2045® · · · · · · · · · · · QC2045H QC3045H ........... 30 OC1 030DC9 QC2030DC9
50 QC1 050 · · · · · · · · · · · QC2050® . . . . . . . . . . . QC2050H QC3050H . . . . . . . . . . .
55 QC1055 · · · · · · · · · · · QC2055® .... . . . . . . . QC2055H QC3055H ...........
60 QC1 060 . . . . . . . . . . . OC2060® .... . . . . . . . QC2060H QC3060H ........... HACR (Heating, Air Conditioning, Refrigera
70 QC1 070 . . . . . . . . . . . OC2070 · · · · · · · · · · · QC2070H QC3070H ........... tion) : B reakers for use on m ulti-motor loads
80 ........... · · · · · · · · · · · QC2080 . . . . . . . . . . . . QC2080H QC3080H ........... a s outlined i n Article 430-53 of the N .E . C .
90 ........... . . . . . . . . . . . QC2090 . . . . . . . . . . . QC2090H QC3090H ...........
1 00 ....... .... · · · · · · · · · · · QC2 1 00 . . . . . . . . . . . QC21 00H QC3100H ........... ( Used primarily on heatin g , a i r conditi o n i n g
a nd refrigeration a p p lications). The standard
.E
Cl Changed since previous issue. two pole breakers, 1 5 to 60 a m p l i sted at left

® Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. ® Suitable for "HACR" applications per N.E.C. 430-53. See
a n d m arked ® , a re UL Listed as s u itable for
@ Packaged: 24 i n single carton, 144 i n master; approx. ship Special Purpose Breakers.
wt.: 7 1bs. and 46 1bs. respectively. ®I U L does not have a specific category for H I D breakers. this application. Special purpose QC, two
® Packaged: 12 in single carton, 72 i n master; approx. ship pole 1 5-60 a m p breakers with screw-type
wt.: 9 1 bs. and 58 1bs. respectively. terminals l isted on page 1 3 a re a lso l isted for
® Packaged: 8 in single carton, 48 in master; approx. ship
this application.
, �- •f;:?..) '/
wt. : 9 1bs. and 58 1 bs. respectively.
"'
® Have reduced interrupting rati ng; refer to Westi nghouse. (1-- J 1,_ :; : �-' •
..,
-L ( · �-
List Prices: See Price List 29-020 Dis. C B- 1 ,
w
0 Switching duty rated for 120 volt Ac fluorescent light ap

plications only.
CB-2
® Interrupting ratings do not apply to molded case switches.

ww
Low Voltage Breaker Divisi on

om
Westinghouse Electric Corporatio n Tec h n ical Data
Page 1 3
.c
M a rch, 1 981 Quickl a g ® Breaker Types P, C 1 00 Amperes,
Su persedes Technical Data 29- 1 20, MARK 75® Breakers 1 5-30 Amperes;
pages 1 3- 1 4, dated April, 1 9 80. Ouicklag B reaker Types QPH, O B H , QCH
M a i l ed to: E, D, C/ 1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL 1 5- 1 2 5 Amperes, 22,000 Amperes I. C.
ls
ua
'. ) .... .. -·,
Ouicklag ® Type P, C Standard and MARK Breaker Accessories ® (See DB 29- 1 50 for
75 ® Breakers, Conti n u ed descripti on.) Dis. CB-2 J;;;((t-.J-·
Description Style N u m ber Switching Neutral: For appli
Special Ouicklag Type P and C Breakers cation i n accordance with N .
Dummy Breakers
an
2!l E. C. 5 1 4-5, 240-22 a n d 380-2 .
See Application Data 29- 1 60 or DB 29- 1 50 for
Ouicklag P - . QOD71 G09 Ava i la bi l i ty : 2 p oles 1 20 Volts
Ouicklag C , 2 604 D 9 1 G 1 5 '
description a n d a pp l ication. Moisture-Fungus Treatment Ac Max., 1 0,000 a mps I . C .
1 Pole
Continuous Catalog/Style N u mbers 2 Pole
3 Pole Terminals
Ampere Ouicklag P Quicklag C
Rating CB-1 Disc. CB-2 Disc. Cal ifornia Handle Tie ( 1 Pole Te rminals 3re U nderwriters' Laboratories,
tM
Breakers only) 133A633G01 I nc. listed as suitable for the wire type a nd
Switching Neutral Breakers@ Lockdog ( N on-Padlockable) size listed below. When used with a l u m i n u m
10 HOP20 1 0 B ® OC20 1 0B ® 1 Pole Breakers 1 256C42G02
2, 3 Pole Breakers 1 2 56C42G01 con d u ctors, u s e joint compo u n d .
15 HOP20 1 5 B OC201 5 B
20 HQP2020B OC2020B Padlock Device ( N on-Removable
per California Code) Type P : Termi nals on load s i d e o n l y ; l i n e
Tungsten Lamp Load Breakers (1 Pole) 1 , 2, 3 Pole Type P 1 256C41 G01
1 , 2, 3 Pole Type C 750B2 1 1 G01 term i n a l s are plug-in f e m a l e clamps which
Use standard QC or HOP 15 or 20 Amp Breakers
ar
Padlock Device (Removable) clip o n bus sta b.
All 1 Pole Quicklag Breakers 208B83 1 G02
Shock Tested Ouicklag C Breakers, Face Mounting Plate Type C : Terminals o n l i n e a n d l oa d ends.
1 0,000 Amperes I.C. 1 Pole Type C 1 258C07G01
2 Pole Type C 1 265C83G02
3 Pole Type C 1 265C83G03 Breaker Term inal Wire Ra nge
lP
Ava i l a bl e i n a l l sta ndard rating Ouicklag C Base Mounting Clamp (Quicklag Amps Type and Type
a n d P 1 , 2 a n d 3 pole breakers. Order "si m i l a r C - 2 required) K822 1 6
Base Mounting Plate (Ouicklag Type P, 1, 2, 3 Pole
to" a n d add 3 0 % to price o f standard breaker. 1 0-30 Pressure Type # 1 4-#8 Cu/AI
C - 6 poles) 207B51 3G01
35-50 Pressure Type # 1 4-#4 Cu/AI
Molded Case Switches @ 55- 1 25 Pressure Type #8-1/o Cu/AI
Special Calibration ®
ca
Non-Auto Quicklag C Breakers - Dis. CB-2

S pecial cali bration price additions a pply to Type C, 1 , 2, 3 Pole
No. of Ampere Max. Ac Catalog 1 0-20 Binding Screw # 1 4- # 1 0 Cu/AI
Poles Rating Volts N u mber a m pere ratings not listed as sta ndard, or for
30 Pressure Type # 1 4-#8 Cu/AI
a m bi ents other than 40°C or 50°C. Also price 35-50 Pressure Type # 1 4-#4 Cu/AI
1 50 1 2 0/240 OC 1 050N additions apply to specific cali brations for 55-70 Pressure Type #8-#2 Cu/AI
1@ 60 1 20/240 OC1 060N 80- 100 Pressure Type #6-#1 Cu/AI
1 1 00 1 20/240 OC1 1 00N freq uencies other than 0-60 H e rtz Ac circuits.
tri

QC2050N
Type C Optional Terminals(B
2 50 240 reg a rd i n g special co nditions.
2@ 60 240 OC2060N Special pu rpose breakers with screw-type
2 1 00 240 QC2100N Type List Price Addition terminals for ring type wire co nnectors @) :
of 1 -49 50 or More 1 pole, 2 5 to 7 0 a m p
lec
3 50 240 OC3050N Calibration

3@ 60 240 OC3060N Identical U nits Identical U n i t s 2, 3 pole, 25 to 1 00 a m p
3 1 00 240 QC3100N
Thermal Add 20% to None
Mag netic List Price of None
Non-Auto Quicklag P Breakers - Dis. CB-1 Frequency Complete Breaker None
No. of Ampere Max. Ac Catalog
Poles Rating Volts N u mber List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. C B- 1 ,
CB-2
.E
1 50 1 20/240 HOP1 050N

1@ 60 1 20/240 HOP1 060N
1 1 00 1 20/240 HOP 1 1 00 N
2 50 240 HOP2050N
2@ 60 240 HOP2060N
2 1 00 240 HOP2 1 00 N
3 50 240 HQP3050N
3@ 60 240 HOP3060N
w
3 1 00 240 HOP3100N
Panelboard Accessories @ Changed or added since previous issue.

Description Style N umber ® Not Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.
® I.C. ratings shown do not apply to molded case switches.
ww
N u m ber Tabs, 1 -42, Gu m-Backed 622B630H01 @) Order by description as similar to standard QC breakers
K-72641 at same price.
ON Button, Black on White
OFF Button, Black on White K-72642
Branch Breaker Connector Tube K-822 1 7
om
Technical Data
29-120
Page 1 4
.c
Type QPH, OBH and OCH Ouicklag Breakers
1 5- 1 2 5 Amperes, 1 20/240, 240 Volts Ac, 1 , 2 a n d 3-Poles, 22,000 Am pere I . C.
These b reakers meet requ i rements of Federal
Specification W-C-375b as fol l ows:
ls
1 , 2 Poles, 1 20/240 Volts: C l a ss 1 4a
2, 3 Poles, 240 Volts : Not Defined
U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed Inter
ua
rupting Ratings:
22,000 Sym., 25,000 Asym.

except as noted.
1 Pole QPHW 2 Pole QBHW 3 Pole QCHW
an
On a l l 3 ph ase Delta, G r o u n d B phase a pplica
Continuous Catalog Numbers tions, refer to Westingh ouse.
- � � c-c� -- - - - ------ --- �=--c�---
Amps. @ 1 Pole@ 2 Pole® 3 Pol e ®
40'C -_________-----___ Note: All two a n d th ree pole brea kers a re of
12 0/240 Volts Ac, Max. 1 2 0 /24 0 Vo lts Ac. M ax . 240 V o lts Ac, Max. 240 Volts Ac, Max.
____ the co mmon trip type.
=-::_:_=----
Quicklag QPH Plug-in Breakers (Discount Symbol CB- 1 )
tM
15 QPHW1 0 1 5 ® OPHW20 1 5 QPHW20 1 5H QPHW30 1 5H Terminals
20 QPHW1 020® QPHW2020 QPHW2020H QPHW3020H Term inals are U nderwriters' Laboratories,
25 QPH W 1 025 OPHW2025 QPHW2025H QPHW3025H
30 QPHW1 030 QPHW2030 QPHW2030H QPHW3030H Inc. l isted as suitable for the wire type a n d
35 QPH W 1 035 QPHW2035 QPHW2035H QPHW3035H size listed below. W h e n used with a l u m i n u m
40 QPHW1 040 OPHW2040 QPHW2040H QPHW3040H conductors, use joint co m p o u n d .
45 QPHW1 045 QPHW2045 QPHW2045H QPHW3045H
ar
50 QPHW1050 QPHW2050 QPHW2050H QPHW3050H
55 OPHW1 055 QPHW2055 QPHW2055H QPHW3055H QPH: Terminals on load side o nly; l i ne termi
60 QPHW1 060 QPHW2060 QPHW2060H QPHW3060H n a l s a re p l u g - i n fem a l e clamps which clip o n
70 OPHW1 070 QPHW2070 QPHW2070H QPHW3070H b u s stab.
80 QPHW2080 QPHW2080H QPHW3080H
90 QPHW2090 QPHW2090H QPHW3090H
lP
1 00 QPHW2 1 00 QPHW2 1 00H QPHW3 1 00H OBH : Ter m i nals o n load s i de o n l y ; line termi
110 OPHW2 1 1 0 ........... nals a re extended tan g which bolts di rectly to
1 25 QPHW2 1 25 . . . . . . . . . . .
bus .
Quicklag QBH Bolt-on Breakers (Discount Symbol CB-2)
15 QBHW1 0 1 5 ® QBHW2 0 1 5 QBHW201 5H QBHW30 1 5H OCH : Term inals on line a n d load ends.
ca
20 QBHW1 020® QBHW2020 QBHW2020H QBHW3020H

25 QBHW1 025 QBHW2025 QBHW2025H QBHW3025H
30 QBHW1030 QBHW2030 QBHW2030H QBHW3030H Breaker Terminal Type Wire Range
Amps ___ ___ __ _ a n d T�
35 QBHW1 035 QBHW2035 QBHW2035H QBHW3035H _
40 QBHW1040 QBHW2040 QBHW2040H QBHW3040H
45 OBHW1045 OB HW2045 QBHW2045H QBHW3045H Types QPHW and QBHW
50 OBHW1 050 OBHW2050 OBHW2050H Q B HW3050H 1 5-30 Pressure Type # 1 4-#8 Cu/AI
QBHW1 055 QBHW2055 QBHW2055H QBHW3055H 35-50 Pressure Type # 1 4 - #4 Cu/AI
tri
55
60 OBHW 1 060 QBHW2060 QBHW2060H QBHW3060H 55- 1 25 Pressure Type #8-1 /0 Cu/AI
70 QBHW1 070 OBHW2070 QBHW2070H QBHW3070H
TypeQCHW
80 ........... QBHW2080 QBHW2080H QBHW3080H
90 .......... QBHW2090 QBHW2090H QBHW3090H 1 0-20 Binding Screw # 1 4- # 1 0 Cu/AI
1 00 QBHW2 1 00 QBHW21 00H QBHW3100H 30 Pressure Type # 1 4-#8 Cu/AI
lec
1 10 QBHW2 1 1 0
1 25 QBHW2 1 25 · · · · · · . . . . . ......... . . 55-70 Pressure Type #8-#2 Cu/AI
80-100 Pressure Type #6-#1 Cu/AI
Quicklag QCH Bolt-on Breakers (Discount Symbol CB-2)
15 QCHW 1 0 1 5 ® QCHW20 1 5 QCHW2 0 1 5H QCHW301 5H
20 OCHW1020® QCHW2020 QCHW2020H QCHW3020H For Special Cali brations and Accessories, see
25 QCHW1025 QCHW2025 QCHW2025H QCHW3025H Page 16.
30 QCHW 1 030 QCHW2030 QCHW2030H QCHW3030H
35 QCHW1035 QCHW2035 QCHW2035H QCHW3035H
List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB- 1 ,
.E
40 QCHW1 040 QCHW2040 QCHW2040H QCHW3040H

45 QCHW1 045 QCHW2045 QCHW2045H QCHW3045H CB-2
60 QCHW1 060 QCHW2060 QCHW2060H QCHW3060H
80 ........... QCHW2080 OCHW2080H QCHW3080H
90 QCHW2090 QCHW2090H QCHW3090H
1 00 ........... OCHW2 1 00 QCHW2100H QCHW3 1 00H

w
® Packaged: 8 in single carton, 48 i n master; approx. ship

® Packaged: 24 in single carton, 144 in master; approx. ship wt.: 9 1bs. and 58 1bs. respectively.
wt.: 7 1 bs. and 46 1bs. respectively. ® Switching duty rated for 120 volt Ac fluorescent light ap
@ Packaged: 12 in single carton, 72 in master; approx. ship plications only.
wt.: 9 1 bs. and 58 1bs. respectively.
ww
Westin g house Electric Corporation

om
Low Voltage Breaker Divisi o n 29-120
Page 1 5
.c
M a rch, 1 981 Quickla g ® Type OHPX, H BAX, OHCX,
Supersedes Tech nical Data 29-1 20, 1 00 Amperes, 42,000 A m pe res I. C. AB DE-ION®
pages 1 5- 1 6, dated Apri l , 1 9 80
M a iled to: E, D, C/ 1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL
Ou icklag G ro u n d F a u lt B reakers,
Type P and B, 1 5-30 Amperes Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
Type QHPX, HBAX, and QHCX Breakers These breakers a re not defined i n Federal
1 5- 1 00 Amperes, 1 20/240, 240 Volts Ac, 1 , 2 a n d 3-Poles, 42,000 Amperes I. C . Specification W-C-375b.
an
rupting Ratings:
42,000 Sym.

except as noted.
tM
On a l l 3 phase Delta, G ro u n d B p hase a pplica
tions, refer to Westi n ghouse.
1 Pole QHPX 2 Pole HBAX 3 Pole QHCX Note: All Two and Three pole breakers are of
the co mmon trip type.
ar
Continuous Catalog Numbers Terminals
Amps. @ 1 Pole@ 2 Poles ®c-:- ----o --- 3 Poles® Termina l s a re U n derwriters' Laboratories,
40°C ---:- �
1 20/240 Volts Ac, Max. 1 20/240 Volts Ac, Max. 240 Volts Ac, Max. Inc. l isted a s suitable for the wire type a nd
size listed below. When used with a l u m i n u m
Type QHPX Plug-in Breakers (Discount Symbol CB- 1 )
con d u ctors, u s e joint compo u n d .
lP
15 OHPX1 01 5 ® OHPX201 5
20 OHPX1020® OHPX2020
25 QHPX1025 OHPX2025 QHPX: Terminals on l oad side o nly; l i n e ter
30 OHPX1 030 OHPX2030 m i nals are plug-in female cla m ps which clip
35 OHPX1035 OHPX2035
o n bus stab.
40 OHPX 1 040 OHPX2040
ca
45 OHPX1 045 OHPX2045

50 OHPX1 050 OHPX2050 HBAX: Te rminals o n l oa d side only; l i n e ter
55 OHPX1055 OHPX2055 m inals a re extended tang which bolts di rectly
60 QHPX1 060 OHPX2060
to bus.
70 OHPX1 070 OHPX2070
80 .......... OH PX 2080
90 .......... QHPX2090 OHCX: Terminals on line and load ends.
tri
100 ...... .... OHPX21 00

Type HBAX Bolt-on Breakers (Discount Symbol CB-2) Breaker Terminal Type Wire R a nge
15 HBAX 1 0 1 5 ® HBAX20 1 5 Amps and Type
20 HBAX 1 020 ® HBAX2020
lec
30 HBAX1030 HBAX2030
40 HBAX1 040 HBAX2040 90-100 Pressure Type #8- 1 /0 Cu/AI
45 HBAX1 045 HBAX2045
50 HBAX1 050 HBAX2050 Type QHCX
55 HBAX 1055 HBAX2055 1 0-20 Binding Screw # 1 4-# 1 0 Cu/AI
60 HBAX1 060 HBAX2060 30 Pressure Type # 1 4-#8 Cu/AI
80 .......... HBAX2080 55-70 Pressure Type #8-#2 Cu/AI
80- 1 00
.E
90 .......... HBAX2090 Pressure Type #6-#1 Cu/AI

100 .......... HBAX2 1 00
Type QHCX Bolt-on Breakers (Discount Symbol CB-2) For Special Calibrations and Accessories, see
15 OHCX 1 0 1 5 ® OHCX20 1 5 OHCX301 5H Page 16.
20 OHCX1020® OHCX2020 OHCX3020H
25 OHCX1025 OHCX2025 OHCX3025H List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. C B- 1 ,
30 OHCX1 030 OHCX2030 OHCX3030H
35 OHCX1035 OHCX2035 OHCX3035H CB-2
40 OHCX1 040 OHCX2040 OHCX3040H
45 OHCX 1 045 OHCX2045 QHCX3045H ® Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
w
50 OHCX1 050 OHCX2050 OHCX3050H @ Packaged: 24 in single carton, 144 in master; approx. ship
55 OHCX 1 05 5 OHCX2055 OHCX3055H wt.: 7 1bs. and 461bs. respectively.
60 OHCX1 060 OHCX2060 OHCX3060H @ Packaged: 12 in single carton, 72 in master; approx. ship
70 OHCX1070 OHCX2070 QHCX3070H wt.: S ibs. and 58 1 bs. respectively.
80 OHCX2080 OHCX3080H ® Packaged: 8 in single carton, 48 in master; approx. ship
ww
90 QHCX2090 OHCX3090H wt.: S i bs. and 58 1bs. respect1vely.

100 OHCX 2 1 00 .. OHCX31 00H ® Sw1tching duty rated for 1 2 0 volt Ac fluorescent light ap-
,,�
�� rfJ · �� i
�
om
Cl
Technical Data
29-120
Page 1 6
.c
Type QHPX, HBAX, QHCX Breakers, Continued Quicklag Ground Fault Circuit Breakers,
Types P a n d B, 1 5-30 Amperes, 1 20 Volts Ac, 1 Pole;
Special c a l i bration price additions apply to a mpere rati ngs n ot listed
ls
as sta nda rd , or for a m bients other than 40°C or 50°C. Also price addi
tions a p ply to specific cali brations for frequencies other than 0-60
Hertz Ac circuits. See Application Data 29- 1 60 for information regard
ing special conditions.
ua
Type of Cali bration List Price Addition (CB-2 Disc.)
1 -49 1dentical U n its 50 or More Identical U nits
Thermal Add 20% to List Price N o ne

Frequency None
an
Breaker Accessories (See D B 29- 1 50 for Description)
(Apply to QPH, QHPX, QBH, HBAX, QCH and OHCX Breakers.
Description Style N u m ber
Dummy Breakers
tM
QPH, QHPX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600D71 G09
OBH, HBAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . � . . . . 2.§.0illllllG.0 9
QCH, QHCX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C... 7-:�·2604D 9 1 G 1 5"
Moistu re-Fu ngus Treatment - Refer to PL 29-020 . . . . . . . . . . . �.�..-.-c-.-
Handle Tie ( 1 Pole Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 33A633G01
1 Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 256C42G02
2, 3 Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 256C42GO 1
ar
Padlock Attach ment (Removable-1 pole Breakers O n ly) . . . . . . . . 208B83 1 G02
Padlock Device ( Non-remova ble per California Code)
1, 2, 3 Pole Breakers - OPH, OBH, OHPX, H BAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 256C4 1 G 0 1
1 , 2, 3 Pole Breakers - O C H , OHCX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750B2 1 1 G0 1
Face Mounting Plate (OCH, OHCX)
1 Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 258C07G01
lP
2 Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 265C83G02 Sensitivity: 5 M i l lia mps or g reater.

3 Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 265C83G03
Base Mounting Clamp (OCH, OHCX - 2 Req u i red) . . . . . . . . . . . . . K8221 6 Westi n g house Quicklag G ro u n d Fa u lt circuit breakers a re UL l i sted as
Base Mounting Plate (QCH, OHCX - 6 Poles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207B51 3G01 Class A, G ro u p 1 , g round fault circuit interrupters.
Quicklag G round Fault circuit breakers are 1 o r 2 pole, thermal mag ne
ca
tic c i rcuit breakers, which inco rporate a solid state gro u nd fa u lt sens
Description Style Number ing circuit to detect g round fa u lt cu rrent. Avai l a b l e as p l u g - i n (Type P)
o r bolt-on (Type B) desi g n , they are i ntercha ngeable in l oad centers
N u mber Tabs, 1 -42, Gu m-Backed 622B630H01 and panel boards with sta nda rd Westi n g h ouse Type P plug-in, a nd
ON Button, Black on White K-72641
OFF Button, Black on White K-72642 Type B bolt-on Ouicklag circuit breakers.
K-82 2 1 7
tri
Branch Breaker Connector Tube

Quicklag G round Fa u lt circuit breakers are normally used in
loadcenters or panel boards to protect small branch circuits in residen
List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2, CB-3
tia l , co m mercial o r i ndustrial applications. They function to protect
h u ma n s from g round faults of 5 m i l l i a m peres or g reater, as we l l a s
n o r m a l circuit protection provi ding i nverse time ove rload and i nstan
lec
taneous short circuit protecti o n .

Typical a pplications i n c l u d e protection against g round fa u l t hazards
in circu its near swi m m i ng pools and outdoor receptacles for which
the N E C req u i res protection of h u m a n l ife agai nst ground faults. ( R ef
erence N EC a rticles 680-3 1 , 680-20, 680-6, 555-3, a n d 2 1 0-8 . )
.E
Contin Catalog Numbers Catalog Numbers

uous 1 Pole, 1 20 Volts 2 Poles, 1 20/240 Volts
Ampere
Rating Type P Type B Type P Type B
Plug-in Bolt-on Plug-in Bolt-on
1 0,000 Amperes I.C. (Discount Symbol CB-3)

15 OPG F 1 0 1 5 OBGF1 0 1 5 OPGF20 1 5 QBGF20 1 5
20 QPGF1020 OBG F 1 02Qoo OPGF2020 QBG F2020
25 QPGF1025 OBGF1 025 OPGF2025 OBGF2025
w
30 QPGF1 030 OBGF1 030 OPGF2030 OBGF2030

22,000 Amperes I. C. (Discount Symbol CB-3)
15 OPHGF1 0 1 5 OBHGF 1 0 1 5
20 OPHGF1020 OBHG F 1 020
ww
25 OPHGF1 025 OBHG F 1 025

30 OPHGF1030 OBHG F 1 030
West i n g h ouse Electric Corporation

Beaver, Pen nsylva nia 1 5009
Tec h n ical Data
om
Distribution a n d Control Business U nit 29-1 20
Components Division
Pittsburgh, Pennsylva n i a, U .S.A. 1 5220 Page 1 6. 1
.c
June, 1 987
Supersedes Technical Data 29- 1 20, AB DE-ION®
pages 1 6. 1 -1 6.2, dated J u ly, 1 982
Mai led to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A, Circuit Breakers
3 1 -500A
ls
ua
Type GB and Type GHB Bolt-on Panelboard
Circuit Breakers
1 5- 1 00 Amperes, 1 20, 240, 277, 277/480
Volts Ac, 1 , 2, 3 Poles
an
These breakers meet the req u i rements of
Federal Specification W-C-375b as follows:
Types GB, G H B, 1 20 a n d 240 Volts :
1 Pole: Class 1 1 a
2, 3 Poles: Classes 1 0b, 1 1 b, 1 2b, 1 4b, 1 5b
Type G H B , 277 a n d 480Y/277 Volts

1 Pole: Classes 1 2c, 1 3a
2, 3 Poles: Class 1 3 b

tM
1 Pole
Type GB Breakers
Contin-
uous
Catalog Numbers
2 Pole 3 Pole
ar
I nterrupting Ratings Ampere 1 Pole<D 2 Pole® 3 Pole®
Type G B, G H B Rating 1 20 Volts Ac Max. 240 Volts Ac Max. 240 Volts Ac Max.
1 Pole : 1 20 Volts Ac, 65,000 A m p s . Sym. @ 40°C
2, 3 Poles: 240 Volts Ac, 65,000 Amps.
15 GB1015@ GB20 1 5 G B301 5
Sym. 20 G B 1 020@ G B2020 GB3020
lP
25 G B 1 025 GB2025 GB3025

Type G H B 30 G B 1 030 GB2030 GB3030
1 Pole : 277 Volts Ac, 1 4,000 Amps. Sym. 35 G B 1 035 G B2035 GB3035
2, 3 Po les : 480Y/277 Volts Ac, 1 4,000 40 G B 1 040 G B2040 G B3040
Amps. Sym. 50 G B 1 050 G B2050 GB3050
ca
60 G B 1 060 GB2060 GB3060

Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 70 G B 1 070 G B2070 GB3070
except as noted. 80 G B 1 080 GB2080 G B3080
90 G B 1 090 GB2090 GB3090
1 00 G B 1 1 00 G B 2 1 00 GB3100
On a l l 3 phase Delta, G ro u n ded B phase
applications, refer to Westing house.
tri
Type GHB Breakers

Contin- Catalog Numbers
Note: All two a n d three pole breakers a re of uous
the common trip type. Ampere 1 Pole<D 2 Pole® 3 Pole®
Rating 277 Volts Ac Max. 277/480 Volts Ac Max. 277/480 Volts Ac Max.
lec
@ 40°C
Terminals
For load side only. Line side connection is 15 GHB1015® G H B201 5 G H B301 5
extended tang which bolts directly to bus. 20 G H B 1 020@ G H B2020 G H B3020
Load termi na ls are U/L Listed as suitable for 25 G H B 1 025 G H B2025 G H B3025
30 G H B 1 030 G H B2030 G H B3030
wi re type a n d size l i sted below. When used
with a l u m i n u m conductors, use joint com 35 G H B 1 035 G H B2035 G H B3035
pou n d . 40 G H B 1 040 G H B2040 G H B3040
.E
50 G H B 1 050 G H B2050 G HB3050

Breaker Type Wire Wire 60 G H B 1 060 GHB2060 G H B3060
Amperes Ter m i n a l Type Range
70 G H B 1 070 G H B2070 G H B3070
80 G H B 1 080 GHB2080 G H B3080
1 5-20 Clamp Cu AI # 1 4-# 1 0 90 G H B 1 090 GHB2090 G H B3090
25-100 Pressure Cu AI # 1 0- 1 /0 1 00 G H B 1 1 00 G H B2 1 00 G H B3 1 00
List Prices: See Price List 29-020, D is. CB-2

w
<D 24 breakers i n single carto n ; Approx. ship wt . :

1 6 lbs.
ww
® 12 breakers i n single carto n ; Approx. ship wt . :

1 6 lbs.
® 8 breakers i n single carto n ; Approx. ship wt. :
16 lbs.
@ Switching duty rated for fluorescent light appli
cations only: G B, 1 20 volt Ac; G H B, 277 volt Ac.
Technical Data
om
29-120
Page 1 6.2
.c
AB D E-ION® Circuit Breakers
Type GHBS Solenoid-Operated, Remote
Controlled Circuit Breaker, 1 -Pole,
1 5-20 Amperes, 277 Volts, 50/60 Hz
Westinghouse Type G H BS, Solenoid-Oper
ls
ated Remote-Control la ble, M o l ded Case
Circuit Breakers provide local o r remote
switching and overcurrent protection in a
single device. The circu it breaker is a ther
ua
mal-mag netic, 1 -Pole device avai lable i n 1 5
and 20A continuous cu rrent ratings. Bolt-on
l i ne side connections a re provided for
mounting in Panel boards s i m i l a r to stan
dard G B/G H B Circuit B reakers.
These circuit breakers meet the req u i re
an
The circuit breaker is desig ned for normal ments of Federal Specification W-C-375B as
remote operation using a n integral solenoid follows:
to toggle the Circuit B reaker M oving Contact
Arm. A tri p-free, bi-stable mechanical l i nk 1 Pole, 1 20 V., Class 1 1 a
age provides a lternate on/off remote switch 1 Pole, 277 V., Class 1 3a
ing.
A handle is provided for local maintenance

and emergency switch i n g . For normal oper
ation, the handle m u st be switched to the
ON position to a r m the c i rcuit breaker
before the remote control can functi o n .
rupting Ratings
tM
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed Inter
Type G H BS , 1 Pole, 50/60 Hz.

1 20 V., 65,000 A m ps Rms Sym.
277 V., 1 4,000 Amps R m s Sym.
ar
Once a rmed, Remote Control Operation
takes place by pulsing the solenoid with a Terminals
24 Vac source to switch the circuit breaker For load side only. Line side con nection is
from the ON/O F F posit i o n . A b racket l ocated extended tang which bolts di rectly to panel
lP
on either side of the handle perm its the board bus. Load term inals are U L l isted as
handle to be sealed in the ON or O FF posi suitable for wi re type and size l i sted below.
tion. When used with a l u m i n u m conductors, use
appropriate joi nt compou nd.
A mecha nical ta rget, visible through the
ca
face of the ci rcuit b reaker, provides positive Breaker Type Wire Wire
Amps Terminal Type Range
local indication of the position of the con
tact arm. The handle also assumes a m i d 1 5-20 Clamp C U/AL # 1 4- 1 0 AWG
point position f o r an automatic t r i p opera �
tion. An i ntern a l l y mou nted auxi l i a ry switch Type GHBS Circuit Breakers :;
with one "a" contact is provided for remote a;
c.
tri
Continuous Catalog N u m bers

circuit breaker open-closed status. :;
c
Ampere 1 -PoleCD
Rating (/)
277 V. AC Max )>
The solenoid and remote switching mecha @ 40"C
nism is capable of 30,000 operations which 15 G H BS 1 0 1 5
lec
has been tested at a maxim u m rate of 6 20 GHBS 1 020

operations per m in ute.
The Type G H BS C i rc u it Breaker is suita ble

for Switching Duty (SWD) applicatio n .
List Prices: S e e Price List 29-020, D i s . CB-2

.E
CD 24 Breakers in single carton; Approx. shipping

weight 16 lbs.

w
Distribution a n d Control Business U n it

Components Division
ww
June, 1987
om
Pittsburgh, PA 1 5220 Page 1 6.3
.c
Septem ber, 1 987
New I nformation AB DE-ION®
Mai led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
31 -500A Circuit Breakers
ls
Type GC and Type GHC Circuit Breakers
1 5- 1 00 Am peres, 1 20, 240, 277, 480Yi277V.,
ua
50/60 Hz., 1 25, 1 25/250V, DC 1 , 2 and 3
Poles
These circuit breakers meet the requ i re

fol l ows:
an
Types GC, 1 20 and 240V:
1 Pole: Class 1 1 a
2 and 3 Pole: Classes 1 0b, 1 1 b, 1 2b, 1 4b,
1 5b
Types G HC, 277 and 480Y/277V:
tM
1 Pol e : Classes 1 2c, 1 3a
2 and 3 Pole: Class 1 3 b
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole

Interrupting Capacity RatingsCD
Type GC, GHC ( 50160 Hz., RMS Sym . Am ps)
ar
1 Pole : 1 20 V ., 65,000A. Cantin· Catalog Numbers
2 and 3 Pole: 240V., 65,000A. uous
Ampere 1 Pole® 2 Poles <ll 3 Poles®
Rating 1 20V. Ae Max. 240V. Ae Max. 240V. Ae Max.
Type GHC (50/60 Hz., RMS Sym. Amps) 1 2 5V. De Max.® 1 2 5/250V. De Max. 1 25/250V. De Max. CD
@ 40°C
lP
1 Pole : 277V., 1 4,000A.

2 and 3 Pole: 480Y/277V., 1 4,000A. 15 GC1015® GC2015 GC30 1 5
20 GC1 020® GC2020 GC3020
Type GC, G HC, DC Amps 25 GC1 025 GC2025 GC3025
30 G C 1 030 GC2030 GC3030
1 Pole 1 5-70A. : 1 25V., 1 4,000A. 35 G C 1 035 GC2035 GC3035
ca
2 and 3 Pole 1 5- 1 00A. : 1 25/250V., 1 4,000A.

40 GC1 040 GC2040 GC3040
45 G C 1 045 GC2045 GC3045
Application Notes 50 GC1 050 GC2050 GC3050
• On a l l 3 phase Delta (240V) G rounded B 60 GC1 060 GC2060 GC3060
phase appl ications, refer to Westing 70 G C 1 070 GC2070 GC3070
house.
tri
80 GC1 080 GC2080 GC3080

• 480Y/277V, circuit breakers (Type GHC) 90 GC1 090 GC2090 GC3090
not s u itable for 3 phase Delta (480V.) 100 GC1 1 00 GC2100 GC3100
Grou nded B phase a p p l ications.
• All two and three pole circuit breakers are Type GHC Breakers
lec
of the common trip type. Cantin- Catalog Numbers_ _ ____ _

• For avai lable accessories, see TO 29- 1 20,
uous
Ampere 1 Pol e ® 2 Pole <ll 3 Pole ®
pages 1 6.5, 1 6.6. Rating 277V. A e Max. 480Y;277V. Ae Max. 480YI277V. A e Max.
• Si ngle pole circuit breakers, 15 and 20A. @ 40°C 1 25V. De Max. ® 1 25i250V. De Max. 125i250V. De Max. CD
Switching duty rated (SWD) for flu ores
cent l i g hting applications (Type GC, 1 20V. 15 GHC1015® GHC20 1 5 GHC30 1 5
20 G H C 1 020® GHC2020 GHC3020
Ac and Type G HC, 277V. Ac). GHC2025
.E
25 GHC1 025 GHC3025

• Suitable for reverse feed a p p lications. 30 GHC1 030 GHC2030 GHC3030
35 G HC1 035 GHC2035 GHC3035
Special Purpose Breakers (see page 1 6.4)
40 G H C 1 040 G HC2040 G HC3040
45 G H C 1 045 G HC2045 GHC3045
Terminals 50 G H C 1 050 G HC2050 GHC3050
Line and load side terminals are UL Listed 60 GHC1 060 G HC2060 GHC3060
as su itable for wire type a n d size as indi 70 G H C 1 070 GHC2070 GHC3070
cated below. When used with a l u m i n u m 80 G HC 1 080 GHC2080 GHC3080
w
conductors, u s e appropriate j o i nt com 90 G H C 1 090 G HC2090 GHC3090

pound. 1 00 G H C 1 1 00 GHC2100 GHC3 1 00

ww

CD For IEC-157-1 ( P 1 ) Ratings, refer to Westing house.
1 5-20 # 1 4-# 1 0 AWG ® 24 circuit breakers in single carton; approx. ship
wt. 18 lbs.
Clamp Cu/AI
Cu/AI # 1 0-1/0 AWG @ 1 2 circuit breakers in single carton; approx. ship wt. 1 8 lbs.
25-100 Pressure
® 8 circuit breakers in single carton; approx. ship wt. 18 lbs.
® SWD rated.
List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Discount ® 1 5-70A. only.
CB-2 CD Use 121 outside poles.
Technica l Data
29- 1 20
om
Page 1 6.4
.c
AB DE-ION® Circuit Brea kers
Special Purpose Breakers
These are Type GC a n d G H C circu it breakers with binding head screw-type terminals on
l i ne and load side. These circuit breakers with screw-type terminals w i l l be marked "Spe
cial pu rpose breaker not for general u se". To order this special breaker, use the catalog
n u m bers below.
ls
Type GC Breakers
Ampere 1 Pol e ® 2 Pole® 3 Pole®
Rating
ua
1 20V A e Max 240V Ae Max 240V Ae Max
@ 40'C 1 20V De M ax 1 25/250V De Max 1 25/250V De Max<D
25 GC1 025D GC2025D GC3025D
30 GC1 030D GC2030D GC3030D
35 GC1 035D GC2035D GC3035D
40 GC1 040D GC2040D GC3040D
an
45 GC1 045D GC2045D GC3045D
50 GC1 050D GC2050D GC3050D
55 GC1 055D GC2055D GC3055D
60 GC1 060D GC2060D GC3060D
Type GHC Breakers

Continuous Catalog Numbers -- -
tM
Ampere - ---·---- -----�....-=-.,- ----·----3--c-
- -
1 Pole® 2 Pole® Pole®
Rating 277V Ae Max 480Y/277V Ae Max 480YI277V Ae Max
@ 40'C 1 25V De Max® 1 2 5/250V De Max 1 25/250V De Max<D
-�-=-______
25 G H C 1 025D ----- G HC 20 25 D GHC3025D
30 GHC1 030D GHC2030D GHC3030D
35 G H C 1 035D GHC2035D GHC3035D
40 G H C 1 040D GHC2040D GHC3040D
ar
55 G H C 1 055D GHC2055D GHC3055D
60 GHC1 060D GH C2060D GHC3060D
lP
@ 24 circuit breakers in single carton; approx. ship wt. 18 lbs.

@ 12 circuit breakers i n single carton; approx. ship wt. 18 lbs.
® 8 circuit breakers in single carton; approx. ship wt. 18 lbs.
® SWD rated.
® 1 5-70A, only.
<D Use (21 outside poles.
ca
tri
lec
.E

w

ww
September, 1987
om
Distribution a n d Control Busi ness U nit 29-1 20
Pittsburgh, PA 1 5220 Page 1 6. 5
.c
September, 1 987
New Information AB DE-ION®
Mailed to : E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A,
3 1 -500A Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
Circuit Breaker Accessories
(Apply with G B, G H B, G C , G HC Circu it Breakers)
External Mounted Accessories

Description Style N u m ber N o . U n its
an
in
Package
Lock Dog ( N on-Padl ockable) 1 294C0 1 H01 1
Padlockable Handle 1 223C77G01 10
Mounting Ha rdware (GC/GHC) 624B375G23 10
tM
Din Rail Adaptor CD� (GC/G HC) 1 225C79G01 10
Base M o u ntin\:j Plate@ (GC/GHC) 207 B 5 1 3G 0 1 1
ar
lP
I
ca
tri
lec
Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable) Padlockable Handle

.E
w
ww
Din Rail Adapter

Base Mounting Plate
om
Tech nical Data
29- 1 20
Page 1 6.6
.c
AB D E-ION® Circuit Brea kers
Internally Mounted Accessories - (2) and Shunt Trip Auxiliary Switch
(3) Pole Only® For tripping the circuit breaker from remote For auxil iary control circu its. M i niature
point. Solenoid device m o u nts withi n circuit switches mount wit h i n circuit breaker cover.
Note breaker cover. C i rcuit breaker trips when Commonly used for remote i n dication of
G B/GH B/GC/G H C circuit breakers are factory coil is energized. open/closed circuit breaker status as well as
ls
sealed. U n derwriters' Laboratories, I nc., electrically interlocking ci rcuitry. "a" con
requ i res that i nternal accessories be Since coil is i ntermittent rated o n ly, a cut-off tacts are open with the circuit breaker o pen.
i nstalled at the factory. switch is included to i nterrupt the coi l circ u it "b" contacts are closed with the c i rcuit
when the circuit breaker o pens. breaker open.
ua
Internal accessories are UL l isted for factory
i nstallation u nder E78 1 9 .
Where local codes and standards permit

and UL l isting is not requ i red, i nternal
an
accessories can be field i n stal l e d . Accessory
i nstallation should be done before the cir
cuit breaker is mou nted and connected.
Table 1 0
Electrical Ratings
tM
Type Style N u mber Alarm/Lockout Switch
Accessory Volts Freq. Amps ®®
For remote indication of automatic trip
Shunt Trip 1 20 50/60 Hz 1 . 1 1 373D62G01
operation. Does not function with m a n u a l
Shunt Trip 240 50/60 Hz 2 . 1 1 373D62G02
Shunt Trip 12 De 2.8 1 373D62G 1 5 switching; however, i t w i l l operate when
Shunt Trip 24 De 5.7 1 373D62G 1 6 either a shunt trip or undervoltage release
is operated. A "make" contact closes and a
ar
U ndervoltage
Release 1 20 50/60 Hz 0.05 1 373D62G03 "break" contact opens when the a l a rm/lock
Undervoltage out switch operates. The switch automati
Release 24 50/60 Hz 0.22 1 373D62G04 cally resets when the c i rc u it breaker i s reset.
Undervoltage Undervoltage Release
Release 48 50160 Hz 0. 1 1 1 373D62G05 For undervoltage protection. Solenoid
lP
U ndervoltage
Release 60 50/60 Hz 0 . 1 0 1 373D62G06 device mounts with i n circuit breaker cover.
Trips circuit breaker wit h i n range of 35 to
Undervoltage 70% of rated coil voltage. Picks up a n d seals
Release 110 50 Hz 0.049 1 373D62G07
Undervoltage i n at 85% of rated coi l voltage. The UVR is
reset by the circuit breaker handle fol lowing
ca
Release 208 60 Hz 0.026 1 373D62G08

Undervoltage an opening operation. The UVR is not
Release 220 50 Hz 0.025 1 373D62G09 designed for and should not be used as a
U ndervoltage
Release 240 50/60 Hz 0.024 1 373D62 G 1 0 circuit interlock.
Undervoltage
Release 380 50 Hz 0.01!'> 1 373D62 G 1 1
tri
Undervoltage Either an auxiliary switch or an ala rm/lock

Release 415 5 0 Hz 0.01 3 1373D62 G 1 2 out switch may be m o u nted in a two pole
Undervoltage circuit breaker. The two pole ci rcuit breaker
Release 440 50 Hz 0 . 0 1 2 1 373D62 G 1 3 will not accept either the s h u nt trip or UVR.
Undervoltage
lec
Release 480 60 Hz 0.01 1 373D62G 1 4

Q) For u s e with standard 35mm Din R a i l such a s , 35 x 7 . 5
o r 35 x 15mm p e r Din E N 50022.
Table 2 ® ® Adaptor mounting screws included are for use with (2)
and {3) pole circuit breakers. Adaptors for ( 1 ) pole cir
cuit breakers clip into the base molding.
Electrical Rating Style
Type ��-�-·- Contact N u m ber
11 Suitable for mounting (6) single pole circUit breakers.
Amps Arrangement @ \!'
Accessory Volts Freq
® Suitable lor mounting ( 1 ) two or three pole circUit
breaker.
.E
Auxiliary ® Includes 24 inch external pigtail leads, # 1 8 AWG

Switch 240 50·60 Hz 6 1a 1 b 1 288C74G03 ( 1 6·.010).
Typical internal accessory shipping weight ® A max1mum of two internal accessories may be
Auxiliary 0.50 Lbs. mounted in a three pole circuit breaker
Switch 240 50,60 Hz 6 2a-2b 1 288C73G03 Q) Suitable lor mounting i n left pole only of 3 pole
breaker.
Alarm List Prices ® Suitable lor mounting in right pole only of 2 or 3 pole
Switch 240 50 60 Hz 6 1 break 1 288C75G02 See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 breaker.

w

ww
September, 1 987

t:1EI fO � PAtJet.-
om
8
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tec h n ical Dat
Beaver, Pen n sylva n i a 1 5009
29-120 Bof\l2-P '-'.s.£ •
Page 1 7 1'lO co#J 1-J&..-re;,R$

PrJZ£.. AVA-I L ABLe
fe:fl. WvA. t.Z-7-�1
.c
AB DE-ION®
M a rch, 1 981 Ty pe CA, CAH and HCA 225 Amperes,
S u persedes Technical Data 29-1 20, Type DA 400 Amperes
pages 1 7- 1 8, dated April, 1 980
M a iled to: E, D, C/1 901 , 1 903, 1 9 28/PL
Type BAB 1 25 Amperes
MARK 75® Type HBA 30 Amperes Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
Type CA, CAH and HCA Breakers
1 25-225 Am peres, 240 Volts Ac, 2 and 3 Poles Fixed Trip, Therm a l M a g n etic B reakers
Cont. 2 Pole Breakers 3 Pole Breakers -----------
Ampere Catalog N u m bers Catalog N u mbe'-rs
an
Range
1 0,000 22,000 22,000 :: --
-=-:::-:=
@ 40°C 1 0,000
Amps I.C. Amps I . C. Amps I. C. Amps I. C.
Breakers With Line Terminals Only

1 25 CA2 1 25Y CAH21 25Y HCA2 1 25Y CA3 1 25Y CAH31 25Y HCA3 1 25Y
1 50 CA21 50Y CAH2 1 50Y HCA2 1 50Y CA3 1 50Y .. CAH31 50Y HCA3150Y
175 CA2 175Y CAH2 1 75Y HCA2 1 75Y CA3 1 75Y CAH31 75Y HCA3175Y
tM
225 MCS® CA2225NY CA3225NY
Approx. Ship Wt.: 3V. Lbs. Approx. Ship Wt.: 4V:, Lbs.
Type CA 2 Pole Type CA 3 Pole
Breakers With Line and Load Terminals
1 25 CA2 1 25 CAH 2 1 2 5 HCA2 1 25 CA3 1 25 CAH 3 1 2 5 HCA31 25
1 50 CA2 1 50 CAH 2 1 50 HCA2 1 50 CA3 1 50 ., CAH3 1 50 HCA3 1 50
ar
1 75 CA2 1 75 CAH2175 HCA2 175 CA31 7 5 CAH3175 HCA3175
225 MCS® CA2225N CA3225N
Approx. Ship Wt.: 3V:, Lbs. Approx. Ship Wt.: 5 Lbs.
lP
These breakers m eet req u i rements of Federal Terminals

Specification W-C-375b a s follows: CA, Class Term i n a l s a re U nderwriters' Laboratories,
1 2 b ; CAH, Class 1 4b ; HCA, not defi ned. I nc. listed for the wire type and size listed be
low. When used with a l u mi nu m conductors,
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed use joint compound.
ca
Interrupting Rating : (2-Pole CA and CAH Max. Catalog Wire Range

l i sted for g rounded B Phase a p p lications). Amps. N u mber and Type
240 Volts Ac Amperes ® 1 75 TA175CA1 # 1 -4/0 AI/Cu
225 TA225CA1 2/0-300 MCM AI/Cu
CA 1 0,000 Asym. a n d Sy m . 225® TA225CA2 # 1 -300 MCM AI/Cu
CAH 25,000 Asym ., 22,000 Sym. Type DA 3 Pole
tri
HCA© 42,000 Sym.

Type DA Breakers Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. except
250-400 Amperes, 240 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2 and 3 Poles, Fixed Tri p Thermal M a g n etic as noted (for C.S.A., see page 48).
B reakers
lec
Continuous Breakers With Line Terminals Only Breakers With Line and Load Terminals List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
Ampere Catalog N u mbers Catalog N u mbers Accessories and M odifications
Rating @ 40°C
2 Pole® 3 Pole 2 Pole ® 3 Pole ____ Descripti o n : Pages 49-58
250 DA2250Y DA3250Y DA2250 DA3250 Special Calibrations®

300 DA2300Y DA3300Y DA2300 DA3300
350 DA2350Y DA3350Y DA2350 DA3350 Special cali bration price additi ons a pply to
400 DA2400Y DA3400Y DA2400 DA3400 a m pere ratings not l i sted as sta ndard, or for
.E
400 MCS® DA2400NY DA3400NY DA2400N DA3400N a m bients other than 40°C or 50°C. Also price
Approx. S h ip. Wt. Approx. S h ip. Wt. Approx. Ship. Wt. Approx. Ship. Wt.
1 3 Lbs. 1 5 Lbs. 13 Lbs. 15 Lbs. additions a pply to specific cali brations for
frequencies other than 0-60 Hertz Ac circuits.
Type DA breakers meet req u i rements of Fed Terminals See Appl ication Data 29-1 60 for information
eral Specification W-C-375b: C l ass 1 4b . Term i n als a re U n derwriters' Laboratories, regarding special conditions. M aximu m 400
I nc. listed for the wire type a nd size l isted be Hz cali brati o n : Type CA, HCA and CAH, 1 60
Underwriters' Laboratories, I n c . Listed low. When used with a l u m i n u m conductors, a m ps; Type DA, 300 a m ps.
I nterrupting Ratings use joint compound. To order breaker with
{
Type of 1 -24 2 5 o r More
w
Max. Volts Amperes ® option a l a l u m i n u m body terminals, add suffix Calibration Identical U n its Identical Units
Z to the breaker catalog n u m ber. Thermal Add 10o/o of N o ne
240 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym. Magnetic List Price of None
250 De 1 0,000 Max. Catalog Wire Range, Type Frequency Complete Breaker None
Amps. N u mber No. of Cables
ww
O n a l l 3 p hase Delta, G ro u nded B p h ase a p Standard Terminals (for Copper cable) 50°C Calibratio n ®
p l ications, refer to Westing house. 350 T350DA 1 2 50-500 MCM Cu
400 T400DA2 2 3/0-250 MCM Cu Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for com
® 2-pole breakers are supplied i n 3-pole frames. plete breaker when ordering listed a m pere
® Not UL Listed. Alternate Aluminum Body Terminals ratings for breakers to be used in 50°C am
350 TA350DA 1 250-500 MCM AI/Cu
® Terminal TA225CA2 will replace both TA175CA1 and bients. Same price a s standard 40°C breakers.
400 TA400DA1 . 2 3/0-250 MCM AI/Cu
TA225CA 1 as their stock i s depleted.
® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to Molded
Case Switches (MCS).
om
Technical Data
29-120
Page 1 8
.c
Type B A and MARK 75® Type HBA Breakers Type BA breakers meet the requ i rements of
1 0- 1 25 Amperes, 1 20/240, 240, and 277 Volts Ac, 1 , 2 and 3-Pole Federal Specification W-C-375b as fol l ows : 1
pole, 1 20/240 volts Ac, Classes 1 Oa, 1 1 a, 1 2a ;
2 pole, 1 20/240 volts Ac, Classes 1 O a , 1 2a ; 2, 3
ls
pole, 240 volts Ac, Classes 1 Ob, 1 1 b, 1 2b; 1
pole 277 volts Ac, Class 1 2c; MARK 75 Type
H BA breakers, 1 , 2 poles 1 20/240 volt Ac,
Class 1 5a ; 3 pole, 240 volt Ac, Class 1 5b.
ua
Underwriters' Laboratories, I n c . Listed
I nterrupting Ratings
Type BA, BAB : 1 0 ,000 Amps. (Asym. or Sym.)
Type HBA: 75,000 Amps Asym . ; 65,000
Amps. Sym.
an
277 Volt 1 20/240 Volt 120/240 Volt 240 Volt
Con- Catalog Numbers except as noted.
tin- 1 Pole® 2 Pole@ 3 Pole®
uous ��----��" ��....--- On a l l 3 phase Delta, G rou nded B phase ap
Amp 1 20/240 Volts Ac Max. 277 Volts 1 20/240 Volts Ac Max. 240 Volts 240 Volts Ac Max. plications, refer to Westinghouse.
Rat- Standard MARK 75 Ac Max. Standard MARK 75 Ac Max. Standard MARK 75
tM
ing Standard Note: All two and three pole breakers a re of
@ the com mon trip type.
40"C
Terminals
10 BAB 1 0 1 0 BAB2010 ....... BAB20 1 0 H ® BAB30 1 0 H ® Load side only - line side con nection is ex
15 BAB 1 0 1 5® HBAW1 0 1 5 ®c BA1 0 1 5B BAB20 1 5 H BAW20 1 5 BAB201 5H BAB30 1 5H H BAW30 1 5H
20 BAB1020® HBAW1020®; BA1020B BAB2020 H BAW2020 BAB2020H BAB3020H H BAW3020H tended tan g which bolts di rectly to bus. Load
term i n a l s a re U/L l i sted as suitable for wire
ar
25 BAB 1 02 5 H BAW1025 i . . . . . . . BAB2025 HBAW2025 BAB2025H BAB3025H
30 BAB1 030 H BAW1 030 • BA1 030B BAB2030
'
HBAW2030 BAB2030H BAB3030H type and size l i sted below. When used with
-� : :r�: :
35 BAB1 035 BAB2035 BAB2035H BAB3035H a l u m i n u m conductors, use joint compound.
·\.
40 BAB 1040 . BAB2040 BAB2040H BAB3040H
:\< .0 BAB2050
45 BAB1 045 BAB2045 BAB2045H BAB3045H Breaker Type Wire Wire
50 BAB1 050 \- BAB2050H BAB3050H Amperes Terminal Type Range
\ � ·\;,'
lP
55
�!��g�� .
�!��g�� BAB2055H BAB3055H
<:,_<y,
60 BAB2060H BAB3060H 277 Volt Breakers
70 BAB1 070 BAB2070 BAB2070H BAB3070H 1 5- 30 Pressure Cu # 1 4 - #6, or
80 11. . . . •,
BAB2080 BAB2080H BAB3080H AI # 1 2 - #6
90 \' . ...._,. i ,_ BAB2090 BAB2090H BAB3090H
1 00 ._: .•. . . . BAB2100 BAB21 00H BAB3100H All Other Breakers
1 0- 30 Pressure Cu/AI # 1 4 - #8
ca
� �;1. .
1 10 BAB2 1 1 0
1 25 BAB21 25 35- 50 Pressure Cu/AI # 1 4 - #4
55-100 Pressure Cu/AI # 8 - 110
i'··.
Panelboard Accessories ·�.,...._ · I

...._
._ Special Calibration @ Special Breakers
Description 1 Style N u mber Special cal i bratio n price additions apply to
Tungsten Lampload : Use sta n d a rd 1 pole 1 5
a m pere ratings not l isted as standard, or for 4'
Number Tabs, 1 -42, G u m-Backed 622B630H01 o r 2 0 a m p Type BAB.
tri
O N Button, Black on Wh ite K-72641 ambients other than 40°C or 50°C. Also price �
"'
a.
OFF Button, Black on Wh ite K-72642 additions a pply to specific calibrations for Switching Neutral: For application i n accord 3
frequencies other than 0-60 Hertz Ac circuits. a nce with N .E.C. 5 1 4-5, 240-22 and 380-2. (2 c
(f)
Breaker Accessories See Application Data 29-1 60 for information pole breakers) )>
(See DB 29- 1 50 for description . ) regarding special conditio ns.
lec
Description Style N u mber

1 0 Amps : Cat. No. BAB2 0 1 0C
Type List Price Addition 1 5 Amps: Cat. No. BAB20 1 5C
Dummy Breaker 2600D8 1 G09 of 1 -49 ------�50:;-or More 20 Amps: Cat. No. BAB2020C
Moisture-Fungus Treat. Calibration Identical Units Identical Units
1 -Pole HID (High I ntensity Discharge) (9 : Breakers
2-Pole Thermal Add 20%to None designed specifically for use with high i nten
3-Pole Mag netic List Price of
California Handle Tie
None sity discharge lig hting ( U L Listed as standard
Frequency Complete Breaker None
.E
1 Pole Breakers Only 1 33A633G01 l ighting breakers CD ) .

Lockdog ( Non-padlock)
Cantin- Catalog N u m bers
1 Pole O n ly 1256C42G02
2, 3 Pole uous 1 Pole 2 Pole
1 256C42G01
Padlock Attach . , Removable Ampere 1 20/240 1 20/240
1 Pole Only 208B83 1 G 02 Rating Volts Ac M�x. Volts Ac Max.
Padlock Device ( Non-Remove. per @ 40"C
Cal ifornia Code)
1 , 2, 3 Poles 15 BAB 1 0 1 50 BAB2015D
1 256C4 1 G01
20 BAB1 020D BAB2020D
25
w
BAB1 025D BAB20250

30 BAB1 0300 BAB20300
CB Changed or added since previous issue.
® N o t listed with U nderwriters' Labo ratories, Inc. List Prices: See P rice List 29-020, Dis. C B-2
@ 24 breakers i n single carton, 1 44 in master carton.
Approx. ship. wt.: 7 1bs. and 46 1bs. respectively.
ww
® 12 breakers in single carton, 72 in master carton.

Approx. ship. wt.: 9 1 bs. and 58 1bs. respectively.
® 8 breakers in single carton, 48 in master carton.
Approx. ship wt.: 9 1bs. and 58 1bs. respectively.
® Switching duty rated for 120 volt Ac flu orescent light ap
plications only.
rJ> UL does not have a specific category for HID breakers.
om
Wes t i ng h o u s e E l e c t r i c C o r p . S u p p . to Tec h n i c a l D a ta
L ow V o l tage Bre a k e r D i v i s i o n 2 9 - 1 20
Beave r , PA 1 50 0 9
Page 1 8 . 1
.c
November 1 , 1 9 83 AB D E - I on ( R )
New I nforma t i on C i rc u i t Breakers
E , D , C / 1 9 0 1 , 1 90 3 , 1 9 2 8 / P L
ls
ua
P l e a s e refer to T e c h n i c a l Data 2 9 - 1 2 0 , page 1 8 , dated Marc h , 1 98 1 :
an
Wi t h the i n trodu c t i o n of t h e c omp l ete l i ne of GB and G H B c i rc u i t
breakers ( s e e T D 2 9 - 1 2 0 , page 1 6 . 1 ) , t h e Ty pe BA 2 7 7 v o l t , 1 p o l e
brea k e r i s o b s o l e te a n d wi l l no l o n g e r be ava i l a b l e when e x i s t i n g
s h i p p i ng s toc k i n v e n to ry i s d e p l eted . C a ta l o g n umbers o f t h e
tM
o b s o l eted bre a k e r s a re BA1 0 1 5 B , BA1 0 2 0 B , a n d BA1 030B .
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
P r i nted i n U . S . A .
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
om
29-120
8
Distri bution a n d Control Busi ness U nit
Components Division
Beaver, Pennsylvania 1 5009 Page 32. 1
.c
September, 1 986 Rating Plugs for SELTRON ICTM and
Supersedes Technical Data 29-1 20, Type LCL Cu rrent Limit-R Circuit Breakers AB DE-I ON®
pages 32.1 -32.2, dated September, 1 984
Mailed to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 31 -400A Portable Test Kit and Remote G round Fault Circuit B reakers
Trip I ndicator
ls
ua
an
Continuous Magnetic Trip Setting. Fixed Rating Adjustable Rating Continuous Magnetic Trip Setting, Fixed Rating Adjustable Rating
Ampere Amperes Plugs Plugs® ® Ampere Amperes Plugs Plugs ® ®
Rating(]) Rating(])
Low High Catalog Number Catalog Number Low High Catalog Number Catalog N umber
For 1 50 Amp, Frames: LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA For 2000 Amp Frames · PC PCA PCC PCCA PCG PCGA PCCG PCCGA
75 225 750 1 LC75 1 000 2000 8000 20PC1000 . ... . . . .
tM
90 270 900 1 LC90 1 200 2400 9600 20PC1200
100 300 1 000 1 LC 1 00 A1LC100® 1 400 2800 1 1 200 20PC1 400 ........
1 25 375 1250 1 LC 1 2 5 A1LC125 1 600 3200 1 2800 20PC1 600 A20PC1600
150 450 1 500 1 LC1 50 A1LC150@ 1 800 3600 14400 20PC1800 A20PC1800
2000 4000 1 6000 20PC2000 A20PC2000@
For 300 Amp Frames· LC LCA LCG LCGA HLC HLCA HLCG HLCGA
For 2500 Amp Frames· PC PCA PCC PCCA PCG PCGA PCCG PCCGA
1 50 450 1 500 3LC150 . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ar
175 525 1750 3LC175 . 1400 2800 1 1 200 25PC1400 .
200 600 2000 3LC200 .... . . . 1 600 3200 1 2800 25PC1600 . .......
225 675 2250 3LC225 A3LC225 1800 3600 1 4400 25PC1 800 A25PC1800
250 750 2500 3LC250 A3LC250 2000 4000 1 6000 25PC2000 A25PC2000
275 825 2750 3LC275 A3LC275 2500 5000 20000 25PC2500 A25PC2500@
300 900 3000 3LC300 A3LC300@
For 3000 Amp. Frames: PC, PCA. PCC, PCCA, PCG, PCGA. PCCG. PCCGA
lP
For 400 Amp Frames· LC LCA LCG LCGA HLC HLCA HLCG HLCGA
1 600 3200 1 2800 30PC1600
200 600 2000 4LC200 . . . . . . . . 1 800 3600 14400 30PC1800
225 675 2250 4LC225 ... . . . . . 2000 4000 1 6000 30PC2000
250 750 2500 4LC250 . . . . . . . . 2500 5000 20000 30PC2500 A30PC2500
300 900 3000 4LC300 A4LC300 3000 6000 24000 30PC3000 A30PC3000@
ca
350 1050 3500 4LC350 A4LC350

For 250 Amp. Frames: LCL. LCLA Current Limit-R
400 1 200 4000 4LC400 A4LC400@
For 600 Amp Frames· LC LCA LCG LCGA HLC HLCA HLCG HLCGA 1 25 375 1 1 25 2LCL 1 25
150 450 1 350 2LCL 150
300 900 3000 6LC300 . . . . . 175 525 1575 2LCL175 A2LCL175®
350 1 050 3500 6LC350 . . . . . . . . 200 600 1800 2LCL200 A2LCL200
400 1200 4000 6LC400 A6LC400® 225 675 2025 2LCL225 A2LCL225
tri
450 1350 4500 6LC450 A6LC450 250 750 2250 2LCL250 A2LCL250@
500 1 500 5000 6LC500 A6LC500
For 400 Amp. Frames: LCL. LCLA Current Limit-R
600 1 800 6000 6LC600 A6LC600@
For 800 Amp. Frames: MC. MCA. MCG. MCGA. HMC. HMCA. HMCG. HMCGA 200 400 1600 4LCL200
225 450 1 800 4LCL225
400 1 200 4000 8MC400 250 500 2000 4LCL250
lec
500 1 500 5000 8MC500 A8MC500® 275 550 2200 4LCL275

600 1800 6000 8MC600 A8MC600 300 600 2400 4LCL300 A4LCL300®
700 2100 7000 8MC700 A8MC700 350 700 2800 4LCL350 A4LCL350
800 2400 8000 8MC800 A8MC800@ 400 800 3200 4LCL400 A4LCL400@
For 1200 Amp. Frames: NC, NCA, NCG, NCGA. HNC. HNCA. HNCG, HNCGA
Note: Refer to Westi nghouse for old style (th ree prong) G ro u n d
800 1600 6400 1 2NC800 A1 2NC800®
900 1 800 7200 1 2NC900 A1 2NC900 F a u l t Rati ng Plugs
.E
1 000 2000 8000 1 2NC1000 A12NC1000

1 200 2400 9600 1 2NC1200 A12NC1 200@
Further Information
<D Ampere rating when used in magnetic only frames:

LC-150: 150 Amps MC-800: 800 Amps PC-3000 3000 Amps
LC-300: 300 Amps NC-1200: 1 200 Amps LCL-250 250 Amps
LC-400: 400 Amps PC-2000: 2000 Amps LCL-400 400 Amps
LC-600: 600 Amps PC-2500: 2500 Amps
w
<ID Magnetic Trip range of adjustable rating plugs:

LC, H LC, MC, HMC: 3 to 1 0 times ampere setting
NC, HNC, PC, PCC. LCL-400: 2 to 8 times ampere setting
LCL-250: 3 to 9 times ampere setting
@ Adjustable 70 to 1 00% except as noted.
ww
@J Adjustable 50 to 1 00%
Discount C B -2
om
e
Technical Data
29- 120
Page 32.2
.c
AB DE-ION Circuit B rea kers
Accessories for SELTRONIC and Current Limit-R Circuit Breakers
Portable Test Kit Remote Ground Fault Trip Indicator(])

Provides verification of performance of all For use only with SELTRONIC Circuit Break
frame sizes of SELTRONIC breakers while ers (LCG, HLCG, MCG, H MCG, NCG, H NCG,
ls
devices are sti l l i n service u nder varying PCG and PCCG) with built-i n g ro u nd fault
load and/or phase u n balance. The tester protection.
operates on 1 20 volt 50/60 Hz and includes
complete i nstructions and test times for
ua
testing the long time, i nstantaneous opera
tion and optional g ro u n d fault operation of
the breaker.
an
tM
The Seltronic G round Fault indicator is a
remotely mou nted device with a combi na
tion indicating light/reset/test button that
ar
will light when the breaker trips on a
G round Fault. Tripping from overloads o r
Style N u m ber: 1 287C56G02 short circuits wi l l not activate the device. A
separate 1 20-50/60 power source is requi red
to power the l ight and internal relay which
lP
Further Information
has 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. contacts for customer
con nected alarm etc. Designed for panel
mounting, it can be face-m.ounted by order
ing the optional mounti ng bracket below.
ca
Indicator Style N u m ber: 1 259C14G01
Face Mou nting Bracket for G round Fault

Indicator
tri
Style N u m ber: 1 264C67G01

lec
.E
CD U L I n c . listed as a recognized component.

w

Components Division
ww
Printed in U.S.A.

om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tech n ic a l Data
Com mercial Division - Components 29-120
Beaver, Pen nsy l va n i a 1 5009
Page 33
.c
September, 1 984
Su persedes Tec h n i c a l Data 29- 1 20
Type FCL Cu rrent L i m it-R Breakers,
1 00 Amperes AB D E- I O N ®
M a i led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A, 3 1 -400A Type LCL Cu rrent L i m it-R Breakers,
400 Amperes
ls
ua
Type FCL Current Limit-R Thermal Magnetic, High Interrupting Capacity
Current Limiting Circuit Breakers
1 5 to 1 00 Amperes, 480 Volts Ac Non-Inter Special Calibrations@
an
changeable Trip, Line and Load Terminals Special c a l i bration price additions a p p l y to
included. a m pere rat i n g s not l i sted a s sta ndard, o r for
a m b i ents other t h a n 40°C o r 50°C.
Continuous 2 Poles® 3 Poles
Ampere Catalog Catalog Type of 1 -24 25 or More
Rating N u mber Number Cali bration Identical U n its Identical
('ii' 40°C U n its
tM
15 FCL20 1 5L FCL30 1 5L Add 1 0% to
20 FCL2020L FCL30 20L The rmal List Price of None
25 FCL2025L FCL3025L Complete breaker
35 FCL2035L FCL3035L sooc Calibration@

40 FCL2040L FCL3040L Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for co m
ar
45 FCL2045L FCL3045L p l ete breaker, l i sted above, when o r d e r i n g
50 FCL2050L FCL3050L l i sted a m pere ratings f o r breakers to b e
60 FCl2060L FCL3060L used i n 50oC a m b i ents. Sa me p r i c e a s stan
70 FCL2070L FCL3070L d a rd 40oC breakers.
lP
1 00 FCL2 1 00L FCL3100L Terminals
Breakers l isted i n c l u d e l i n e and load termi
nals. Term i n a ls a re U n d e rwriters' Laborato
ries, I n c . l i sted for wire sizes a n d types Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
ca
l i sted below. When used with a l u m i n u m except as noted.

cable, u s e j o i nt com p o u n d . T o order Type FCL breakers a re not defi n e d in Fed
optio n a l a l u m i n u m term i n a l s, a d d suffix "Z" eral Specification W-C-375-b.
to breaker catalog n u m ber l isted.
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings,
Max. Wire Wire Range Symmetrical Amperes
tri
Breaker Type
Amps Volts, Ac Interrupting Capacity
Standard Pressure Terminals 240 200,000

1 00 AI/Cu # 1 4- 1 /0 480 1 50,000
lec
50 AI/Cu # 1 4-#4
1 00 AI/Cu #4-4/0 O n a l l 3 phase Delta, G r o u n d B p hase a p p l i
cations, refer t o West i n g h o u se.
® 2-pole breakers are supplied in 3-pole frames with cur
rent carrying parts omitted from the center pole.
@ Not Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.
Further Information
List Prices : See Price L i st 29-020, D i s . CB-2
.E

w
ww
Discount CB-2
om
Tec h n i ca l Data
Cl
29-1 20
Page 34
.c
AB DE-ION Circuit Brea ker
Type LCL, LCLA, LCLG, LCLGA Current Limit-R, High Interrupting Capacity Cu rrent Limit
ing Circuit Breakers
1 2 5 to 400 Am peres, 600 Volts Ac With S o l i d State Trip U n its
Standard Breakers 600 Volts Ac, 50/60 Hz. (j
ls
Co m p lete Breaker Req u i res Frame, Rati ng P l u g a n d Term i n a l s .
Frame Only
(i)
ua
Standard (Long Delay Magnetic Long Delay, Mag netic Trip and Adjustable
Mag netic Trip and Only0 and Short Delay Time (.08-.28 seconds), and
Current Limiting) Current Limiting Current Limiting
Types LCL and LCLA 250 Ampere Frame (125-250 Amperes)
2 LCL2250F LCL2250FM LCLA2250F

an
Type LCL and LCLA 400 Ampere Frame (200-400 Amperes)
LCL2400F I
I
2 LCL2400FM LCLA2400F
Breakers With Built-in Ground Fault Protection@
tM
Co m p lete B r e a k e r R e q u i res Fra me, Rati ng P l u g a n d Term i n a l s - Extra Cu rrent Transfo rmer
I n c l u ded for N eutra l . See Page 3 2 . 2 for Opti o n a l I n d icator Kit
Frame Only
Poles(i) Catalog Numbers
Standard (long Delay, Magnetic Trip, Long Delay, Magnetic Trip and Adjustable
ar
Current Limiting, and Ground Fault Trip) Short Delay Time (.06-.22 seconds), Ground
Fault Trip and Current Limiting
Type LCLG and LCLGA 250 Ampere Frame ( 1 25-250 Amperes)
I
lP
Type LCLG and LCLGA 400 Ampere Frame (200-400 Amperes)

2
3
I
LCLG2400F
LCLG3400F
LCLGA2400F
LCLGA3400F
Field Attachments0 Terminals @ (Order Separately) Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
except as noted.
ca
Two term i n a l s a re req u i red per pole. Ter m i

Description Style N u m be r n a l s a re U n d e rwriters' Laboratories, I n c .
Provision t o t r i p f l u x transfer shunt l i sted f o r w i r e t y p e a n d ra nge l i sted below. Type LC L breakers a re not defi n e d in Fed
trip from external 32 to 1 20 volt When used with a l u m i n u m cable, use j o i nt eral Specifications W-C-375-b.
(De to 60 Hz) source® . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D49G22
compo u n d .
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
trip from external 240 to 600 Volts
tri
Max. Term inal Wire R ange, Type, Interrupting Ratings, Symmetrical Amperes
Ac 50/60 Hz source® . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D49G32
x
Amps Catalog No. of Cables
N u mber Volts, Ac I nterrupti ng Capacit y
Provision to trip flu tra nsfer shunt
trip from external 32 to 1 20 volt
Standard Copper Pressure Terminals 240 200,000
(De to 60 Hz) source, plus a 1 A-1 B
auxi li ary switch ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D49G 1 5 225 T225LA 1 #6-350 MCM Cu 480 200,000
lec
400 T401 LA 1 #4-250 MCM Cu, 600 1 00,000

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt plus
trip from external 240 to 600 volts 1 3/0-600 MCM Cu
Ac 50/60 Hz source, plus a 1 A- 1 B Optional AI/Cu Pressure Terminals On a l l 3 phase Delta, G ro u n d ed B pha s e
auxiliary switc h ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D49G25 225 TA225LA1 1 #6-350 MCM Cu, or a p p l i cati o n s, refer to Westi n g h o u se .
1 A- 1 B Auxi li ary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . 1 372D49G03 1 #4-350 MCM AI
400 TA400LA1 1 #4-250 MCM AI/Cu,
Provision to trip fl ux transfer shunt plus Further Information
trip from 24 Volts De . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1 D96G01 1 3/0-600 MCM AI/Cu List Prices: See Price List 29-020, D i s . CB-2
.E
(i Changed or added since previous issue. Factory Mounted and Other Accessories
CD Two pole breakers are supplied in three pole frames Field Testing
with current carrying parts omitted from center pole. Type LCL breakers can be fu nct i o n a l l y
Field Mountable Attachments: T h i s Page
® Only one of these attachments may be mounted per tested b y use of t h e S E LTRO N I C test kit,
breaker. Rating Plugs: Page 32. 1
sty l e 1 287C56G02, shown o n page 32.2.
@ Terminals shipped separately from breaker. Portable Test Kit: Page 32.2
@) Not Underwriters' Laboratories, I nc . listed. Remote Ground Fault Indicator Kit:
® Rated 48 volts minimum for ground fault applications.
Page 3 2 . 2
® Not for ground fault applications.
(J) UL Inc. recognized component.
w
West i n g h ouse E l ectric Corporati o n

ww
Com merci a l Divisi o n - Compon ents

Printed i n U . S.A.

om
8
Low Voltag e B reaker Division 29-120
Page 35
.c
April, 1 980 Type FB TRI-PAC® B reakers, 1 00 Amperes
Supersedes Technical Data 29- 1 2 0 T WE A Type LA TRI-PAC B reakers, 400 Amperes AB DE-ION®
pages 3 1 -32, dated J a n u a ry, 1 976
Mai led to : E, D, C/1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
Type FB TRI-PAC Thermal Magnetic/Current Limiting Breakers 1 5-100 Am peres,
600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De Replaceable Current Limiters
Continuous Ampere Catalog Num bers (Current Limiters Include)

Rating @ 40"C 2-Poles® 3-Poles
an
15 FB201 5PL FB301 5PL
tM
608 FB2060PL FB3060PL
1 00 FB21 00PL FB3 1 00PL
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 1 V2 Lbs.
Replacement Current Limiters and Housing Assembly

ar
Current Limiters: One requi red per pole; Current Li miter housing Assembly,
complete with current limiters.
Catalog Application Listed with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Number Ampere Poles Style except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
lP
Rating Number
1 00FBP06 Supplied as standard in Type FB
TRI-PAC breakers rated 1 5- 1 00 1 5-100 2 1 76C593G09 TRI-PAC FB breakers meet the requirem ents
amperes. 1 5- 1 00 3 176C593G 1 0 for Class 1 6a, 1 6b, 1 7a and 26a circuit break
Replaces 200 FBP03 formerly ers as defined in Federal Specification W-C-
supplied on 1 5-40 ampere ratings, sooc Calibration@ 375b.
ca
and 500FBP07 formerly supplied Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for com
on 50-1 00 ampere ratings. plete brea ker, listed above, when ordering Interrupting Ratings
Refer to Application Data 29-1 60 for complete ap listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used
plication information. i n 50oC a m bients. Same price as standard U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
40oc breakers. 600 Volts Ac Max.: 200,000 Amperes Sym.
tri
Special calibration price additions a p p ly to Based on NEMA Test Procedures

a mpere ratings not listed as standard, o r for 250 Volt De Max. : 1 00,000 Amps
a m bients other than 40"C or 50°C. Also price
additions a pply to specific ca li brations for On a l l 3 p h ase Delta, G round B phase a ppli
lec
frequencies other than 0-60 Hertz Ac circuits. cations, refer to Westingh ouse.
See a p pl ication data 29- 1 60 for information
regarding special conditions. Terminals
Breakers listed include l i n e a n d load termi
Type of 1 -24 25 or More n a ls. Terminals a re U nderwriters' La borato
Calibration Identical Units Identical
U n its ries, I n c. listed for w i re sizes and types l isted
below. When used with a l u mi n u m cable, use
.E
Thermal Add 10% to None joint compound. To order o ptional a l u m i

Magnetic List Price of None n u m term ina ls, add suffix "Z" to breaker
catalog n u m be r listed.
Max. Wire Wire

8 Changed or added since previous issue. Breaker Type Range
Amps
® 2 po l e breakers are supplied i n 3-pole frames with current
w
1 00 AI/Cu # 1 4- 1 /0
50 AI/Cu # 1 4-#4
1 00 AI/Cu #4-4/0
ww

Descri ption : Pages 49-58

om
Tec h nical Data
29-120
Page 36
.c
Type LA TRI-PAC® Thermal Magnetic Breakers
70-400 A m peres, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Poles, Interchangea ble Trip, Replaceable
C u rrent Li m iters
Contin Magnetic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Units, Limiters and Terminals®
uous Trip Setting
ls
Includes Pressure Type Frame Only Trip Unit Cu rrent Limiters
Ampere Amperes® Copper Terminals® Only (1 Required per Pole)
Rating
Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
@40'C
Low High N u m ber Number N u m ber Number
2 Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De®
ua
1 50 750 1 500 LA2150PR LA2400PRF LA21 50PT 200LAP08

an
225 1 1 25 2250 LA2225PR LA2400PRF LA2225PT 400LAP1 0
250 1250 2500 LA2250PR LA2400PR F LA2250PT 400LAP1 0

300 1500 3000 LA2300PR LA2400PRF LA2300PT 400LAP10 Listed with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
350 1750 3500 LA2350PR LA2400PRF LA2350PT 400LAP 1 0 except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
tM
Wt. 29% Lbs. Wt. 23\1, Lbs. Wt. 2'1. Lbs. TRI-PAC LA breakers meet the req u i rements
for Class 1 6a , 1 6b, 1 7a a n d 26a circuit bre a k
3-Poles, 600 Volts Ac Onl y ers as defi ned in Federal Specification W-C-
375b.
100 500 1 000 LA3100PR LA3400PRF LA31 00PT 200LAP08
1 25 625 1250 LA3 125PR LA3400PRF LA31 25PT 200LAP08 Interrupting Ratings
ar
1 50 750 1 500 LA3150PR LA3400PRF LA31 50PT 200LAP08
175 875 1750 LA3 175PR LA3400PRF LA31 75PT 200LAP08 600 Vo lts Ac, M a x . : 200,000 Amperes Sym.
225 1 1 25 2250 LA3225PR LA3400PRF LA3225PT 400LAP1 0 Based on NEMA Test Procedures
250 Volts De Max.: 1 00,000 Amps.
lP

300 1 500 3000 LA3300PR LA3400PRF LA3300PT 400LAP1 0
350 1 7 50 3500 LA3350PR LA3400PRF LA3350PT 400LAP 10 O n a l l 3 phase Delta, G rou nded 8 p h ase a p
400 2000 4000 LA3400PR LA3400PRF LA3400PT 400LAP 1 0
p l ications, refer to Westi nghouse.
Wt. 34 Lbs. Wt. 2 5 Lbs. Wt. 3 Lbs.
ca
Terminals®
Current Limiters® Special Calibration ® Two terminals a re req u i red per pole. Termi
I nc l u ded with breaker, one req u i red per pole. Specia l ca libration price additions a pply to n a l s are U n derwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Cat. No. Application a m pere ratings not listed as standard, or for listed for wire size a nd type l isted below.
a m bients other than 40°C or 50°C. Also price When used with a l u mi n u m conductors, use �
200LAP08 Supplied as standard o n ratings joint compou nd. To order option a l a l u m i n u m �·
additions a pply to specific cali brations for "'
a.
tri
through 200 amps. termina ls, a d d suffix "Z" t o com p l ete breaker
frequ encies other t h a n 0-60 Hz Ac circuits. :;
400LAP 1 0 Supplied as standard on 225thru See Ad 29- 1 60 for i nformation regarding spe catalog n u m ber. c
(f)
400 amp ratings, optional on lower cial conditions. )>
rati ngs when a higher "cross-over Max. Term inal Wire Range, Type,
lec
Type of 1 -24 2 5 or More N u m ber

(Above two limiters replace Cali bration Identical U nits Identical Units
800LAP 1 2 formerly supplied as Standard Copper Pressure Terminals
standard on all ratings, 600LAP09 Thermal Add 30%to None 225 T225LA 1 #6-350 MCM Cu
optional on ratings thru 300 amps, Ambient List Price of None 225® T225LBF 1 #6-250 MCM Cu
300LAP05 optional on ratings thru Frequency Trip Unit None 400 T401 LA 1 #4-250 MCM Cu, plus
1 50 amp, and special rating l i miter 1 3/0-600 MCM Cu
1 000LAP14.) sooc Calibration ®
.E
Add suffix "V" to cata log n u m be r for com

500LAP1 5 Special rating where a higher 225 TA225LA1 1 #6-350 MCM Cu, or
®@ "cross-over point" is desired on 200 pl ete brea ker, or tri p u n it o nly, when ordering 1 #4-350 MCM AI
amp and higher ratings (Replaces listed a mpere rati ngs for breakers to be used 400 TA400LA 1 1 #4-250 MCM AI/Cu, plus
limiter 1 500LAP20) i n 50°C a m bients. Same price as standard 1 3/0-600 MCM AI/Cu
400 TA401 LA 1 600-750 MCM AI
Refer to application data 29-160 for more complete 400C breakers.
a pplication information.
Special Breakers
Magnetic o n ly TRI-PAC breakers a re availa
® Not Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. l isted. ble o n requ est. Refer to AD 29-1 60 for availa
w
® 2-pole breakers or trips are supplied in 3-pole frames with

ble trip ra nges .
current carrying parts omitted from the center pole.
@ Protection based on 1 00,000 amp max. fault, 480 volts
max. Accessories and M odifications
® Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits. Description : Pages 49-58
ww
® Terminals shipped separately from breakers.

(J) Optional terminal.
® New li miters suitable for replacement in existing breakers List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
by using plug-in conductor from old limiter (instructions
included with limiter).
om
Beaver, Penn sylva n ia 1 5009
Page 37
.c
Apri l , 1 980 Type NB TRI-PAC ® Breakers, 800 A mperes
Su persedes Technical Data 29- 1 2 0 T WE A Type PB TRI-PAC Breakers, 1 600 Amperes AB DE-ION®
Ma iled to : E , D , C/1 901 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
Type NB TRI-PAC® Thermal Magnetic Breakers
300-800 A mperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De® , 2, 3 Poles, Interchangeable Trip, Replaceable
Current Limiters
Contin Magnetic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit, Limiters and Terminals
uous Trip Setting,
an
I ncludes Pressure Frame O n ly Trip U n it Only Current Limiter
Ampere Amperes Type Copper 1 Req u i red
Rating Terminals® Per Pole
@ 40"C
Low High Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Number N umber N u m ber N u m ber
2-Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De ® ®
300 1 500 3000 N B2300P NB2800PF NB2300PT 500N BP12
tM
350 1750 3500 N B2350P NB2800PF N B2350PT 500N B P 1 2
400® 2000 4000 N B2400P NB2800PF N B2400PT 500NBP1 2
500® 2500 5000 NB2500P NB2800PF N B2500PT 500NBP12
600® 3000 6000 N B2600P N B2800PF N B2600PT 800NBP20
700@ 3000 6000 N B2700P N B2800PF NB2700PT 800NBP20
800@ 3000 6000 N B2800P N B2800PF NB2800PT 800NBP20
ar
300 1 500 3000 NB3300P NB3800PF N B3300PT 500NBP12 Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
350 1750 3500 NB3350P NB3800PF N B3350PT 500 N BP1 2
400@ 2000 4000 N B3400P N B3800PF N B3400PT 500NBP 1 2 except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
500® 2500 5000 N B3500P N B 3800PF NB3500PT 500N BP 1 2
TRI-PAC NB breakers meet the req u i rements
600@ 3000 6000 NB3600P N B3800PF NB3600PT 800NBP20 for Class 1 6b, 1 7a a n d 26a circuit breakers as
lP
700® 3000 6000 N B3700P NB3800PF NB3700PT 800NBP20

800@ 3000 6000 N B3800P NB3800PF N B3800PT 800NBP20 defined in Federal Specification W-C-375b.
Approx. Ship. Wt. Approx. Ship. Wt. Interrupting Ratings
75 Lbs. 4 Lbs.
ca
Current Limiters Special Calibration (f) 600 Volts Ac Max. : 200,000 Amps. Sym.
Inclu ded with breaker, one req u ired per pole. Specia l cali bration price additions apply to
ampere ratings not listed as standard, or for Based on NEMA Test Procedu res
Catalog Application
N u m be r _________ _______________________ ambients other than 40"C or 50°C, or frequen 250 Volts De Max. ® : 1 00,000 Amps.
_
cies other than 60 Hertz Ac. (400-800 a mpere On all 3 p hase Delta, G ro u n ded B phase a p
500N BP 1 2 Supplied as standard on ratings thru ratings : 50 Hertz Ac m i n i m u m , 60 Hertz Ac plications, refer to Westinghouse.
tri
500 amps.
max i m u m .) See AD 29- 1 60 fo r additional i n
800NBP20 Supplied as standard on 600-800 amp formation regarding special conditio ns . Terminals®
ratings, or optional on lower ratings Two terminals are req u i red per pole. Termi
when a higher "cross-over point" is Type of 1 -24 25 or More
desired. Calibration Identical Units Identical Units
nals are U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
listed for w i re size and type listed below.
lec
Above two lim iters replace 1 OOONBP1 4

formerly supplied on ratings up to 600 Thermal Add 15% to List None When used with alu m i n u m conductors, use
amps, 1 500NBP20 supplied on 700 Magnetic Price of Trip Unit None joint compound. To o rder o ptional a l u m i n u m
amp, and 2500NBP25 supplied on termi nals, a d d suffix "Z" to complete breaker
800 amps. sooc Calibration (f) catalog nu m ber.
Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for com
Refer to AD 29- 1 60 for more complete Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type
p lete breaker or trip u nit only when ordering Ampere Catalog No. of Cables
application information. l isted a m pere ratings for breakers to be used Rating
.E
i n 50°C a mbients. Same price as standard Standard Copper Pressure Terminals

® 2-pole breakers or trips a r e supplied i n 3-pole frames with
current-carrying parts omitted from center pole.
40°C breakers. 350 T350NB 1 # 1 -600 MCM Cu
@ 60 Hertz Ac only.
700 T700NB1 2 2/0-500 MCM C u
® Frames, terminals, studs, mounting hardware, dimensions 800 T1000NB1 3 3/0-500 MCM Cu
and shipping weights are same as standard thermal mag Optional AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
netic breakers. 700 TA700N B 1 2 # 1 -500 MCM AI/Cu
® Shipped separately from breaker. 800 TA 1 OOONB 1 3 3/0-400 MCM AJ/Cu
® De rating applies to 350 amperes maximum thermal or to 800 TA1 201 N B 1 3 500-750 MCM AI/Cu
w
0 Not UL Listed.
Special Breakers
Magnetic only TRI-PAC breakers are available
o n request. Refer to AD 29- 1 60 for available
trip ranges.
ww

om
Techn ical Data
29-120
Page 38
.c
Type PB TRI-PAC® Thermal Magnetic/Current Limiting Breakers
600- 1 600 Amperes, 600 Volts, 60 Hertz Ac®, 250 Volts De ® , 2, 3 Poles Interchangeable Trip,
Replaceable C u rrent Li miters
Contin- Ac Magnetic Complete Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit Current Umiters and
ls
uous Trip Setting Breaker Connectors
Ampere (Set on High Includes Rear Frame Only Trip U n it Only Current Limiters
Rating Side, Adjust- "T" Connectors® 1 Required Per Pole
@ able to Lower Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
40°C Limits)
------- Number N u mber N u m ber N u mber
ua
Low High

600 1 500 5000 P82600PR P821 600PRF P82600PRT 1 000PBPR20
700 1 500 5000 P82700PR P821 600PRF PB2700PRT 1 000PBPR20
800 1 500 5000 P82800PR PB21 600PRF P82800PRT 1 000PBPR20
an
900 1 500 5000 P82900PR PB21 600PRF PB2900PRT 1 000PBPR20
1 000 1 500 5000 P821 000PR P821 600PRF PB21 000PRT 1000PBPR20
1 200 2000 6000 P821 200PR P821 600PRF P821 200PRT 1 600PBPR30
1 400 2500 7000 P82 1 400PR P821 600PRF P82 1 400PRT 1 600PBPR30
1 600 3000 8000 PB21 600PR PB21 600PRF PB2 1600PRT 1 600PBPR30
Approx. Ship.
Wt . . . . . . . . . . . 148 1bs. 1 06 1bs. 1 8 1bs. 4 1bs. Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
tM
3-Pole, 600 Volts Ac except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
600 1 500 5000 PB3600PR P831 600PRF P83600PRT 1000PBPR20
700 1 500 5000 PB3700PR PB31 600PRF P83700PRT 1 000PBPR20 TRI-PAC P B breakers meet the req u i rements
800 1 500 5000 PB3800PR P831 600PRF PB3800PRT 1 000PBPR20 for Class 1 7a and 26a circuit breakers as de
fined in Federal Specification W-C-375b.
1 000 1 500 5000 P831 000PR PB31 600PRF P831 000PRT 1 000PBPR20
1 200 2000 6000 PB31 200PR P831 600PRF P831 200PRT 1 600PBPR30
ar
1 400 2500 7000 P831 400PR PB31 600PRF PB3 1 400PRT 1 600PBPR30 Interrupting Ratings
1 600 3000 8000 P831 600PR P831 600PRF PB31 600PRT 1 600PBPR30 Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
Approx. Ship.
Wt . . . . . . . . . . . 1 79 1bs. 1 20 lbs. 23 1bs. 4 1bs. 600 Volts Ac M ax . : 200,000 Amps. Sym.
Current Limiters Special Calibrations® Based on NEMA Test Procedure

lP
I n cl uded with breaker, one req u i red per pole. Special cal ibration price additions a pply to 250 Volts De ® : 1 0 0 ,000 Amps.
Catalog Application a mpere ratings not listed as standard, o r for
N u m ber a m bie nts other than 40°C or 50°C. See Appli O n a l l 3 phase Delta, Grounded 8 phase a p
cation Data 29- 1 60 for i nformation regarding pl ications, refer to Westing house.
1 OOOPBPR20 Suppl ied as standard on ratings thru
ca
special conditions.
1 000 amps. (Replaces l i miter Bus Bar Connectors®
1 500PBPR30 formerly supplied on �� 1� � m M�
600 and 700 amp ratings, and Cal ibration Identical U n its Identical Units "T" Connectorfor Cu/AI Bus
3000PBPR27 supplied on 800-1000 Two requ i red per pole. For
amp ratings.) Thermal Add 15% ofTrip None rear bus con necti o n . Acce pts
1 600PBPR30 Supplied as standard o n 1 200-1600 Ambient Unit List Price None u p to four bus bolts. May be
tri
amp rati ngs. Optional on lower rotated 90°. Catalog N umber

ratings where a higher "cross-over sooc Calibration® BA2000PB.
point is desired. (Replaces limiter Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for com
4000PBPR30 formerly supplied on
1 200-1400 amp ratings, and plete breaker when ordering listed a m pere Cable Connector
5000PBPR42 supplied on 1 600 a m p ratings for breakers to be used in 50°C am (Optional)
lec
ratings. bients. Same price as sta ndard 40°C breakers. For "T" Connector. Accepts
Refer to AD 29-160 for more complete application four 600 M C M copper cables.
i nformation. Style N umber 505C706G04.
Discount Symbol : CB-2(1
® Higher frequency calibration not available M i n i m u m of 50
Hertz calibration available on special order.
® 250 volts De rating applies only to magnetic only breakers. Special B reakers ®
@ 2·pole breakers are supplied in 3·pole frames with current Magnetic Only Type TRI-PACS : Ava i l a bl e o n
.E
carrying parts omitted from center pole.

request. Refer to Application Data 2 9- 1 60 for
® Not Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed. ava ilable trip ranges.
8 Changed since previous issue.
w
ww
om
Low Voltage Breaker Division 29- 1 20
Pag e 39
.c
April, 1 980
S u persedes Tech nical Data 2 9- 1 2 0 T WE A
Type JA 225 Amperes AB DE-ION®
M a iled to: E, D, C / 1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL
Type KA 225 Amperes
MARK 75® Type HKA 225 Amperes Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
Type JA Thermal Magnetic, Saf-T-Vue ® Breakers
70-225 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2 a n d 3 Poles, Fixed Trip
Cantin- Magnetic Trip Complete Breaker Breaker Wrthout Terminals
uous Setting, Amperes Incl udes Pressure Type Copper
Ampere (Set on Hig h Terminals®
an
Rating Side, Adjusta ble
@ 40°C to Lower Limits) Catalog N u m ber Catalog N u m ber
Low High Standard Saf-T-Vue Standard Saf-T-Vue
70 350 700 JA2070 JA2070S JA2070W JA2070SW
90 450 900 JA2090 JA2090S JA2090W JA2090SW
1 00 500 1 000 JA2100 JA21 00S JA21 00W JA21 00SW
tM
125 625 1 250 JA2 1 25 JA21 25S JA2 1 25W JA2 1 25SW
1 50 750 1 500 JA2 1 50 JA2150S JA21 50W JA21 50SW
175 875 1750 JA2175 JA2175S JA2175W JA2175SW
200 1 000 2000 JA2200 JA2200S JA2200W JA2200SW
225 1 1 25 2250 JA2225 JA2225S JA2225W JA2225SW
225MCS® Non-automatic JA2225N JA2225SN JA2225NW JA2225SNW
Approx. Ship. Wt. 12 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 2 Lbs.
ar
70 350 700 JA3070 JA3070S JA3070W JA3070SW
90 450 900 JA3090 JA3090S JA3090W JA3090SW Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
1 00 500 1 000 JA3 1 00 JA3100S JA3 1 00W JA31 00SW
1 25 625 1 250 JA3 1 2 5 JA3 1 25S JA3 1 2 5W JA3 1 2 5SW except as noted. (For C.S.A. see page 48).
1 50 750 1 500 JA3 1 50 JA3150S JA31 50W JA31 50SW
175 875 1 750 JA3175 JA3175S JA3175W JA3175SW
Type JA breakers meet requirements of Class
lP
200 1 000 2000 JA3200 JA3200S JA3200W JA3200SW 1 9a and 20a circuit breakers as defi ned by
225 1 1 25 2250 JA3225 JA3225S JA3225W JA3225SW Federal Specification W-C-37 5b.
225MCS® Non-automatic JA3225N JA3225SN JA3225NW JA3225SNW
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 4 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 12 Lbs. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
Interrupting Ratings(?)
For Panelboard and Switchboard a pplications where o n ly l i n e side or load side terminals are
ca
required, add suffix "X " to complete breaker catalog n u m ber. M ax . V o lts __Am peres
________ .
Special Breakers ® 240 Ac 30,000 Asym., 25,000 Sym .
480 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
Cantin- Magnetic Trip Breaker Catalog N u m ber
3c-----'�---------;
- ::;; ;-;; ---------
� 600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
uous P-
Setting, Amperes 2""""-""'ol;e--
s® 3-Poles
Ampere (Set on High 250 De 1 0,000
tri
Rating Side, Adjusta ble

@ 40°C to Lower Limits) - - ��=��--------,=--�------ -, --��-- O n a l l 3 p hase Delta, G rounded B p hase ap
Stan-d� ard-o- � S af-T-V u e Standard Saf-T-Vue
Low High plications, refer to Westi n ghouse.
Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable-Without Terminals®
225 350 700 JA2700MW JA2700SMW JA3700MW JA3700SMW Terminals@
225 625 1 250 JA21250MW JA21250SMW JA3 1 250MW JA31 250SMW Two terminals a re required per pole .
lec
225 750 1 500 JA21500MW JA21 500SMW JA3 1 500MW JA31 500SMW
225 875 1 750 JA21750MW JA21750SMW JA31750MW JA31750SMW Terminals a re U nderwriters' La boratories,
225 1 1 25 2250 JA22250MW JA22250SMW JA32250MW JA32250SMW I nc. listed for wire type a nd ra nge listed be
Ambient Compensating Breakers
70 350 700 JA2070A JA3070A ..........
low. When used with a l u m i n u m conductors,
100 500 1 000 JA21 00A JA31 00A .......... use joint compound. To order optional alu
1 25 625 1 2 50 JA2125A JA31 25A .......... minum copper termi n als, add suffix "Z" to
1 50 750 1 500 JA21 50A JA3150A .......... complete breaker catalog n u m ber.
175 875 1 750 JA2 1 7 5A JA3175A .. ........
.E
200 1 000 2000 JA2200A JA3200A . . . . . . . . . . Breaker Catalog Wire Range, Type
225 1 1 25 2250 JA2225A JA3225A .......... Rating, Number No. of Cables
Amps.
Special Calibrations® Type of 1 -24 25 or More Standard Pressure Terminals (Copper Only)
Special ca l i bration price additions a pply to Calibration Identical Units Identical Units 70-225 T225LA 1 #6-350 MCM
a mpere ratings not l i sted as sta ndard, o r fo r 70-225® T225LBF 1 #6-250 MCM
Thermal Add 10o/o to None Optional AI/Cu Pressur Terminals
a m bients other t h a n 40°C or 50°C. Also Price Magnetic List Price of None 70-225 TA225LA1 1 #6-350 MCM Cu, or
additions apply to specific cali brations for Frequency Complete Breaker None 1 #4-350 MCM AI
frequencies other than 0-60 Hertz Ac ci rcuits.
w
See AD 29-1 60 for information regarding spe 50°C Calibration ® Magnetic Only and Ambient Compensating
cial conditions. Add suffix "V" to cata log n u m be r fo r com Breakers
plete breaker when ordering l isted am pere For description, refer to DB 29-1 50 a nd AD
ratings to be used in 50°C a m bients. Same 29- 1 60. To order, sel ect catalog n u m be r from
ww
® 2-pole breakers are supplied in 3-pole frames with current

carrying parts o mitted from center pole. price as standard 40°C breakers. table at l eft.
® Terminals are shipped separately from breaker frame.
® Optional terminal. Accessories and M odifications
® Select desired terminal from table and order as separate Description : Pages 49-58
item.
rl! Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
switches (MCS).
om
Techn ical Data
29-120
Page 40
.c
Type KA Thermal Magnetic, Saf-T-Vue® and MARK ® Breakers
70-225 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2 a nd 3 Poles, Interchangeable Trip
Con- Magnetic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals
tin- Trip Includes Pressure Type Frame O n ly Trip Unit
ls
uous Setting Copper Terminals@ Only
Am- Amperes®
pere Low Catalog N u mber Catalog N u m ber Catalog
High
Rat- Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK 75 N u mber
ing Standard,
-
@
ua
MARK 75 or
40°C Saf-T-Vue
70 350 700 KA2070 KA2070S HKA2070 KA2225F KA2225FS HKA2225F HKA2070T
90 450 900 KA2090 KA2090S HKA2090 KA2225F KA2225FS H KA2225F HKA2090T
1 00 500 1000 KA2 1 00 KA21 00S HKA21 00 KA2225F KA2225FS HKA2225F HKA21 00T
125 625 1 250 KA2 125 KA2 1 25S HKA2 1 25 KA2225F KA2225FS HKA2225F HKA2 125T
1 50 750 1 500 KA2 1 50 KA2150S HKA2 1 50 KA2225F KA2225FS HKA2225F HKA21 50T
an
175 875 1 750 KA2 1 7 5 KA21 75S HKA2 1 75 KA2225F KA2225FS HKA2225F HKA21 75T
200 1 000 2000 KA2200 KA2200S HKA2200 KA2225F KA2225FS HKA2225F HKA2200T
225 1 1 25 2250 KA2225 KA2225S HKA2225 KA2225F KA2225FS HKA2225F HKA2225T
225 MCS® KA2225N KA2225SN KA2225NW KA2225SNW . . . . . . . . Incl. i n Frame
Approx. Ship. Wt. 12 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 9'12 Lbs. Approx. Ship.
Wt. 2 Lbs. Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
except as noted. (For C.S.A. see page 481.
tM
70 350 700 KA3070 KA3070S H KA3070 KA3225F KA3225FS HKA3225F HKA3070T
90 450 900 KA3090 KA3090S HKA3090 KA3225F KA3225FS HKA3225F HKA3090T
1 00 500 1000 KA3 1 00 KA3 1 00S HKA3100 KA3225F KA3225FS HKA3225F HKA31 00T Type KA breakers meet the req u i rements for
1 25 625 1 250 KA31 25 KA31 25S HKA31 25 KA3225F KA3225FS H KA3225F HKA3125T class 19a a nd 20a circuit breakers, a n d Type
1 50 750 1 500 KA3150 KA31 50S HKA3 1 50 KA3225F KA3225FS H KA3225F HKA31 50T
1 75 875 1750 KA3 1 75 KA3 175S HKA3 175 KA3225F KA3225FS HKA3225F HKA3 1 75T HKA meet req u i rements for class 23a as de
200 1 000 2000 KA3200 KA3200S HKA3200 KA3225F KA3225FS HKA3225F HKA3200T fined by Federal Specification W-C-375b.
225 1 1 25 2250 KA3225 KA3225S HKA3225 KA3225F KA3225FS HKA3225F HKA3225T
ar
225 MCS® KA3225N KA3225SN . . . . . . . . KA3225NW KA3225SNW Incl. in Frame Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
Approx. Ship. Wt. 14 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 1 Lbs. Approx. Ship.
Wt. 2'12 Lbs. Interrupting Ratings®
Fo r Panel board a n d Switch board applications where only l i n e side or load side term inals a re
M ax . Volts Amperes
required, add suffix "X " to complete breaker cata log n u m ber.
lP
Standard Breakers
Trip Units Only For Magnetic Only and sooc Calibration®
240 Ac 30,000 Asym., 25,000 Sym.
Ambient Compensating Breakers ® Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for com
480 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
Contin- Mag netic Catalog N u m bers pl ete b reaker, listed a bove, when ordering
600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym .
uous Trip Setting 2 Poles@ 3 Poles listed a m pere ratings to be used i n 50°C am
250 De 1 0,000
ca
Ampere Amperes® bients. Same price as standard 40°C breakers.

Rating Low High
MARK 75 Breakers
Magnetic Only, Front Adjustable Breakers Terminals@
240 Ac 75,000 Asym., 65,000 Sym.
225 350 700 H KA2700TM HKA3700TM Two terminals a re req u i red per pole. Te rmi
225 625 1250 HKA21 250TM HKA31 250TM 480 Ac 40,000 Asym., 35,000 Sym.
nals a re U nd erwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
225 750 1 500 HKA21 500TM HKA31 500TM 600 Ac 30,000 Asym., 25,000 Sym.
l isted for wire type and range listed below.
tri
225 875 1750 HKA21 750TM HKA31 750TM 250 De 20,0000

225 1 1 25 2250 H KA22250TM HKA32250TM When used with a l u m i n u m conductors, use
Ambient Compensating Breakers joint com po u n d . To order optional
O n a l l 3 phase Delta, G rou nded 8 p h ase
70 350 700 H KA2070TA HKA3070TA a l u m i n u m -copper termi nals, add suffix "Z" to
1 00 500 1 000 HKA21 00TA HKA31 00TA
a pplications, refe r to Westi n g h ouse.
complete breaker catalog n u m ber.
1 25 625 1 250 H KA2 1 2 5TA HKA3 1 2 5TA
lec
1 50 750 1 500 HKA21 50TA HKA31 50TA Max. Catalog Wire Range, Type Magnetic Only and Ambient Compensating
175 875 1 750 HKA21 75TA HKA31 75TA Amps Number B reakers
No. of Cables
200 1 000 2000 HKA2200TA H KA3200TA
225 1 1 25 2250 H KA2225TA H KA3225TA For description, refer to DB 29-1 50 a n d AD
29-1 60. To order these breakers, select fra me,
Special Calibration ® 225 T225LA 1 #6-350 MCM Cu
225® T225LBF 1 #6-250 MCM Cu trip u n it and term inals.
S pecial ca l i bration price additions apply to
a m pere ratings not l isted as standard, or for Optional AI/Cu Pressure Terminals Accessories and Modifications
.E
a m bients other than 40°C or 50°C, also price 225 TA225LA1 1 #6-350 MCM Cu or
1 #4-350 M C M AI Descriptio n : Pages 49-58
additions apply to specific cali brations for
freq uencies other than 0-60 Hertz ac circuits. ® Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
See AD 2 9- 1 60 for information regarding spe @ 2-pole breakers are supplied in 3-pole frames with current List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
cial conditions.
® Terminals shipped separately from breaker frame.
Type 1 -24 25 or More ® Set on high side, adjustable to lower limit.
Calibration Identical U n its Identical Units ® Optional terminal.
Thermal Add 30% to <J! Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not UL Listed.
None
w
Ust Price of ® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case

Magnetic None
Frequency Trip Unit N o ne switches (MCS).
ww
om
8
Page 41
.c
Apri l , 1 980
Supersedes Technical Data 2 9- 1 20 T WE A
Type LAB400 Am peres AB DE-ION®
Circu it Breakers
Type LA400 Amperes
M a i led to: E, D, C/1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Mark 7 5 Type HLA 400 Am peres
ls
ua
Type LAB Thermal Magnetic, Saf-T-Vue® Breakers
1 25-400 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Poles, Fixed Trip
Contin Magnetic Trip Complete Breaker Breaker Without Terminals
uous Setting, Amperes Includes Pressure Type Copper
Ampere ®
an
Termi nals@
Rating
Catalog N u m ber Catalog N u m ber
@
40°C Low High Standard Saf-T-Vue Standard Saf-T-Vue
2-Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De@
1 25 625 1 250 LAB2 1 25 LAB2 1 2 5S LAB2 1 2 5W LAB2 1 25SW
1 50 750 1 500 LAB2 1 50 LAB21 50S LAB21 50W LAB21 50SW
175 875 1750 LAB2 1 75 LAB2175S LAB21 75W LAB2175SW
tM
400 2,000 4000 LAB2400 LAB2400S LAB2400W LAB2400SW
400 MCS® Non-Automatic LAB2400N LAB2400SN LAB2400NW LAB2400SNW
ar
Approx. Ship. Wt. 22 Lbs. Approx. Sh ip. Wt. 22 Lbs.
3-Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
125 625 1 2 50 LAB3 1 25 LAB3125S LAB31 25W LAB3125SW except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
1 50 750 1 500 LAB31 50 LAB31 50S LAB31 50W LAB31 50SW
175 875 1 7 50 LAB3 1 7 5 LAB3175S LAB31 75W LAB3 1 7 5SW Type LAB breakers meet requ irements for
200 1 000 2000 LAB3200 LAB3200S LAB3200W LAB3200SW class 2 1 a circuit breakers, as defi ned by Fed
lP

250 1 250 2500 LAB3250 LAB3250S LAB3250W LAB3250SW eral Specification W-C-375b.
350 1 750 3500 LAB3350 LAB3350S LAB3350W LAB3350SW U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
Interrupting Rati ngs ®
400 MCS® Non-a utomatic LAB3400N LAB3400SN LAB3400NW LAB3400SNW
ca
Approx. Ship. Wt. 24% Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 24% Lbs. Max. Volts Amperes
For panel board or switch board a pplications where o n ly line side or load side term inals are 240 Ac 50,000 Asym., 42,000 Sym .
req u i red, add siffix "X" to complete breaker catalog n u m ber. 480 Ac 35,000 Asy m . , 30,000 Sym.
Special Breakers ® 600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym .
250 De 20,000®
Contin Mag netic Breaker Catalog Number
tri
uous Trip Setti ng, 2-Poles@ 3-Poles O n a l l 3 phase Delta, G rou nded B phase ap
Ampere Amperes® Standard Saf-T-Vue Standard Saf-T-Vue
Rating Low High p l ications, refer to Westinghouse.
Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable-Without Terminals0 Terminals@

400 350 700 LAB2700MW LAB2700S MW LAB3700MW LAB3700SMW
lec
400 625 1 250 LAB2 1 250MW LAB21 250SMW LAB3 1 250MW LAB31250SMW Two requi red per pole. Select from ta ble on
400 750 1 500 LAB21 500MW LAB2 1 500SMW LAB3 1 500MW LAB31 500SMW page 42 .
400 875 1 750 LAB21750MW LAB21750SMW LAB3 1 750MW LAB31750SMW
400 1 1 25 2250 LAB22250MW LAB22250S MW LAB32250MW LAB32250S MW
LAB33000MW LAB33000SMW
400 1 500 3000 LAB23000MW LAB23000SMW
400 2000 4000 LAB24000MW LAB24000SMW LAB34000MW LAB34000SMW Breakers
Ambient Compensating Breakers-Includes Terminals For description, refer to DB 29- 1 50 a n d AD
1 25 625 1 250 LAB2 125A ............ LAB31 25A ............ 29-1 60. To order, select catalog n u mber from
1 50 750 1 500 LAB21 50A ............ LAB31 50A · · · · · · · · · · · ·
.E
175 875 1 750 LAB2 1 75A ............ LAB3175A ........ .... table at left.
200 1000 2000 LAB2200A ............ LAB3200A ........ ....
225 1 1 25 2250 LAB2225A ............ LAB3225A ........ .... Accessories and Modifications
250 1 250 2500 LAB2250A ............ LAB3250A ........ ....
300 1 500 3000 LAB2300A ............ LAB3300A . ....... .... Descriptio n : Pages 49-58
350 1 750 3500 LAB2350A ............ LAB3350A ........ ....
400 2000 4000 LAB2400A ............ LAB3400A · · · · · · · · · · · ·
Special Calibrations® Type of 1 -24 25 or More
Special calibration price additio ns apply to Ca libration Identical Units Identical Units
w
® Not listed with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

a mpere ratings not l isted as sta ndard, or for Thermal Add 10% to None @ 2·Pole breakers or trips are supplied i n 3-pole frames with
a m bients other than 40oC or 50°C. Also price Mag netic List Price of None current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
additions apply to specific calibrations for Freq uency Complete Breaker None @ Terminals shipped separately from breaker.
frequencies other than 0-60 Hertz Ac c i rcuits.
ww
50°C Calibration ® ® Optional terminal.

See AD 29- 1 60 for information regarding spe A d d suffix "V" to catalog n u m be r for com (J) Select desired terminals from page 36 and order as sepa
cial conditions. Maximum ca l i b ration for 400 rate item.
plete breaker when ordering listed a m pere ® Rati ngs above 1 0,000 amps not UL listed.
Hz is 300 amps . rati ngs for breakers to be used in 50oc am ® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case
bients. Same price as standard 40oC breakers. switches (MCS).
om
8
Tech n ical Data
29-120
Page 42
.c
Type LA and MARK 75 Type HLA
70-400 Am peres, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Pol es, I nterchangea ble Trip
Con- Magnetic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals
in- Trip I n cl udes Pressure Type Frame Only Trip Unit
uous Setting Copper Terminals<V Only
ls
A m- Amperes®
Low �
pere Catalog N u mber Catalog N u m ber Catalog
Rat- Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard Saf-T-Vue MAR K 75 N umber
ing Standard,
@ MARK 75 or
ua
40°C Saf-T-Vue
400 Ampere Frame Breakers ®
70® 350 700 LA2070 LA2070S LA2400F LA2400FS . . . . . . . . . . H LA2070T
90 ® 450 900 LA2090 - LA2090S LA2400F LA2400FS . . . . . . . . . . HLA2090T
1 00 ® 500 1 000 LA2 1 00 LA2100S LA2400F LA2400FS . . . . . . . . . . HLA21 00T
1 25 625 1 250 LA2 1 25 LA2 1 25S HLA2 125 LA2400F LA2400FS HLA2400F HLA2125T
an
1 50 750 1 500 LA2 1 50 LA2 1 50 S HLA2 1 50 LA2400F LA2400FS HLA2400F HLA21 50T
1 75 875 1 750 LA2 1 75 LA2 1 75S HLA2 175 LA2400F LA2400FS HLA2400F HLA21 75T
225 1 1 25 2250 LA2225 LA2225S H LA2225 LA2400F LA2400FS H LA2400F HLA2225T
250 1 250 2500 LA2250 LA2250S H LA2250 LA2400F LA2400FS H LA2400F H LA2250T
300 1 500 3000 LA2300 LA2300S HLA2300 LA2400F LA2400FS H LA2400F HLA2300T Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
350 1750 3500 LA2350 LA2350S HLA2350 LA2400F LA2400FS HLA2400F H LA2350T except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.)
tM
400 MCS@ LA2400N LA2400S N LA2400N W LA2400SNW . . . . . . . . . . Incl. i n Frame
Type LA breakers meet requirements for class
Approx. Ship. Wt. 21 o/. Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 7 '/:z Lbs. Approx. Ship.
Wt. 2'4 Lbs. 2 1 a circuit breakers, and Type HLA meet re
3 Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only q u i rements for class 23 a as d efined by Fed
70 ® 350 700 LA3070 LA3070S LA3400F LA3400FS . . . . . . . . . . HLA3070T eral Specification W-C-375b .
90 ® 450 900 LA3090 LA3090S LA3400F LA3400FS . . . . . . . . . . HLA3090T
HLA3i25 · · · · · · · · · HLA31 25T
ar
1 00 ® 500 1 000 LA3 1 00 LA3 1 00S LA3400F LA3400FS HLA31 00T
1 25 625 1 250 LA31 25 LA3 1 25S LA3400F LA3400FS HLA3400F Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
1 50 750 1 500 LA3150 LA31 50S HLA31 50 LA3400F LA3400FS HLA3400F HLA31 50T Interrupting Ratings@
175 875 1 750 LA3 1 75 LA3 175S HLA31 7 5 LA3400F LA3400FS H LA3400F H LA31 7 5T
200 1 000 2000 LA3200 LA3200S HLA3200 LA3400F LA3400FS HLA3400F HLA3200T Volts Max. Amperes ,...,
..,
225 1 1 25 2250 LA3225 LA3225S HLA3225 LA3400F LA3400FS HLA3400F H LA3225T
250 1 250 2500 LA3250 LA3250S HLA3250 LA3400F LA3400FS H LA3400F HLA3250T Standard Breakers
lP
300 1 500 3000 LA3300 LA3300S HLA3300 LA3400F LA3400FS HLA3400F HLA3300T 240 Ac 50,000 Asym., 42,000 Sym.
400 2000 4000 LA3400 LA3400S HLA3400 LA3400F LA3400FS HLA3400F H LA3400T 480 Ac 35,000 Asym., 30,000 Sym.
Approx. Ship. Wt. 24'/:z Lbs: · · ·

400 MCS@ LA3400N LA3400SN . LA3400NW LA3400SNW . . . . . . . . . . Incl. in Frame 600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 9 Lbs. Approx. Ship. 250 De 20,000@
Wt. 3 Lbs.
ca
MARK 75 Breakers
For Panel board a n d switchboard applications where only l i n e side or load side terminals are
requi red , add suffix "X" to com plete breaker catalog n u m ber. 240 Ac 75,000 Asym., 65,000 Sym.
480 Ac 40,000 Asym., 35,000 Sym.
Terminals ® (!) Max. Term inal Wire Range, Type, 600 Ac 30,000 Asym ., 25,000 Sym.
Two term i n als a re req u i red per pole. Termi Amps Catalog No. of Cables
N u mber 250 De 20,000@
tri
nals a re U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

l isted for wire type and range l isted bel ow. Standard Copper Pressure Terminals On a l l 3 phase Delta, G ro u n ded 8 p h ase a p
When used with a l u m i n u m cable, use joint 225® T225LA 1 #6-350 MCM Cu plications, refer to Westi n g house.
225 ® ® T225LBF 1 #6-250 MCM Cu
compou nd. To order optional a l u m i n um 400® T401 LA 1 #4-250 MCM Cu,
copper ter m i na ls, add suffix "Z" to comp lete plus Accessories and Modifications
lec
breaker catalog n u m ber. 1 3/0-600 MCM Cu Descriptions: Pages 49-58

® Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Optional AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
@ 2-pole breakers or trips are supplied i n 3-pole frames with 225® TA225LA1 1 #6-350 MCM Cu, or List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 1 #4-350 MCM AI
® These ratings have interrupting capacities reduced to 400® TA400LA1 1 #4-250 MCM AI/Cu,
25,000 amps sym. at 240 volts, 20,000 amps sym. at 480
plus
volts, and 1 5 ,000 amps sym. at 600 volts. 1 3/0-600 M CM AI/Cu
@ Terminals, trip units and accessories are not interchange-
.E
400® TA401 LA 1 600-750 MCM AI

,1
able between 400 and 600 ampere frames.
® Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits. i....-
(!) Terminals shipped separately from breaker.
® 400 amp frame only.
® Optional terminal.
@! Ratings above 10,000 amps not U L Listed.
® Interrupting capacities do not apply to molded case
switches (MCS).
w
ww
om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tech nica l Data
Page 43
.c
April, 1 980
S u persedes Techn ical Data 29- 1 20 T WE A
Type LA400 Ampe res
Type MA800 Amperes AB DE-ION®
M a iled to: E , D, C/1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
Type LA Breakers
70-400 Am peres, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De, 2, 3 Poles, I nterch angeable Trip
Special Breakers® Trip Units Only Magnetic Only and Ambient Compensating
Breakers ®
an
Contin- Magnetic Catalog Number
uous Trip Setting, 2-Pole s® 3-Poles For description, refer to DB 2 9- 1 50 a n d AD
l'l_a ting
Ampere Amperes® 29-1 60. To order, sel ect trip u n it from ta b l e at
Low High
l eft, frame and terminals from page 42.
Mag netic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable
400 Ampere Frame Breakers® Special Calibrations®
400 350 700 H LA2700TM HLA3700TM Special cali bration price additions apply to
tM
400 625 1 250 HLA21 250TM HLA31 250TM
400 750 1 500 HLA21 500TM HLA31 500TM a m pere rati ngs not listed as stan da rd, or for
400 875 1750 HLA21 750TM HLA31 750TM a m bients other than 40oC or 50°C. Also price
400 1 1 25 2250 HLA22250TM HLA32250TM additions a pply to specific ca librations for
400 1 500 3000 HLA23000TM HLA33000TM frequ encies other than 0-60 Hertz Ac circuits.
400 2000 4000 HLA24000TM H LA34000TM
Ambient Compensating Breakers regarding special conditions. Maxi m u m 400
ar
400 Ampere Frame Breakers Only®
Hz calibratio n : 400 amp fra me, 300 a m ps.
70® 350 700 H LA2070TA H LA3070TA
90® 450 900 H LA2090TA H LA3090TA
Type of 1-24 25 or More
r
1 00® 500 1 000 HLA21 00TA HLA31 00TA
1 25 625 1 250 HLA2 1 25TA H LA3 1 25TA Cal ibration Identical U n its Identical Units
1 50 750 1 500 HLA21 50TA HLA31 50TA
lP
Thermal dd 30% of None

175 875 1 750 HLA21 75TA HLA3 1 75TA Ambient List Price of None
200 1 000 2000 H LA2200TA HLA3200TA Frequency Trip Unit None
225 1 1 25 2250 HLA2225TA HLA3225TA
250 1 250 2500 H LA2250TA HLA3250TA
300 1 500 3000 H LA2300TA HLA3300TA sooc Calibration®
350 1 750 3500 HLA2350TA H LA3350TA Add suffix "V" to cata log n u m be r for com
ca
400 2000 4000 HLA2400TA HLA3400TA

plete breaker o r trip u nit o n ly , when ordering
listed am pere rati ngs for breakers to be used
i n 50°C a m bients. Same price as standard
40oc breakers.
tri
® Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in 3-pole frames

® These ratings have lower interrupting capacities. See note
lec
4, page 42.
@) Terminals, trip units and accessories are not interchange
able between 400 and 600 amp frames.
.E
w
ww
om
Technical Data
29-120
P age 44
.c
Type MA Breakers
1 25-800 Amperes, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De®, 2, 3 Poles, I nterchangeable Trip
Con- Magnetic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals®
uous Setting, Copper Terminals® Only
ls
Am- Amperes
pere ® Catalog Nu mber Catalog Nu mber Catalog
Rat- Low High Number
ing Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard
@ Saf-T-Vue,
ua
40'C MARK 75
2-Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De® ®
1 25 625 1 250 MA2 1 25 MA2 1 25S HMA2 1 25 MA2800F MA2800FS HMA2800F H MA21 25T
1 50 750 1 500 MA2150 MA21 50S HMA2 1 50 MA2800F MA2800FS H MA2800F H MA21 50T
1 75 875 1 750 MA2 175 MA21 75S HMA2 1 7 5 MA2800F MA2800FS H MA2800F HMA21 75T
200 1 000 2000 MA2200 MA2200S HMA2200 MA2800F MA2800FS HMA2800F H MA2200T
225 1 1 25 2250 MA2225 MA2225S HMA2225 MA2800F MA2800FS HMA2800F HMA2225T
an
250 1 250 2500 MA2250 MA2250S HMA2250 MA2800F MA2800FS H MA2800F HMA2250T
300 1 500 3000 MA2300 MA2300S H MA2300 MA2800F M A2800FS HMA2800F H MA2300T
350 1 750 3500 M A2350 MA2350S HMA2350 MA2800F MA2800FS H MA2800F HMA2350T
400 2000 4000 MA2400 MA2400S HMA2400 MA2800F MA2800FS H MA2800F HMA2400T
600 3000 6000 MA2600 MA2600S HMA2600 MA2800F MA2800FS HMA2800F H MA2600T
700 3000 6000 MA2700® MA2700S HMA2700 MA2800F MA2800FS HMA2800F H MA2700T®
Listed with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
tM
800 3000 6000 MA2800® MA2800S H MA2800 MA2800F MA2800FS HMA2800F H MA2800T®
800 MCS®I MA2800N MA2800SN . . . . . . . MA2800NW MA2800SNW Incl. in Frame except as noted. (For C.S.A. see page 48.)
Wt. 3% Lbs. Type M A brea kers meet req u irements for
3 Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only class 2 1 a circu it breakers, and Type H M A
1 25 625 1 250 M A3 1 25 MA31 25S H MA3 1 25 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F HMA31 25T meet requ i rements fo r class 23a, as defi ned
1 50 750 1 500 MA31 50 MA31 50S HMA3150 MA3800F MA3800FS H MA3800F HMA31 50T
1 75 875 1750 MA3 175 MA3 175S H MA3 175 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F H MA3 1 75T
ar
200 1 000 2000 MA3200 MA3200S HMA3200 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F H MA3200T Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
225 1 1 25 2250 MA3225 MA3225S HMA3225 MA3800F MA3800FS H MA3800F H MA3225T
250 1 250 2500 MA3250 MA3250S H MA3250 MA3800F MA3800FS H MA3800F H MA3250T Interrupting Ratings@!
300 1 500 3000 MA3300 MA3300S HMA3300 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F H MA3300T Max. Volts Amperes
350 1 750 3500 M A3350 MA3350S HMA3350 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F H MA3350T
400 2000 4000 M A3400 MA3400S HMA3400 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F H MA3400T Standard Breakers
lP
500 2500 5000 MA3500 M A3500S HMA3500 MA3800F M A3800FS H MA3800F HMA3500T 240 Ac 50,000 Asym., 42,000 Sym.
600 3000 6000 MA3600 M A3600S H MA3600 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F HMA3600T 480 Ac 35,000 Asym . , 30,000 Sym.
700 3000 6000 MA3700® MA3700S H MA3700 MA3800F MA3800FS HMA3800F HMA3700T® 600 Ac 25,000 Asym ., 22,000 Sym.
800 3000 6000 MA3800® MA3800S HMA3800 MA3800F MA3800FS H MA3800F H MA3800T®
800 MCS®I MA3800N MA3800SN . . . . . . . MA3800NW MA3800SNW Incl. in Frame 250 De® 20,000®
Approx. S hip. Wt. 44 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 28 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Mark 75 Breakers
ca
Wt. 4 Lbs. 240 Ac 75,000 Asym . , 65,000 Sym.

480 Ac 40,000 Asym ., 35,000 Sym.
Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adj.® Ambient Compensating Breakers® 600 Ac 30,000 Asym., 25,000 Sym.
Cantin- Mag netic Cat. Number, Trip Unit Only Cantin- Magnetic Cat. Nu mber Trip Unit Only 250 De® 20,000®
uous Trip Range 2 Poles® 3 Poles uous Trip Range 2-Poles 3-Poles O n a l l 3 phase Delta, G rou nded B phase ap
® Ampere ®
tri
Am-
pere Low H igh Rating Low High plications, refer to Westi nghouse.
Rating
1 25 625 1 250 HMA21 25TA HMA31 25TA Terminals®
800 625 1 250 H MA21 250TM HMA3 1 250TM 1 50 750 1 500 HMA21 50TA HMA31 50TA Two term inals a re requ i red per pole. Termi
800 1 000 2000 HMA22000TM HMA32000TM 1 75 875 1 750 HMA2 1 75TA HMA31 75TA
nals a re U nderwriters' Laboratories, I nc.
lec
800 1 500 3000 HMA23000TM HMA33000TM 200 1 000 2000 HMA2200TA H MA3200TA
800 2000 4000 HMA24000TM HMA34000TM 225 1 1 25 2250 HMA2225TA HMA3225TA listed for wi re type and range listed below.
800 3000 6000 HMA26000TM H MA36000TM 250 1 250 2500 H MA2250TA HMA3250TA When used with a l u m i n u m conductors, use
800 4000 8000 HMA28000TM HMA38000TM 300 1 500 3000 HMA2300TA H MA3300TA
350 1750 3500 H MA2350TA HMA3350TA joint compound. To order optional
® Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 400 2000 4000 HMA2400TA H MA3400TA a l u m i n u m-copper ter m i n a ls, add suffix " Z "
® 2-pole bre�kers supplied in 3-pole frames with current 500 2500 5000 HMA2500TA HMA3500TA to co mplete breaker cata log n u m ber.
carrying parts omitted from center pole. 600 3000 6000 HMA2600TA H MA3600TA
700 3000 6000 H MA2700TA H MA3700TA Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type
® 60 Hertz Ac only.
.E
800 3000 6000 H MA2800TA H MA3800TA Amps. Cat. No. No. of Cables
® Set on high side, adjustable to lower limit.
® Terminals shipped separate from breaker. Standard Copper Pressure Terminals
<D Fits only breakers with three piece covers manufactured Special Calibrations: See Page 45 350 T350MA 1 1 #-600 MCM Cu
after late 1 973. 600 T600MA 1 2 2/0-500 MCM Cu
(
Accessories and M odifications 800 T800MA 1 3 3/0-300 MCM Cu
, ·- ® Above 600 amps., De rating applies to magnetic only
breakers. Descriptio n : Pages 49-58 Optional AI/Cu Pressure Terminals

® Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not UL Listed. 600 TA700MA1 2 # 1 -500 MCM AI/Cu
®! Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 800 TA800MA2 3 3/0-400 MCM AI/Cu
1
· 800<D TA80 1 MA 2 500-750 MCM AI/Cu
case switches (MCS).
w

Breakers
For description, refer to DB 29-1 50 or AD 29-
1 60. To order a com p l ete breaker, select trip
ww
unit plus frame a n d terminals.

om
Page 45
.c
April, 1 980
Su persedes Techn ical Data 2 9- 1 20 T WE A
Type N B 1 200 Amperes AB DE-ION®
pages 4 1 -42, dated October, 1 975, and
Suppl ement to Technical Data 2 9- 1 20 Circuit Breakers
page 42. 1 , dated May 1 4, 1 979.
ls
Ma i led to : E, D, C/1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL
ua
Type NB Breakers
700- 1 200 Amperes, 600 Volts, 60 Hertz Ac ® , 250 Volts De @ , 2, 3 Poles, Interchangeable Trip
Con- Magnetic Complete Breaker Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminal� �.-------
-- --
��-��--------- -�-----------------------------�y__
0 I
uous Setting, Copper Terminal s® _
an
Am- Amperes ____
® Catalog N u m ber Catalog N u m ber Catalog

pere
N u m ber
Rat- Low High
Standard Sal-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard Sal-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard
Sal-T-Vue,
MARK 75
2 Poles, 600 Volts Ac, 250 Volts De@@
tM
700 3000 6000 N 82700 N B2700S HNB2700 NB21 200F N B 2 1 200FS HNB21 200F H NB2700T
800 3000 6000 N B2800 N B2800S H N B2800 NB21200F NB21 200FS HNB21 200F HNB2800T
900 4000 8000 NB2900 N B2900S HNB2900 NB21 200F NB21 200FS HNB21 200F HN B2900T
1 000 4000 8000 N B 2 1 000 NB21 000S HNB21000 NB21 200F NB21 200FS HNB21 200F HNB21 000T
1 200 4000 8000 NB21200 NB21 200S H N B2 1 200 N B 2 1 200F NB21 200FS HNB21 200F HNB21200T
1 200 MCS®l@ NB21200N N B 2 1 200SN NB21 200F NB21 200FS HNB21 200TN
ar
Wt. 3Y, Lbs.
except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48.}
700 3000 6000 N B3700 NB3700S H N B3700 NB31 200F NB31 200FS HNB31 200F H N B3700T
800 3000 6000 NB3800 N B3800S H N B3800 NB31 200F NB31 200FS HNB31 200F HNB3800T
900 4000 8000 N B3900 NB3900S HNB3900 NB31 200F NB31 200FS HNB31 200F HN B3900T
Type NB breakers meet requi rements for
class 2 1 a circuit breakers, and Type H N B
lP
1000 4000 8000 NB31000 NB31 000S HNB31000 NB31 200F NB31 200FS HNB31 200F HNB31 000T
1 200 4000 8000 NB31200 NB31 200S HNB31 200 NB31 200F NB31 200FS HNB31 200F HNB31200T meet requi rements for class 23a, as defined
1 200 MCS@l@ NB31200N NB31 200SN NB31 200F NB31 200FS HNB31 200TN
Approx. Ship. Wt. 5 1 Lbs. Approx. Ship. Wt. 32 Lbs. Approx. Ship.
Wt. 4 Lbs.
U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed
ca
Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Special Calibrations® I nterrupting Ratings: ®l

Adjustable ® ® Special cali bration price additions apply to Max. Volts Amperes
Con- Magnetic Trip Unit Onl!__ am pere ratings not l isted as standard,
__ ···-----
tin· Trip Range® a m bients other than 40°C or 50°C. or Standard Breakers
2-Poles® 3-Poles
uous Low High frequ encies other than 60 Hertz Ac (50 Hertz 240 Ac 50,000 Asy m . , 42,000 Sym.
Catalog Catalog
Am- 480 Ac 35,000 Asym ., 30,000 Sym.
pere
N u m ber N umber Ac m i n i m u m - 60 Hertz Ac maxi m u m for
tri
Rating ratings of 700 amps and above). See AD 600 Ac 25,000 Asym ., 22,000 Sym.
1 200 3000 6000 HNB26000TM H NB36000TM 29-1 60 for additional i nformation regard i n g 250 De @ 20,000®
o
1 200 4000 8000 H N B28000TM HNB38000TM special conditions. Maxi m u m 400 Hz Mark 75 Breakers
1 200 5000 1 0000 HNB21 OOOOTM HNB31 0000TM cali bration for type MA is 475 a m ps. 240 Ac 75,000 Asym., 65,000 Sym.
1 200 6000 1 2000 HN B21 2000TM HNB31 2000TM
lec
480 Ac 40,000 Asym ., 35,000 Sym.

Type of 1-24 25 or 600 Ac
Magnetic Only Breakers ® M re 30,000 Asym., 25,000 Sym.
Cali bration Identical Units
For description, refer to DB 29- 1 50 or AD ldent. 250 De@ 20,000®
Type Type
29-1 60. To order a complete breaker, select MA, HMA N B, HNB Units
trip u n it, plus frame and te rminals. On a l l 3 phase Delta, G ro u nded B phase
Thermal Add 20% of Add 1 5% of None appl ications, refer to Westi n g house.
\.:��= ;�� : � ��: : : : : : :

Ambient Trip Unit Trip Unit None
® Higher frequency calibration not available. M i n i m u m o f 5 0 Frequency List Price List Price None
.E
cycle calibration available on special order. Terminals®

@ 2-pole breakers supplied in 3-pole frames with current
50°C Calibration® Two term i na ls are req u i re d per pole.
e a Y Add suffix "V" to catalog n u m ber for Terminals are U nderwriters' La boratories,
r:: : : �:� :: : : : ::: :: :

s i r
and shipping weights are same as standard thermal
d nsions
complete breaker or trip u nit only, when
ordering listed a mpere ratings for breakers to
Inc. listed for wire type and ra n g e listed
below. When used with a l u m i n u m
magnetic breakers. be used i n sooc a m bients. Same price as conductors, u s e joint compound. To order
® Terminals shipped separately from bre<iker. sta ndard 40°C breakers. optional a l u m i n u m-copper terminals, add
® Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits. suffix "Z" to comptete breaker catalog
w

Accessories and Modifications n u mber.
® Ratings above 1 0,000 amps not UL Listed.
I
® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case Description : Pages 49-58
switches (MCS). Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type,
® N B molded case switches requiring a UL label must be Ampere Catalog No. of Cables
List Prices : See Price List 29-020 Dis. CB-2 Ratings Nu mber
ww
1
- j
specified and supplied as complete factory assembled
t: units. Standard Copper Pressure Terminals
l. , ·'7 ) I I . (!' 1 000 T1 000NB1 3 3/0-500 MCM Cu
// j.
...._ _ __ 0__
: � �B�
. ,· .•
1 200 T 1 200NB1 4 3/0-400 M C M Cu
� ) .
: C;>
Alternate AI/Cu Pressure Terminals
hl· ;�/ /) }� f) 1 000 TA1 000NB1 3 3/0-400 MCM AI/Cu

-
· /) _ /, . , ' 1 200 TA1 200NB1 4 4/0-500 MCM AI/Cu
,:)!) �e��
;.r-· v" . - j�t.
---/ -) '
' 200 T 1 01 3 500-75 M
ij_y.;>-cl /' , -- ..-:-. · �- .

.. J
,
e
om
Technical Data
29-120
Page 46
.c
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E

w

ww
om
Westinghouse Electric Corporation Tech n i c a l Data
Beaver, P e n n sylva n i a 1 5009
Page 46. 1
.c
February, 1 984 Mo lded Case Switches
New I nfo rmation Sta n d a rd Type ( N o Overcurrent Protect i o n ) AB D E-ION®
M a i l ed to: E , D, C/29- 1 00A, 3 1 -400A H i g h M a g n et i c Trip Type ( Fixed Tr i p Sett i n g )
C i rcuit Brea kers
ls
ua
Molded Case Switches Standard Molded Case Switches ( No Overcurrent Protection)
Mo lded Case Switches a re U n d e rwriters'
Laboratories, Inc. l isted devices and a re Switch No. of Max. Max. Switch No. of Max. Max.
Catalog Poles Volts Amps. Catalog Poles Volts Amps.
ava i l a b l e as sta n d a rd type with no overcur-
NumberQ) ® @ NumberQ) ® @
an
rent protect i o n , and h ig h m a g netic trip type
CA2225N 2 240 225 MA2800NW 2 600 800
with fixed trip setti n g . CA2225NY 2 240 225 MA3800NW 3 600 800
CA3225N 3 240 225
F o r a p p l ication information a n d U L I nc. CA3225NY 3 240 225 MC2800NW 2 600 800
MC3800NW 3 600 800
l i sted withstand rati ngs, refer to Appl ication
DA2400N 2 240 400
Data 29- 1 60, pages 75-76. DA2400NY 2 240 400 NB21 200N 600 1 200
tM
DA3400N 3 240 400 NB31 200N 600 1 200
DA3400NY 3 240 400
Further Information
NC21 200NW 600 1 200
List Prices : Price List 29-020 EB1 1 00N 1 1 20 1 00 NC31 200NW 600 1 200
Term i n a l s : Page 46.2 EB2100N 2 240 1 00
EB3100N 3 240 100 PBF22000N 2 600 2000
PBF32000N 3 600 2000
EHB1 100N 277 100
ar
EHB2100N 480 100 PB22000N 2 600 2000
EHB3100N 480 1 00 PB32000N 3 600 2000
PB22500N 2 600 2500
FB2100N 2 600 1 00 PB32500N 3 600 2500
FB31 00N 3 600 1 00
FB41 00N 4 277/480 100 PCF22000N 600 2000
lP
FB21 50N 2 600 1 50 PCF32000N 600 2000

FB3150N 3 600 1 50 PCF22500N 600 2500
FB4150N 4 277/480 1 50 PCF32500N 3 600 2500
JA2225NW 2 600 225 PC22000NW 2 600 2000
JA3225NW 3 600 225 PC32000NW 3 600 2000
ca
JB2250NW 2 600 250 PC22500NW 2 600 2500

JB3250NW 3 600 250 PC32500NW 3 600 2500
PC23000N 2 600 3000
KA2225NW 2 600 225 PC33000N 3 600 3000
KA3225NW 3 600 225
KB2250NW 2 600 250
KB3250NW 3 600 250
tri
LAB2400NW 2 600 400

LAB3400NW 3 600 400
LA2400NW 2 600 400 G) Catalog number suffix letter identification:
LA2600NW 2 600 600 N = Molded Case Switch (No overcurrent
LA3400NW 3 600 400 protection)
lec
LA3600NW 3 600 600 y = Terminals on line end only

W = No terminals
LBB2400NW 2 600 400
LBB3400NW 3 600 400 ® Molded case switch dimensions are the same as
LB2400NW 600 400 the equivalent type thermal magnetic breaker.
LB3400NW 600 400 Refer to Dimension Sheet 29-1 70.
LC2600NW 2 600 600 ® Most three pole units up to 1 200 amps (except CA
LC3600NW 3 600 600 and DA) are available with a Sal-T-Vue"' cover.
.E
w
ww
om
Technical Data
29-120
Page 46.2
.c
Switch No. of Max. Max. Switch No. of Max. Max. Switch No. of Max. Max.
Number eD ® Number eD ® NumbereD ®
ls
CA2225WK 2 240 225 LA2400WK 2 600 400 PB22000WK 2 600 2000
CA3225WK 3 240 225 LA2400WSK 2 600 400 PB22500WK 2 600 2500
LA2600WK 2 600 600 PB32000WK 3 600 2000
DA2400WK 2 240 400 LA2600WSK 2 600 600 PB32500WK 3 600 2500
DA3400WK 3 240 400
ua
LA3400WK 3 600 400 PBF22000K 2 600 2000
EB1 1 00LK 1 120 100 LA3400WSK 3 600 400 PBF32000K 3 600 2000
EB2100LK 2 240 1 00 LA3600WK 3 600 600
EB31 00LK 3 240 1 00 LA3600WSK 3 600 600 PC22000WK 2 600 2000
EB3100SLK 3 240 100 PC22500WK 2 600 2500
LAB2400WK 2 600 400 PC23000K 2 600 3000
EHB1 1 00LK 1 277 100 LAB2400WSK 2 600 400 PC32000WK 3 600 2000
an
EHB21 00LK 2 4BO 100 LAB3400WK 3 600 400 PC32500WK 3 600 2500
EHB31 00LK 3 4BO 1 00 LAB3400WSK 3 600 400 PC33000K 3 600 3000
EHB3100SLK 3 4BO 100
LB2400WK 2 600 400 PCC22000WK 2 600 2000
FB2100LK 2 600 1 00 LB2400WSK 2 600 400 PCC22500WK 2 600 2500
FB2150LK 2 600 1 50 LB3400WK 3 600 400 PCC23000K 2 600 3000
FB3100LK 3 600 1 00 LB3400WSK 3 600 400 PCC32000WK 3 600 2000
FB3150LK 3 600 150 PCC32500WK 3 600 2500
tM
FB3150SLK 3 600 1 50 LBB2400WK 2 600 400 PCC33000K 3 600 3000
FB41 00LK 4 27714BO 1 00 LBB2400WSK 2 600 400
FB4150LK 4 27714BO 150 LBB3400WK 3 600 400 PCF22000K 2 600 2000
LBB3400WSK 3 600 400 PCF32000K 3 600 2000
JA2225WK 2 600 225
JA2225WSK 2 600 225 LC2600WK 2 600 600
JA3225WK 3 600 225 LC3600WK 3 600 600
JA3225WSK 3 600 225
ar
MA2BOOWK 2 600 BOO
JB2250WK 2 600 250 MA2BOOWSK 2 600 BOO
JB2250WSK 2 600 250 MA3BOOWK 3 600 BOO
JB3250WK 3 600 250 MA3BOOWSK 3 600 BOO
J B3250WSK 3 600 250
MC2BOOWK 600 BOO CD Catalog n u mber suffix identificatio n :
lP
KA2225WK 2 600 225 MC3BOOWK 600 800 K = Molded Case Switch with High Magnetic
KA2225WSK 2 600 225 Trip ( Fixed Trip Setti ng)
KA3225WK 3 600 225 NB21 200WK 2 600 1200 s = Saf-T-Vue cover
KA3225WSK 3 600 225 NB21 200WSK 2 600 1200 L = With Line and Load Term i nals
NB31 200WK 3 600 1200 W = No term inals
' 600 1200
KB2250WK 2 600 250 NB31 200WSK 3
ca
KB2250WSK 2 600 250 ® Molded case switch d i mensions are the same
KB3250WK 3 600 250 NC21 200WK 2 600 1200 as the equivalent thermal magnetic breaker.
KB3250WSK 3 600 250 NC31 200WK 3 600 1200 Refer to Dimension Sheet 29- 1 70.
MCS Max. Standard Terminals Optional Terminals (Aluminum Body}

tri
Type Switch
Terminal Wire No. of Wire Range Terminal Wire No. of Wire Range
Amps. Type
Type or Wires Type or Type Wires
Cat. No. Cat. No.
CA 225 TA225CA2 Cu/AI 1 #3-JOO MCM ...... ... .. . . . . . . . .
lec
DA, LB, LBB 400 T400DA2 Cu 2 3/0-250 MCM TA400DA1 Cu/AI 2 3/0-250 MCM
EB, EHB, FB 100 Pressure Cu 1 #14-1/0 Pressure Cu/AI 1 #4-4/0
FB 1 50 Pressure Cu/AI 1 #4-4!0 ...... .... .. . . . . . . .
JA, KA 225 T225LA Cu 1 #6-350 MCM TA225LA1 Cu/AI 1 #4-350 MCM

JB, KB 250 T250KB Cu 1 #4-350 MCM TA250KB Cu/AI 1 #4-350 MCM
LA400, LAB 400 T40 1 LA Cu 1 #4-250 MCM, plus TA400LA1 Cu/AI 1 #4-250 MCM, plus
1 3/0-600 MCM 1 3/0-600 MCM
LA400, LAB 400 ...... . . . . .. ........ TA401 LA AI 1 600-750 MCM
.E
LA600, LC600 600 T600LA Cu 2 250/500 MCM TA600LA Cu/AI 2 250/500 M C M
MC, MA 800 TBOOMA1 Cu 3 3/0-300 MCM TABOOMA2 Cu/AI 3 3/0-400 MCM

NC, NB 1 200 T1200NB1 Cu 4 3/0-400 MCM TA1200NB1 Cu/AI 4 4/0-500 MCM
NC, NB 1200 . . . . . . .... .. . . . . . . . . TA1201 N B 1 Cu/AI 3 500-750 MCM

PC2500, PCC2500 2500 Style 31 5C910G03 Rear Bus Connector
PC3000, PCC3000 3000 Rear Bus Connector Included in Frame
w

Low Voltage Division
ww
February, 1 984
om
Westi nghouse Electric Corporation Tec h n i c a l Data
Low Volta g e Breaker Division 29-120
Beaver, P e n nsy l v a n i a 1 5009
P a g e 47
.c
October, 1 98 1
Su persedes Tec h n ical Data 29- 1 20 T WE A
R e p l acement Breakers
Type PB 2500 A m peres @ AB DE-ION®
M a i led t o : E, D, C/ 1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
Type PB Breakers@
600-2500 Am peres, 600 Volts, 60 Cycle Ac ® , 250 Volts De eD , 2, 3 Pol es, Interch a ngeable Trip
Continuous Mag netic Trip Complete Bre_al< er Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals
rp u
Ampere Setting, Amperes -- - -- -t i - nit --
Includes Bus Bar Fr am e On ly Only
Rating ®® Con-nectors@!
--- - - -N-u m ber --
an
(o 40"C -- - - - - - -- - -
- - -
Low -
High Catalog N- u-
mber Catalog Catalog N u mber
2-Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only®
600 1 500 5000 PB2600 PB22500F PB2600T
700 1 500 5000 PB2700 PB22500F PB2700T
800 1 500 5000 PB2800 PB22500F PB2800T
900 1 500 5000 PB2900 PB22500F PB2900T
tM
1 000 1 500 5000 PB21 000 PB22500F PB2 1 000T
1 200 2000 6000 PB21 200 PB22500F P B2 1 200T
1 400 2500 7000 PB21 400 PB22500F PB21400T
1 600 3000 8000 PB21 600 PB22500F PB2 1 600T
1 800 3000 8000 PB21 800 PB22500F PB21 800T
2000 3000 8000 PB2 2000 PB22500F PB2 2000T
2000 MCS@@ Non-automatic PB22000N PB22500F PB22000TN Rear Connected
Approx. Ship. Wt. 132 Lbs. 98 Lbs. 18 Lbs. PB Breaker
ar
2500 3000 8000 PB22500 PB22500F PB22500T
2500 MCS®G:� Non-automatic PB22500N PB22500F PB22500TN
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 44 Lbs. 98 Lbs. 1 8 Lbs. Listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
3-Poles, 600 Volts Ac Only except as noted. (For C.S.A., see page 48. )
600 1 500 5000 PB3600 PB32500F PB3600T
700 5000 PB3700T Type P B breakers meet t h e req u i re m ents for
lP
1 500 PB3700 PB32500F

800 1 500 5000 PB3800 PB32500F PB3000T class 25a ci rcuit breakers a s defi ned by Fed-
900 1 500 5000 PB3900 PB32500F PB3900T eral Specification W-C-375b.
1 000 1 500 5000 PB31 000 PB32500F PB31 000T
1 200 2000 6000 PB31 200 PB32500F PB3 1 200T Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Listed
1400 2500 7000 PB3 1 400 PB32500F PB3 1 400T
1 600 3000 8000 PB31 600 PB32500F PB31 600T Interrupting Ratings@
ca
1 800 3000 8000 PB3 1 800 PB32500F PB3 1 800T M ax. Volts Am peres
2000 3000 8000 PB32000 PB32500F PB32000T
2000 MCS@@ No n-automatic PB32000N PB32500F PB32000TN 1 50,000 Asy m . , 1 25,000 S y m .
240 Ac
Approx. Ship. Wt. 1 55 Lbs. 1 08 Lbs. 23 Lbs.
2500 3000 8000 PB32500 PB32500F PB32500T 480 Ac 1 1 5,000 Asy m . , 1 00,000 Sym .
2500 MCS@@ Non-automatic PB32500N PB32500F PB32500TN 600 Ac 1 1 5,000 Asy m . , 1 00,000 Sy m .
Approx. Ship. Wt. 173 Lbs. 1 08 Lbs. 23 Lbs.
tri
2 5 0 DeeD 75,000 A mperes ®
Special Breakers 0 ( Se e page 48 a l s o ) Magnetic Only Breakers0 On a l l 3 p h a se Delta, G ro u n ded B pha s e a p

Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable@ For description, refer to D B 29- 1 50 a n d AD p l i catio ns, refer to West i ng h o use.
Trip Unit Only(i 29- 1 60. To order a com p l et e breaker, sel ect
Bus Bar Connections@)
lec
Cantin- Mag netic 2-Poles ® 3-Poles trip u n it, p l u s frame a n d con nectors.
uous Trip R a nge, Cata l og Catalog "T" Connector
Ampe re Ampe res ® N u m ber Nu m ber Accessories and Modifications (For Cu/AI Bus)
Rating Low Hig h
Descripti o n : P a g es 49-58 Two req u i red per pole. For
For Rear Connected Type PB Breakers re a r bus con nection of
2000 1 500 5000 PB25000TM PB35000TM List Prices: See P r i ce L i st 29-020, D i s . CB-2 breakers thru 2000 a m ps .
2000 2000 6000 PB26000TM PB360 00TM
2000 2500 7000 PB27000TM PB37000TM Accepts up to fou r b u s bolts.
(!) Changed since previous issue.
.E
2000 3000 8000 PB28000TM PB38000TM ® Not listed with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. May be rotated 90°.
2000 3500 1 0000 PB2 10000TM PB31 0000TM G; Frames, con nectors, di mensions and shipping weights are
2000 4000 1 2000 PB21 2000TM PB31 2000TM same as thermal mag netic breakers. Cata l og N u mb e r BA2000PB
2500 4000 1 2000 373D488G08 3730488G09 @) 2-pole breakers are supplied in 3-pole frames with current
For Front Connected Type PBF Breakers carrying pa rts omitted from center pole. "C" Connector @
2000 1 500 5000 PBF25000TM PBF35000TM ® Higher frequency calibration not available. Minimum of 50 (For Cu/AI Bus)
2000 2000 6000 PBF26000TM PBF36000TM Hertz cali bration available on special order. Two req u i red per p o l e . For
2000 2500 7000 PBF27000TM PBF37000TM ® Higher magnetic trip setti ngs are available as special cali
bration. Refer to mag netic only breakers for specific trip re a r bus connection of 2500
2000 3000 8000 PBF28000TM PBF38000TM
2000 3500 1 0000 PBF21 0000TM PBF31 0000TM ranges. amp breakers.
w
2000 4000 1 2000 PBF21 2000TM PBF31 2000TM ([;· Available only on magnetic only breakers. Breaker Amps. Cat. No.
® Based on NEMA test proced u re.
® Set on high side, adjustable to lower li mits. 2500 BA2500PB
Special Calibration 0 @> Shipped separately from breaker.
See Page 48. @ Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case Cable Connector
ww
switches (MCS). Fits "T" Con nector and 2000

@ PB molded case switches requiring U L label must be speci
amp front co n nected break
fied and supplied as complete factory assembled units.
ers. Accepts four 600 M C M
co pper cables.
Sty l e N u m be r 505C706G04
Disco unt Sy m bo l CB-2
om
Technical Data
29-120
Page 48
.c
Type PB Breakers, Cont in ued
Type PBF Front Connected Breakers
Continuous Magnetic Trip Complete Breaker__ �pped �s : _
_
Ampere Setting, Amperes Includes Bus Bar Frame O n ly Trip U nit Only
Rating (Set on H igh Con nectors® Includes Bus Bar
(<1 40°C Side, Adjustable
ls
Connectors ®
to Lower Limits) -- - -
Low High Catalog N u m ber <::at alog N u m ber Catalog N u mber
2-Pole, 600 Volts Ac@
600 1 500 5000 PBF2600 PBF22000F PBF2600T
ua
700 1 500 5000 PBF2700 PBF22000F PBF2700T
800 1 500 5000 PBF2800 PBF22000F PBF2800T
900 1 500 5000 PBF2900 PBF22000F PBF2900T
1 000 1 500 5000 PBF21 000 PBF22000F PBF2 1 000T
1 200 2000 6000 PBF21 200 PBF22000F PBF2 1 200T
1 400 2500 7000 PBF21 400 PBF22000F PBF2 1 400T
1 600 3000 8000 PBF21 600 PBF22000F PBF21 600T
1 800 3000 8000 PBF21 800 PBF22000F PBF21 800T
an
2000 3000 8000 PBF22000 PBF22000F P BF22000T
2000MCS 0 ® Non-a utomatic PBF22000N PBF22000F PB22000TNGt
700 1 500 5000 PBF3700 PBF32000F PBF3700T
BOO 1 500 5000 PBF3800 PBF32000F PBF3800T Canadian Standards Association (CSA) list-.
tM
900 1 500 5000 PBF3900 PBF32000F PBF3900T ing
1 000 1 500 5000 PBF31 000 PBF32000F PBF31 OOOT
1 200 2000 6000 PBF3 1 200 PBF32000F PBF31 200T Most standard thermal mag netic m o l ded
1 400 2500 7000 PBF31 400 PBF32000F PBF31 400T case circuit brea kers listed with Underwriters'
1 600 3000 8000 PBF31 600 PBF32000F PBF31 600T Laboratories, I n c . , and having a U L label are
1 800 3000 8000 PBF31 800 PBF32000F PBF31 800T
2000 3000 8000 PBF32000 PBF32000F PBF32000T also l i sted with CSA and may be ma rked with
2000MCS0 ® Non-a utomatic PBF32000N PBF32000F PB32000TN6t the CSA monogram, except FCL and LCL Cu r-
ar
rent L i m it-R breakers.
Special Calibrations ® list Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
S pecial cal i b ration p rice ad diti ons apply to M ol d ed case switches ( n on-a utomatic) types
ampere rati ngs not l isted as standard, o r for KB, LB, LA, MA, NB, and PB are a l so CSA
a m bients other than 40oC or 50°C. See AD
lP
l i sted.
29- 1 60 for information regarding special con
ditions. The a bove breakers and switches with Saf
T-Vue covers (wh ere ava i la b le) can a lso be
Ca l i bration Identical U n its Identical U n its
s u p p l ied with the CSA label . Refer to factory
ca
for ava i l a b i l ity a n d ordering instructions.

Thermal® {Add 15% to List None
Magnetic Price of Trip Unit N o ne
50°C Calibratio n ® @)
Add suffix "V" to catalog n u mber for com
tri
plete b reaker when orderi n g listed am pere

ratings for breakers to be used in 50°C am
bients. Same price as standard 40°C breakers.

lec
® Not l i sted with U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

@ 2-pole b reakers supplied in 3-pole frames with current car
@ 50QC o r higher calibration not available for 2500 a m pere
trip units.
® Included with frame.
switches (MCS).
0 PBF molded case switches requiring a UL label must be
.E
specified and supplied as complete factory assembled

units.
w
- ·�.
ww
Techn ical Data
om
Low Voltage B reaker Division 29-120
Beaver, Pennsylvan ia 1 5009
Page 49
.c
April, 1 980 Accessories
Supersedes Technical Data 29- 1 20 T WE A A B DE-ION®
pages 45-46, dated October, 1 975
Mai led to : E,D,C/ 1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circu it B reakers
ls
ua
Accessories Panel board Connecting Straps® C9
For connecting l i n e end of breakers to panel- _
List Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 board bus.
/�.,_�:-�
Uead-;r'Connected Studs ® \'
I'
Fci� E B, EHB, FB, JA, KA. JB, KB, LAB, LA,
an
LB, LBB, MA, HFB, H KA, HKB, HLA, H LB,
HMA, H N B, TRI-PAC@ FB, TRI-PAC LA a nd Ampere Connector Style
Rating Type N u mber • ,
\,�
TRI-PAC N B B reakers
CA Breaker Power Panel boards (Convertible) ; >,
Bus Spacing 3 '/2'
For complete stud assembly, order a stud and 225 Center 1 253C74G 01 \ ..,
tM
a ppropriate tube based o n thickness of cus 225 Outside 1 2 53C74G02 \ '1·
tomer's mounting panel. A short stud m ust 3-Pole Mounting Bracket 624B624H01
2-Pole Mounting Bracket 624B624H02
be assembled adjacent to a long stud to m a i n
tai n clearances requ i red by Underwriters' EB, EHB, FB, HFB, TRI-PAC FB, FCLC8 Breakers ,
". -
Bus Spacing 2 Y.I' in Box 5%" Deep (240 Volts Max.)
Narrow Distribution Panelboards "�::.
Laboratories, Inc. @ . Two studs a re requ i red
per pole. Refer to DS 29- 1 70 for stud sizes and For LAB, LA, MA, HLA, HMA, HNB, TRI-PAC '
!/ 67�B. G06K_2 -?:/
50 .. · Center ' ( - 6"?3B WWQ7
ar
extensions beh i n d breaker. LA and TRI-PAC NB Breakers 50 · Outside
For insulated panels only; 2 required per pole. Bus Spacing 2%" in Box 5%" Deep (600 Volts Max.)
For DA, EB, EHB, FB, FCL, JA, KA, JB, KB, LB, 50 Center 673B1 42G02
Stud Diameter, Extension Stud 50 Outside C8673B1 42G09
LBB, HFB, HKA, HKB, HLB, TRI-PAC FB Break Ampere Inches Back of Style 1 00 Center 673B142G02
and Thread Breaker, Number
lP
ers Rating 1 00 Outside C8673B1 42G 1 0

Inches 1 50 Center 673 B 1 42G04
Mounting Tube®
g
Stud
Panel
---- _ --::-c- _ 1 50 Outside 673B 1 42G03
Len th Sty le__ Length Sty le_ _ LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC, LCL, TRI-PAC LA Breakers
Thickness, N u m ber Number 225® %- 1 3 37132 1 241 345 Power Panelboards (Convertible) Bus Spacing 3%"
Inches 225® %-1 3 69/32 1 241 346 50 Center 1253C72G01
225 ® ® '/2-1 3 3
4 1 /32 1 241 392 50 Outside 1 2 53C72G02 •
ca
DA, LB, LBB, HLB Breakers

51 5/32 1 00 Center
Y. - 1 Short 656D565G03 "132 3 13C909H 1 7 400® %-16 05B7383G 1 5 -- · 1 253C73G03
Long 656D565G04 325/32 31 3C909H20 400 ® %- 1 6 7 3 1 /32 05B7383G 1 6 1 00 Outside 1253C73G04 , ')
% - % Short 656D565G03 1 '/32 3 1 3C909H1 8 400® %-16 1 015/32 05B7383G 1 7 1 50 Center 1253C73G01 \.!(
Long 656D565G04 4 1 /32 313C909H21 600® 1 -12 5 29132 3 1 4C960G07 1 50 Outside 1 253C73G02 ..::: ·
Short 656D565G03 1 1 1 /32 3 13C909H 1 9 600® 1 -12 81 3 /oz 3 1 4C960G08 3-Pole Mounting Bracket 624B600H01 "
Long 656D565G04 4'/32 31 3C909H22 600® 1 -12 1 0 29/32 3 1 4C960G09 2-Pole Mounting Bracket 624B600H02 -
tri
EB, EHB, FB, HFB. FCL, TRI-PAC FB (100 Amp Max.) DA, LB, LBB, HLB Breaker Bus Spacing 3'/z"
1 Short 451 D874G01 1 1 /16 32B9446H20 MA, HMA, MC, HMC Breakers 400 Center 31 4C940G04
400 Outside 505C680G01
Long 451 D874G02 3'11 • 32B9446H24 225 %-1 3 3 2 1 13z 3 1 4C960G01
, , /16- 15/Js Short 451 D874G01 1% 32B9446H21 400 %-16 52 9/32 3 1 4C960G04 Mtg. Bracket (1 Req'd) 208B264H01
Long 451 D874G02 3Y. 32B9446H25 400 %-1 6 81 3 /32 3 1 4C960G05 JA, KA, HKA Breakers Bus Spacing 3%"
% - % Short 451 D874G01 1 1 1 /1s 32B9446H22 400 %-16 1 029 /32 3 1 4C960G06 225 Center 3 1 4C940G03
lec
Long 451 D874G02 4 1 /16 32B9446H26 600 1 -12 529132 3 1 4C960G07 225 Outside 180C074G0'
Short 451 D874G01 2 32B9446H23 600 1 -12 81 3 /32 3 1 4C960G08 Mtg. Bracket (1 Req'd) 208B264H01
Long 451 D874G02 4% 32B9446H27 600 1 - 1 2 1 029/32 3 1 4C960G09
FB, HFB 150 Amp Breakers 800 1 'la-1 2 52 9/32 3 1 4C960G1 0 JB, KB, HKB Breakers Bus Spacing 3%"
1 Short 374DB83G01 1 1 11s 374D883H06 800 1 '/a - 1 2 81 3 /32 3 1 4C960G 1 1 250 Center 2600D26G01
800 1 '/a - 1 2 1 029/32 3 1 4C960G 1 2 250 Outside 2600D26G02
Long 374DBB3G02 4511s 374D883 H 1 0
"116· "11s Short 374DB83G01 1% 374D883H07
Mtg. Bracket (1 Req'd) 1 576 707
Long 374DB83G02 4% 374D883H 1 1 LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC 150, 300, 400 Amp Frames
.E
% - % Short 374D883G01 1, 11s 374D883HOB NB, HNB, NC, HNC Breakers Bus Spacing 3%"
Long 374D883G02 4"11s 374D883H 1 2 800 1 '/a - 1 2 5% 623B222G01 400 Center 32B4570G02
Short 374DB83G01 2 374D883H09 800 1 '/a - 1 2 8 623B222G02 400 Outside 3 1 4C541 G01
Long 374DB83G02 5'/. 374D883H 1 3 800 1 '/s - 1 2 1 0% 623B222G03 Mtg. Bracket (2 Req'd) 208B297H01
<
1 200 1 Y.- 1 2 5% 373B375G04
JA, KA, HKA Breakers C8LA, HLA, LC, HLC 600 Amp Frames
27/32 1 200 1 Y. - 1 2 10% 373B375G03
Y. -1 Short 656D565G01 456D983H05 Bus Spacing 3%"
Long 656D565G02 325/32 456D983HOB 600 Center 624B609G01
Short 656D565G01 1 3 /32 456D983H06 600 Outside 506C052G01
TRI-PAC N B Breakers
Long 656D565G02 4 1 /32 456D983H09 Mtg. Bracket (2 Req'd) 208B297H01 -1
450 1 '/a - 1 2 5% 623B222G0 1
Short 656D565G01 , , , ,32 456D983H07
450 1 '/a- 1 2 8 623B222G02 )-'
w
Long 656D565G02 49/32 456D983H 1 0 MA, HMA, MC, HMC Breakers Bus Spacing 3%''
450 1 '/a - 1 2 10% 623B222G03
3 1 4C996G02 �j
800 Short 3 1 4C996G01 '!
JB, KB, HKB Breakers 800 1 ';4-1 2 5 '!. 3738375G04 800 Medium
Y. - 1 Short 5010D23G01 27/32 456D983H05 800 1 '/.- 1 2 10% 373B375G03
31 5C270H01 ':>:
800 Long 3 1 4C996G03�·
Long 5010D23G02 3% 5010D23H05
Mtg. Bracket (4 Req'd)
y, - % Ph2 ® This is a special stud which includes six contact
ww
Short 501 0D23G01 456D983H06

Long 501 0D23G02 4% 501 0D23H06 nuts for use where bus contact nuts must be used. NB, HNB, NC, HNC Breakers Bus Spacing 3%" .;: ·- ..- !,.,
y. - % Short 5010D23G01 1 1 1 /32 456D983H07 ® 1 50, 250, 300 and 400 amp frames only. 1 200 Sh ort 505C606G04
Long 5010D23G02 4% 5010D23H07 ® 400 ampere LA studs of the same length have suf 1 200 Medium 505C606G05
ficient clearance; however, customer connections 1 200 Long 505C606G06 �
Cit Changed or added since p revious issue. may make it necessary to use a short stud adjacent Mtg. Bracket (4 Req'd) 3 1 5C270H01
to a long stud.
I
® Not Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed. C8LCL Breakers Bus Spacing 3%"
400 Sh ort 1 275C85G01
® Included at No Charge when ordered with stud.
400 Medi u m 1 275C85G02
400 Long 1 275C85G03
Mtg. Bracket Kit ,:1 Req'd) 751 B044G01
om
Tec h nical Data
29-120
Page 50
.c
Plug-in Adapter Kits (!)
For rear connected applications such as
switchboards. Facilitates ease of installation
and front removal of breaker. Inclu des con
ls
ductor for m o u nting on breaker, p l ug-in
mounting blocks with match i n g conductor,
rear studs and mounting h a rdware ® . Order 2
mounting blocks style n u m ber when line a n d
ua
load a re required; order 1 mounting block
style n u m be r when either line or load is re New Design for 800 and
quired. 1200 Amp Breakers
List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 For Most Other Breakers Listed®
an
For EB, EHB, FB and HFB
Description Style Description Style Mounting Block for Type NB, HNB, NC, HNC
tM
N u m ber Number and NB TRI-PAC Breakers @
DA LB, LBB, HLB Breakers® JB, KB, HKB Breakers @ An insu lated base havi n g front- rem ova b l e
2 Mounting Blocks, Line and load 2 Mounting Bl ocks, line and load bolted connections for m o u nting a n d con
2-Pole 3 1 3C644G45 2-Pole 506C144G 1 7 necting the breaker and bus connectors ex
3-Pole 31 3C644G46 3-Pole 506C144G 1 8
tend i n g from the rea r of the base. One block
1 Mounting Block, Line or load 1 Mounting Block, Line Only requ i red per b reaker. (See O S 29-1 70).
ar
2-Pole 3 1 4C932G03 2-Pole 1 260C86G01
3-Pole 3 1 4C932G04 3 -Pole 1 260C86G02
Ampere No. of Style
EB, EHB, FB Thermal Magnetic Breakers@ 1 Mounting Block, load Only R ating Poles N u m ber
1 Mounting Block, Line or load 2-Pole 1 260C86G03
2-Pole, 1 00 Ampere 507C036G01 3-Pole 1 2 60C86G04
lP

2-Pole, 1 50 Ampere 507C036G02 1200 2 4990D1 6G02
3-Pole, 1 00 Ampere 507C036G03 MA, HMA, MC, HMC Breakers® 1 200 3 4990 D 1 6G01
3-Pole, 1 50 Ampere 507C036G04 2 Mounting Blocks, Line and load
2-Pole, 1 2 5-600 Ampere 3 1 3C644G27 NB TRI-PAC
FB and HFB Magnetic Only, HFB Thermal 2-Pole, 700-800 Ampere 1 76C544G01 ® 800 2 4990D1 6G04
Magnetic, FB TRI-PAC and FCL$ Breakers@ 3-Pole, 125-600 A mpere 3 1 3C644G28
ca
800 3 4990D 1 6G03

1 Mounting Block, Line or load 3-Pole, 700-800 Ampere 1 76C544G02 ®
2-Pole, 1 00 Ampere 507C036G05 8 Changed or added since previous issue.
2-Pole, 1 50 Ampere 507C036G06 1 Mounting Bl ock, Line or load
® 700-800 amp adapter kit is front removable, bolt-on de
3-Pole, 1 00 Ampere 507C036G03 2-Pole, 1 25-600 Ampere 3 1 3C370G03
sign - not plug·in type.
3-Pole, 1 50 Ampere 507C036G04 2-Pole, 700-800 Ampere 507C049G01 ® 4'
3-Pole, 1 2 5-600 A mpere 31 3C370G04 ® Not Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed. �
CD
JA, KA, HKA Breakers® 3-Pole, 700-800 Ampere 507C049G02 ® @ These plug-in adapter kits are UL Listed as recognized a.
tri
2 Mounting Blocks, Line and load components. :;

2-Pole 31 3C644G29 c
3-Pole 3 1 3C644G30
$MA, HMA, MC, HMC, NB, HNB, NC, HNC, NB ® EB, EHB, FB, HFB, KB, JB, HKB, NB and new design MA, (/)
TRI-PAC Breakers@ (New Design) MC, NB and NC have flat bus rear con nectors. Others have )>
1 Mounting Block, line or load threaded studs.
1 Mounting Block, Line or load MA, HMA, MC, HMC 2-Poles 2614D53G05
2-Pole 31 4C932G01
lec
MA, HMA, MC, HMC 3-Poles 261 4D53G06

3-Pole 3 1 4C932G02 NB, HNB, NC, H NC, NB TRI-PAC,
2-Poles 261 4D53G03
$LAB, lA, HLA, LC, HLC, LCl (150, 250, 300 and NB, HNB, NC, H NC, NB TRI-PAC,
400 Amp Frames) @ 3-Poles 2614D53G04
2 Mounting Blocks, Line and load
2-Pole 31 3C644G25
3-Pole 31 3C644G26 TRI-PAC LA Breakers@
2 Mounting Blocks, Line and load
2-Pole 3 1 3C644G41
1 Mounting Block, Line or load
.E
450D01 0 G 1 5 3-Pole 31 3C644G42

2-Pole
3-Pole 450D0 1 0G 1 6
1 Mounting Block, Line Only
$LA, HLA, LC, HLC (600 Ampere Frames)@ 2-Pole 450D01 0G17
2 Mounting Blocks, line and load 3-Pole 450D01 0G 1 9
2-Pole 3 1 3C644G50
3-Pole 3 1 3C644G51 1 Mounting Block, load Only
2-Pole 450D0 1 0 G 1 8
1 Mounting Block, line or Load 3-Pole 450D01 0G20
2-Pole 506C059G01
w
3-Pole 506C059G02
ww
om
Dimens ions
400 Ampere Blocks
Une End
'-'" Radius
t ol Breaker •
.c
it
43A&" 5"
1
---+--+--,.-"1:4·'J'A' l
ls
----H+--t-----t--tl- -- --.J--+ t of Handle
8'-' "
ua
'A& " Diameter
(4) Holes for �&" · _ _..
·-· '"'" :
an
Load End
Load End
%"
Support Block Assembled to Breaker tM Drilling Plan for Mounting Panel

Drawout Studs
ar
600 Ampere Blocks •-
lP
ca
line End line End
- - -l (
I '
tri
I I '
LJ
lec
� of
Handle
4 'h"
.E
- ---- ---- - �
1 3/4'
}-+---+ t--+ - _j______l[_---L-_
1 1/a"
load End load End

'h" Diameter (6) Holes for
w
W' Diameter Mounting Bolts
•
ww
Support Block Assem bled to Breaker Drilling Plan for-Mounting Panel

Drawout Studs
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
om
Distribution a n d Protection B u si ness U nit 29-1 20
Commercial Division - Com ponents
.c
J a n u a ry, 1 985 Accessories, Modifications
Supersedes Technical Data 29- 1 20 AB D E-IO N ®
pages 51 -52, dated Apri l , 1 980
Mai led to: E, D, C/29-1 00A Circuit B reakers
ls
Accessories, Continued Handle Locks@ Fuse Mounting Base for PB Breakers@ ®
Extended Line Terminal Shields@ For 2000 a m p non-automatic breakers o n ly.
ua
an
Typical Photos
Non-Padlockable
For prevention of u n i ntentional operation of
breaker. Fits over breaker handle a n d may
tM
be removed.
For shielding line side ter m i n a l con necti ons.
One shield requ i red per breaker. Order sep Catalog N u m ber: FM B2000PB
Padlockable(i
arately when needed. Sold only i n lots of For prevention of u n a uthorized operation of
1 0, including h a rdware. For use with non-a utomatic, 3-pole circuit
breaker. Is non-removable once insta l led o n
breaker. I ncludes fuse m o u nting base a n d
Breaker Style breaker. Meets Underwriters' Laboratories,
ar
Frame Nu mber h a rdware t o mount sta n da rd class L cu rrent
Inc. and Califo rnia Code req u i rements.
Note: All breakers a re trip free and will trip limiting fuses, 801 to 2000 amps (fuses not
DA 3 1 4C420G06
with handle locks attached. Can not be used i ncluded ) . ®
JA, KA, LB, LBB ( Saf-T-Vue) 3 1 4C420G04
JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB when handle extension i s used.
(Standard Breaker) 3 1 4C420G06 F o r complete i nsta l l ation, orde r :
lP
LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC, TRI-PAC LA 31 4C420G05 1 . Front co nnected, non-automatic P B
LAB, LA, (Saf-T-Vue) 3 1 4C420G02 Breaker Frame Style Nu mber
MA, HMA, MC, HMC 208B966G01 breaker. (Order s i m i l a r t o sta n d a rd front
NB, HNB, TRI-PAC® N B, NC, HNC 208B966G02 Non-Padlockable connected, except omit load conductor
EB, EHB, FB, HFB, TRI-PAC FB, FCL 625B229G01 EB, EHB, FB, HFB, TRI-PAC FB, CA 1720 360 extensions)
JB, KB, HKB 1 266C07G01 DA, JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB 29B2721 H04
2. Fuse mou nting base.
ca
LAB, LA, LC, HLC, MA, N B, HLA,

HMA, HNB, TRI-PAC LA, TAI 3. Fuses (from distributor).
Base Mounting Hardware @ PAC NB, MC, H M C, NC, HNC 1 720 1 0 1
No charge when ordered with breaker. GB, GC, GHB, GHC8 1 294C01 H01
Cable Connectors
Order separately when needed.
Padlockable The fuse mou nting base will accept the fol
Breaker CA® 506C438G01 lowing term i n a l s for front cable connection
Style
tri
EB, EHB, FB, HFB, TRI-PAC FB, CA 765A754G01

Frame Nu mber (omit "T" co nnectors from rea r con nected
DA, JA, KA, LB, LBB, HKA, HLB 673B796G02
LA, LAB, HLA, LC, HLC, breakers).
1 -Pole Breakers
EB, EHB, FB, HFB@ 624B375G01 TRI-PAC LA 373B591 G02
EB, EHB, FB, HFB® 624B375G02 JB, KB, HKB 673B796G0 1 Style Wire Range, Type
GB, GC, GHB, GHC8 1 223C77G01 Number No. of Cables
2-Pole Breakers
lec
CA 21 C6782G28 672B655G01 3 3/0-400 MCM Cu

Handle Extension @ 1 80C046G03 4 400-500 MCM Cu
2- and 3-Pole Breakers For use in convertible power panelbo a rds.
DA, JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB 21 C6782G22
EB, EHB, FB, HFB, TRI-PAC FB, FCL 21 C6782G 1 8 Must be ordered separately. Style n u m be r Single Phase Protector@
LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC, TRI-PAC LA, 372B399G01 f o r LAB, LA, H LA breakers; n o An attachment for use with non-automatic
LCL 1614 613 charge when ordered with breaker. PB breakers and fuse m o u nting block that
MA, NB, HMA, HNB, TRI-PAC NB,
MC, HMC, NC, HNC 1 091 7 1 6 will trip the breaker when a fuse blows pre
.E
PB, TRI-PAC PB, PC, PCC 624B375G22 Molded Type Handle Extension @ venti ng single phasing.
JB, KB, HKB 86738 1 25G 1 2 For MA, H MA, MC, H M C breakers. Style
3-Pole Breakers N u m ber 1 25 1 C65G01 Mounting AC Volts Style N umber
CA 21 C6782G29 Rig ht-Hand 240 1 77C576G01
For NB, HNB, NC, HNC and TRI-PAC NB Right-Hand 480-600 177C576G02
Non-Automatic Lock Breakers Left-Hand 240 1 77C576G03
For KA, KB, LA400, LA600, LB a n d MA Left-Hand 480-600 1 77C576G04
Style N u m ber 1 25 1 C65G01 , included with
breakers. frame at no cha rge if ordered separately.
w
See Price List 29-020.

Breaker Style Numbers
Frame 2-Poles 3-Poles ® Not U nderwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listed.
For PB, PC, PCC, TRI-PAC PB Breakers @ Individually mounted.
KB 4974D52G25 4974D52G26 Style N u m be r 3 1 5C882G01 @)Group mounted.
ww
KA 177C981G05 1 77C981G06 I ncluded with frame at no charge; if ordered ® Designed for use with load centers.
LA 400 505C709G03 505C709G04 separately. See Price List 29-020. @ Interrupters used with fuse mounting base will accept
LA 600 505C709G05 505C709G06 all standard PB accessories. See DS 29-170 for mount
MA 504C500G01 504C500G02 ing details.
LB 1 77C981G09 1 77C98 1 G 1 0 List Prices : See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2 8 Changed or added since previous issue.
om
Technical Data
29- 1 20
Page 52
.c
Modifications(]) Shunt Trip
List Prices: See Price List 29-020 Dis. CB-2 For tripping breaker from a remote point. A
Only two internally mou nted mod ifications solenoid device mou nts with i n breaker case.
- shunt trip, u nd e r voltage release, ·auxiliary Breaker trips when coil is energized.
switch, a l a rm switch - may be mou nted in
ls
DA, JA thru PB, H KA thru HNB a n d thermal S h u nt trips should not be used as c i rc u it
magnetic EB, EHB, FB and H F B breakers. i nterlocks using mai ntained contact pilot
Only one of these modifications may be devices.
mou nted in FB o r HFB mag netic on ly, 2 pole
ua
EB, EHB, FB and FB TRI -PAC® and S E L A cut-off switch breaks the circuit to the
TRON IC® breakers. None a re available i n momentary rated coil when breaker opens
1 -pole breakers except alarm switch i n E B, (except CA). Ava ilable for control voltages
EHB and HFB. Refer to Westinghouse for u p to 250 volts De o r 600 volts Ac. Voltage
possible special com binations of the fol low and frequency m u st be specified. Standard
ing modifications not in tabulations. leads extend 1 8" outside of breaker. Longer
an
leads may be specified.
Shunt Trip for Field Mounting ® ® ®

Voltage/ Breaker Type
Hertz EB, EHB, FB, HFB@ FCL JB, KB, HKB JA, KA, HKA, LA, LAB, HLA MA, HMA NB, H N B, PB,
(Thermal Magnetic DA, LB, LBB, NB TRI-PAC PB TRI-PAC
tM
only) HLB
Right Hand Mounting
600/50-60 Hz 2609D39G 1 5 1 369D80G 1 5 2609D42G 1 5 2605D 1 5G 1 5 2606D56G 1 5 2606D57 G 1 5 2606D58 G 1 5 2606D59G 1 5
480/50-60 Hz 2609D39G 1 6 1 369D80G 1 6 2609D42 G 1 6 2605D 1 5G 1 6 2606D56G 1 6 2606D57 G 1 6 2606D58G1 6 2606D59G 1 6
240/50-60 Hz 2609D39 G 1 7 1 369D80 G 1 7 2609D42G 1 7 2605D 1 5G 1 7 2606D56G 1 7 2606D57G 1 7 2606D58 G 1 7 2606D59G 1 7
208/50-60 H z 2609D39 G 1 8 1 369D80G 1 8 2609D42 G 1 8 2605D1 5G 1 8 2606D56G 1 8 2606D57 G 1 8 2606D58 G 1 8 2606D59 G 1 8
ar
1 20/50-60 Hz 2609D39 G 1 9 1 369D80 G 1 9 2609D42G 1 9 2605D 1 5G 1 9 2606D56G 1 9 2606D57 G 1 9 2606D58 G 1 9 2606D59G 1 9
60/50-60 Hz 2609D39G20 1 369D80G20 2609D42G20 2605D1 5G20 2606D56G20 2606D57G20 2606D58G20 2606D59G20
250 De 2609D39G23 1 369D80G23 2609D42G23 2605D1 5G23 2606D56G23 2606D57G23 2606D58G23 2606D59G23
1 25 De 2609D39G24 1 369D80G24 2609D42G24 2605D 1 5G24 2606D56G24 2606D57G24 2606D58G24 2606D59G24
2609D39G25 1 369D80G25 2609D42G25 2605D1 5G25 2606D56G25 2606D57G25 2606D58G25 2606D59G25
lP
60 De
24 De 2609D39G27 1 369D80G27 2609D42G27 2605D15G27 2606D56G27 2606D57G27 2606D58G27 2606D59G27
Left Hand Mounting
600/50-60 Hz 2609D39G01 1 369D80G01 2609D42G01 2605D 1 5G01 2606D56G01 2606D57G01 2606D58G01 2606D59G01
ca
1 20/50-60 Hz 2609D39G05 1 369D80G05 2609D42G05 2605D1 5G05 2606D56G05 2606D57G05 2606D58G05 2606D59G05
60/50-60 Hz 2609D39G06 1 369D80G06 2609D42G06 2605D15G06 2606D56G06 2606D57G06 2606D58G06 2606D59G06 =1'
48/50-60 Hz
24/50-60 Hz
2609D39G07
2609D39G08
1 369D80G07
1 369D80G08
2609D42G07
2609D42G08
2605D1 5G07
2605D15G08
2606D56G07
2606D56G08
2606D57G07
2606D57G08
2606D58G07
2606D58G08
2606D59G07
2606D59G08 �
c.
tri
250 De 2609D39G09 1 369D80G09 2609D42G09 2605D1 5G09 2606D56G09 2606D57G09 2606D58G09 2606D59G09 :;
1 25 De 2609D39G 1 0 1 369D80G 1 0 2609D42G 1 0 2605D 1 5 G 1 0 2606D56G 1 0 2606D57 G 1 0 2606D58G 1 0 2606D59 G 1 0 c
(f)
60 De 2609D39G 1 1 1 369D80G 1 1 2609D42G 1 1 2605D 1 5 G 1 1 2606D56G1 1 2606D57G 1 1 2606D58G 1 1 2606D59G 1 1 J>
48 De 2609D39 G12 1 369D80G 1 2 2609D42 G 1 2 2605D1 5G 1 2 2606D56G 1 2 2606D57 G 1 2 2606D58 G 1 2 2606D59G 1 2
24 De 2609D39G 1 3 1 369D80 G 1 3 2609D42 G 1 3 2605D1 5G 1 3 2606D56G 1 3 2606D57 G 1 3 2606D58 G 1 3 2606D59 G 1 3
1 2 De 2609D39 G 1 4 1 369D80G 1 4 2609D42 G 1 4 2605D 1 5G 1 4 2606D56G 1 4 2606D57 G 1 4 2606D58 G 1 4 2606D59G 1 4
lec
Factory Mounted Shunt Trips CD ®

All of the above s h u nt trips can b e specified
for factory mou nting at the same price as
listed for the kit. These s h u nt trips have the
leads out the side and a re UL l i sted when
factory mou nted, u n less other n o n - U L
.E
Listed mod ifications a r e used.
Factory mou nted s h u nt trips o n l y can be

supplied for the fol l owing breakers:
CA @J CV , FB magnetic only 0 @ , HFB mag
netic only ® @) , FB Tri-Pac ® @) , LA TRI-PAC
and non-auto breakers ( MC S ) ®
w
Price same as s i m i l a r k i t except price CA

from accessory secti on of 29-020.
CD Righthand mounting considered standard unless speci ® Not field mountable on non-automatic breakers (MCS).
ww
fied otherwise. 0 CA shunt trip supplied without cut-off switch.

® Righthand mounting only. ® Field mounting voids breakers' UL listing except on KB,
@ Available similar to this except "Leads out the load end HKB, KA, HKA, LB, HLB, LA, H LA, MA, HMA, NB, HNB,
- I not UL listed). Order by description. NB TRI-PAC, PB, PB TRI-PAC and SELTRONIC breakers.
® Not UL listed.
® 120 volt Ac ratings suitable for 55% pickup for ground
fault applications. January, 1 985
om
West inghouse Electric Corp . Supp . t o Techn i c a l Data
D i s t r i but i on & Control Bs . Un i t 29 - 1 20
Electr i c a l Components Divis ion
Pittsburgh , PA 1 5 2 2 0 Page 5 1 . 1
.c
July 2 2 , 1987 AB DE- I on
New Informa t i on C ircuit Breakers
Mai led to : E , D , C / 29 - l O OA,
3 1 - 40 0A , 3 1 - S OOA
ls
ua
an
Please refer to Techn i c a l Data 29 - 1 2 0 ,
page 5 1 , dated January , 1 9 85 :
Terminal Shield Style 625B229G0 1 for
a package o f 1 0 ,
each package .
tM
EB / FB / FB TRI - PAC is being replaced by
Style 6 2 5B229G08 . This new style is for
and w i l l be p r i ced per
Please mark thi s change .
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
8
om
Page 53
.c
AB DE-IQN®
April, 1 980 Modifications
S u persedes Techn ical Data 29- 1 20 T WE A
M a iled to : E , D , C/1 901 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circuit Breakers
ls
j
ua
Left Hand Mounting Kits for SELTRONIC and Type LCL Current Limiting Breakers CB
M C, H M C Style 2609 D 1 0G 1 0
· · · · N C , H N C Style 2609D1 1 G 1 0
j
P rov1s1on t o tnp f lux transfer s h u nt tnp from external 3 2 to 1 20
volt (De t o 60 Hz) source . CD ®
PC PCC St 1 2609D 1 2G 1 0
LC : H LC �:
St l 1 37 1 D 1 1 G22
an
LCL® Style 1 372D49G22
M C, H M C Style 2609D1 0G30

NC, H N C Style 2609D 1 1 G30
Provision to trip flux tra nsfer s h u nt trip from external 240 to
PC, PCC Style 2609D 1 2G30
600 volt Ac, 50/60 Hz source. ® @)
LC, H LC Style 1 37 1 0 1 1 G32
tM
LCL ® Style 1 372D49G32
Shunt Trip Coil Data

Shunt Trip For All Breakers Listed Above Type CA SELTRONIC and LCL
Voltage Except CA and SELTRONIC
Rating Coil I nrush Coil Inrush Coil Inrush
ar
Amperes Volt-Amperes Amperes Volt-Amperes Amperes Volt-Amperes
600 AC 0. 1 05 63.0
480 AC 0.085 40.8
240 AC 1 .7 408.0 . 73 1 7 5.
208 AC 1.4 291 .2
lP
1 20 AC 0.88 1 05.6 1 .66 1 89. .15 18

60 AC 9. 1 0 546.0
48 AC 7.50 360.0
24AC 3.95 94.8
250 DC 0. 1 0 25.0 .26 65.
1 25 DC 0.975 121.9 . 54 67.
60 DC 0.525
ca
3 1 .5 1 .02 61 .
48 DC 8. 384. 1 .28 48.
24 DC 8. 1 92. 2.63 63.
1 2 DC 6. 72. 6.52 78.

tri
lec
.E
w
ww
8 Changed since previous issue.

<D Rated 48 volts minimum for ground fault applications.
® Not for ground fault.
@ UL listing pending. Refer to Westinghouse.
@) Also available factory mounted for 24 volt De. Order by description.
8
om
Tech n ical Data
29-120
Page 54
.c
Standard U ndervoltage Release® Undervoltage release Attachment Kits for Field Mounting ® ®
Attachment Breaker Type
Voltage, JA, KA, DA, HKA, LA, LAB, HLA MA, HMA N B, H N B, NB PB, PB
Hertz LB, L BB, HLB TRI-PAC TRI ·PAC
ls
24 60 .......... 60A9355G 1 7 .......... .......... ..........
48 60 . . .. . ... . . 60A9355G08 .......... .......... 5674D29G 1 6
1 20 60 .......... 1 3 1 8529 457D72'7G01 373D632G01 5674D29G09
208 60 ...... .... 1 3 1 8530 457D727G 1 9 373D632G 1 9 5674D29G 1 0
ua
240 60 .......... 1 3 1 8531 457D727G02 373D632G02 5674D29G 1 1
480 60 .......... 1 3 1 8533 457D727G03 373D632G03 5674D29G 1 3
600 60 .......... 1 3 1 8534 457D727G04 373D632G04 5674D29G 14
1 2 DC .......... 458D020G01 457D727G09 372D032G01 4976D85G01
24 DC .......... 458D020G02 457D727G 1 0 372D032G02 4976D85G02
48 DC . ......... 458D020G03 457D727G 1 1 372D032G03 4976D85G03
60 DC .......... 458D020G04 457D727G21 .. . . . . . . . . 4976D85G04
an
1 25 DC .......... 458D020G07 457D727G 1 2 372D032G04 4976DB5G07
For u n dervoltage protection. A solenoid de 250 DC .......... 458D020G08 457D727G 1 3 372D032G05 4976D85G08
vice mou nts with i n breaker case. Coil m u st be For Left Hand Mounting
energized before closing breaker. Trips
breaker when voltage drops below 40 to 60% 48 60 .......... 60A9355G 1 6 .......... .......... 5674D29G08
of coil rati n g . Picks up and seals in at 80% of 1 20 60 458D070G 01 60A9355G09 457D727G05 373D632G05 5674D29G01
208 60 458D070G05 60A9355G 1 0 457D727G20 373D632G20 5674D29G02
tM
coi l rati n g . For line voltages up to 250 volts De 240 60 458D070G02 60A9355G 1 1 457D727G06 373D632G06 5674D29G03
or 600 volts Ac. Externally m ou nted resistors 480 60 458D070G03 60A9355G 1 3 457D727G07 373D632G07 5674D29G05
are su p pl i ed for certai n rati ngs. Standard 60060 458D070G04 60A9355G 1 4 457D727G08 373D632G08 5674D29G06
1 2 DC 45BD070G09 458D020G 1 1 457D727G14 372D032G06 4976D85G 1 1
leads extend 18" outside of breaker. Longer 24 DC 458D070G 1 0 458D020G 1 2 457D727G 1 5 372D032G07 4976D85G 1 2
leads may be specified. Note: U .V.R. attach 48 DC 458D070G 1 1 458D020 G 1 3 457D727G 1 6 372D032G08 4976D85G 1 3
ments a re not desi g n ed for, and should not 60 DC .......... 458D020G 1 4 457D727G22 .......... 4976D85G 1 4
1 25 DC 458D070G 1 2 458D020G 1 7 457D727G 1 7 372D032G09 4976D85G 1 7
ar
be used as, circuit interlocks. For further i n
250 DC 458D070G 1 3 458D020G 1 8 457D727 G 1 8 372D032G 1 0 4976D85G 1 8
formation, refer to Westi n g house.
U ndervoltage Release Coil Data$
Factory Mounted U ndervoltage Re
Volta ge Breaker Type
leases. @ $ Ratin g, MC, H MC, NC,
lP
EB, EHB, FB, FB TRI·PAC, HFB, JA, KA, HKA, DA, LB, LBB, HLB,
A l l of the a bove u n d e rvoltage releases can be Hertz JB, KB and HKB H NC, PC, PCC
MA and HMA
specified for factory m ou nting at the same LC(9,HLC(9,LCL<9
price as listed for the kit. These attach ments Coil Series Total Coil External Total Coi l Total
have the leads out the side and a re U L listed Amperes R esistance VA Amperes Series VA Amperes VA
when factory mou nted u n l ess other non-U L (Ohms) Resistance
ca
(Ohms)
listed modifications a re u sed.
600 Ac 0.020 25,000 1 2 .0 0.012 50,000 7.2 .. ..
Factory mounted u n dervoltage releases only 480 Ac 0.0 1 6 25,000 7.7 O.o13 30,000 6.3 . . ..
240 Ac 0.021 6,000 5.1 0. 013 ...... 3.2 .. ..
can be su pplied for th e fol l owi n g b reakers: 208 A c 0.0 1 9 6,000 4.0 0.018 ...... 3.8
E B @l , EH B @l , F B @l , H F B @l , FB TRI-PAC CD , 1 20 Ac 0.023 ...... 2.8 0.023 ...... 2.8 .05 6
FBCD ® a n d HFB mag netic o n ly G) ® , J B, KB, 60 Ac 0.203 250 1 2.2 ... .. ...... .. .. . .
tri
48 Ac 0.245 1 50 1 1 .8 ..... ...... .. .. ..

HKB, LA TRI-PAC a n d FCL; 24 Ac 0.250 50 6.0 ..... . . . . . . .. ..
LCL 1 20 Volts Ac o n l y ® . 250 Dc 0.026 5,000 6.5 0.01 3 16,500 3.3 .. ..
1 25 0c 0.026 ...... 3.3 0.013 6,500 1 .7 .. . .
S E LT R O N I C B R EAKERS ( 1 2 0 V A c 60 H z o n l y 60 0c 0.248 200 1 4.9 0. 0 1 3 1 ,500 0.8 .. ..
lec
48 0c 0.260 1 50 1 2.5 0.0 1 2 600 0.6 .. . .

standard), M C, H M C ® , N C, H N C ® , P C , PCC, 24 0c 0. 141 ...... 3.4 0.023 .. . . . . 0.6 .. ..
LC, HLC. 1 2 Dc 0.286 ...... 3.5 0.048 ... ... 0.6 .. ..
SELTRO N I C Brea kers With Remote Trip Pro Voltage Breaker Type
visions: M C, H M C ® <V , N C, H N C ® <V , PC, Rating, LA, LAB, HLA, LA TAI-PAC, PB, NB, HNB and NB TAI-PAC
P CC <V , LC, H L C <V . Hertz P B TRI·PAC
Coil External Series Total Coi l External Series Total
Price sa me as s i m i l a r kits except S E LTRONIC
.E
Amperes Resistance VA Amperes Resistance VA

attach ments a re priced from attachmen t sec ( O h ms) (Ohms)
tion of Price List 29-020. 600AC 0.029 20,000 17.4 O.o 1 6 35,000 9.6
& Changed or added since previous issue. 480 AC 0.014 6.8 0.013 30,000 6.3
(!) Righthand mounting only. 240AC 0.036 8.7 0.013 3.2
® Not U L listed. 208 AC 0.036 7.5 O.o 1 8 3.8
® Righthand mounting considered standard unless specified 1 20 AC 0.073 8.8 0.023 2.8
otherwise except JA. KA. DA. H KA, L8, L88, HL8 and sel· 48AC 0. 1 52 7.3
Ironic available for lefthand only, and J8, K8, HK8 lefthand 250 0C 0.035 5,000 8.8 0.013 1 6,500 3.3
1 25 DC 0.039 1 ,500 4.9 O.o 1 3 6,500 1 .7
w
is standard (LC is righthand).

@ Not available on ambient compensating breakers. 60 DC 0.034 2.1
® Not field mountable on non automatic breakers. {Molded 48 DC 0.040 2.0 0.0 1 2 600 0.6
case switches) 24 DC 0.069 1.7 0.023 0.6
® Cannot be used with other attachments except a small 1 2 DC 0. 1 36 1 .7 0.048 0.6
ww
lA-18 auxiliary switch rated 250 volts can be supplied in

righthand pole. List Prices : See P rice List 29-020 Dis. CB-2.
0 Provided with two leads (total of4) tor use with a remote
normally open contact (pushbutton etc.) to trip the
breaker. No external power required.
® Field mounting voids Ul listing of breaker except on KA,
HKA, La, HL8, LA. HLA, MA, HMA, N8, HN8, N8 TRI·PAC,
P8 or P8 TRI·PAC.
® UL listing pending.
om
8
Page 55
.c
Apri l, 1 980
S u persedes Tech nical Data 29- 1 20 T WE A
Mod ifications
AB DE-ION®
pages 51 -52, dated August, 1 978
M a iled to : E, D, C/1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL Circuit Breakers
ls
ua
Alarm Switch 8 Auxiliary Switch ® 8
riJII -
For auxiliary control circu its. M i niature
"
Availability: DA thru H N B, TRI-PAC N B, TRI
�
switches m o u nt within breaker. Commonly
�r
PAC P B Frames. For light o r alarm i n dication used for remote i n dication of open or closed
when breaker trips. Does not function with
an
breaker and electrica lly interlocking compo
manual operatio n . Automatically resets when nent control circuits. "A" contacts are closed
breaker is relatched. Standard leads extend when breaker is closed. "B" contacts a re
1 8" out side of breaker. Longer leads may be open when breaker is closed. Standard leads
specified. Not field mou ntable. extend 18" out side of breaker. Longer leads
may be specified.
Breaker Normal Contact Operation
tM
Frame Pole Mtg. (Specify Type
Desired) Auxiliary Switch Attachment Kits for Field Mounting CD <Zl ®
Breaker For Right Hand Mounting For Left Hand Mounting Max Ac Max. Non�
OA Left Make or Break Type 1 A- 1 B 1 A· 1 B 2A-2B Voltage Inductive
2A-2B
EB, EHB, FB. HFB® ®l Mechanism Make or Break Rating Amps.
FCL ® C!I Center Make or Break @)
JA, KA, LAB, LA, LB,
ar
LBB, MA, NB, HKA, EB, EHB, FB, HFB® 4979006G03 4979006G08 4979006G03 4979006G09 240 5
HLA, HLB, HMA FCL(9 1 369079G03 1 369079G03 240 5
HNB, TRI-PAC LA, JA, KA, OA, HKA, 4580067G08 4580067G03 480 10
TRI-PAC NB Left Make or Break LB, LBB, HLB 6560527G09® 6560527G01 ® 240 5
JB, KB, HKB Left Make or Break LA, LAB, HLA 6550555G05 6550555G06 6550555G 1 2 6550555G13 480 10
PB, TRI-PAC PB Left Make or Break MA, HMA 4580013G05 4580013G06 458001 3G 1 2 458001 3 G 1 3 480 10
lP
MC, HMC Left only® Make or Break NB, HNB, NB TRI-PAC 4980016G05 4980016G06 49800 1 6G 1 2 4960 0 1 6G 1 3 480 10
NC, HNC Left only® Make or Break PB, PB TRI-PAC 2602032G 1 4 2602032G1 5 2602032G 1 1 2602032G 1 2 480 10
PC, PCC Left® ® Make or Break JB, KB, HKB 2600097G08 2600097G03 480 10
LC, HLC Left® Mal('e or Break JB, KB, H K B 2609D45G08® 2609045G03® 240 5
LCL©C!I Left® Make or Break M C , HMC, M C G , HMCG 2609010G03 2609010G06 480 6(1 0(a.240)Cil
NC, HNC, NCG, HNCG 260901 1 G03 260901 1G06 480 6(1 0(<i240)Cil
ca
PC, PCC, PCG, PCCG 2609012G03 260901 2G06 480 6(1 OC<i240)(9
Alarm Switch Contact Rating (Non Inductive) 1 37 1 01 1 G03(9 480
LC, HLC, LCG, HLCG 1 37 1 01 1G06(9 6(1 Q(<L240)(9
EB, E H B, FB, HFB: LCL©C!I 1 372049G03 1 372049G06 480 6(10@ 240)(9
5 a m p, 1 20 volt Ac.
MC, H MC, LA, LAB, HLA, LC, HLC, LA Tri-Pac: Factory Mounted Auxiliary Switches®
�''" '""
10 a m ps, 1 20 volt Ac; 5A, 240 volt Ac. All of the above auxiliary switches can be
All other breakers: specified for factory m o u nting at the same
tri
1 0 amps, 1 20-240volt Ac. p rice as listed for the kit. These attachments
have the leads out the side of the breaker and
List Prices: See Price List 29-020 Dis. CB-2. are U L listed when factory mou nted u nless
other non U L listed m odifications are used
� �
lec
(except as noted). Black Lead

Factory mou nted switches only can be
supplfed for the fo llowing breakers: � Blue Lead
CA®, F B ® ® and HFB magnetic only@ ® ,
F B Tri-Pac® , L A Tri-Pac.
Price same as a similar kit except price CA

.E
from accessory section of P L 29-020.

CJ Changed or added since previous issue.
CD Not for use on non-automatic breakers. ( M olded case
switches).
® Righthand mounting standard for CA. EB, EHB, FB, HFB,
JB, KB, HKB. All others are lefthand mounting as standard
unless otherwise specified.
® Not UL listed.
@ For De applications refer to factory.
w
® Thermal magnetic only.

® Righthand mounting only.
® All switches are multiples of 1 A� 1 B with a common electri�
cal con nection !See diagram below).
® Except when other attachments are used, must be
ww
mounted in right pole.

® When alarm switch is used in conjunction with auxiliary
switch, the auxiliary switch is rated 250 volts max., 5
amps. max.
@l Not available for Magnetic Only, Ambient Compensating,
breakers with U ndervoltage Release, or TRI-PAC breakers.
® Field mounting voids UL listing of breaker except on KB,
HKB, KA, HKA. LB, HLB, LA, HLA, MA, HMA, NB, HNB, NB
TRI-PAC, PB, PB TRI-PAC and SELTRONIC breakers.
@ Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. listing pending.
om
e
Techn ical Data
29-120
Page 56
.c
Modifications, Continued Mechanical lnterlocks<D Kirk Key Interlock®
Ground Current Limiter G) For mech a n ica l ly interlocking a pa i r of break
Availability: DA, JA, KA, J B, KB, HKA I n stan ers so that o n ly one may be closed at on time,
taneous m a gnetic type for use in De systems but both may be open simultaneously.
only. F o r mining a pp l ications. Trips breaker
ls
when g round cu rrents become excessive. Walking Beam Type G) ® @ ®
Standard leads extend 1 8" out side of
breaker; longer leads or leads out rea r of base
ua
may be specified.
Availability: 1 00 Amp Frames ( EB) thru 3000

Amp Frames except FCL, LCL a n d CA.
P e rmits interlocking of two breakers o r one
an
breaker with other d evices. B efore breaker
can be closed, key m ust be inserted a n d
turned in breaker interlock. Breaker m u s t be
Availability: DA th ru TRI-PA C ® P B ® except opened before key ca n be removed. lt ca n
current l i m iting b reakers then be i n serted in i nterlock or other devices
to permit their closure. R equests and orders
tM
M o u nts on panel (not included) at rear of should com pletely outl i n e interlocking
breaker. Standard breaker spaci n g : DA, JA, scheme, ultimate user and h is add ress.
KA, H KA , LB, LBB, H L B : 5%" center to center;
LAB, LA, LC, H LC , MA, M C , NB, NC, HLA, Center Studs G)
HMA, H M C, H N B, H N C, TRI-PAC LA, TRI-PAC
Breaker Amp. Ratings Normal
Frame ____ _
Available Pole Mtg. N B : 8 '12 " center to center; EB, E H B, FB, J B,
ar
KB, H FB, H KB, TRI-PAC F B : 4%" center to
DA, JA, KA, HKA 5, 1 0, 20 Left center; PB, PC, PCC, TRI-PAC PB : 1 2 '4'' center
JB, KB, HKB 5, 1 0, 20 Left to center. Order as a set oftwo special factory
Paralleling Straps<D d ril led breakers a n d 1 walking beam interlock.
Specify breaker type, panel thickness and
lP
Availability: CA thru LB, H F B through H LB

(thermal magnetic breakers, 400 A m ps. Max.) center-to-center dimension of breakers.
To para l l el 2-pole breakers for h i g h current
Sliding Bar Type (Field Mountable) G) @
single pole operation. Consists of straps at
both line and load ends, as well as inside
ca
a h ead of trip u n it to equalize cu rrent divisio n .

Availability: 1 00 Am p Frames (EB) thru 1 200
Review paralleling appl ications with West
Amp Frames except SELTRONIC and cu rrent
inghouse. ( Except FCL a n d LCL)
l imiting breakers
Moisture-Fungus-Corrosion Treatment G)
Provides connections for dual voltage gen er
Availability: CA thru TRI-PAC ® P B Availability: DA thru TRI-PAC N B
tri
ators, so that same trip u n it ca n be used for

Treatment can be provided to meet custom
p rotection at both voltages. At higher voltage,
er's specific atmosph e ric conditions. M o unts on panel (not incl uded) fitting over
the trip u nit carries ful l load current. At lower
M o isture-fu n g us treating material used front of breakers. Standard breaker spacin g :
voltage, half the current by-passes the t rip
meets JAN-T- 1 52; treatment meets M I L-V- DA, JA , KA, H KA , LB, LBB, H LB : 5%" center to
u n it through the center studs. Trip rating can
lec
1 73a. Req uests a n d orders should specify center; LAB, LA, LC, H LC, MA, M C , N B, NC,
not exceed 50% offrame rati n g .
government specifications or conditions to be H LA, H MA, H M C , H N B, H N C , TRI-PAC LA,
met. TRI-PAC N B : 8'12"; E B, E H B, FB, H FB , TRI-PAC
F B : 43hs" center to center; JB, KB, HKB; 4%"
Field Discharge Breakers, 250 Volts De, 400 center to center.
Amps. Max . <D
Field discharge breakers are composed of
.E
3-pole frames h aving two outside, n o n

a utomatic poles a n d a center pole field dis
charg e contact a rranged to close as the out
side contacts open a n d vice versa. The dis
charge contact is not designed for load i nter
ruption. If a utomatic tripping for outside
poles is desired, specify and give rati n g ; no
extra c h a rge.
w
Breaker Ampere
Frame R ating
FB 1 00
ww
FB 1 50
KA 225 Q) Not UL Listed.
KB 250 ® 2000 amp maximum for PB breaker.
LA 400 ® Not available on motor operated breakers.
@ Not available on draw-out breakers.
® N ot available for FCL or LCL breakers.
om
Beaver, Pen n sylva n i a 1 5009
Page 57
.c
April, 1 980 Motor Operators
New I nformation Drawout Frames
Mailed to: E, D, C/1 90 1 , 1 903, 1 928/PL
f;>c c
ls
�··
..-. ,.,.
ua
Accessories. Continued
Motor Operators®
Motor operators provide complete remote
control by means of a push button or similar
pilot device ® . Positive switching action is ac
an
complished by use of an operating a rm en
g aging the breaker h andle. The u n it is ener
gized mom entarily to actuate the lever arm
moving it to either the "ON" or "OFF" posi
tion. The control is broken by an internal
tM
cutoff switch. Means for emergency m a n u a l
operation is provided.
Motor operators a re ava ilable with motors For EB, EHB, FB, HFB and
FB TRI-PAC Breakers
rated 1 20 volts Ac, 208 volts Ac, and 240 volts For DA, JA, KA, JB, LB, LBB, HKA,
Ac. ® HKB and HLB Breakers
ar
The 480 volt operators utilize a 1 20 volt Ac
motor in conjunction with a 480/240 to 1 20
volt dual voltage transformer. ( O n LA a n d
l a rger operators, the transformer is su pplied
lP
for separate mounting by the customer.)
Note: The motor operator is i ntended o n ly for

infrequent operation in l i n e with U nderwrit
ers' Laboratories, I n c. e n d u ra n ce standards
ca
for AB molded case breakers.

For LAB, LA. HLA For MA, HMA, NB,
Breakers HNB Breakers
For PB Breakers
tri
Motor Operator Selection<9

Type Ac Voltage De Voltage
Breaker 1 20 208 240 480 125 24
Style Num ber Style N u m ber Style N u m ber Style N umber Style N u m ber Style N u mber
lec
EB, EHB, FB, HFB, FB TRI-PAC 656D148G01 656D1 48G04 656D1 48G02 656D1 48G03 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·
FCL8 656D1 48G07 656D 1 48G 1 0 656D148G08 656D 148G09 ............ ............
DA, JA, KA, HKA 657D8 1 9G07 657D8 1 9 G 1 0 657D81 9G08 657D8 1 9G09 ............ · · · · · · · · · · · ·
LB, LBB, HLB 657D8 1 9 G 1 3 657D8 1 9 G 1 6 657D8 1 9G 1 4 657D8 1 9G 1 5 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·
JB, KB, HKB 2600D28G01 2600D28G04 2600D28G02 2600D28G03 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·
LAB, LA, H LA, LC, HLC 2607D97G 1 1 8 2607D97G 1 48 2607D97G 1 28 2607D97G 1 38 2607D97G 1 58 2607D97G 1 68
MA, HMA, MC, HMC 5664D54G258 5664D54G288 5664D54G268 5664D54G278 5664D54G308 5664D54G31 8
NB, HNB, NC, H NC 5664D54G 21 8 5664D54G248 5664D54G228 5664D54G 238 5664D54G298 5664D54G328
PB, PC, PCC, PB, TRI-PAC 5661D52G01 5661 D52G04 5661 D52G02 5661D52G03 5661D52G 1 4 ............
.E
LA TRI-PAC 626B900G01 626B90QG02 626B900G03 626B900G04 626B900G09 ............

N B TRI-PAC 626B900G05 626B900G06 626B900G07 626B900G08 626B900 G 1 0 · · · · · · · · · · · ·
Back Mounting Plates Local On-Off/Reset Pushbutton

Type 1 20, 208, 240, 480 Volts Ac Ava i la ble LA, MA, N B and PB o n ly, must be
Breaker Style factory installed.
N u m ber
EB, EHB, FB, HFB 503C707G01
DA, JA, KA, LB
Dimensions: DS 29- 1 7 0
503C98 1 G01
w
JB, KB, HKB 1 250C26G01

FCL8 1 282C0 1 G 01 8 Changed or added since previous issue.
® Ac voltage rated operators are UL listed as recog
nized compone nts.
Motor Data ® The pilot device must be maintained contact
Type Motor Inrush Current, Continuous Operating
ww
type for EB, EHB, FB, HFB, FB TRI-PAC, FCL, DA

Breaker Ampere (Peak) Current ( RMS) Time, Open JA, KA, JB, KB, HKB and LB mechanisms;
Type Hp. 120 208 240 1 20 208 240 or Close momentary contact type for all others.
Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts ® LA and larger available for 1 2 5 volts De. LA, MA
EB, EHB, FB, HFB, TRI- and NB also avai lable for 24 volts De.
PAC FB Split Phase 1 /75 10 4 5 2.3 1.17 1 .65 1 . 5 Seconds
DA, JA, KA. J B, KB, LB, Split Phase 1 /50 14 6 7 3.5 1.6 1 .75 1 .5 Seconds
LBB, HKB, HLB
!Yif.· H MA, NB, H N B

LAB, LA, HLA Reversing 8 5 4 1 2 Cycles
Reversing 11 7 6 12 Cycles
Rt:�o\.JP�rt;;.i nn 20 12 11 10 Cycles
8
om
Tech n ical Data
29-120
Page 58
.c
Drawout Frame® These drawout frames a re for use with stand Optional Featu res
a rd 3-pole Westing house molded case circuit
breakers. They consist of two separate parts: Safety Interlock CD
statio n a ry mou nti n g frame and movable car This featu re trips the breaker as th e movable
rier frame. Slide rails a re drawe r-type, and a carrier fra m e is withdrawn, a n d m ust be fa c
ls
screw mechanism is used to engage or with tory insta l l ed . O rder as follows.
draw the movable carrier fra me.
For LA, MA and NB breakers. CD
The drawout frames h ave th ree positions: Order standard stationary mou nti n g frame.
ua
con n ected, test and disconn ected. The frames Order breaker and mova b l e carrier frame as
do not include a safety tripping interlock, or sembled with safety interlock . ....
secondary contacts. These a re optional items
and may be o rdered at additional cost. S econdary Contacts
These a re used to disconn ect auxiliary cir
cu its when attachments such as s h u nt tri p or
an
Breakers mou nted in the drawout frames can
be equi pped with sta ndard breaker acces motor operator a re used. Ava i la b l e i n m u lti
sories including sh u nt trip, u ndervoltage re ples of fou r contacts with a maxim u m of 24
lease, auxiliary switch, alarm switch a n d contacts for the LA 600 o r 3 2 contacts for the
m otor operator. MA and NB. They must be factory mou nted.
Order by description as s i m i l a r to stationary
tM
o r moving frame a n d specify n u mber of con
tacts required. Price from accessary section of
Price List 29-020.
Selection Data CD @
Breaker Stationary Mounting Frame Movable Carrier Frame

ar
Type Style Number(]) Style N u m ber<D
LA600, HLA600, LC600, HLC600 2603D84G 01 2608D35G06
MA, HMA, MC, H MC 2603D85G0 1 2608034G 1 0
NB, H N B, NC, HNC 2603085G01 2608D34G08
N B TRI-PAC 2603D85G09 2 608D34G 1 2 <D
lP
Orderin g I nformation @ Racking Crank

A special c ra n k to engage or withdraw the
Standard Installation movi n g portion of the d rawout. A sta ndard 'h
Order one stationary mou nting frame a n d inch hex socket with extension can be used
ca
one movable carrier frame. for this pu rpose.
Orde r b reakers without terminals o r rea r con Style N u mber: 765A767G01

nectors.
Cell Switches Mounted on Draw-out Frames,
Order any attach m ents desired ( sh u nt trip, All Ratings
tri
u nd e rvoltage release, etc.)

Up to four switches can be provided.
Order secondary contacts as req u ired : Order by d escripti on.
• a sh unt trip, u n d e rvoltage release or a l a rm
lec
switch requi res two contacts; Each switch provides N O a n d N C contact t h at

• a 1A-1 8 auxiliary switch requires th ree con transfers before reaching the test position
tacts; when bei n g with drawn , and after the test po
• a motor ope rator requi res a maxi m u m of sition when being racked i n .
four contacts :
· others as required. List Prices: S e e Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2
.E
With Safety I nterlock

O rder stationary m o u nting frame a n d mova
ble carrier frame as di rected u nder Optional
Featu res.
<D Safety interlock not available on N B TRI-PAC, MC,

w
NC, H MC, HNC, LC, HLC.

® These un its are UL listed.
® SELTRONIC"' circuit breakers with built-in
ground fault require a special breaker frame with
leads out the side in place of standard terminal
ww
block. Order by description the breaker frame and

carrier as one assembly.

Technical Data29120

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Technical Data29120

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

L

( I ncludes Load Termi nals Only; see Terminals page 20)

10<D EHB1010 EHB2010 EHB30 1 0 EH B3010S

EHB1045 EH B2045 EHB3045 EHB3045S

1 00 EH B 1 1 00 EHB 2 1 00 EHB3100 EHB3100S 600 Ac (FB) 1 5,0dO Asym., 1 4,000 Sym.

600 Volts Ac 600 Volts Ac

458 H F B 1 045 FB2045 HF B2045 FB3045 FB3045S HFB3045 FB4045

Conductor @.r Washer �Washer

A Cond uct or ...a._ Dimensions: OS 29-170

CJ Changed or added since previous issue.

Federal Specification Classifications

EB: 1 Pole, C l ass 11a; 2, 3 poles, Classes

Continuous Magnetic Trip Setting, Complete

200 1 000 2000 J B3200 J B3200S J B3200W J B3200SW

Rating Side, Adjustable to Catalog Number Catalog Number

sooc Cali bration CD Optional AI/Cu Pressure Terminals

Rat- Low High StandardSaf-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard Saf-T-Vue MARK 75 Standard

Wt. 2 Lbs. 240 Ac 30,000 Asy m . , 25,000 Sym.

Magnetic Only, F ront Adjustable Breakers CD Special Calibrations CD Mark 75 Breakers

250 350 700 HKB2700TM H K83700TM

® Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case

Accessories and Modifications

400 2000 4000 LBB3400 LBB3400S LBB3400W LBB3400SW

Special calibration price additions a pply to

400 Hz is 300 a m ps.

@ Terminals shipped separately from breaker.

"' :. ?:, ,(�,"e

600 Ac 25,000 Asym., 22,000 Sym.

joint compou nd. To order optional a pplications, refer to Westing house.

Max. Terminal Wire Range, Type, Accessories and Modifications

225 T225LA 1 #6-350 MCM Cu

250 1 250 2500 HLB2250TA HLB3250TA sooc Calibration®

® Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in 3-pole frames

600 Ampere Frame Breakers®

600 1 125 2250 2603D47G07 2603047G26

250 1 250 2500 5683088G26 Ambient List Price of None

® Set o n high side, adjustable to lower limits.

Magnetic Only and Ambient

terminals from tables this page.

Accessories and Modifications

list Prices: See Price List 29-020, Dis. CB-2

Poles Catalog Numbers

2 LC2400F LC2400FM LCA2400F

Types LC 600 and LCA 600 (300-600 Amps.)

2 HLC2600F HLC2600FM H LCA2600F

Types LCG 1 50 and LCGA 1 50 (75- 1 50 Amps. ) @

MARK 75 Types HLCG 1 50 and H LCGA 1 50 (75-150 Amps.) @)

MARK 75 Types HLCG 300 and HLCGA 300 ( 1 50-300 Amps. ) @

MARK 75 Types HLCG 400 and H LCGA 400 (200-400 Amps.)@

Types LCG 600 and LCGA 600 (300-600 Amps . ) @

MARK 75 Types HLCG 600 and HLCGA 600 (300-600 Amps. ) @)

Terminals ( O rder Separately)

nals a re U L Inc. l isted for w i re type and

Max. Terminal Wire Range, type Further Information

225 T225LBF ( 1 ) #6-250 MCM Cu Rating Plugs: Page 32 . 1

600 Amp Frame Only

Westingho use E l ectric Corporation

Discount CB-2 September, 1 984

Poles Catalog Numbers

MARK 75 Types HMCG and HMCGA 400 to 800 Amps.@

Description Style Number

1 A- 1 B Auxiliary Switch . 1 37 1 D72G03

factory. @ For appl ications other than standard residual

Poles Catalog Num bers

contacts su pplied as req u i red. Order stan

contacts suppl ied as req u i red. Order stan